Capilano College 1992-1993 NORTH VANCOUVER CAMPUS and Administrative Offices 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver B.C. V7J 3H5 Telephone (604) 986-1911 TDD (for deaf) 980-9921 FAX (604) 984-4985 SECHELT NORTH CAMPUS 5627 Inlet Avenue P.O. Box 1609 Sechelt, B.C. VON 3A0 Telephone (604) 885-9310 Toll free from Vancouver: 987-1535 FAX (604) 987-1535 SECHELT SOUTH CAMPUS at House of Hewhiwus SQUAMISH CAMPUS 37827 Second Avenue P.O. Box 1538 Squamish, B.C. VON 3G0 Telephone (604) 892-5322 Toll free from Vancouver: 986-3515 FAX (604) 986-3515 Capilano College is a smoke-free environment. How to Find Us 2 North Vancouver Campus 3 Frequently Called Numbers Admissions Adult Basic Education Adult Special Education Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) Advising Centre Hotline Applied Information Technology Art Department Asia Pacific Management Bookstore Business Management CANASEAN Program Capilano College Foundation Capilano Students' Union Counselling Daycare Vice Presidents: Academic Career/Vocational Instructional Services Early Childhood Education Extension Programs Financial Aid First Aid Humanities 984-4913 984-4971 984-1701 984-4945 984-4990 984-1727 984-4911 984-4981 984-4972 984-4960 984-1706 984-4983 984-4969 984-1744 984-4950 984-4921 984-4923 984-4922 984-4947 984-4901 984-4966 984-4964 984-4957 International Office International Student Advisor Labour Studies Landscape Horticulture Library Maintenance Media Resources Music Department Nurse Office Administration Outdoor Recreation Personnel President Public Relations Pure & Applied Sciences Purchasing Registration Sechelt Campus Social Sciences Special Needs Advisor Sportsplex Sportsplex Control Centre Squamish Campus Student Employment Switchboard/Reception 984-1744 984-4968 984-4954 984-4947 984-4944 984-4963 984-4940 984-4951 984-4964 984-4959 984-4947 984-4929 984-4925 984-1729 984-4955 984-4904 984-4913 987-1535 984-4953 984-4945 984-4977 984-1737 986-3515 984-4965 986-1911 Table of Contents Getting to Cap, Who to Call How to Find Us 2 North Vancouver Campus 3 Frequently Called Numbers 4 Message from the President € Message from the Board 7 About Capilano College 8 Mission and Values .. 9 Academic Schedule 10 Admission and Readmission .........11 Admission to the College 11 Specific Requirements 11 Readmission 13 Registration 13 How to Register 13 When to Register 14 General Course Information....—16 Academic Policies —~~...17 Fees 21 Services 22 Academic Advising 22 Achievement Resource Centre ...22 Athletics 23 Bookstore 24 Counselling 24 Career Resource Centre 24 Disabled Student Services 24 Distance Education 25 Food and Beverage Service 25 Health Services and First Aid 25 International Office and International Education 25 Library 27 Lost and Found 28 Parking 28 Sportsplex, Recreation & Fitness 28 Student Employment Centre 28 Student Newspaper 29 Student Society 29 Student Store 29 Financial Aid and Awards. ...30 PREPARATORY PROGRAMS Pre-College Level Courses 40 Achievement Resource Centre ...41 Adult Basic Educadon/ Foundations 42 Alternative Career Training 46 English as a Second Language ...47 ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER PROGRAMS 48 Anthropology Art Studio Art 53 54 56 Art Institute 60 Clay and Texrile Arts 61 Crafts Instructor Training 64 Graphic Design & Illustration 64 Art History 69 Biology 72 Chemistry 75 Chinese 76 Commerce 77 Computing Science 78 Criminology 80 Economics 81 Engineering 82 English 84 Environmental Science 87 French 88 Geography 90 Geology 92 German 93 History 94 Japanese 95 Kinesiology 96 Labour Studies 97 Mathematics 99 Music 103 Jazz Studies/Commercial 103 Bachelor of Music Transfer ....109 Philosophy 117 Physical Education 120 Physics 121 Political Studies 123 Psychology 124 Sociology 126 Spanish 128 Thai 129 Theatre 129 Women's Studies 132 Communications 158 Early Childhood Education 160 Fish Culture 165 Health and Human Services 167 Long Term Care Aide 167 Personal Care Attendant for the Disabled 168 Landscape Horticulture 170 Legal Assistant 172 Media Resources ............................ 176 Music Therapy ................................181 Office Administration 190 OfficeTechnology 190 Accelerated Office Training 192 Legal Secretarial 195 Medical Office Assistant 197 Outdoor Recreation Management 199 Wilderness Leadership 200 Tourism Management 204 Tourism Management Co-op ...204 SPECIAL PROGRAMS Asia Pacific Management Co-operative Program 207 NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS AND COURSES Extension Programs & Services Canadian Job Strategies Achievement Resource Centre TRANSFER GUIDE 210 210 211 212 Index 236 Governance and Administration 238 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS 133 Applied InfoTech „.„..134 Business Management 140 Administrative Management ...142 Financial Management 142 Marketing Management 143 Merchandising Management ....143 Business Computing Co-op 144 Accelerated Business Diploma Programs 144 International Business 147 Part-Time Evening Certificate Programs 147 C.A.,C.G.A. andC.M.A.. Transfer 148 Public Administration 149 Event Management 149 Changes to Curricula, Regulations, and Services Capilano College reserves the right to make such changes in the College Calendar as necessary, including the cancellation or adjustment of programs or courses, and changes in fee structure or other regulations or services, without liability for any resulting loss or damage. Although every effort is made to ensure accuracy at the time of printing, the statements in the Calendar are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. 5 Message from the President Welcome to Capilano College. Over the past 24 years we have built a reputation for excellence. Through the success of our programs, our faculty, our staff and our graduates, we have become the college of first choice for many students. Capilano College is dedicated to its students and the process of learning. The faculty, staff and administration of the College are committed to providing a quality education by fostering an environment which encourages independent thinking and learning. We strive to instill in our students the knowledge, skills, motivation and attitudes which will enable them to succeed, whether it be in the workplace or in further education. Over the past two years, Capilano College has grown to offer students even more in the way of programs and services. With the opening of the Sportsplex and a new classroom building, our teaching facilities have improved immensely. Construction of a new library, which will serve the needs of both students and the community, is underway. Scheduled for completion in 1993, the new facility will more than triple the size of the existing library. Capilano College has also expanded its program offerings. New for 1992/93 is Environmental Science, a post-baccalaureate diploma program focusing on environmental assessment and planning. Through partnership with the Open University, Capilano College now offers degree programs in Music Therapy, Jazz Music and Administrative Studies. As well, we have expanded the range of courses and services offered at both our Sechelt and Squamish campuses. At Capilano College we are committed to our students and the life-long process of learning. We are proud of the reputation for excellence we have earned within the post secondary educational system and encourage you to make Capilano College your first choice. 6 Message from the Board Education plays a vital role in our rapidly changing world as we as individuals and as a community meet the challenges of the future with vision and a sense of optimism. As leaders, we must keep pace with new ideas and new developments. Learning has become a life-long process. Capilano College is an integral resource to the communities it serves. Through our dedication to excellence and our wide variety of programs and services, Capilano College prepares students of all ages to actively contribute to the positive growth and development of our communities. Post-secondary education broadens horizons while providing the knowledge and skills required to succeed in further studies and achieve occupational goals and personal aspirations. For both the individual and the community, it is an investment in the future. With this in mind, it is with great pleasure that we welcome you to Capilano College. We are pleased to be a partner in helping you to fulfill your vision. Board Chair 7 About Capilano College Since September 1968, when Capilano College first opened its doors to just over 700 students, it has grown steadily to become one of British Columbia's most outstanding Colleges, with approximately 6,000 students. The College directly serves North and West Vancouver, Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast, with the core of the College located at the Lynnmour campus in North Vancouver and campuses in Sechelt and Squamish. Approximately 40 per cent of student enrollment now comes from outside these regions. Capilano College offers a variety of programs which include: • Academic Studies: Students take thefirsttwo years of an Arts or Science degree, or a professional program and then transfer to university or enter the work force. • Science and Music scholarship programs • Scholarships for academic excellence for returning students • Priority registration for high school graduates with a 2.5 grade point average or better who are enrolling in Academic Studies programs • An Outstanding Student program that recognizes current students for their high academic standings or significant contributions to the College or community • Book Awards • Club Optima, an academic competition open to top Grade 12 students. • Career/Vocational Programs: Certificate and diploma programs give students practical skills and knowledge to prepare them for employment or transfer to other post-secondary institutions. • Preparatory Programs: After upgrading or refreshing their skills, students can gain employment or continue on to Career/Vocational or Academic Studies programs. • Extension Programs and Services: Short courses, seminars, workshops, and lectures are offered on a non-credit basis. Our programs have gained an excellent reputation, which we believe is largely attributable to our highly qualified, dedicated faculty, and our success in attracting many outstanding students. Capilano College is more than a classroom. It plays a key role in the civic and cultural life of the three regions it serves and will continue to be a dynamic source of leadership within its communities. Emphasis on Excellence Capilano College both encourages and rewards student excellence through its awards and recognition programs: • Academic scholarships to outstanding high school graduates enrolling at Capilano • Dean's List for full-time students with a 3.5 grade point average or higher • Merit List for part-time students with a 3.7 grade point average or higher when they have successfully completed a minimum of 30 or 60 term hours at Capilano College • President's Award to the Career and Academic Studies graduates achieving exceptional academic excellence 8 JHP Mission and Values The mission of Capilano College is to be a post-secondary institution dedicated to excellence in teaching and learning, and an institution of first choice for students. Our dedication to excellence and commitment to a set of values will prepare students to contribute effectively as responsible citizens in a rapidly changing global community. The College wall accomplish this mission by emphasizing scholarship and achievement in a selective range of highquality academic, career and vocational programs. To enhance learning for all students, the College shall offer excellent instruction and support services in an attractive environment. The College will instill students with the motivation and broad-based knowledge, skills and attitudes to enable them to become independent learners and thinkers; to succeed in further studies; and to achieve occupational goals and personal aspirations. This mission statement reflects the following values: Accountability The College believes it should be accountable, both fiscally and educationally. It commits itself to allocating resources fairly to ensure that all students receive a sound education suited to their needs; to explaining its policies and achievements to the public; and to a thoughtful and ethical exercise of the power it exerts over its members and its community. Innovation The College encourages rigorous, ongoing analysis and evaluation of its own effectiveness. It supports those wishing to develop instructional methods and curricula to improve the teaching of present programs and to meet emerging needs of students and the community. It supports the use of appropriate technologies to meet these needs. The College accepts the reality of constant change and the need for planning and flexibility in meeting the demands of change. Students Student needs are the first concern of the College. The College strives to provide suitable curricula and support services to sustain students' personal growth and cultural enrichment. It believes that all students, whatever their background, should leave the College with enhanced skills in literacy, numeracy, and critical thinking, and with a positive attitude toward learning. To these ends, it expects and values the commitment of students to the learning process. Adopted by the College Board on March 20,1990. Teaching and Learning Conditions The College values everyone involved in the teaching and learning process. It regards faculty and staff as its greatest assets in developing excellent programming and services. The College recognizes that faculty, staff and administrators serve as active models of citizenship, scholarship and professionalism. The College also recognizes effective, responsible administration as a necessity for establishing and maintaining good conditions for teaching and learning. Community The College considers itself an important resource in the economic and cultural life of its immediate region and beyond: to the rest of the province, the nation, and internationally. It seeks both to respond to community needs and to offer its expertise and leadership in actively helping its communities to anticipate future needs, problems and opportunities. 9 1992-1993 Academic Schedule 1992 FALL TERM 1993 SPRING TERM AUGUST 4 - AUGUST 14: Early Registration JANUARY 4: Career and Vocational Program Registration, (see Spring 1993 Timetable for details). Faculty Advisors present. AUGUST 3: B.C. Day. College closed. AUGUST 31: Career and Vocational Program In-person Registration, (see Fall 1992 Timetable for details). Faculty Advisors present. AUGUST 31, September 1,2,3,4: Academic Program InPerson Registration, (see Fall 1992 Timetable for details). Faculty Advisors present. SEPTEMBER 7: Labour Day. College closed. SEPTEMBER 8: Classes commence for all Divisions. SEPTEMBER 22: Last day to ADD a course or change status from AUDIT to CREDIT or withdraw from a course and not be invoiced for the balance of tuition fees owing. OCTOBER 12: Thanksgiving Day. College closed. OCTOBER 23: Final Date for payment of Balance of Tuition Fees for the Fall 1992 Term. NOVEMBER 13: Last day to WITHDRAW from a course, or change status from CREDIT to AUDIT, or change sections. NOVEMBER 11: Remembrance Day. College closed. NOVEMBER 20: Fall Graduation. NOVEMBER 23 - DECEMBER 4: Early Registration for Spring Term 1993 for Career and Vocational Students. DECEMBER 3: Fall Awards Night. DECEMBER 4: Last day of classes for all Academic Studies, and Student and Instructional Services Courses and Career/Vocational Courses* with examinations scheduled in the Examination Period. DECEMBER 7 -18: Examination Period. DECEMBER 18: Last day of classes for Career/Vocational Courses* without examinations scheduled m the Examination Period. DECEMBER 24 - 26: Christmas Break. College closed. *Career/Vocational students should consult with their instructor or program co-ordinator. Introduction—Academic 10 Schedule JANUARY 4,5,6, 7,8: Academic Program Registration, (see Spring 1993 Timetable for details). Faculty Advisors present. JANUARY 11: Classes commence for all Divisions. JANUARY 25: Last day to ADD a course, or change status from AUDIT to CREDIT or withdraw from a course and not be invoiced for the balance of tuition fees owing. FEBRUARY 24: Final Date for payment of Balance of Tuition Fees. FEBRUARY 25 - 26: Reading break. MARCH 18: Spring Awards Night. MARCH 18: Last day to WITHDRAW from a course, or change status from CREDIT to AUDIT, or change sections. APRIL 9: Good Friday. College closed. APRIL 12: Easter Monday. College closed. APRIL 16: Last day of classes for all Academic Studies, and Student and Instructional Services Courses and Career/Vocational Courses* with examinations scheduled in the Examination Period. APRIL 19 - 30: Examination Period. APRIL 30: Last day of classes for Career/Vocational Courses* without examinations scheduled in the Examination Period. MAY 24: Victoria Day. College closed. Spring Graduation Date to be announced. Admission and Readmission ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE General Requirements The College welcomes Applications for Admission from qualified Canadian, permanent residents and International students. All new students must apply for and be granted admission to the College. An Admission Offer is required before a student may register in courses. Examples of equivalencies: 1. United Kingdom and Commonwealth; Passes in GCE five subjects, two of which must be at the Advanced Level. Standing equivalent to this in the University of Hong Kong Advanced Level Examination will be recognized. 2. Germany and Austria; Reifezeugnis, or Abitur. 3. France; Baccalaureat (2ieme partie) (Series A-E). All Applications for Admission must be made on the forms provided by the Office of the Registrar. 4. Japan; Grade 12 Diploma from Koto Gakko. The following supporting documents must be submitted before any application will be accepted: 5. China; Senior Middle School Diploma Score over 280 on the National Entrance Examination. - An official copy of the appropriate school leaving certificate, (e.g. B.C. Secondary School Transcript of Grades, General Certificate of Education, etc.). - Official Transcripts of the academic record from all postsecondary institutions attended, whether or not work was completed. - All documents must be originals. Uncertified photocopies are not acceptable. Replaceable documents submitted in support of an application become the property of the College and will not be returned. - Applicants who have completed the International Baccalaureat Diploma* will receive advanced placement or advanced credit as appropriate in those subjects where a grade of 6 or better was achieved. - Applicants who have passed an Advanced Placement Examination* administered by the College Entrance Examination Board with a grade of 4 or better, will receive advanced placement or advanced credit in the subject(s) as appropriate. * Students currently enrolled in Grade 12 should ensure that the Office of the Registrar at Capilano College receives a copy of their Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureat results if they wish to be considered for advanced placement and/or advanced credit. - International Applicants must pay an Application fee of $100.00. This fee, which is non-refundable and is not applicable to tuition fees, must accompany the Application for Admission. International students are eligible for admission if they have completed the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia. 6. Other Countries; The Office of the Registrar will respond to inquiries concerning admission from other countries on request. Applicants whose primary language is not English may be required to write a standardized English test (see English Language Requirements), and have the result submitted directly from the testing agency to the Office of the Registrar. Specific Requirements A. Academic Studies Program 1. Regular Admission. a) Successful completion of a B.C. Secondary program (Grade 12); or equivalent. b) Successful completion of the ABE Provincial Diploma. c) Successful completion of the G.E.D. (General Educational Development testing program). 2. Conditional Admission (for students just leaving Grade 12). If you are deficient in not more than two Grade 12 equivalent courses, you may be admitted to Capilano College Academic Studies Program conditionally, and allowed to register in a partial program. Concurrently, you must take steps to complete your Secondary School graduation requirements. Capilano College will withhold full credit for College courses (will not provide official transcript of courses and credits) until secondary deficiencies have been made up and the Office of the Registrar has been provided with proof of this completion. 3. Mature Student Admission Applicants not eligible for Regular or Conditional Admission may be granted admission on the basis of: age; background; previous education; and general suitability for direct entry to college-level studies. Introduction—Admission 11 Depending on the academic background of an applicant, academic advising may be required prior to admission being granted, and the College may restrict the number of courses in which such an applicant may register. B. Career and Vocational Programs Applicants for admission to Career/Vocational Programs who satisfy the criteria for admission to their program will be admitted subject to space availability. For admission requirements to Career/Vocational Programs, see the portion of this calendar devoted to the description of specific programs. Senior secondary school graduation is the normal prerequisite for admission to career programs. However, some applicants enter programs without an official copy of their high school Leaving Certificate because of other qualifications and experience. Some programs have additional requirements and procedures such as interviews, testing, auditions, or portfolios. New applications for any program will be accepted during the twelve month period immediately preceding the program intake date. Selection of applicants for most programs generally takes place four months prior to the program intake date. Thereafter, applicants will be considered only if seats are available in the program. It should be pointed out that the College reserves the right to limit admission to those applicants,who in the opinion of the College, possess the requisite capabilities for success. English Language Requirements All students at this college must have enough English to do the written assignments, understand class lectures, and take part in class discussions. If you do not speak English as yourfirstlanguage or you have received your education in another language, the College will make an evaluation of your English skills. Academic TOEFL 560* or ELA 145* Career ELA 145 or Assessment by the ESL Dept. (If you have already taken the TOEFL, talk to the Career Program Coordinator) ABE (Adult Basic Education) Assessment by the ESL Department ESL (English as a Second Language) The ESL department will help you decide which ESL courses to take. Some applicants may not meet all of these requirements. However, they may still be able to get into the college and take a special program. For example, one or two ESL courses with one or two academic or career courses. For more information, contact the Counselling or Advising offices or the Office of the Registrar. TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) Educational Testing Service CN 6151, Princeton, New Jersey 08541-6151, USA *ELA (English Language Assessment Test) Vancouver Community College, King Edward Campus 1155 East Broadway Avenue, Vancouver, B.C. V5T 4N3 When to Apply for Admission Generally, applications for admission to the College may be made at any time during the year. However, early application deadlines have been established in relation to the formal In-person registration period for each term. For International students, n o application for admission to the Academic Division received less than two months prior to the commencement of a term can be guaranteed consideration in time for admission in that term. For the Career or Vocational Division, applications for admission from International students must be received four months prior to the commencement of the term in order to be considered for that term. The College will consider these three factors. A. Academic Studies Programs and Courses 1. How long have you lived in an English-speaking country? 2. How many years of high school or post-secondary (for example, college or university) do you have? Was English used in your classes? Students apply for Academic Studies by the deadlines listed below will, if admitted, be eligible to register on the date and time listed on their Permit to Register. Students who apply after the published deadline but before the Inperson registration period, if admitted, will be able to 3. Did you have a high school or post-secondary degree? What grades did you receive? What was the level of English required? register at the end of the registration period. Term Application Date Deadline Acceptance Mailed After the College has looked at these factors, it may decide that you need more English. If that is the case, the College will ask you to take certain tests of English. The test required depends on the program area. Fall 1992 March 31,1992 May 31,1992 Spring 1993 September 30,1992 November 30,1992 Summer 1993 March 31,1993 as processed Introduction—Admission 12 Registration B. Career and Vocational Programs and Courses Academic Studies Most Career and Vocational programs have earlier application deadlines than those listed above. For details please refer to the specific program in this calendar. Generally, applications for admission to the next Fall term should be received before March 1. Once you have received your Letter of Acceptance and/ or Permit to Register, you may select the courses in which you wish to register. How to Apply for Admission 1. Obtain an Application for Admission form from the College reception area, Lynnmour Campus, or from the Sechelt or Squamish Regional Centre Offices. Students wishing to enter full-time programs of study or needing assistance are advised to arrange an appointment with an Academic Advisor on the Lynnmour Campus by calling the Advising Centre at 984-4990, or by contacting the Counsellor on the Sechelt Regional Centre at either 885-9310 or toll free from North Vancouver at 987-1535; or by contacting the Counsellor on the Squamish Regional Centre at 892-5322 or toll free from North Vancouver at 9863515. 2. Complete the Application for Admission form and bring or mail it to the Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus. Include with your application form Official High School Transcript, Official Transcripts from all post-secondary institutions attended. READMS I SO I N TO THE COLLEGE Returning students who have previously attended Capilano College and who fall into any of the following three categories, must apply for readmission by completing the Application for Readmission form available from the Office of the Registrar. Absence from the College for one or more terms. Such a student will be asked to state educational and other relevant activities since the last term attended, and to submit Official Transcripts from any post -secondary educational institutions attended during the absence. Voluntary withdrawal from the first term of attendance. A new student who withdraws before completing any course work is required to apply for Readmission if she/ he wishes to register in a subsequent term. Completion of academic goal. A student who has officially completed a credential (Certificate or Diploma) in any term must apply for Readmission if she/he wishes to enrol in additional courses at the College in a subsequent term. Registration is done in a priority sequence each term and will be determined by a system of student number coupled with Grade Point Average (GPA). Please go to the Advising Centre or the Office of the Registrar for details. (For example, a student whose GPA is 3.0 or greater would receive an earlier registration date than students with a lesser GPA) YOU SHOULD REMEMBER THAT, BECAUSE OF THE LARGE NUMBER OF STUDENTS ENROLLING, THE COLLEGE IS NOT ABLE TO GUARANTEE REGISTRATION IN SPECIFIC PROGRAMS OR COURSES EVEN IF YOU HAVE BEEN GRANTED ADMISSION. REGISTRATION IS ALSO DEPENDENT UPON HAVING THE PREREQUISITES OF INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMS OR COURSES. YOUR 'PERMIT TO REGISTER' WILL INFORM YOU OF THE DAY AND TIME YOU WILL BE ABLE TO REGISTER FOR YOUR COURSES. How to Register 1. For Academic Programs and Courses at Lynnmour a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Office of the Registrar or the Squamish or Sechelt Regional Centres. Timetables giving the times of course offerings, room numbers and instructors are available approximately one month prior to each registration period. b. Select the courses and sections you wish to take and complete the registration form. The DATE and TIME for you to register will be on your Permit to Register. All registration will take place In Person and payment of fees is required at that time. Transfer information accurate to the time of printing is to be found in the Transfer Guide section at the back of the Calendar. Students are urged to read this section when establishing their programs of study. c. Students who wish to enrol in English courses must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test prior to registration, or must take the Capilano College English Diagnostic Test prior to registration. Schedules of English Diagnostic Tests will be printed in the first section of the timetable and available in the Office of the Registrar (984-4913); Squamish Learning Centre (892-5322,9863515); Sechelt Learning Centre (885-9310,987-1535); the Humanities Division (984-4957); or the Advising Centre (9844990). Introduction — Registration 13 2. For Career and Vocational Programs and Courses Right to Register a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Office of the Registrar or the Squamish or Sechelt Regional Centres. A student who has not maintained a satisfactory standing in a program in any term may be denied permission to register in that program in a subsequent term. b. Complete and submit registration forms and fees payable to the appropriate coordinator for approval. For new full-time students this will normally involve an interview and counselling. Part-time Career and Vocational students may either mail in or bring in their registration form and appropriate fees at any time during the early registration period. c. Registration can often be completed prior to the inperson registration period; however, new applicants who have been accepted and returning students who have not completed their registration during the early registration period must submit approved registration forms and fees payable to the Office of the Registrar during in-person Registration for Career students. 3. For Courses In Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus or from the Squamish or Sechelt Regional Centres. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the appropriate centre. Wait Lists Students who register but are unable to get into a course because it is full will automatically be included on a chronological wait list. Students must attend the first class of that course to either be accepted into the class or have their names remain on the wait list. Adding or Changing a Course A student may enroll in a course, change sections, or change from audit to credit status (see Academic Schedule, page 4) after the registration period but before the final date to add a course. This must be done on a Course Changeform,be signed by the instructors involved and submitted to the Office of the Registrar. The addition of a course or change from audit to credit status after thefinaldate to add a course may only be done in exceptional circumstances and with the approval of the Instructor, Coordinator and Registrar. Requests for such changes after the final date to add a course should be directedfirstto the Registrar. Withdrawing from a Course or Changing from 4. For Courses on More than One Campus Credit to Audit Status a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Office of the Registrar on the Lynnmour Campus or from the Squamish and Sechelt Regional Centres. Students may withdraw from a course or change from credit to audit status after the last day of the In-Person Registration period but before the final date to withdraw from a course. This must be done on a Course Change Form signed by the instructor involved and submitted to the Office of the Registrar. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the Lynnmour Campus. 5 . For Extension Courses and Activities See page 210 of the Calendar. When to Register 1. Academic Studies Programs and Courses Academic students will register at the time and on the date as indicated on their Permit to Register. 2. Career and Vocational Programs and Courses Career and Vocational students who have not preregistered through their Coordinator may register as follows: FALL 1992 Term: August 31,1992 SPRING 1993 Term: January 4,1993 Introduction — Registration 14 Requests after thefinaldate to withdraw from a course require the approval of the Instructor, Coordinator and Registrar. Approval will not normally be granted unless the records of the College are incorrect as the result of an error by the College, or the student is simply requesting a change from one section to another of the same course, or is transferring to a lower level at the request of the instructor, or the student is unable to meet the deadline date because of illness or emergency circumstances. • Note: Approval for late adds and/or late drops will not be granted simply because the student was unaware of, or neglected to comply with, the College's registration policies and procedures. Course Overload A course overload is a registration in more than 5 academic courses or more than the full requirements specified for a Career program. Students may register at their discretion for a course overload up to a total of 21 credits as long as they have discussed their need or wish for an overload with a counsellor. Science students, however, are automatically allowed to register for more than 16 credits, as long as the total credits do not exceed 21 credits and does not arise from registration in more than five courses. Students may not register for a course overload until after the Registration period. Course Challenge Procedure The College has a policy which allows registered College students to request examination for achievement in certain courses. By this procedure, a student may receive credit for a course without taking the course. Interested students should consult a counsellor for current information on the challenge procedure. There are certain courses which may not be challenged. A student challenging a course will be required to pay the normal tuition fee for that course. Courses challenged successfully will be indicated on the student's transcript. Failure to meet these responsibilities may result in no credit granted for work done or immediate de-registration for non-payment of tuition fees. Change of Name and/or Address It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Office of the Registrar of any changes in his/her name, address or phone number. Documentation must be provided to support a change of name request. Student Number - Identification Card When a student has been accepted and is first admitted to the College she or he is assigned a permanent student number. This number controls the Student's Record, Statement of Grades and Student Identification Card. Student Identification Cards are issued at the beginning of the term for which a student is registered. These cards will be available from the Office of the Registrar within two weeks after the beginning of classes. If the card is lost, a duplicate may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar for $3.00. To use the Library services of the College, to sign out audio-visual materials or to vote in Student Society elections, a student must have a Student Identification Card. NOTE: Credit for courses successfully challenged will apply towards a Certificate or Diploma from Capilano College; however, some other institutions may not grant credit for some courses challenged. Course Verification Following the last day to add a course the Office of the Registrar will issue Course Verification forms to each student. IT IS THE STUDENT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK HIS/HER LIST OF COURSES. If a student believes that there is an error in his/her registration, she/he must correct the errors with a Course Change Form before the final withdrawal date. Failure to correct the error may result in an T' grade on the student's transcript (or no credit being granted for work done). Student Responsibility It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that: - registration is accurate and complete; - tuition fees are paid at the appropriate time; - all library materials are returned and any fines owing are paid. Introduction — Registration 15 General Course Information Course Credits The Instructional Year A student will receive credit only for the courses in which she or he is officially registered according to the records in the Office of the Registrar. The instructional year is divided into two four month terms, Fall and Spring, and an equivalent Summer Session of two months (May and June). A credit normally represents one hour per week of classroom work per term. Most courses offered are threecredit courses. As such, they normally require three class hours per week and may, in addition, require laboratories, seminars and tutorials. Credit Status A student must attend all classes, seminars, labs, etc. of the course and pay the normal tuition fee. She/he is required to submit assignments and sit examinations. (See Attendance.) Attendance A student is expected to attend all classes in which she or he is registered, since evaluation of progress in any course is cumulative, based on class assignments, participation and examinations. Audit Status If illness, injury, or death in the family prevents a student from completing an assignment or examination, she or he must notify the instructor immediately. If completing the assignment or examination is feasible and acceptable within the program, the student shall submit reasons and/or documentation to the satisfaction of the instructor within 7 days of the due date of the assignment or examination. A student may attend all meetings of a credit class without receiving credit. The audit student attends all classes, seminars, labs, etc. of the class and pays the normal tuition fee. She or he is not required to sit examinations or submit assignments. The status of audit will be denied by an instructor if the student has not met the attendance requirements for that class. This denial may be appealed through the grade appeal process. Audit students will be accepted on a space available basis, and are only permitted to register after the last day of InPerson Registration. Course Descriptions Visitors Full descriptions of all academic courses can be found in the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to read the general discipline information included in each section carefully. It is the student's responsibility to be familiar with the special information needed to select academic courses. Please note that university transferable courses for Art and Music appear under their respective program headings in the Academic section. A person may attend a class session as a visitor for a limited period of time, provided she or he has permission from the instructor in advance. This privilege does not extend to science and language labs or courses requiring the use of machinery or materials. A visitor is not registered, does not sit examinations, does not receive credit and attends not more than three weeks during the term. Course Designation Course Description Code: On therighthand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example, Biology 212 - Invertebrate Biology. Biology 212 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Department Name _ Course Number Number of creditsNumber of lecture hours per week Number of lab hours per week Number of other hours per week (eg. seminar, conversation, practicum) Term normally offered Introduction — General Course Information 16 Academic Policies Grading System Capilano College uses the following categories of grading: Letter A+ A AB+ B BC+ c cD CR F NC I W NA AUD Grade Point Value 41/3 4 3 2/3 31/3 3 2 2/3 21/3 2 12/3 1 0 - 0 - Classification Excellent Upon the completion of the required assignments by the specified time, the instructor will record the final grade based on the completed work. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include "I" grades in the GPA calculation. A student who registers for a course, does not attend and does not officially withdraw may be assigned a grade designation of "NA" at the discretion of the individual instructor. NA grades are assigned as of the final Drop date for the term registered in. Good Satisfactory Minimal Pass Credit Granted* Fail No Credit Granted*+ Incomplete* Withdrawn*+ Not Attending*+ Audit* * not calculated in Grade Point Average + not shown on transcript Repeating a Course A course may be repeated for the purpose of improving a grade. The grade for each attempt will be recorded with the higher grade used in the computation of the Grade Point Average. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include both grades in the GPA computation. Grade Point Average (GPA) GPAs are reported on each Permanent Student Record. The GPA is the sum of the grade point hours earned in the term, divided by the number of credit hours applicable to the Grade Point Computation. Interpretation of Grades "I" grades are given at the end of a term when, in the judgement of the instructor, the student would have a reasonable expectation of passing the course but has not completed the work required. An "I" grade is only awarded where the instructor and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is noted on the class list with grades. A student granted an "I" grade must complete the necessary assignments on the date specified by the instructor on the grade sheet or he or she will automatically receive a predetermined grade which reflects the work not completed. STUDENTS WHO HAVE APPLIED FOR STUDENT LOANS SHOULD NOTE THAT N / A GRADES DO NOT CARRY CREDIT AND ARE TREATED AS COURSE WITHDRAWALS. N / A GRADES REDUCE YOUR CREDIT LOAD AND MAY CANCEL YOUR ELIGIBILITY FOR FUTURE STUDENT LOANS AND REQUIRE EARLY REPAYMENT OF EXISTING STUDENT LOANS. All "F" grades are recorded on the student's transcript. These grades are assigned a value of zero in the calculation of a student's Cumulative Grade Point Average. Students are cautioned that other institutions may not grant transfer credit for courses completed with a "D" grade. Registering as an audit student does not guarantee that a student will receive audit status. Based on attendance and participation requirements of the instructor, an instructor will confirm or deny the "audit" status of a student in their course. A denial ruling is open to appeal by the student. The grades "CR" or "NC" are assigned to courses in which a level of mastery is required for successful completion. When a course is graded in this manner, the course outline must state the necessary requirements to achieve the grade of CR. Official Transcript/Statement of Grades A statement of grades is either mailed or distributed from the Registrar's Office. Official transcripts are issued only at the request of the student. The student must complete a Transcript Order Form and pay $5.00 for the first copy and $2.00 for each additional copy. Appeal of Final Grades It is essential that a student take immediate action if he/ she wishes to appeal a grade. To do so he or she must contact a counsellor not later than two weeks after receipt of grades or Change of Grade Notification. The counsellor will discuss the grade and appeal procedure with the student and attempt to arrange a meeting with the General Information — Academic Policies 17 instructor. The counsellor will provide the student with a "Final Grade Appeal" form. If the student wishes to pursue the appeal, the student must do so within fourteen calendar days of the date on which the counsellor's report is mailed. Failure to meet this timeline will be grounds for dismissal of the appeal. To continue the appeal, the student completes the "Final Grade Appeal" form and submits it to the Secretary of the Appeals Committee with a fee of $30 for each course to be appealed. Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee chaired by one of the College Deans. The Committee consists of representatives from faculty, students, and a counsellor. During the Appeal process all term grades, including the final examination mark, are taken into consideration. In all cases the student is informed in writing of the Committee's decision. Should the mark be changed, the $30 fee is refunded. Only those appeals that follow the above process will be considered. b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better. c. Obtained at least 45 credits from the following subject areas, including at least 6 credits in English (100 level or higher), at least 6 credits from subjects listed in A below, and at least 15 credits from 200 level courses. d. All courses must be university transferable courses. A B Anthropology Japanese Applied Science Art Music Biology Art History Philosophy Chemistry Chinese Political Studies Computing Commerce Psychology Science Criminology Sociology Geography Economics Spanish (Physical) English Thai Geology French Theatre Mathematics Women's Studies Geography Kinesiology Physical Education (Human) German Physics History Human errors and omissions in the Statement of Grades will be corrected as soon as identified without appeal or cost to the student. 2. For a Career Studies Diploma (by program) Changes of Grade a. Completed the program requirements,fiftypercent of which must be completed at Capilano College. Time limits have been established with respect to changes of grades. b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better. 1. No time limit for grade changes due to calculation error. 3. For a General Studies Diploma 2. One year time limit for grade change resulting from completion of work to remove an I grade. (May be extended in extenuating circumstances.) 3. One year time limit for grade changes made for other reasons. Diploma and Certificate Requirements Students who complete their programs fill out a "Request for Diploma or Certificate" form at the Office of the Registrar one month before the end of the term in which the program is to be completed. Students who complete courses which are not part of a program may also apply to the Office of the Registrar for a Certificate. To be eligible for an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma, a student must have: 1. For an Academic Studies Diploma a. Completed 60 credits, of which at least 30 must be completed at Capilano College. General Information—Academic Policies 18 a. Completed 60 credits at least 30 of which must be completed at Capilano College. b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better. 4. For a Certificate To be eligible for a Certificate, a student must have successfully completed the requirements of a course or program of studies of fewer than four terms in duration, at least fifty percent of which must be completed at Capilano College, and they must have obtained at least a 2.0 GPA (where calculated) in the last term. There is a $10 fee for diploma or certificate replacement. Academic Difficulties Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course work during a term may be referred by an instructor to a Counsellor. The student is encouraged to consult with his/her instructor and Counsellor to evolve a satisfactory plan which will remedy these difficulties. Academic Performance 1. A student will be placed on "Academic Probation" if his/her grade point average is less than 1.80 over a minimum of 12 credits attempted. 2. A student will be advised, in writing of his/her status and will be required to book an appointment with an Advisor/Counsellor prior to re-registering and will be limited to attempting up to 9 credits. 3. A student who is permitted to register will have his/ her academic performance reviewed upon attempting a further 12 credits. If the student's grade point average over those credits is 1.80 or greater, the student will be taken off academic probation and will be notified in writing. The student will no longer be under any restrictions regarding course load or courses. However, if the student's grade point average is below 1.80, that student will be required to withdraw for at least one term (Fall or Spring). 4. 5. 6. A student who has been required to withdraw must make application for re-admission. Permission for re-admisssion will be granted by the Registrar in consultation with the appropriate Program Coordinator in the case of Career/Vocational students or Dean, Academic Studies in the case of Academic Studies students, and an Advisor/Counsellor, if necessary. A student re-admitted after being required to withdraw will be limited to a maximum enrollment of 9 credits, and must achieve a grade point average of 2.0 or better on those credits attempted. A student who does not achieve this level will be required to withdraw from the College for one full academic year and may only be re-admitted by application to and approval of the Appeals Committee. Students in Career/Vocational Programs should be aware that in some Career/Vocational Program areas, Departmental Policies concerning Academic Performance may modify the above policy. Disruptive Students The College recognizes that most students make considerable sacrifices to be able to attend classes. To enhance their opportunities for success, the College expects all students to help, not hinder, their fellow students, staff, and instructors in achieving their common goals. One of the most important of those goals is to develop the skill of critical thinking through the free expression and exploration of a wide range of ideas. This may involve challenges to students' and faculty's strongly held beliefs and values. As long as such challenges are clearly directed at ideas, and are not merely personal attacks on those who hold them, the College accepts and encourages them as part of the learning process. However, some kinds of expression and behaviour are clearly not intended to further the learning process; they may become disruptive to all concerned and may hinder the College's basic purpose: to foster both learning and a constructive, positive attitude toward learning. Therefore, the College will not accept disruptive behaviour in classrooms or elsewhere on its property. Disruptive behaviour is: • Speech or action that seriously distracts others from the task at hand; • Speech or action that is clearly not part of a learning process that creates an atmosphere of hostility, intimidation,ridicule,or anxiety among other students, staff or instructors; • Action that impedes the delivery of College services; • Action that abuses College property and services by using them for unauthorized purposes; • Excessive and unreasonable demand for attention or special treatment from faculty or staff, to the detriment of other students; or • Hindrance of other's work by failure to complete one's own work. Threatening and Dangerous Behaviour All members of the College community are expected to show respect for the College and its students and employees. Behaviour that is threatening or dangerous to others is unacceptable and will be dealt with quickly and firmly. The College will protect its students and employees against such conduct. Threatening or dangerous behaviour is: • Subjecting or threatening to subject any student or College employee to physical or mental harm, injury, indignity, harassment, or written or spoken abuse; • Physical intimidation of any student or College employee; • Damage or threat to, or the unauthorized removal of, College property or the property of students or College employees; • Action that deliberately endangers students or College employees. Procedure Complaints about any person's disruptive, threatening, or dangerous behaviour shall go to a Counsellor or to the appropriate Co-ordinator. The person receiving the complaint shall investigate, consult a Counsellor Coordinator as appropriate, and, if warranted, immediately convey the complaint to the appropriate Dean. The Dean General Information—Academic Policies 19 will take appropriate action, which may include (but is not limited to) a formal warning, placement on probation, long-term suspension, or expulsion from the College. If the Dean has reason to believe that a student's continued presence in the College constitutes a continuing disruption, threat, or danger to others, the Dean shall immediately suspend the student pending further investigation and/or disciplinary action. A student has therighttoappeal the Dean's decision to suspend or to impose other disciplinary action. Such appeal must be made in writing to the Vice-President, Student and Instructional Services within two weeks of the Dean notifying the student of the disciplinary action. The appeal shall be heard by two Vice-Presidents, who will receive submissions by any other person that the Vice-Presidents judge to have information bearing upon the case. will be up to three hours in duration. Faculty will be accessible during the examination period to meet with students to review their assignments and final letter grade and/or engage in other instruction-related activities. For some Career/Vocational programs, regularly scheduled classes will continue until the end of the examination period. In some program areas, a special examination schedule may be set. Students should consult with their program coordinator for detailed information. Misuse of Computer System The misuse of a computer system (such as unauthorized access to other computer accounts or unauthorized use of system software) is not only unfair to other students but can result, at the instructor's discretion, in suspension of the offender's computer access in a course, which may result in an "F' grade. Repeated offences may result in a permanent revoking of all computer privileges. Cheating and Plagiarism Within an educational institution, any form of cheating including plagiarism - is an extremely serious offence. Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's or source's words or ideas as if they were one's own. Plagiarism and all other forms of cheating are dishonest and are incompatible with education and scholarship. Accordingly, cheating offences will normally result in a grade of zero on the examination, test, or assignment and, at the instructor's discretion, may result in a grade of F in the course. After consulting the instructor(s) involved, the College may impose further penalties for cheating, up to and including expulsion from the College. Cheating or plagiarism penalties affecting a final grade may be appealed through the College's Appeals Procedure. Students are responsible for ensuring that they understand and follow the principles and practices of proper documentation and scholarship. If in doubt about these matters, students should consult their instructor, the Achievement Resource Centre, the Writing Centre, or the Library where explanatory documents are available. Copyright Policy A copy of the College Policy and Procedures regarding Canadian copyright law is available in the Library and in all departments. This policy applies to all College departments, employees and students. Examination Period The final few days of each instructional term is designated as an examination period. (See Academic Schedule, page 4, for exact dates). If there is to be a final examination in a course, it will be during the examination period that the examination will be given. Such examinations General Information — Academic Policies 20 Sexual Harassment The College makes every effort to ensure that no student or employee is subjected to sexual harassment. Sexual harassment is seen to be any uninvited sexual advances, requests for sexual favours, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for decisions affecting employment, admission to the College or registration in college courses, a student's marks or grades, participation in a club, society or organization; or, when such conduct creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive working/teaching/ learning environment. Student Records All official student records are kept in the Office of the Registrar. The information on file for a student is always available to that student for examination. No information on file is divulged to any agency or person other than the student without the student's permission except for institutional research projects approved by the College. Students are cautioned that student loan applications and other similar applications have such consent written in the document. Limit of Responsibility The College accepts no responsibility for the cancellation or discontinuance of any course or program or class of instruction that may be necessary as a result of an Act of God, fire, labour problems, lack of funding, or any other cause. The College accepts no responsibility for any injury, loss or expense sustained, arising out of or in any way connected with a student's participation in any course or program. Fees Tuition Fees The new tuition fees for the 1992/93 instructional year will be announced in the Fall Timetable which will be available at least one month prior to the beginning of the Fall '92 term. It is likely that they will be higher than in 1991/1992. For details of payment of fees consult the Timetable. As a general guideline, the basic tuition fees for 1991/92 were: • $30.00 per credit of which $20.00 is refundable if the course is dropped within the first two weeks of the term. • $45.00 non-refundable registration fee. • $2.25 per credit Student Society Membership Fee to a term maximum of $37.50. (This fee is optional for courses in Howe Sound and on the Sunshine Coast.) • $0.25 per credit Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee, to a maximum of $7.50 • $7.00 Recreational Facility Levy for students on the Lynnmour campus registered in 1.5 credits or more. • $3 per credit or a minimum of $25 late payment penalty for students who have not settled their tuition fees account by the end of thefifthweek of the term. International Student Fees* • $185.00 per credit. • $45.00 non-refundable registration fee. • $2.25 per credit Student Society Membership Fee per term to a maximum of $37.50. • $5.00 Recreational Facility Levy for students on the Lynnmour campus. • $0.25 per credit Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee, to a maximum of $7.50 • International Student Fees are payable in full at the time of registration and are non-refundable. Conditions of Registration a. All cheques and money orders are to be made payable to "Capilano College" and accompanied by a completed Registration Form. b. Underpaid registrations will not be processed. c. A charge of $10.00 will be levied for costs of handling cheques returned by the bank for insufficient funds. The College reserves the right to take only money orders, certified cheques, or cash from students whose cheques arereturnedby the bank for insufficient funds. d. Post-dated cheques will not be accepted. e. Students whose fees are to be paid by agencies, other than Government Scholarships, are required to present a letter to this effect at registration. materials, library fines, outstanding tuition fees) to the College will not be allowed to register until their debts are cleared. Students who do not clear their debts prior to the end of the term the debt was incurred will not have their Registration Priority changed after Permits to Register have been issued. Special Fee Waivers for Senior Citizens Any person 60 years of age or over is entitled to free tuition, and is not required to pay student activity fees or the capital levy. Applicants for this special senior citizen fee waiver need only produce appropriate identification such as the Courtesy Card for senior citizens or Pharmacare card at the time of registration. Senior citizens must pay the $45.00 registration fee. For cost-recoverable courses such as Art Institute and private music instruction, seniors must pay full fees. Refunds Students withdrawing from a course within the first two weeks of a term will be refunded a portion of the tuition fees if they have paid more than the non-refundable deposit. In 1991/92 the non-refundable portion was $10 per credit and the $45.00 registration fee. Students withdrawing from a course after the end of the second week of a term receive no refund. Fees Policy - Extension Programs and Services Department Tuition fees charged for Extension Programs and Services are based on the principle of recovering the cost of instructional and related expenses. Refunds: The College reserves the right to cancel any course for which registration does not reach the required minimum, and to withdraw, postpone, or combine classes or to change instructors. Fees are payable at time of registration. Fees paid for courses or workshops cancelled by the College will be refunded in full. Applications for withdrawal and refund will not be accepted after the second session of a course has been held and in the case of workshops of short duration (up to three consecutive days) withdrawal applications will be accepted no later than the day before the workshop commences. Refunds are subject to a 20% administration charge. Refunds on discounted and package fees will be subject to the 20% administration charge against the full course fee. Any departure from the foregoing policy will be stated in the course or workshop description. Under no circumstances will refunds be given after the end of a course of workshop. f. Students with outstanding debts (e.g. overdue General Information — Fees 21 Services Transfers: In specified courses a student may transfer from one course to another if space is available. Fees are not transferable from one term to another. Fee Waiver for Senior Citizens: People age 60 and over are eligible for a 10% discount on fees for most courses. Some co-sponsored and certain other courses are excluded from this policy. At time of registration senior citizens are asked to provide proof of age, such as a Pharmacare card or senior citizens' Courtesy Card. Also, see "Limit of Responsibility", page 20. ACADEMIC ADVISING AND EDUCATIONAL PLANNING Personnel Heather HARRIS, Educational Planning Assistant Jeri KROGSETH, B.A. (UBC) B.C. Teacher's Cert., Advisor Drena McCORMACK, Educational Planning Assistant David O'LEARY, B.A. (Memorial), Dip. Adult Ed. (Alta.) M.Ed. (UBC) Advisor & Dept. Supervisor Advisors visit secondary schools in the College region and throughout the Lower Mainland each Fall and Spring to speak to student groups about opportunities at Capilano College. High school students planning to enter the College may take advantage of early admission interviews at their school by contacting their school counsellor for appropriate dates. Prospective students may contact the Advising Centre for information on all College programs and courses. Appointments can be made with an Advisor throughout the year for assistance with educational planning and program selection. Appointments may be made at the advising desk in A Building or by calling the Advising Hot Line at 984-4990. Drop-in advising is also available. ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE Faculty John BROOKS, B.A. (SFU) Kam DASTOURI Ruth D'HOLLANDER, B.C. Teaching Cert., B.Ed. (McGill), M.Ed. (McGill), C.A.S. (Harvard) Blake FOSS, B.A. (Carleton) A.R.W. Bev HILL, B.Ed. (UBC) Brian JARRETT, B.A. (Hons.) (SFU), L.LB. (UBC) Wendy LYNN, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc. (Waterloo) Susan MURRAY, B.Ed. (T.E.S.L.) Concordia, M.A. (Applied Linguistics) Concordia Jan SHIELL, M.Ed. (UBC) Dennis WRIGHT, B.Sc. (Idaho), M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (Arizona State) Support Staff Kim EMANUEL, Learning Assistant Lynne HAMILTON, Divisional Assistant Achievement Resource Centre - Lynnmour Students wanting to increase their learning efficiency are invited to use the services and facilities of the Achievement Resource Centre (ARC), accessed through the Library in B Building. Students who have specific learning difficulties are encouraged to talk over their concerns with ARC Faculty. General Information — Fees 22 At present, the Achievement Resource Centre offers the following services: a. Scheduled workshops on study skills to help students succeed at college: (See page 41). b. Personal assistance for students who are doing well but want to improve further, or who require personal attention with learning problems. c. Professional assessment of learning difficulties. d. Assistance in using computer resources available in the Centre. Resources available are: 1) Hardware - Apple lie, Macintosh, IBM- compatible Computers, 2 typewriters. 2) Software - word processing, spelling, vocabulary and keyboarding skills. 3) Self-paced learning programs on cassette and video to improve study and learning skills. The ARC also provides written study tips. For more information, call 984-4945 or drop by the Achievement Resource Centre, B Building, accessed through the Library. The Mathematics Learning Centre The Achievement Resource Centre and the Mathematics Department provide the facilities and services of the Mathematics Learning Centre (MLC) for all students at the College. The Centre is located at the south end of the first floor of J Building (J107). During scheduled hours throughout the week, students may obtain individual assistance with math problems from the Lab Supervisor or Mathematics instructor on duty. The MLC has two study areas, one for silent, individual study and the other for quiet group study. A library of math reference texts is located in the silent study area. The Mathematics Department's self-paced learning courses in arithmetic, algebra and precalculus are offered in the Math Learning Centre. A math video room is equipped withfiveVCRs and has tapes on topics in algebra, precalculus, calculus and statistics. The MLC is equipped with four microcomputers and has some mathematical software available for student use. Special Needs Services Special Needs Services, a component of the Achievement Resource Centre, provides the support services necessary for students with physical, hearing, and visual disabilities to take part in College programs. Some of these services are: 1) Orientation to Capilano College; campus maps, (Braille and standard) and information on campus accessibility. 2) Assistance with admission and registration procedures. 3) Formal and informal assessments to identify learning strengths and needs; instructional recommendations based on assessments. 4) Liaison between student and instructor regarding accommodations and other issues. 5) Group and individualized instruction for study skills development. 6) Access to special equipment, e.g. Brailler, Telex F.M. Loop system, portable computers. A complete listing of the resources is available as well as a campus map indicating wheelchair accessible paths and washrooms. Call 984-4945 or drop by B102. Achievement Resource Centre - Squamish and Sechelt ARC programs and services are also offered in these locations. Contact the local College receptionist for more information: in Squamish 986-3515 (toll free from North Vancouver) or 892-5322 (local); in Sechelt 987-1535 (toll free) or 885-9310 (local). Writing Centre Located in H406, the English Department Writing Centre provides: 1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing assignments 2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts, information sheets, exercises, and software 3) an English instructor available to answer any specific writing questions you might have on such topics as researching, grammar, and analysis 4) a tutorial service where you can look at your EDT results and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or graded assignments with an English or ESL instructor 5) a computer room where you can do grammatical exercises and word processing. ADULT SPECIAL EDUCATION RESOURCES Capilano College enhances educational opportunities for adults with disabilities in its community through Adult Special Education programs and services. To best serve your special education needs please call the Special Education Contact Line at 984-1701 and you will be referred to the appropriate person. ATHLETICS Faculty Neil CHESTER, B.A.P.E., B.Ed., (U. of Sask.), M.P.E. (UBC) Capilano is a full member of the British Columbia Colleges Athletic Association, which is the governing body for all inter-college athletics in British Columbia. General Information — Services Provincial champions are determined annually with winners advancing to a national final. This affords our College's highly skilled student athletes the opportunity to meet with and compete against the best College athletes in Canada. Inter-collegiately, Capilano College competes in Soccer, Basketball, Volleyball, Golf and Badminton. Each year, our many exceptional athletes, working with the experienced Blues coaching staff, have combined to produce several BCCAA championship teams. Capilano College is proud of the accomplishments of its student athletes and of its growing reputation for athletic excellence. In addition, an expanding Intramurals program encompassing a number of competitive team sports has been developed and involves students, faculty and staff in both Fall and Spring terms. Our athletic and intramural programs are housed in the College's Sportsplex facility, newly opened in summer 1991. The Sportsplex is the finest facility of its kind in British Columbia and is located in the southwest corner of the campus, near south parking lot 1. For further information, see page 28. General Information The services of trained counsellors are available to all students in the College. Counsellors assist students in educational planning and provide information and consultation in the solution of academic problems. Counsellors are often helpful in dealing with personal problems as well, and have a real interest and expertise in this area of student life. The College counselling objective is to facilitate the efforts of students to move toward greater self-direction in decision making and life-planning. Counsellors can also assist with career planning, and vocational testing is available for students by appointment. Other services available to students are workshops in such areas as career exploration, stress management, assertive communication skills, understanding intimate relationships, procrastination and a computer assisted career choice system. Appointments to see a counsellor may be made through the front desk located in the M building or by calling 9841744. Drop-in counselling is also available Monday through Friday from 9 am - 4 pm. As well, appointment time is available Monday through Thursday each week to 8 p.m. All counselling is confidential. For complete athletic and intramural program information, contact the Coordinator of Athletics or the staff at the Sportsplex, 984-1737. Those living in the Pemberton-Howe Sound Region requiring the assistance of a counsellor should contact the Squamish Regional Centre. Appointments may be arranged by calling 892-5322. BOOKSTORE Sunshine Coast Region residents should call the Sechelt Regional Centre, 885-9310, for information. The Bookstore, located in R building offers required and recommended texts, stationery, and some sundry items. A postage stamp machine is located in the Bookstore. Canada Post boxes are located on both North and South campuses. COUNSELLING Faculty Robert BAGSHAW, B.Comm., M.A. (UBC), M.A. (Colorado) (on leave) Daniel FRANKEL, B.A. (Concordia), M.Ed. (McGill) David JONES, B.A., M.A. (Dalhousie) Yvonne MCCOLL, B.A. (Simmons), M.Ed. (Harvard) Ethelyn MCINNES-RANKIN, B.A., M.A. (UBC) Susan MITCHELL, B.S.Ed. (N. Illinois), M.A. (UVic) Gary SIEGRIST, M.B.A. (SFU) Marie TOOMPUU, B.A., M.S.W. (Wilfred Laurier) Support Staff Receptionists: Marni BUSH, and Norma McALLISTER General Information — Services 24 CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE The College assists students considering career options by providing information and reference materials on a wide variety of occupations. The Centre is located in the M building and houses a collection of self-help books, vocational literature, calendars from Canadian and foreign universities and colleges, and brochures and free information on campus and community resources. Copies of past and current course outlines for Capilano College are available for reference in choosing courses and instructors. Also, some career and program information is on video tape. For assistance in the Centre, contact the receptionist in the M building. DISABLED STUDENT SERVICES Students with disabilities wishing information and/or assistance in enrolling in College programs are invited to contact the Special Education Coordinator for Transition: Jolene Bordewick at 984-1701. Further Special Needs Services are available through the Special Needs Advisor in the Achievement Resource Centre - call 984-4945. DISTANCE EDUCATION HEALTH SERVICES AND FIRST AID Open Learning Agency Open College and Open University Personnel Dr. Thais HALL, B.A. (UBC), M.D. (UBC) Dr. Bill MACKIE, M.D. (UBC), CCFP Donna SAVAGE, R.N., B.Sc.N. (UBC), Ind. First Aid Brenda JARVIS, R.N., Ind. First Aid Beverly HANSEN, Ind. First Aid The Open College and Open University, two components of the Open Learning Agency, offer a wide variety of credit and non-credit courses through open learning methods. Courses and programs can lead to one of several college diplomas or certificates or to a university degree. For information on course offerings and transfer credit, visit or write to the Open Learning Agency's Student Services office at 4355 Mathissi Place, Burnaby, B.C. V5G 4S8, or call (603) 431-3000. Knowledge Network The third component of the Open Learning Agency, the Knowledge Network also offers a wide range of credit and non-credit courses. For further information, call 6602000 (toll-free 1-800-663-1678). Open Learning in British Columbia In addition to the courses offered by the Open Learning Agency, there are many more open learning courses offered by British Columbia's colleges and universities. The Open Learning Agency can advise which courses are available, but specific enquiries should be directed to the sponsoring institution. FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE The main cafeteria, located in building N, offers full hot meal service during the Fall and Spring terms from approximately 8:00 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. daily except Fridays when it closes at 3:30 p.m. (The grill closes at 1:30 p.m.) For special events, catering services are available. Contact the Food Services Director, North Campus Cafeteria. The smaller cafeteria, located in building B, offers limited hot foods and snack items from approximately 8 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. Monday through Thursday; Friday 8 a.m. through 3:30 p.m. (The grill closes at 2 p.m.) Vending service offering limited food, beverage and confectionery items is available in Building N (North Campus), B (South Campus), and H Building. Limited dining space (seating and circulation) does not allow for the use of either cafeteria for special functions during the period the food service is in operation, unless the function is designated by the College's administration. Located in the M building on the North Campus, the Health Services and First Aid Department is concerned with maintaining the good general health of all individuals on campus, and with providing a safe and healthy atmosphere in which to work and study. Emphasis is directed toward prevention of disease and injury and attainment of a healthy lifestyle. The following services are offered: 1. First Aid - come to M103 or phone local 2964. If no answer, call the College switchboard "0". 2. Health Counselling - offered on nutrition, weight control, immunization, birth control and other health related matters. 3. Physical Health Care - such as vision check, hearing tests, blood pressure check, pregnancy tests. 4. Diagnosis and Treatment of Illness—appointments with College Physicians may be made in person at M103, or by phoning 984-4964. 5. Pamphlets and Teaching Aids on various topics are available in the reception area of Health Services. 6. Regular meetings of the Health and Safety Committee are held. Complaints or suggestions regarding hazards or potential hazards can be submitted in writing via the Student Representatives. 7. Referrals to outside agencies or individuals can be made through Health Services. INTERNATIONAL OFFICE AND INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION Personnel Marjorie CROFT, International Administrative Assistant Linda CURRY, International Office and Dean's Secretary Jon L. JESSIMAN, Dean and Head David JONES, International Student Advisor Louise KROHN, Director, Extension & Contract Services Ethelyn MCINNES-RANKIN, International Student Advisor Edwin WONG, CANASEAN Project Manager Telephone: (604) 984-4975 Fax: (604)984-1705 Office: A 209, South Campus General Information — Services 25 The International Office has responsibility for international education, programs and initiatives at Capilano, operating within the Division of Student and Instructional Services, assisted by the International Education Advisory Committee, a campus-wide representative committee which meets to provide direction to and co-ordination of Capilano projects. A. Asia Pacific Management Co-op Program 1. International Student Information Combining an examination of culture, history, language, business, politics, and economics of Pacific Rim regions over the course of a full time, eight-month intensive period at the College, and followed by a co-operative work experience of twelve months, usually overseas, graduates become immediately involved in working with industry in development and trade-related business. See page 207 in this Calendar for details. The College welcomes Applications for Admission from well-qualified students who are normally resident in countries outside Canada. In 1991, there were approximately 140 international students studying regular courses at Capilano. The majority of them are enrolled in university transfer programs in the Academic Studies Division, while others are taking specialized courses in the Career/Vocational Division. Normally, to be considered for admission, applicants should possess the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia. Students wishing assessment of their academic credentials should contact the Office of the Registrar. In certain programs, enrollment limitations are in effect both for international students and for Canadian citizens and residents. Entry to these programs is competitive and is based on academic standing and other published criteria. In accord with provincial government policy, international students are subject to higher tuition fees than Canadian students. See page 11 for detailed application information. The International Student Advisors on campus give assistance to international students both prior to and after their admission to the College and will provide specific assistance to applicants with student visa requirements, location of home accommodation, social and special programs, educational counselling and orientation. They are located in the M Building on the north campus. All other student services at the Lynnmour campus are also available to international students. An International Club is active on campus and provides opportunities for Canadian and international students to interact in social, recreational and learning activities. Interested students should note closing dates for applications for Fall, Spring, and Summer terms in an earlier section of this Calendar. All applications for admission should be directed to the Office of the Registrar and should be accompanied by a $100.00 (Can.) application fee. 2. International Programs In the 1992-1993 academic year, the following programs will be undertaken: General Information — Services 26 This program, unique in Canada, enrolled its first class in 1987 and was an immediate success. A two year diploma program in Asia Pacific studies and business, it is open to students who normally have completed an undergraduate degree from a recognized university or those who are sponsored by their employer. B. CANASEAN Project CANASEAN is another unique program at this College, specifically designed to meet the needs of businessmen and women in Canada and from countries forming part of the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN). Begun in the mid-1980s as a seminar/workshop series, it now has two separate phases: in the Fall term, ASEAN managers take part in a four month intensive training/ placement program working on campus and with local enterprises, and in the Spring term, a further group of ASEAN executives meet with Canadian counterparts in similar industries. This project is wholly funded by ministries of the federal and provincial governments. Interested applicants should contact the Project Manager. C International Business Program New in 1990, the College offers a one year certificate program in International Business through its Business Management Department as one attempt to meet the increasing need in Canada to better equip men and women for global enterprise and trade. Particular focus is provided in areas of Canadian/U.S. A trade and Southeast Asian business. Students normally would have some post-secondary education at the college or university level and interested applicants should see page 147 of the Calendar for further detailed program information. D. Other Programs From time to time, the College offers specific programs designed to meet the needs of particular groups, industries, governments or agencies. In 1991, these included programs in international tourism management, English Language culture and small business entrepreneurship. These are normally arranged through the International Office or the Contract Services Department. 3. Other International Courses A number of individual programs offered in the Academic and Career Divisions have specific courses providing international content. Some of them are optional, while others are an integral part of the curriculum leading to a college diploma or certificate. Examples of these will be found in the relevant sections of this Calendar in Business (Marketing Management), Labour Studies, Geography and History. The Languages Department currently schedules first-year university level courses in French, German, and Spanish as well as first year level in Japanese, Mandarin, Chinese and Thai. English as a Second Language courses provide foreign and new immigrant students a variety of intermediate and advanced courses to help improve competency in English for work, daily life, and post-secondary study. English language training is also offered in the summer; these home-stay programs are designed for groups only. 4. International Exchanges The College has been active for a number of years in promoting exchanges with colleges, universities and other agencies outside Canada. Students from Capilano and Aichi Gakusen in Japan and faculty from Rajamamgala Institute of Technology, Thailand, and Open University of Ho Chi Minh City in Vietnam. Capilano College and Aichi Gakusen College of Toyota City, Japan established a special relationship in 1983 which provides for the exchange of students between the two colleges. Up to three Capilano female students study and work at Aichi Gakusen from late September until mid-winter. Each student is provided with a scholarship of Y750,000 (approx. Cdn. $7,500), a Vancouver-Tokyo-Nagoya round trip ticket and free tuition in a special program of studies specifically tailored to the individual student. The total value of the scholarship is approximately Cdn. $20,000 for each student. People's Republic of China. Current examples include curriculum development at a university in Vietnam, small business management training for Indonesian managers, and a business linkage project in Thailand. A Southeast Asian work, study and learn travel adventure for faculty and staff is currently being planned for Spring 1993. For further information on any of these international activities or other international education opportunities, contact the Head of the International Office as indicated. LIBRARY Faculty Karin HALL, BA. M.L.S. (UBC) David LAMBERT, B.A. (U of A), M.L.S. (UBC) Annette LOREK, B.A., M.L.S. (McGill) George MODENESI, B.A., M.L.S. (UBC) Sidney MYERS, B.A. (UBC), M.L.S. (Western) Reference Services All students receive a library orientation and basic research methods class during the first year English, Psychology, or Communications courses. Other courses often include a class in the use of library materials specific to the subject area. Individual research assistance, CD-ROM and other electronic search services are also available. Ask at the reference desk. Circulation Services Students are required to present current Capilano College I.D. to borrow library materials. Loan periods are: Formal agreements have been signed with other postsecondary educational institutions in China, Malaysia, Japan and other countries of the Pacific Rim which will continue to enhance opportunities for exchange. Books: Reference books: Periodicals: Newspapers: Reserve materials: Films & Videos: Audio tapes: AV equipment: Records & CD's: As a member of a number of international education training associations in Canada and the United States, the College is able to provide a variety of opportunities for students and faculty to study, travel, or work overseas. Note: Overdue fines of $1.00 per hour charged on hourly reserve loans; $1.00 per day on daily and weekly reservematerials; $1.00 per day on recalled books and other materials. 5. International Projects and Initiatives Failure to return materials and pay all fines at the end of each term will result in debt listing (transcripts are withheld and further registration is prohibited). With a particular focus on Pacific Rim endeavours, Capilano College has been and continues to be involved in development and training activities in Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Japan, Indonesia, Vietnam and the two weeks (no telephone renewals) in-library use only in-library use only in-library use only varies from 3 hours to 1 week 2 days; book in advance 1 week (except reserve cassettes) varies; book in advance in-library use only General Information — Services 27 Audio-Visual Services A variety of audio-visual software and equipment is available for use in the library or may be booked for classroom presentations. Films, videos, records, cassette tapes, and CD's are listed in the library's catalogue. Projectors, video players, cassette recorders, CD players and record players are available for individual use at library study carrells or for small group use in the library's preview room. Media Production Services Assistance in the design, preparation, and production of audio-visual materials is provided and selected equipment is available for self-help use. Overheads, laserprints, colour laser copies, laminating, and other products and services are available at the cost of materials. Ask at Media Production Services. Sechelt & Squamish A small collection of reference and information materials to support local courses and programs is housed at each regional campus. Access to the entire college library collection is provided by a microfiche catalogue of holdings. Inter-campus loans, telephone reference, and facsimile transmission services are provided. LOST AND FOUND Students may inquire about lost or found items in the Student Society office, located in N building, or the Library, located in B building. f. Vehicles parking in unauthorized areas will be towed away at the owner's risk and expense. SPORTSPLEX, RECREATION AND FITNESS Joseph IACOBELLIS, B.P.E., M.P.E. (UBC), Sportsplex Manager Jennifer LIDSTER, B.P.E. (UBC), Attendant Wade KEELER, Attendant Wayne SHAW, Attendant Wendy WEBERG, Program Assistant The Sportsplex, one of thefinestmultipurpose facilities in the province, houses the intramural programs, athletics gymasium-based programs, extension courses in sports and recreation and a general activity drop-in program for those choosing a less structured schedule. Each of these programs offer a variety of activities which will satisfy the recreational needs of the student body. For detailed information about specific programs offered in the Sportsplex each year contact the Manager or staff members at 9841737. Facilities include: a 14,500 sq. ft. gymnasium with seating capacity of 1,700 suitable for basketball, volleyball, badminton, indoor soccer, wrestling, martial arts and many other activities; a smaller 2,000 sq. ft. aerobics gym, weight and fitness centre, dressing rooms and sauna. A wide range of services including towel service, locker rentals, first aid, laundry service and equipment loans are available. Current hours of operation during the term (September to April) are: Monday to Friday: 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. and Saturday/Sunday: 10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. PARKING Parking is available to all students in parking lots 1,2,3, and 4 only. For exact locations consult the map on page 3. The following parking regulations, which have been designed to meet the Fire Marshal's instructions, are in effect: a. No restrictions apply to Open Parking areas on the North and South campuses. b. No parking is permitted in a Fire Zone. c. Vehicles may park in a Loading Zone for up to 30 minutes while loading or unloading. Vehicles parked in excess of this time period are subject to the College towing policy (see f below). d. Reserved parking permits may be made available to handicapped students so that they may park closer to their classes. Requisitions for handicapped parking permits may be obtained from the College Nurse or the Special Needs Advisor. e. All traffic and parking signs must be observed. General Information — Services 28 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT CENTRE Personnel Judith HALL, Employment Advisor Lynne SOMERVlLLE, Student Employment Assistant The primary goal of the Capilano College Student Employment Centre is to work towards placing all of our students into compatible working environments. The Student Employment Centre develops and maintains working relationships with employers to increase summer, interim, and permanent job opportunities. Part time, contract, and career employment opportunities are posted regularly through the computerized job posting and referral service. To ensure the best possible match, students receive placement advice and assistance in all areas regarding employment. The Centre provides support with a variety of career search techniques such as resume and cover letter critiquing, interviewing preparation and presentation, and job search strategies. Students wishing to use the services offered at the Student Employment Centre are invited to visit Judith or Lynne in M Building on the North Campus or call 984-4965. STUDENT NEWSPAPER The student newspaper at Capilano College is the Capilano Courier, published every other week. The Courier is run by an independent staff of student volunteers, and is totally autonomous from the student society and College administration. It is a full member of Canadian University Press, a co-operative news and support resource organization of more than sixty campus papers from across Canada. Since the Courier is written, organized, and laid out on campus, there is always a need for help. Students are encouraged to take part in news and feature writing, reporting, editing, layout, photography, artwork, desktop publishing, graphic design, and advertising. The newspaper is not a "class project" and therefore offers the chance for all students to participate in the democratically run collective staff. The Courier welcomes input from the entire College community. Classified ads (which are free to students, staff, and faculty), letters to the collective, and other contributions can be submitted to their offices. STUDENT SOCIETY direction of the Society is decided and its' goals met. Student Society affairs run from charity fundraisers to educational forums to social events to student workstudy jobs. Daily operations are handled by the full time staff collective and the executive committee of elected students. Elections occur on campus each semester and all students may participate. In addition, the Student Society maintains a number of services to aid students day-to-day. Inexpensive photocopies, a free student phone, a used textbook sale, a laser printer/binding/resume service, a housing registry and a student saver consumer discount program, are some of the services offered. The Student Society General Office is located in N building next to the Students' Lounge and is open from 9:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Monday to Friday. For further information call 986-1813 or 984^4969. STUDENT STORE — CAP CORNER There is a store located at the north end of I Building, operated by the Merchandising Management students. This small shop serves as a laboratory for the Merchandising students to practise the skills learned in the program. The store sells items such as stationery, gifts, clothing, candy, and bus passes. Capilano College sweats are a popular item. Every student who registers for credit courses at Capilano College must pay Student Society fees, thus becoming a member of the Student Society. Included in this fee is membership within the Canadian Federation of Students, Canada's national representative student organization. The Student Society is a registered non-profit society, incorporated under the Societies Act of British Columbia, coordinated by an elected board of student directors. Main goals of the Student Society are: 1. To organize students on a democratic, cooperative basis in order to provide a framework within which students can communicate, exchange information, and share experience, skills, and ideas for advancing students' interests. 2. To facilitate cooperation among students in organizing events which supplement the learning experience, provide for human needs, and develop a sense of community in British Columbia, Canada, and the world. 3. To bring students to discuss and cooperatively achieve necessary educational, administrative, and legislative change in order to achieve the goal of a post-secondary education system which is rationally planned, high quality, and accessible to all. Through general meetings of the entire student body and a structure of committees open to all students, the General Information — Services 29 Financial Aid and Awards Personnel Connie GIBBS, B.A., M.Ed. (UBC), Department Head Zulekha PIRANI Sheila ROSEN, B.F.A. (UBC) Financial Aid Advisor Valerie KENDRICK Dates to Remember June 15 Early application deadline for B.C. Student Assistance Program. Applications for one semester will, however, be accepted for full assessment up until 10 weeks before the end of term. Applicants for two semesters must apply at least 12 weeks before the end of term. Students applying for assistance beyond the mid-point of the educational period wil) be eligibleforCanada Student Loan only, regardless of need. June 30 Bursary application deadline for Summer Term. September 30 Application deadlineforCapilano College general scholarshipsforFall Term. October 15 Bursary application deadlineforFall Term. October 22 Application deadlineforB.C. Student Assistance Program (Fall Term only). January 31 Application deadlineforCapilano College general scholarshipsforSpring Term. Bursary application deadlineforSpring Term. February 5 Application deadlineforB.C. Student Assistance Program (Fall & Spring Terms). February 19 Application deadlineforB.C. Student Assistance Program (Spring Term only). General Information The Financial Aid Office is located in the M Building, North Campus. To provide accessforevening college students, the office remains open one night per week during the Fall and Spring terms unless otherwise posted. During spring and summer months, evening workshops are held to assist students with completion of their B.C. Student Assistance Program (BCSAP) applications. Students should registerforworkshops with the Financial Aid Clerk by phone or in person during regular office hours. Students are expected to have read the BCSAP Guide and attempted to complete the application form General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 30 prior to attending workshops. The office provides applications and information regarding BCSAP, bursaries, scholarships, and loans. Financial Aid Advisors are available by appointment to provide financial counselling and to prepare appeals and reassessments for BCSAP applicants. The office sponsors workshops on personal money management during orientation week and distributes brochures regarding financial aid and money management. STUDENT ASSISTANCE The B.C. Student Assistance Program The following information is subject to change. The B.C. Student Assistance Program is the major source of student financial assistance and is a combination of Federal Canada Student Loan and B.C. Provincial Government Loan. Equalization grants are available to students who meet special criteria. The amount of aid awarded is based on a standard means test. The maximum student aid available for a standard 34 week (two term) school year is $7,140 for students without dependents and $10,710 for students with dependents (based on 1991/92 figures). The Canada Student Loan and B.C. Student Loan are interest-free while the applicant is a fulltime student and for six months after full-time studies. At the end of six months a student must begin repayment of the loan, with interest, to the bank. If at any time during the interest-free period or subsequent repayment period the student again enrolls in full-time study, the student must file a Schedule II (for the Canada Student Loan) and a Certificate II (for the B.C. Student Loan) with the bank to return their outstanding loans to interest-free status. Eligible applicants are Canadian citizens or landed immigrants who qualify as B.C. residents. Deadlines for application are ten weeks prior to the end of term for students attending programs of seventeen weeks or less, and twelve weeks prior to the end of term for two term applicants (see Dates to Remember). Students who fail to make satisfactory scholastic progress may be ineligible for student loans and grants. Changes to financial status during the term of application may require reassessment. Deadlines for reassessments and appeals are the same as for applications. Failure to apply for a reassessment before the deadline does not waive the student's responsibility to report changes of financial or program status to the Financial Aid Office. Students who are dissatisfied with their award are entitled to appeal. Please make an appointment with a Financial Aid Advisor. A detailed brochure and applications are available at the Financial Aid Office. Applications should be made by the early deadline date of June 15 as delays are common. Students who have applied for student loans should note that N / A grades do not carry credit and are treated as course withdrawals. N / A grades reduce total credit load and may cancel eligibility for future student loans and require early repayment of existing loans. less than $13,000, may be eligible for some remission (forgiveness) of their negotiated BCSL. On behalf of approved applicants the government will pay the forgivable portion of the loan directly to the lending institution where the student negotiated B.C. Student Loans. Work-Study Program Students who receive loans in excess of $13,000 through BCSAP during the period of their first degree may qualify for Loan Remission. For subsequent degrees the ceiling increases. The degree must be completed in a timely fashion and students must satisfy "personal responsibility" (as defined by BCSAP) during each loan application period in order to qualify. For further information contact the Financial Aid Office or call the toll-free number to Victoria: 1-800-561-1818. The Work-Study Program, part of the British Columbia Student Assistance Program, is designed to provide oncampus work experience for students requiring financial assistance while attending college. A limited number of part-time on-campus jobs, averaging five to ten hours per week, may be available. The program is open only to B.C. residents who demonstrate financial need under the terms of the B.C. Student Assistance Program. For information regarding eligibility, contact the Financial Aid Office. Applications are available in the Student Society Office, N Building. BURSARIES A bursary is non-repayable money granted on the basis of financial need. Bursaries administered by the Financial Aid Office are listed in Awards & Financial Aid: A Student Guide, and in this calendar. To be eligible students must maintain a Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0, be enrolled in at least 60% of a full course load, and demonstrate financial need by completing the bursary application form available from the Financial Aid Office. Applications are available for each term; the deadlines are October 15; January 31; and June 30. Additional bursaries and application information are listed in the Financial Aid brochure, Awards & Financial Aid: A Student Guide. Emergency Aid Limited bursary assistance is available to address students' emergency needs throughout the school year. Students requiring emergency assistance must make an appointment with a Financial Aid Advisor. There is no guarantee that the students' needs will be met by bursary funds or that funds will be available for that purpose. Adult Basic Education Grants Students registered in ABE and ESL programs may be eligible for grants to meet tuition costs. Applicants must attend classes for one month and indicate satisfactory progress before aid is approved; tuition can be deferred for one month. Contact the Financial Aid Office for details. Deadline: Open. B.C. Loan Remission Program Students who received B.C. Student Loans and successfully completed studies in their chosen field after August 1,1987 and before July 31,1990, and whose total debt is Interest Relief Plan The Government of Canada will pay the interest on fulltime and part-time Canada Student Loans on behalf of debtors who are experiencing financial hardships due to inability to find employment or to temporary disability. Additional information is available from the Student Assistance Directorate. A detailed brochure and applications are available at the Financial Aid Office. Contact for B.C. Student Assistance Program Student Services Branch Ministry of Advanced Education Training & Technology Parliament Buildings Victoria, B.C. V8V 1X4 Tel: 1-800-561-1818 Contact for Canada Student Loans Program Student Assistance Directorate P.O.Box 2090, Station D Ottawa, Ontario K1P6C6 Tel: (819)994-1844 SCHOLARSHIPS Scholarships are awards based on high scholastic achievement and are listed in several areas of this brochure. Some awards require application, some are conferred automatically based on the highest GPA of students in the course. Scholastic Awards Deans' List Special recognition will be accorded full-time students with a term and cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or higher at the end of a term. For the purposes of the Deans' List, a student with 15 or more credits in a term, or taking a full course load as outlined in the calendar for their program, shall be considered full time. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 31 Merit Ust Special recognition will be accorded part-time students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.7 or higher upon completion of 30 or 60 credits. For the purposes of the Merit List, a student registered in fewer than 15 credits in a term shall be considered part time. Governor-General's Academic Medal This award is presented to a Diploma graduate from a program of two years' duration who has achieved the highest cumulative grade point average, and who has attained this grade point average on a minimum of 15 credit hours per term, or full program load as outlined in the Calendar, during attendance at Capilano College. Lieutenant-Governor's Medal This medal is awarded for academic excellence and contribution to the College and community to a graduate in a Vocational or Career program of less than two years' duration. President's Citizenship Award This award is given in recognition of the student who has made the greatest contribution to College life. President's Award The President's Award is presented to one Diploma graduate in Academic Studies and one Diploma graduate in a Career Program who have achieved exceptional academic excellence. Constance MacGregor Memorial Scholarship Caroline Smith Memorial Award Student Trust Fund John Percy Williamson Memorial Fund George Raven Wood Fund Capilano College Entrance Awards Canada Scholarships Canada Scholarships worth $2,000 each and renewable for up to four years ($8,000) are provided by the Federal Government to outstanding full-time students who are pursuing undergraduate degrees in science or engineering. The science faculty will nominate scholars in the Fall from all applications received. Applications are available, through the high school and must be submitted to the Registrar's Office, Capilano College, by June 30. Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarships These scholarships will be awarded on the basis of academic merit. One scholarship in the form of a tuition fee waiver for two consecutive academic terms in a program of study of the student's choice will be made available through each of the high schools in the College region. Capilano College English Scholarship Tuition waivers and bookprizes are available to the winners of an essay contest which is open to all Grade 12 students who will be graduating in the current year and who plan to register in Academic Studies at Capilano College in the Fall. Contact the English Department for more information. Deadline: April 15. Capilano College Foundation The Capilano College Foundation was formed in 1970 to build community support for Capilano College. As a volunteer community organization established under the Societies Act, the Foundation raises and administers funds to assist students and enhance the development of a well-balanced learning environment. Working together with Capilano College's Resource Development Office, the Foundation seeks to expands its Scholarship and Bursary Program to recognize and support deserving students who need assistance to reach their educational goals. For information, or to make a tax deductible contribution, please contact: Randi Duke, Director of Resource Development, Capilano College, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5. Phone 984-1709, Fax: 984-4985. Capilano College Foundation Bursaries and Scholarships (Award descriptions listed under headings pertaining to the application process) Capilano College Foundation Scholarships Michael Carr Memorial Award General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 32 Science Faculty and Staff Scholarships The Pure and Applied Sciences Division at Capilano College offers several $500 scholarships each Fall. Eligible students are those who: • are taking a full grade 12 course load • expect to graduate with high marks • plan to enroll in a full-time Pure and Applied Sciences Program at Capilano College. Applications are available from the Pure and Applied Sciences Division. Deadline: May 15 Science Tuition Scholarships All students graduating this Spring from secondary schools within the College's region and achieving a gradepoint average of at least 3.5 in a specified set of four grade 12 courses, and who register for a full-time Pure and Applied Sciences Program at Capilano College will receive a tuition scholarship covering course fees for the Fall term. Awards are made directly at registration time. Contact Pure and Applied Sciences for details. Science Textbook Publishers' Awards The Pure and Applied Sciences Division, in cooperation with textbook publishers, awards several first year science textbooks to students with high grade point averages entering a science or engineering program at the college in the Fall. establish a permanent fund whose earnings will be awarded as a bursary to a student of Music Therapy who meets the criteria to qualify. Canadian Federation of University Women (North Vancouver Chapter) Applications are available at registration. Awards are made on The recipient of the $200 scholardship/bursary is to be a the first day of classes. mature female student who is either a resident of North Bursaries (Administered by the Financial Aid Office) N.B. Bursaries are non-repayable grants based on need and satisfactory standing. Applications are available at the beginning of each term; the deadlines are October 15, January 31 and June 30. Beaver Foods Bursary Beaver Foods, the caterers for Capilano College food service, has established a permanent endowment in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the funds wall go to assist students who have financial need and satisfactory academic achievement. Birks Family Foundation Bursaries The Birks Family Foundation offers bursaries to full-time students in financial need who are engaged in any academic program leading to a diploma, and who demonstrate that they are deserving of financial assistance. The amounts available and the number of awards may vary from year to year. Rosalind Brossard Memorial Bursary This bursary is provided to assist a student with financial need in the Long Term Care Aide program. Rosalind Brossard, a former student at Capilano College had an outstanding talent in the Long Term Care Aide field. The bursary is provided by her family and friends in memory of her. Margaret Campbell Bursary An award is made possible by the North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club in recognition of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution to the North Vancouver Community and as past president of the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students enrolled at Capilano College in at least three courses. B.C. Chapter (CA.M.T.) Music Therapy Bursary The B.C. Chapter of the Canadian Association for Music Therapy has donated funds to the College Foundation to Vancouver or a graduate of a North Vancouver Secondary School (School District #44). Canadian Federation of University Women - West Vancouver The West Vancouver chapter of the Canadian Federation of University Women has established an endowment in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of a bursary to a mature woman student in financial need who has achieved a satisfactory academic performance in academic studies. Capilano College Faculty Association Two bursaries of $500 will be awarded in the Spring Term. Financial need is the main criterion. An additional $500 donation will go toward the establishment of an endowment fund. Capilano College Student Trust Contributions from College employees and community members have created an endowment to provide scholarships and bursaries for deserving students. The funds are managed by the Capilano College Foundation and income from the endowment is awarded annually to students who qualify. Credit Union Foundation Bursaries The Credit Union Foundation of British Columbia annually offers bursaries totalling $500 to academic, technical or vocational students. Students who might otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by reason of financial hardship are eligible to apply for these bursaries. The recipients are to be Canadians residing in British Columbia and in attendance at Capilano College. Credit Union Pioneers' Memorial Bursaries The Credit Union Foundation of British Columbia through the Credit Union Pioneers' Memorial Fund, offers bursaries annually totalling $300 to a student or students in trades training programs. Students who might otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by reason of financial hardship are eligible to apply for these bursaries. The recipients are to be Canadians residing in British Columbia and in attendance at Capilano College. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 33 Delta Kappa Gamma International Alpha Province Bursary The Delta Kappa Gamma Society International is an honour society of women educators whose goals are to assist women in all areas of education. The society offers a bursary to a female student with financial need. Educational Enhancement Fund This fund, established by Capilano College with a matching grant from the Vancouver Foundation, provides for bursaries of varying amounts to students in need who have demonstrated satisfactory scholastic standing. Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary The Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary was established in honour of Kathleen who was a student in the Legal Assistant Program. This $300 award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in the Legal Assistant Program in the Spring term. Howard/Yano Award This $300 award will be given to a student in an academic program. The donor prefers that the candidate have an interest in architecture but such interest would not necessarily be a prerequisite. Mike De Hullu Memorial Fund This bursary is established in memory of Mike de Hullu, a former student of the Capilano Wilderness Leadership program, who died in 1988. Income from the endowment fund will be used annually to assist students who demonstrate leadership in outdoor recreation prusuits and initiative in problem solving for current environmental issues. Priority will be given to students enrolled in Outdoor Recreation Management or the Environmental Sciences Diploma Program whose interests relate to B.C. waterways and forests. To be eligible, students must have completed at least one full term in their program. I.O.D.E. Lions Gate Chapter Bursary Founded in 1900 in Canada, the IODE is a national women's organization with over 600 chapters in every province and both territories. The Lions Gate chapter has established a $500 bursary for Music Therapy students who combine scholastic excellence and financial need. allocated to students in the Graphic Design and Illustration and Foundations of Graphic Design & Illustration programs. Candidates will be judged on artistic abilities and financial need. Mary Neil Memorial Bursary This $500 award is presented by the Canadian Federation of University Women - West Vancouver in memory of Mary Neil, a former president and active member. She was a much loved and respected member of the club and had a life-long interest in education. The bursary is presented each year to a mature woman student studying full-time or part-time who has satisfactory academic standing, demonstrated financial need and who is registered in the academic program. North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club Bursary An award is made possible by the North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club in recognition of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution to the North Vancouver Community and as past president of the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students enrolled at Caplano College in at least three courses. Office and Technical Employees' Union Bursary The Office and Technical Employees' Union, Local 378, provides two bursaries of $300 to be awarded on the basis of financial need to full-time students in the Spring term. Operation Link Bursary Fund These bursaries are awarded to Business Management students. Funds for Operation Link are provided by voluntary contributions of employers participating in Business Management's work practicum program. Jean Paterson Memorial Bursary The Canadian Daughters' League - Assembly 12 North Vancouver has established an endowment in Memory of Jean Paterson with the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of bursaries to female students in the Music Transfer Program who have satisfactory academic achievement and demonstrate financial need. Maureen Piekaar Bursary Stephen Leskard Bursary Fund In 1985 Stephen Leskard retired after a long and distinguished teaching career at Capilano College. A founding member of the College's Art Department, his efforts and professional work contributed greatly to the development of all three Art programs. Bursaries from this fund will be General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 34 This bursary was established in memory of Maureen Piekaar, a teacher in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to an MOA student who is in financial need and has a satisfactory standing of 70% or better in the first term of the MOA program. Real Estate Foundation Awards Women Mean Business • North Shore The Real Estate Foundation has established an endowment fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of scholarships and bursaries to students studying in real estate-related courses in the business and legal programs. A $500 bursary is made available in the Fall term to a mature woman returning to school, a resident of the North Shore, who intends to study business. Royal Canadian Legion Branch 60 (West Vancouver) Bursary A $500 bursary will be applied against tuition in the Spring term for a single parent living on the North Shore, preference given to a West Vancouver resident. Women's Programs Bursary The Women's Programs Ministry of the Provincial Government has established a $500 bursary to assist female students enrolled in either full or part-time degree, diploma, or certificate program of not less than one year. Students must demonstrate financial need and academic achievement. The bursary will be awarded in the spring session. Student Society Emergency Bursaries The Student Society provides several bursaries annually to full-time and part-time students. Financial need is the main requirement. Vancouver Foundation Bursaries For more than twenty years the Vancouver Foundation has been providingfinancialassistance to students enrolled in post-secondary institutions in British Columbia. Under the block grant scheme, disbursements are provided to 23 post-secondary institutions on a rotating basisfordisbursal by respectivefinancialaid personnel to deserving students. These grants, administered through the institution's financial aid office, are to assist full-time students who have identified vocational or academic objectives and have demonstrated ability to reach those objectives. They should also (along with their families when possible) be contributing towards their education costs. Vancouver Municipal and Regional Employees' Union Bursary George Raven Wood Fund A bequest from the estate of George Raven Wood has established a permanent fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the endowment providesfora large number of bursaries which will be awarded in both Fall and Spring terms. A minimum GPA of 2.3 (C+) is required A limited number of first-term students may be considered in exceptional cases but must provide letters of recommendation from three instructors. Bursaries are available to part-time and full-time students. Scholarships The Aichi Gakusen Scholarships In early Fall each year, the Dean's Office, Student and Instructional Services, posts notice across campus of an information meeting regarding the Aichi Gakusen Scholarships. Women students interested in spending six months in Japan as an exchange student are invited to attend. Information regarding the scholarship and application procedures are covered at the meeting. For further The Vancouver Municipal and Regional Employees' Union provides a bursary based onfinancialneed for dependents of VMREU members. Students must state on the general bursary applicationforthe Spring term that they want to be considered for the VMREU bursary and provide their parents' names. Weldwood of Canada Bursary A $500 bursary will be awarded to a needy 2nd year student in the Business Management Program. John Percy Williamson Memorial Fund The family of John Percy Williamson has endowed an award with the Capilano College Foundation to assist students with good scholastic achievement who require financial assistance to complete their studies. The award is given in the Spring term. information, Floor, A contact the Dean's Office, S.I.S., 2nd Building. B.C. Tel Awards Two awards of $625 will be provided in the Spring term to students completing first year who intend to continue a second year at Capilano College. The awards are based on high scholastic performance and financial need. Applicants must submit a general bursary application form to the Financial Aid Office by January 31. Capilano College Student Trust Contributions from College employees and community members have created an endowment to provide scholarships and bursaries for deserving students. The funds are managed by the Capilano College Foundation and income from the endowment is awarded annually to students who qualify. Students must have completed at General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 35 least 12 credits at Capilano College prior to submitting the application and must have achieved a Grade Point Average of at least 3.5. Applications for scholarships are available from the Financial Aid or Registrar's Office and must be returned to the Registrar by September 30 for the Fall term, and by January 31 for the Spring Term. The Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence Dr. Paul Gallagher, former Principal of Capilano College, was noted for his scholastic achievement, qualities of leadership, enthusiastic approach to work and leisure, and warmth and compassion towards others. In his honour the College Board has established the Paul Gallagher ScholarshipforExcellence. A maximum of one Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence may be awardedforeach academic year to a student maintaining a minimum 3.5 GPA. Applicants must be Canadian citizens or landed immigrants and must have completed at least 15 credit hours of course work at Capilano College prior to taking up the scholarship. This scholarship offers a tuition fee waiver and $250 per term, to be spent on books and other educational expenses for the next academic year. The scholarship recipient, a continuing Capilano College student, can hold the scholarshipfora maximum of two instructional terms. For the scholarship to be extended to a second term, the scholar must maintain an excellent standard of work and conduct. in the Basic Adult Education Program. The successful candidate will be chosen by a consensus of the Adult Basic Education faculty. Asia Pacific Program Scholar Award An award of $500 is made annually to the student in the Asia Pacific Management Co-operative Program who achieves the highest academic standing at the end of the first year and who has accepted a work placement for the second year of this graduate program. Selection is made at the end of each Spring term by the Department. Athletic Scholarships for Soccer Athletes Scholarships are awarded based on leadership, character, and demonstrated exceptional athletic ability. In addition, preference is given to students who attend Capilano for their second year of studies. Apply to Joseph Iacobellis, Athletics Department Bachelor of Music Audition Scholarships Two awards of $200 will be offered to students who indicate excellent performance potential. Contact the Coordinator of the Music Transfer Program for information. Bachelor of Music Transfer Program Scholarship Application forms are available from the Financial Aid Office and must be submitted to the Chair of the Scholarship and Bursary Committee, c/o the Registrar's Office, no later than February 15. An award of $200 will be offered to a student with a high GPA and performance potential in the 2nd year of the Music Transfer Program. Rita Watson Johnson Memorial Award Scholarships are awarded annually, as available, to journalism and graphic arts students who are nominated by the Coordinator of their program. This award was established in honour of Rita Johnson, who worked in the Women's Access Centre at Capilano College. She was working towards a Master's degree in Counselling at UBC. Rita began post-secondary studies in her middle years after raisingfourchildren, and the award was established to assist mature women students enrolled in either part-time or full-time studies in any field of postsecondary study. Preference will be given to mature women who have an interest in academic studies and who have demonstrated interest in and awareness of women's issues. Applicants may be (or plan to be) part-time or fulltime students. Student applicants will hopefully have at least a "B" average and demonstrate an active interest in returning to school and/or paid employment. Contact the Financial Aid Office for application procedure. Department Awards (Application may be required) Adult Basic Education Association of B.C. Achievement Award A $100 Achievement Award is made available to a student General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 36 B.C. and Yukon Community Newspapers Associations B.C. Council of Garden Clubs' Trust Fund Scholarship A scholarship of $500 will be presented to a student in Applied Landscape. The recipient must be a Canadian student who has shown a demonstrated interest and ability in the field of horticulture. B. C. Hydro Scholarship B.C. Hydro has established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation to generate an annual award known as the B.C. Hydro Scholarship. The recipient will be selected based on the following criteria: - a Business Administration student who has completed first year of a full-time program in good academic standing (preferably 75%) - has a balanced lifestyle (e.g. fitness, community involvement and other interests) - is knowledgeable and committed to the protection of the environment and efficient and safe use of electricity Campney & Murphy Legal Secretarial Scholarship This Scholarship will be awarded to a second year student showing high scholastic achievement and career potential. Canadian Information Processing Society Scholarship Program The Vancouver Section of the Canadian Information Processing Society has established a scholarship fund and offers a $300 scholarship to students at Capilano College who are enrolled in an information systems program. The student must be active in student and community affairs or demonstrate a variety of outside interests; must have better than average written and verbal communication skills; must have a GPA of at least 3.0; and must be in the latter portion of the program. Contact Business Management for application procedures and deadline information. Capilano College English Department Bursary for Mature Students The English Department provides two $500 bursaries for full-time students and one $500 bursaryforpart-time students in each of the Fall and Spring terms. To be eligible students must: • have financial need; • have completed at least one term at Capilano College; • have completed two or more Academic Studies courses, including at least one English Department course; • during the term the bursary is awarded, must be enrolled in at least two Academic Studies courses, including an English Department course; • have a GPA of 2.75 or better. Capilano College Foundation Scholarships Four $600 scholarships will be awarded annually to the highest achieving full-time students (determined by Grade Point Average) in the Academic and Career programs. Selection is automatic. Scholarships are limited to students returningfortheir second year and are intended to help defray tuition fee and book costs. Capilano Suspension Bridge The Capilano Suspension Bridge has established an endowment with the College Foundation which will earn income under the Foundation's management and eventually yield sufficient funds to award scholarships to students in the Tourism Management Program. Currently the Capilano Suspension Bridge awards one scholarship annually to a student in the third term of the Tourism Management Program. Capilano Suspension Bridge Scholarship A $600 scholarship will be awarded annually in the third term of the Tourism Management Co-op Program to the student achieving the highest GPA in the first term. The student must be attending the program full-time in order to be eligible. Michael Carr Memorial Award This award is given annually by the Adult Basic Education faculty to a student who has demonstrated hard work and dedication to improve grades. The successful candidate should emulate the characteristics of former student Michal Carr; hardworking, energetic, and involved. College Sports Award Program Awards of $500 to recognize additional costs incurred through competition sport are available to student athletes. Contact the Athletics Department for information Applications are available from the English Department. Deadlineforthe Fall term is October 15,forthe Spring term, January 31. and Capilano College English Scholarship - Second Year Data Processing Management Association Scholarship Tuition waivers are available to the winners of an essay contest which is open to students planning to register in the second year of academic studies. Contact the Department of English for more information. Deadline: April 15. An annual scholarship of $100 is available to a student who demonstrates high scholastic standing within the program, has better than average communication skills, and who exemplifies good team practices. Capilano College Fee Waiver Scholarships Davis and Company Legal Secretarial Scholarships A limited number of scholarships will be awarded to outstanding full-time students who have completed one year of a program at Capilano College. The scholarships will be in theformof fee waivers for second year. Candidates will be automatically selected by Grade Point Average. A $300 scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial Program. applications. General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 37 Jim Duvall Memorial Bursary The family of Jim Duvall and the Adult Basic Education Department have established a permanent endowment to provide bursaries for students in the ABE program at the College. Inquiries should be directed to the ABE coordinator. English 2nd Year Tuition Gift A $250 award is offered to students who have completed by the end of summer session, 27 credit hours at Capilano College and achieved an overall GPA of at least B-, with at least B+ in two first-year academic English courses. Apply to Coordinator of the Humanities Division before May 15. Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship This scholarship, donated by the West Vancouver Memorial Library, and the West Vancouver Municipal Employees' Association, will be awarded to a student in a Fall term course which emphasizes the development of a student's creative skills and abilities in the use of the English language. Faculty in the English and Communications Departments will determine the winner of this scholarship. Contact the Coordinator in the Communications or English Departments in the Spring for Fall consideration. Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia A $300 scholarship is available to a full-time student at Capilano College who is completing thefirstyear of the University Transfer program, and is proceeding to second year or to a university in the commerce option. The student must have a good record in the accounting classes completed, maintain a second class standing overall, be infinancialneed and be interested in becoming a Chartered Accountant. Apply to Commerce Convenor in Social Sciences Dept. by March 31. ship of $100 will go to the top scholastic Vocational Program graduate. John Stein Kramer Memorial Bursary This memorial bursary fund has been established in remembrance of John "Stein" Kramer. Stein was an Outdoor Recreation student in the graduating class of 1985 who was killed in a helicopter crash in June 1987. The bursary will be awarded to an Outdoor Recreation Management student registered in the second year of the program. Selection will be based on financial need, academic achievement, and demonstrated leadership capabilities. Landscape Horticulture Award A $500 award based on scholastics, program participation, and financial need, is offered to students in Landscape Horticulture. Apply to the Coordinator of Landscape Horticulture in December. Submit application before January 15. Constance MacGregor Memorial Scholarship — $400 The Capilano College Foundation has established this scholarship in recognition of the generous support received from the Estate of the late Donald Anderson MacGregor. The purpose of this scholarship is to recognize the increasing importance of the study of Canadian affairs in post-secondary institutions. To be eligible a student must have achieved an excellent standing in the study of Social Science, particularly in relation to Canadian affairs. Applications are available from the Social Sciences Division in mid-February. Merchandising Management Awards Merchandising Management offers a number of awards for both the two year and the accelerated program. Contact the Coordinator of Merchandising Management for information. Bob Irvine Award The ABE faculty shall identify deserving student(s) to receive the Bob Irvine Award. The award will be based on thefollowingcriteria: must be or have been a student in the ABE program; must be thirty years of age or older; must still be in attendance at Capilano College; must have shown significant progress towards completion and must have spent sufficient time in a program to determine worthiness for the award. Harold Kirchner Scholarship - $200 Two graduating scholarships will be presented annually. One scholarship of $100 will go to the top scholastic Career Program graduate, and one scholar- General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 38 George North Memorial Fund The George North Memorial Fund was established by friends and family members in memory of this outstanding member of the Trade Union movement. The award is available to assist with registration costsforunion members or their family members who wish to attend courses in the Labour Studies Program. Union members arefirstexpected to seek sponsorship from their union if they are eligible, before seeking a Bursary. The deadlines for applications for Spring courses is February 20 and for Fall courses is September 15. Application forms are available from the Labour Studies Program coordinator at Capilano College. North Vancouver Community Arts Council Scholarship Endowment The North Vancouver Community Arts Council provides scholarships for tuition fees for one term for each of up to two outstanding students per academic year. Eligible candidates must have studied at Capilano College in the two preceding terms. Full-time students in the following programs are eligible: Graphic Design & Communication Clay & Textile Arts Fine Arts Bachelor of Music Commercial Music Creative Writing The Caroline Smith Memorial Award One $150 award will be granted annually in memory of Caroline Smith. The Society of Management Accountants of British Columbia Scholarship The Society provides an award of $500 towards remission of the Registered Industrial Accountants' fees. This award is available to the graduating student attaining the highest mark in Cost and Management Accounting. Contact the Coordinator, Business Management before April 15th. T. Buck Suzuki Memorial Scholarship The family of T. Buck Suzuki has endowed a permanent award for full-time science students. The interest income from the endowment will be used to provide one or more scholarships annually to outstanding students in the science program. The Gerry Turner Memorial Award Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to promote excellence, and to improve the image of the College in the community. This award is maintained by Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor and even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in the Office Administration Program in the Spring term. Tierney & White Scholarship Tierney and White have established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of a scholarship to an eligible student in the Financial Option in Business Management. The student must have completed one term at Capilano College with a minimum grade point average of 3.5 and require financial assistance. 1 General Information — Financial Aid and Awards 39 Preparatory Programs This section contains information on: Chemistry 030 • Pre-College Level Courses Prerequisite: none • Achievement Resource Centre Credit Courses This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry and wish to go on in science. • Adult Basic Education • Alternative Career Training Program English 010 • English as a Second Language Prerequisite: none Many students who enter Capilano College require precollege level courses to meet entry level requirements for a particular college program, or to upgrade their academic skills from basic literacy to the Provincial Level (grade twelve equivalent standing Diploma). An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty to an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Students who have been out of school for a number of years and want to resume their education often find that the Adult Basic Education program best meets their needs. Most courses in the program are self-paced. Students attend classes in which they work up to five hours a day in the classroom with college instructors. In addition, some courses require independent study outside of class. The level of courses in the Adult Basic Education program ranges from Basic Literacy to Provincial (grade twelve) level. Many of the upper-level courses, taken alone or as part of a larger program of studies, will meet entry requirements for Academic Studies and Career/Vocational Programs. The pre-college level courses which are offered by a number of Academic departments at the College are designed to upgrade students who lack course prerequisites for Academic Studies and Career/Vocational programs. Many of these courses are taught in two hour classes that meet twice a week for an academic term (16 weeks). In addition, considerable independent study is required outside of the formal instruction period. There are also (like Adult Basic Education) some flexible selfstudy courses available in Math. Math 009/DI0/0II/D12 Prerequisite: none These courses are offered in the Math Learning Centre on a self-paced format. Students are placed in the courses based on diagnostic tests. This group of courses includes: arithmetic, introductory algebra, intermediate algebra and functions, trigonometry. Math 099 Prerequisite: Math 11 with a "P" or permission (signature) of Mathematics instructor This course begins with a review of introductory algebra and continues with the development of intermediate algebra with emphasis on functions. It is meant primarily for students who require an Math 11 equivalent and who anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105 or 107). Math 103 Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 099 with at least a "C-" grade. Either the Adult Basic Education Program or the preparatory courses offered in the Academic Studies departments may satisfy your upgrading needs. Students should contact the Coordinator of Adult Basic Education for more information on that program, the Advising Centre or Counselling for information on other preparatory courses. A brief review of introductory algebra, plus intermediate algebra and precalculus, with a focus on functions, mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms, and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end of the term). Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus course or who require a Math 12 equivalent course. PRE-COLLEGE LEVEL COURSES No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107 For students who do not have some of the course prerequisites for Academic Studies or Career programs, the College offers upgrading and flexible self-study courses. For complete course descriptions, refer to specific sections of Academic Studies. Preparatory Programs - Pre-College level courses 40 Math 105 Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 or Math 11 at least with a "B" grade. A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and exponential functions. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses who require a Math 12 equivalent course. ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE CREDIT COURSES Contact: 984-4945 No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107 Math 107 Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-". A precalculus course designed for business/commerce students. The mathematical models/applications in this course will be mainly business/finance oriented. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute value, systems of linear equations, functions and graphs, inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem. The Achievement Resource Centre offers two 3.0 credit courses. Also see section on Non-credit Programs and Courses. ARC 100 (3) Strategies for Student Success (3,0,0,0) (F,S) A 3 credit course to enable students to learn and adopt strategies for effective study and time management that promote success in college. ARC 110 (3) (3,0,0,0) Reading Dynamics A 3 credit course in which participants learn and practice flexible reading skills. Stragegies for developing reading comprehension are also included. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Preparatory Programs - Achievement Resource Centre 41 SOUTHERST, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. ADULT BASC I EDUCATO I NF /OUNDATO I NS J.A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Contact: Lynnmour Campus: 9844971, Room P209 Sechelt Regional Centre: 885-9310 (Toll Free: 987-1535) Squamish Regional Centre: 892-5322 (Toll Free: 986-3515) Cert. R. WEDEL, B.A. (SFU), B.C. Teacher's Certl. D. E. YOUNG, B.A. (SFU), S.R.N. (London), S.C.M. (Scotland), Dip.. T.N. (London), M.F.A. (UBC) Instructional Faculty General Information D.J. ATHAIDE, B.Sc., (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. C. BUSSANI, BASc., (Hons.), MASc. (UBC) M.C. CAIRNS, B.Sc. (Math) (Calgary), Alta. Teach. Cert. M. DEKKER, B.Sc. (Hons.) (U of A), ING. (Amsterdam) Dip. Computer Management (Cap. Coll.) B. DRURY, B.Sc. (Brock) J. FIELD, B.Sc. (UVic) E. FUTTERMAN, B.Sc. (California, Berkeley) V. GIESBRECHT, B.A. (Western Washington U), M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J. HIND, B.A. (1st Class Hons.) (SFU), M.A. (UBC) P. HODGSON, B.A. (Hons), B.Ed. (Queen's) M.Ed. (UBC) D. KIRKBY, B.Ed. (Winnipeg) C. B. MACLEAN, B.Ed. (SFU), M.Ed. (UBC) J. PASS, B.A. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. P. PI, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (U. of Man.), B.C. Teacher's Certificate M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. J. ROSE, B.A. (Western), B.C. Teacher's Cert. The Adult Basic Education/Foundations (ABE) Program enables you to upgrade your knowledge of English, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Social Studies/ History and Computers. You may select from one to five subjects, depending upon your educational and occupational goals. You can pursue any of the following goals: Courses Fundamental -personal desire to upgrade or refresh your mastery of a subject -secondary school qualifications demanded by employers -vocational training (including apprenticeships) -career training -technical training - academic studies (including college and university programs) The program operates year-round, offering students selfpaced instruction in two hour classes. Tutorial time is available. Provincial Level Advanced Intermediate 042* 031* 040 or 041* 032* 040 031* 041 or 042 or 045* 046 BCHM 041 042 BPHY 041 BBIO 041 or 042 BENG 021* BSCI BMTH 021* BSOC BCMP 021 031* 041 031 041 042 Choose 2 041 and 042 BHST042 * Required for Certificate or Diploma Advanced math is a prerequisite for Provincial Level For further details please arrange an interview with a department advisor by phoning 984-4971. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 42 Choose 3 Many students benefit by enrolling in A.B.E. courses while registered in academic or career/vocational programs at the College. Most students can complete each course within a four month term if they regularly attend three two-hour classes per week. Students who need more than four months to complete a course may re-register for the following term. Students whofinisha course before the end of the term may immediately register for the next higher course in the given subject. Class times are as follows: Morning classes 8:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m. Afternoon classes 1:30 p.m. (except Tuesdays, and Thursdays when classes start at 2:30 p.m.) Evening classes 7:00 p.m. Course Descriptions English BENG 021 (F,S) An introductory Fundamental course in reading, writing and spelling. BENG 031 (F.S.SU) Prepares students for written work in ABE advanced courses and provides practical communication skills with a vocational orientation: an ABE intermediate course. BENG 040 (F,S,SU) An ABE course in writing various types of reports and differentiating between a report and an essay. Admission Requirements BENG 041 Students should be at least 18 years old and have been out of the public school system for a minimum of one year. Exceptions will only be made with departmental approval. An ABE advanced course. Students will prepare outlines, summarize various kinds of writing, write different types of reports, differentiate betweenreportsand essays. BENG 042 Registration Students are interviewed before registration in order to plan the program which best meets their educational goals. ABE Certificates & Diploma The ABE/Foundations Programs offers courses at four levels as outlined in the table at left: The Provincial Diploma, issued by the Ministry of Advanced Education & Job Training, provides an alternate route for adults to achieve a grade twelve standing to post- secondary institutions in B.C. Intermediate & Advanced Certificates are issued by Capilano College and provide prerequisites for career and vocational programs throughout the province. Fundamental level instruction provides basic reading & writing skills and number skills. ABE Certificates also satisfy most employers' requirements. Certain high school courses may qualify as transfer credit toward ABE certificates and the Provincial Diploma. The program also offers instruction for students preparing for the General Education Development (Grade 12 Equivalency) tests. (F,S,SU) (F.S.SU) This is an ABE Provincial course which prepares the student in thesis development, essay writing, comprehension and analysis of college level written material. Social Studies BSOC 031 An introduction to the fundamental principles of Economics, Canadian history, government legal system and the development of analytical and interpretive skills. This is an ABE Intermediate level course. BSOC 041 (F A study of major historical, geographic, economic, political and sociological events in Canada and globally. Students will learn basic skills of social analysis that will enhance their ability to participate in the economic, political and social concerns that are part of their daily lives. This is an ABE Advanced level course. BHST 042 (S) A survey of 20th Century History including major issues in present day Geopolitics. This is an ABE Provincial level course. Advanced and Provincial level A.B.E. courses may also be used for transfer credit towards a B.C. Adult Senior Secondary School Graduation Certificate. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 43 Computer Studies BCMP 021 (F,S) An introduction to the microcomputer at the fundamental level. File, directory and disk management is discussed at the introductory DOS level together with disk organization andformatting.An introduction to word-processing using MSWord is included. BCMP 031 (F,S) Basic microcomputer concepts and functions. An introduction to MSDOS; disk and file mnagement. Introduction to commonly used business software such as wordprocessing, spreadsheets and database applications. BCMP 041 (S) A self-paced continuation of BCMP 031 with further practice in DOS, Disk and File management, word processing, spreadsheet and database applications, using integrated software. An introduction to programming in BASIC. Mathematics BMTH 021 Fundamental Mathematics (F,S,(SU) Whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratio and proportion, percent, powers and roots, averages and graphs. This course is designed to prepare students for an Intermediate course in mathematics. BMTH 031 Intermediate Mathematics (F.S.SU) Introductory algebra and elementary plane and solid geometry. This course is designed to prepare students for an Advanced course in mathematics. BMTH 041 Advanced Math - Business Prequisite: BMTH 031 (F,S,SU) Business mathematics; statistics;formulasused in business and industry; simple and compound interest; discounts, investments. An ABE Advanced Certificate coure, BMTH 041 can be used by students wishing to enrol in Capilano College's Business Management program. It is the equivalent of Business Math 11. BMTH 042 (F,S,SU) A review of basic algebra, quadratic equations, and the use of geometry and trigonometry in the solution of applied mathematical problems. An ABE Advanced Certificate course. BMTH 045 Advanced Math • Algebra & Trigonometry Prerequisite: BMTH 031 or equivalent (F.S.SU) Graphing linear equations; systems of linear equations in 2 and 3 variables; irregularities; factoring polynomial expressions; simplifying fractional expressions; quadratic equations; maxima and minima. An ABE Advanced Certificate course, BMTH 045 is designed to prepare studentsfora precalculus course. It is the equivalent of Algebra 11 and Math 099. BMTH 046 Provincial Math - Algebra and Trigonometry Prerequisite: BMTH 045 or equivalent (F.S.SU) Solving linear, absolute value, quadratic, and rational inequalities; analyzing, manipulating and graphing functions, approximating the roots of polynomial; graphing rational functions; expoential and logarithmic functions; trigonometric functions, analytic trigonometry; series and sequences; complex numbers; conic sections revisited. An ABE ProvincialCertificate course, BMTH 046 is a precalculus course for students intending to enrol in a first year program in sciences or mathemmatics. It is the equivalent of Algebra 12 and Math 105. Sciences BSCI 032 Intermediate General Science An ABE intermediate course (F.S.SU) Basic scientific principles in biology, chemistry and physics needed to progress to higher level science courses. BSCI 040 (F.S.SU) Chemistry, physics, and earth science for students who plan a non-technical career or vocation. BBIO 041 (F.S.SU) Basic Chemistry: A First Course An ABE Advanced Course Prerequisite: BSCI 032 or Science 10 and BMTh 031 or Math 10 Introduction to atomic theory, periodicity, chemical bonds, naming compounds, mole concept, chemical reactions, organic compounds. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for trades training, job training, or further studies in sciences for which the prerequisite is Chemistry 11 or equivalent. BBIO 042 (F.S.SU) An intensive, self-paced course in biology for students who are planning to go on to college, university or other postsecondary courses. An ABE advanced certificate course. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 44 NOTE: Completion of BBIO 041 and BBIO 042 gives credit for the ABE Provincial Biology course. Equivalent in scope or level of difficulty to biology offered in senior secondary schools. BCHM 041 (F,S,SU) Basic Chemistry: A first Coruse An ABE Advanced Course Prerequisite: BSCI 032 or Science 10 and BMTH 031 or Math 10 Introduction to atomic theory, periodicity, chemical bonds, naming compounds, mole concept, chemical reactions, organic compounds. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for trades in training, job training, or further studies in sciences for which the prerequisite is Chemisry 11 or equivalent. BCHM 042 (F.S.SU) Basic Chemistry: A Second Course An ABE Provincial Course Prerequisite: BCHM 041 or Chemistry 11 and BMTH 045 or Mathematics 11 Investigate shapes or molecules, thermochemistry (entropy and enthalpy), rates of reactions, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry,organic chemistry. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college chemistry, or technology programs for which Chemistry 12 is prerequisite. BPHY 041 A.B.E. Advanced Physics Prerequisites: BMTH 031 or Mathematics 10 and BSCI 032 or Science 10 Corequisite: BMTH 045 Introduces motion, forces, vectors, gravitation, momentum, work, power, energy. Optional topics: thermal energy, gas laws, states of matter, waves sound, light, electricity, series and parallel circuits, magnetic fields, electric fields, induction, quantum theory, nuclear physics. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for trades or job training for which Physics II is a prerequisite. BPHY 042 (F,S,SU) A.B.E. Provincial Physics Prerequisites: BMTH 045 or Mathematics 11 and BPHY 041 or Physics 11 Corequisite: BMTH 046 Required topics: Vectors (Kinematics and dynamics),vector momentum, equilibrium, circular motion and gravitation, electrostatics, circuitry, electromagnetism. Optional topics: circuits and electronics, relativity, quantum physics, fluid theory, electromagnetic waves, light and optics, nuclear physics, particle physics, astrophysics. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for further college physics and technology programs for which Physics 12 is a prerequisite. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 45 ALTERNATV I E CAREER TRAN IN IG PROGRAM Contact Person: Janet Mee, Coordinator, Room L203, Phone 984-1711. Instructional Faculty J. BORDEWICK, B.Sc. (Ed.) (Idaho), M. Ed. (UBC) P.D.P. Faculty Associate (SFU) R. HENDERSON, B.A., M.A. (SFU) D. KIRKBY, B.Ed. (Winnipeg) J. MEE, B. Ed. (UBC) General Information The Alternative Career Training Program is an employment exploration program with a unique focus and approach. The program is based on a developmental perspective and is committed to working with adults with special learning needs. Students are educated to accept the responsibilities of independent living as young adults, as well as the demands of competitive entry-level employment, and will be able to address any social or emotional issues which could act as barriers to employment. The ACT Program combines in-class instruction with practical work experience, emphasizing the development or maintenance of skills which may be used in employment situations. Students meet with faculty to discuss an individual course plan that best fits their needs. Personal goals will be set and monitored throughout the year. Student Profile Students who will find the ACT Program beneficial are learning or developmentally delayed. In addition, they may present any or all of the following characteristics: a) difficulty grasping academic information (for example, mathematical problem solving, reading print, writing) b) a lower than chronological age maturity level c) low self-esteem d) physically handicapped (for example, neurologically impaired; blind or visually impaired; wheelchair dependent) Students who will obtain the most benefit from the ACT Program are those who have reached a moderate level of independence (i.e. they are responsible for self-care; they travel independently locally; they have had some work or volunteer experience; they can articulate several areas of interest or a willingness to try various work sites). Admission Requirements The program is in session for eight months (two terms), and classes are held three days per week, with each Thursday and Friday being spent "on site", gaining work Preparatory Programs - Alternative Career Training 46 experience. Students are accepted in September and must pay a registration fee for each term. Entry is by referral and interview. Candidates must be at least 19 years of age. Students have the option of returning for an additional year of the program. Each candidate is interviewed by the instructional staff. Classes admit a maximum of twelve students. Appointments for interviews may be made by contacting the coordinator of the Alternative Career Training Program, Capilano College, 986-1911, loc. 2579. Course Descriptions ACTP 001 Job Search Techniques This course offers the student an opportunity to explore methods and techniques which will enhance the job search. It focuses on appropriate behaviours in the marketplace and also includes opportunities for growth in the areas of self-awareness and independence as they relate to making lifestyle decisions. Computer-assisted learning will be offered to complement this course. ACTP 002 Practical Field Experiences Students are provided with the opportunity to explore a variety of field placements which are college-supervised. Included are six practicum periods for a total ten weeks of field work. ACTP 003 Communications & Math for Everyday Living This course has been designed with three components: consumer mathematics, communications and cashier training. It provides opportunities to maintain and develop specific skill areas, with integration of these skills into employment situations being the desired goal. Electives Students will have the opportunity to participate in a variety of options designed to expand their interests and experiences. These options, scheduled on Tuesday of each week, include field trips, mobility training, counselling, fitness centre activities and computer training. In consultation with faculty, students will choose options which complement their individual program plans. ENGLS I H AS A SECOND LANGUAGE Contact Person: Nicholas Collins, ESL Co-ordinator, Office P214, Phone 984-1703, FAX 984-1718 Instructional Faculty English as a Second Language (ESL) courses offer international and permanent resident students a variety of Intermediate and Advanced courses to help them improve their competency in English for work, daily life, and postsecondary study. Courses cover reading, writing, and speaking. ESL courses are offered in three categories — part-time evening, part-time day, and Academic Preparatory. Admission Requirements Students who wish to enrol in the Academic Preparatory program must obtain the instructor's permission by interview before enrolling. Interviews are held in August and December and in the week before classes start each term. Courses are not transferable to university. ESL 050 (3) Advanced Conversation I (3,0,0) (S) Potential students who are not landed immigrants or Canadian citizens may study in these courses on payment of the International Student Fee. Contact the Registrar's Office for information on fees and registration. The College's Financial Aid office can provide help for students who cannot afford tuition fees. Details are available at registration time. ESL 051 (3) Advanced Conversation II (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces students to Canadian culture so they will have a wider base of experience living in Canada and taking college courses. By exploring topics in Canadian culture, they will increase their understanding of Canadian society. (3,0,0) (F) (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of ESL 050. ESL 090 (3) Intermediate Reading and Writing I (3,0,0) (F) Development of speaking and writing skills in English for students who wish to study at the college level. Stress is on English sentence structure, grammar, and short writing assignments. Reading and oral comprehension are included, as well as conversation. ESL 091 (3) Intermediate Reading and Writing II (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of ESL 090. (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Written permission of the instructor Stress in the course is on writing, discussion and expression of ideas using correct English grammar, spelling and punctuation. Students submit a weekly written assignment. Students who successfully complete this course withfirst-classstanding may be able to take English 100. ESL 099 (3) Advanced Reading and Writing Course Descriptions (3,0,0) (F) A course in the speaking skills needed for regular college study. Students improve their understanding of lecture material and spoken reports. Advanced grammar studied. ESL 098 (3) Advanced Reading and Writing Special Fees and Expenses ESL 040 (3) Intermediate Conversation I ESL 041 (3) Intermediate Conversation II A continuation of ESL 040. J. ACOSTA, B.A. (Calif.), E.S.L. Cert. (San Francisco State) N. COLLINS, B.A. (London), M.A. Advanced Professional Teaching Cert. (UBC) M. FRY, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Professional Teaching Cert. R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) ESL 010 (3) Introduction to Canadian Culture their speaking skills up to the Advanced level, using both written and oral exercises. Students practice idioms and conversational forms. (3,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Written permission of the instructor. Students will practice writing sentences, paragraphs, and short essays in clear, standard English. By the end of the course, many students will have the skills necessary for 100 level English courses. Please note that prospective E.S.L. students do NOT have to take a test as a requirement of entry to the above courses. The Department uses the Ontario Test of English as a Second Language (OTESL). This course enables Intermediate students to improve Preparatory Programs - English as a Second Language 47 Academic Studies/University Transfer Academic transfer courses at Capilano College provide students with a variety of options. Students can select a full program of study equivalent to the first two years of university (see note on Course Selection and Advising), and can enroll on a full-rime or part-time basis. Courses in Academic Studies are of interest both to students who plan to transfer to a university and to students who do not intend to continue to upper-level studies. For those students who need extra help in basic skills, the Academic Studies Division offers some preparatory courses and some academic support services (see notes on the Writing Centre and the Math Learning Centre). Students interested in special fields of study such as Canadian Studies, Environmental Sciences, Women's Studies, or Labour Studies can select from innovative programs in these areas (as offered from year to year). Academic instruction at Capilano College is both disciplinary and inter-disciplinary and is of a high intellectual calibre. The College carefully reviews the content and the delivery methods of its academic courses to ensure that those courses are current and that they continue to meet university standards. Students in academic transfer courses should expect to work at least two to three hours outside of class for every hour of class time. The College offers a basic library collection and full media and reference services to complement the courses of study. The Academic Studies Division offers a range of courses in various disciplines which are grouped in four divisions as follows: Humanities Division (984-4957): Art History, Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Philosophy, Spanish, Thai Social Sciences Division (984-4953): Anthropology, Commerce, Criminology, Economics, Geography (Human), History, Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology, Women's Studies the following conditions as outlined under Diploma and Certificate Requirements (see page 18). Transfer To and From Other Institutions The Academic Studies Division maintains transferability of its courses with other post-secondary institutions. The College'srepresentativesmeetregularlywith those of other institutions to ensure that Capilano's program of first and second year courses are fully transferable as university courses. There is agreement among all public B.C. colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given in the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credit. Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from an Advisor, Counsellor, and in the pertinent instructional division. Transfer information accurate to the time of printing is to be found in the Transfer Guide section at the back of the Calendar. Students are urged to read this section when establishing their programs of study. Academic Course Descriptions Full descriptions of all academic courses can be found in the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to read the general discipline information included in each section carefully. It is the student'sresponsibilityto be familiar with the special information needed to select academic courses. Pure and Applied Sciences Division (984-4955): Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Engineering, Environmental Sciences, Geography (Physical), Geology, Kinesiology and Physical Education, Mathematics, Physics Course Description Code: On therighthand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: Visual and Performing Arts Division (984-4911): Clay & Textile Art, Graphic Design & Illustration, Studio Art, Bachelor of Music Transfer, Jazz Studies/Commercial Music, Theatre English 100 Composition (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Associate in Arts and Science Diploma Each course is designated by the department name and course number (English 100). The number in brackets following the course designation (3) indicates the number of credits for the course. Students who have completed the requirements of any four term College program may receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma, provided they have fulfilled The second set in parentheses includes the lecture, lab and other hours for the course. For English 100 there will be 3 lecture hours, no lab hours, and 1 other hour per week. Academic — General Information 48 The third set of parentheses indicates the term in which the class is usually offered. Example: F - FalLS -Spring, SU - Summer. English 100 is offered in the Fall and Spring terms. Please check the Timetable to confirm the term offered as this may change after the Calendar is printed. The course title (Composition) is indicated on the line below the department name and course number. The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the Academic Schedule on p. 4 for the first and last days of classes and for the dates of the examination period. Course Selection and Advising Advisors or counsellors assist students in selecting the best program of studies. The final responsibility for course selection, however, rests with the student. All academic students are advised to see an Advisor or a Counsellor to plan their courses of study. Students should consult the University Transfer Guide in this Calendar. Writing Centre (H406) The English Department Writing Centre provides: 1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing assignments. 2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts, information sheets, exercises and software. 3) an English or ESL instructor available to answer any specific writing questions you might have on such topics as research, grammar, analysis, and essay structure. 4) a tutorial service where you can look at your EDT results, and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or graded assignments with an English or ESL instructor. 5) a computer room where you can do grammatical exercises and word processing. 6) instructors will not proof read completed work. Math Learning Centre (J107) Students who wish to enroll in English courses must, BEFORE REGISTERING IN ANY ENGLISH COURSE, write either the Language Proficiency Index (administered by EMRG) or the English Diagnostic Test (EDT) given by the English Department of Capilano College. This centre is equipped with math learning aids, video tapes, diagnostic tests, calculators, microcomputers and reference textbooks. Students taking math courses are encouraged to make use of this centre to study math, and to seek assistance from the faculty member or supervisor on duty. Self-study programs are available for students wishing to refresh or improve their mathematical skills through the Math 12 level. Refer to the course descriptions of Math 009,010,011, and 012 and consult with a math instructor for further information. English Diagnostic Test Self-Study Courses EDTs are given prior to and during the registration week at Capilano College. These tests are administered by the English Department and may be used for admission to English courses offered at Capilano College only. Preregistration is required at the Office of the Registrar and a fee of $20 is charged. Schedules of English Diagnostic Tests will be available in: Registrar's Office - 984-4913 Squamish Learning Centre - 892-5322 (986-3515) Sechelt Learning Centre - 885-9310 (987-1535) Humanities Division - 984-4957 Advising Centre - 984-4990 A schedule is also printed on the first section of the timetable. Students who, because of exceptional circumstances, cannot attend any scheduled sittings of the test may write the test on an individual basis. Every effort must be made to attend the scheduled sittings, however, and permission to have a personal sitting will be granted only in extraordinary cases. Students wishing to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar. In keeping with the College's policy for the development of alternative instructional modes, it is possible for the student to pursue studies in first year chemistry and mathematics on a self-study term format. Math 110 (Calculus I) is offered on a video-based format. Refresher courses in math through the precalculus level are also available in this self-study format. English Entrance Requirements These packaged courses, prepared for home study with the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides, video tapes and film loops, are designed to offer students who are unable to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre the opportunity to pursue college courses. They are also available to students who are attending any Capilano College campus, providing these students with a viable alternative to the usual lecture/ tutorial instructional format. (Students should note however that attendance on campus for chemistry labs is necessary.) Academic — General Information 49 Registration Priority In some courses with high demand, registration priority will be given to students who have not attempted the course previously at Capilano College. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year may not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Registration procedures for Art and Music are detailed in the Art and Music sections of the calendar. Lab/Course Relationship Many courses require that students complete a lab and/or tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of lab/tutorial requirements and the timetable for these components. Students should note that it is necessary to pass both labs and lectures. The cost of the labs are included in the tuition fee, except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Special Programs Women's Studies Program A Women's Studies Program, consisting of a variety of transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has been developed at Capilano College. In addition to the Women's Studies College credit and transfer credit courses, there are career and academic courses in other disciplines of special interest to women. Writing Across the Curriculum least 24 credits from the following list. Choose these credits from courses in at least three different departments. Of the 24 credits you choose, at least six must be numbered 200 or above. For a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to a General Studies Diploma, an English or Communications course is required. Fall Anthropology 204 Anthropology 206 Biology 204 Economics 101 English 202 French 130,170,270 Geography 106,108 History 110, 205, 111 Labour Studies 100,110, 111, 115,117,119,142,170,181, 182,210 Political Studies 104 Sociology 200, 201 Spring Anthropology 208 Biology 105 Biology 205 English 203 French 131,171,271 Geography 108 Geology 111 History 110, 111, 208 Labour Studies 101,110, 111, 116,131,140,181 Political Studies 104 Students can take English 100 in conjunction with another course and receive 3 credits for each course while benefitting from having two subjects connected with each other. Often the writing assignments in the English course are based on the content of the other course. Course descriptions appear under the appropriate discipline. Fall Economics 100 Geography 112 History 110 Music 120 Sociology 100 Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program Canadian Studies Specialty Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can choose courses from the list below. All courses (except some Labour Studies courses) hold full transfer credit and transfer into the Canadian Studies Program at SFU. To qualify for a Canadian Studies Specialty, complete a College diploma with at Academic — General Information 50 APPLY TO THE REGISTRAR to have the Specialty added to your Diploma at the time of graduation. The Ethnic and Cultural Relations Program is a two-term, multidisciplinary program. It studies the ethnic relations developed in the context of the multicultural and polyethnic nature of the Canadian society. It also explores the cross-cultural interaction among Native people, the founding English and French Canadian people, and the different immigrant groups that constitute the Canadian "mosaic." These all help to shape the national character and the culture of this country. The program also examines the international aspect of cross-cultural communication, which is of special meaning to Canada because immigrant communities here can maintain healthy contacts with their countries of origin. The Program includes the various disciplines involved in ethnic studies: history, geography, anthropology, sociology, political studies and urban studies, religious studies, communications, language and literature. There are no special criteria for student selection, although students must formally register for the two-term Ethnic and CrossCultural Relations Certificate, which will be awarded upon completion of the program. To complete the program, a student needs to earn 30 credits. Specialized courses in ethnic relations and two English courses are required; the rest can be chosen from a variety of electives. All the program's courses (except Labour Studies) have transfer credit to the provincial universities where the student can work towards a degree in Ethnic Studies. Simon Fraser University also has recently developed a Graduate Program in this field. Capilano College Extension Programs and Services will offer additional courses during the evenings for people already working in job-related fields. First Term REQUIRED: English 100—Composition (or other English course if approved). Anthropology 204—Ethnic Relations ELECTIVES: Language: French, German, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese or Thai. Anthropology 200—Intermediate Social Anthropology or Psychology 200—Social Psychology or Geography 100—Human Geography. Geography 106: B.C.: A Regional Analysis or Sociology 200—Canadian Society or. History 111—Canada since Confederation or Political Studies 104—Canadian Government. Second Term REQUIRED: English 103—Contemporary Literature Anthropology 205—Immigration, Multiculturalism and Ethnic Conflicts. ELECTIVES: Second term of the language course taken in first term. Anthropology 206—Indians of B.C. or Anthropology 208—North American Indians or Geography 205—Pacific Rim LSP 119 & 131—Civil Rights and Race and Ethnic Relations at the Workplace Geography 201—Urban Studies or Sociology 211—Sociology of the Third World or Geography 108—Canada: A Topical Geography or History 205—B.C. Sociology 201—B.C. Society or Political Studies 202—Government and Politics of B.C. PURE AND APPLIED SCIENCES: GENERAL INFORMATION The following options are available from a wide range of pure and applied sciences. A. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER COURSES 1. Non-Science Students Students planning to continue studies at a university are advised to consider the following courses to fulfill their science requirement. It should be noted that transfer credit for a number of these courses is limited to nonscience students. Students should refer to individual discipline areas in this calendar. Biology 104,105 or 113 Chemistry 104,105 Computing Science 080,102 Geology 110, 111 Geography 112,114 Math 101,102,103,105,107,108, 109 Physics 104 Please check the prerequisites given in the individual course descriptions. Note: Biology 104 and Chemistry 030 or Chemistry 104 fulfill biology and chemistry entrance requirements for the Nursing Program at BCIT. Completion of Biology 104 and Biology 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC 105. 2. Science Students Capilano College Pure and Applied Sciences Division offers a complete first and second year university transfer program in biology, chemistry, computing science, mathematics and physics, and complete first year university transfer programs in engineering, geology, kinesiology and physical education. In addition, the Pure and Applied Sciences Division offers science transfer requirements in the following: pre-Medicine, pre-Dentistry, Engineering, Geology, Geophysics and other earth sciences, Forestry, Agriculture, Pharmacy, Home Economics, Rehabilitation Medicine, and Dental Hygiene. 3. Engineering Program Capilano College offers a complete first year university transfer program in engineering. Bachelor degree completion generally requires three additional years of study at UBC, SFU, or UVic. For additional information, consult the "Engineering Program" section. Academic — General Information 51 4. Kinesiology Program Capilano College offers completefirstyear university transfer program in kinesiology designed for students planning on transferring to the Kinesiology Program at SFU for their second year. For additional information, consult the "Kinesiology Program" section. 5. Physical Education Program Capilano College offers a complete first year university transfer program in physical education, including performance competency courses, for students planning on transferring to the UBC School of Physical Education and Recreation for their second year. For additional information, consult the 'Physical Education Program" section. B. POST BACCALAUREATE DEGREE DIPLOMA PROGRAM 1. Environmental Science Program (Fall 1992) Capilano College will offer a one year Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma program in environmental science for students who have already completed a degree in science and who are interested in further practical studies in environmental fields. For additional information, consult the "Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Program" section. Academic — General Information 52 Anthropology Instructional Faculty B. BERDICHEWSKY, B.A. (U. of Chile), Ph.D. (Madrid) K. LIND, B.A., M.A. (UBC) R. MUCKLE, B.A., M.A. (SFU) General Information Students who intend to major or minor in Anthropology should take both Anthropology 120 and 121 if they will be attending UBC, SFU or the University of Victoria. Women's Studies 122, Women in Anthropology, may be substituted for Anthropology 120 or 121, minor/major program at SFU and UVic. Women's Studies 122 also receives 200-level credit in Women's Studies at SFU and UVic. For students intending to major in Archaeology at SFU, Anthropology 123 and 124 are recommended. University Transfer Credit All Anthropology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Anthropology 120 (3) Introduction to Anthropology (4,0,0) (F) A survey of the discipline to include an introduction to human evolution and our place among the primates; structure and organization of society, and the individual and society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative study of social institutions of non-Western cultures such as economics, family patterns, social control in small communities, religion and magic. Anthropology 121 (3) Introduction to Social Anthropology Anthropology 124 (3) Archaeology and Human Origins (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the theoretical foundations and evidence for human origins as presented by Archaeology and Physical Anthropology. The biological and cultural evolution of humankind as indicated through a study of evolutionary theory, primate behaviour, skeletal remains, and archaeological discoveries. Anthropology 200 (3) Intermediate Social Anthropology (4,0,0) (S) A study of the social structure and organization of various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, the theoretical issues in Anthropology. Anthropology 202 (3) Introduction to Cultural Ecology (4,0,0) (S) The study of the interaction of people, culture and environments, emphasizing human adaptive strategies. Focus of the course will vary each semester, exploring such topics as subsistence patterns, health,and the environmental effects of modernization. Anthropology 204 Ethnic Relations (3) (3,0,0) (F) A study of the relations between ethnic groups and an examination of how ethnic groups come to be defined, how they are maintained, stereotyping, and how these processes interrelate with other social variables such as economics, education, violence and the family. The focus will usually be Canada. Students will be engaged in some primary research. (4,0,0) (F) Anthropology 120 recommended. An examination of Anthropological concepts and theories of culture, as well as the analysis of cultural patterns such as kinship, religion, politics, belief systems, language, and the role of Anthropology in a changing world. Anthropology 123 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to Archaeology and the Prehistoric Past An introduction to the theoretical foundations and methods of Archaeology, including the techniques used to discover, reconstruct, and interpret the past. Examples will be drawn from archaeological research around the world. Anthropology 205 Multiculturalism (3) (3,0,0) (S) A study of multiculturalism, particularly in Canada. Contemporary issues, government policies, immigration and cultural identity, and ethnic conflicts. Anthropology 206 (3) Native Peoples of British Columbia (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to Native Indian Peoples of B.C. to include the archaeological past, social organization of different peoples, and current issues. Academic — Anthropology 53 Anthropology 208 (3) Native Peoples of North America (3,0,0) (F) A survey of the cultural history and social organization of native peoples of the North American continent including Canada, the United States and Mexico. An examination of traditional lifestyles including family, political, religious and ecological patterns; and current issues. Anthropology 241 (3) Archaeology Field School (6,0,0) (SU) A course in archaeological methods, techniques and theories dealing with excavation, recovery, analysis and interpretation of archaeological material. This is a practical field course, participants acquiring such skills as mapping, surveying, photography, computer applications, preparation of reports and interpretation. This course usually will be in cooperation with other colleges as a joint endeavour. Anthropology 249 (3) (3,0,0) (SU) Comparative Cultures: A Field Study in Anthropology An interdisciplinary course to consider in depth a particular geographic area and its people. Comparative institutions, cultural ecology, contemporary issues, methods of observation and study. Students and insructor study in the field. Women's Studies 122 (3) Women in Anthropology (4,0,0) S) The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world; their role in economic, political, religious, kinship and expressive systems. Exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women. What is women's experience in cultures of the world? Anthropology or Women's Studies credit is available for this course. Please see Women's Studies for further information. Contact: 984-4911 Instructional Faculty M. BOWCOTT, A.O.C.A. (Ontario) M.A. (R.C.A. London) N. BOYD, B.A. (Waterloo) B. COGSWELL, N.D.D. (Hammersmith) (R.C.A.) P. DEGGAN, Diploma (Worthing Co. England) W. EASTCOTT, Sr. Cert. (V.S.A.) (R.C.A.) J. EDGE, Alberta College of Art F. FORSTER, Alberta College of Art M. FRAME, B.A., M.A. Fine Arts (UBC) K. HOLLAND, Dip. (Johannesburg School of Art) J. JUNGIC, B.A., M.A. (UBC) T. KINGAN, N.D.D. (Blackpool), A.T.D. (Mane), R.C.A., Teach. Cert. (Manchester), B.C. Teach. Cert. M. LLEWELLYN, B.A. (Manchester) J. LONG, B.P.A. Art Center (Los Angeles) D. MACLAGAN, A.O.C.A., I.D.C., F.C.A. D. MCLAREN, Cert. (Sheridan College), B.H.Sc. (Guelph) A. MALLINSON, (Westdean College, Sussex, England) R. MARTIN, (U. of Washington) M. MEES F. MOLNAR, Dip. (Pennsylvania) D. NEAVE, BA. HONS. (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic) J. NEWTON-MASON, Dip. (Worthing Col., England) G. RAMMELL, (E.C.C.A.D.) L. RICHMOND, M.Art. Ed. (W. Wash. State), Teach. Cert. (London) D. TAIT, Emily Carr, Dip. V.S.A. (ECCAD) Y. WAKABAYASHI, B. Ed., M.Ed (UBC) D. YASINSKI A. ZIMMERMAN, Art Center (Los Angeles) Support Staff JOYCE FANCHER, Divisional Assistant General Description The Art Department offers four major programs: Studio Art, Graphic Design & Illustration Foundation, Graphic Design and Illustration, and Clay and Textile Arts; a shorter, specialized program: Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs; and the Art Institute for graduate students. PLEASE NOTE: The Art Department is closed from June 12 to August 17. For program information during this time, please contact the Advising Centre at 984-4990. Admission and Registration Procedures 1. GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION, STUDIO ART, AND CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS applicants should refer to Academic — Anthropology/Art 54 special requirements noted in those sections. II. Spring Term 1993 2. For the purposes of admission to art courses a full-time student means a person of any age who takes a full program of courses as outlined in the specific sections and which, upon completion in one or two years of study, entitles the student to either a College Certificate or the Associate of Arts and Science Diploma, or entitles the student to seek transfer credit to other post-secondary institutions. New students must contact the coordinator of the desired Program for permission to enter. Signature of coordinator or instructor required to register. 3. Students wishing to repeat a course: Any student who has taken an Art course at Capilano College and who has passed that course may retake it only after all available spaces have been filled by those students who wish to enroll in the course for the first time. STUDENTS MAY NOT REPEAT A COURSE MORE THAN ONCE WITHOUT A N APPROVAL IN WRITING FROM THE COORDINATOR. Advance Registration - Art Programs I. Fall Term 1992 STUDENTS ENTERING DIPLOMA/CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS: Studio Art Contact the College (984-4911) before May 15 to arrange for an interview from May 19-26. Bring a portfolio if available. Full time students only. Studio Art Institute Contact the College before May 15 to arrange an interview from May 19-26. Evening Credit Courses: Subject to approved funding, the Art Department may offer evening credit courses in the fall and spring terms. Please contact the department for further information. Prerequisites Prerequisites may be waived in writing by either the Program Coordinator or the instructor concerned when it is felt that a student possesses the ability to cope with the requirements of any given course. Prerequisite for the Graphic Design and Illustration Program is at least a "C" grade. STUDENTS WITH UNSATISFACTORY GRADES IN ANY TERM MAY BE ASKED TO WITHDRAW FROM THE PROGRAM. History of Art Courses Art students may wish to consider the following courses: Art History 100 and 101. (May be taken instead of Art History 104 and 105 for credit in the Art Program.) All Art History courses offered at Capilano College are transferable to UBC, SFU, and U.Vic. Please check the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for further information. See Art History Section of the Calendar for complete course descriptions. Students in the Studio Art Program may choose to take English 100 for university transfer or Cmns 120. Clay & Textile Arts English Placement Test Contact the Art Deparment (984-4911) before May 15 to arrange for an interview. Bring a portfolio if available. Interviews May 20 - 29. Those students who wish to enroll in English courses must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test or the College English Diagnostic Test (EDT). Craft Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs Applicants to this program should have a strong craft background. Contact the Art Department (984-4911) before May 15 to arrange for an interview. Interview dates are May 21 - 24. A portfolio or samples of work is required. (Evening interviews available.) If space is available, late interviews will be conducted August 19,20, 21. Graphic Design & Illustration EDT schedules will be posted in the Switchboard/Reception area and the Humanities Division. Students wishing to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar and bring their receipts to the appropriate test sitting. Transfer Credit The Transfer Guide in the Calendar should be referred to regarding transferability of specific courses. The student should understand that advanced standing in any institution is usually based on interview and portfolio submission, as well as credits held. Portfolio submission dates are May 6,7, & 8. Application deadline March 31. (No late applications accepted.) Fulltime students only. Academic — Art 55 STUDO I ART PROGRAM Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, Divisional Assistant, 984-4911 TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA Through exposure to a broad range of concepts, materials, techniques and processes, students are assisted in developing personal directions and creative maturity. While being a foundation for further studies in art and design, the emphasis of the program is on preparing students to function effectively within the context of current thought and practice within the fine arts. Career Opportunities In a recent report of the National Advisory Committee on Cultural Statistics, the arts were assessed at contributing $8 billion to the Canadian economy, with over 300,000 people employed in the cultural industry alone. There are many careers related to the visual arts, in areas such as: FINE ARTS: sculptor, painter, printmaker APPLIED ARTS: silversmith, jeweller, stained glass designer, mural designer GALLERIES: curator, art historian, restorer INDUSTRY: industrial, furniture, ceramic or carpet designer SCIENCE: scientific, botanical or medical illustrator ADVERTISING: art director, layout artist, package designer, window decorator CRAFTS: potter, weaver, glass or leather worker MUSEUMS: curator, archaeological illustrator, diorama or field expedition artist PHOTOGRAPHY: news, portrait or industrial photographer ARCHITECTURE: architect, city planner, environmental designer, model maker CINEMATOGRAPHY: make-up artist, set designer, animator, special effects model maker, wardrobe designer FASHION: illustrator, footwear designer, fashion editor, fabric designer CRIMINOLOGY: police artist or photographer EDUCATION: teacher, consultant, crafts counsellor INTERIOR DESIGN: interior or furniture designer, lighting consultant, antique restorer. Many economists predict that we are moving into a time when the role of art within our economy will expand enormously. The arts are a perfect complement to our highly technical industrial society: they are pollution-free and environmentally responsible, they foster creativity and innovation, and they satisfy spiritual needs in a materialistic society. Academic—Art 56 The Studio Art program at Capilano College provides a thorough foundation in the fundamentals of art, creating a solid base on which to build a career. It also enables students to make informed decisions regarding future career choices. Graduates of the Studio Art Program usually continue their choices at university, art school, or in a college design program. The Program The Studio Art Program provides studio experiences in Painting, Printmaking, Sculpture, Drawing, Design, Art History and Communications. A schedule of guest speakers and field trips ensures regular contact with other than resident instructors and further expands the student's knowledge and awareness. The program is for full time students. However, some part time students are accepted into the program when space becomes available so that members of the community may participate for other than professional reasons. The Studio Art courses carry transferability for entry into B.F.A. programs at university. Evening Credit Courses The Studio Art Program may offer selected evening courses as funding becomes available. Please contact the Art Department in May for further information. Admission Requirements Prospective full-time students are normally admitted on the basis of an interview and portfolio presentation. The nature and scope of work presented is for the candidate to decide, but it should provide as accurate a picture of his or her past and current artistic activities as possible. Sketchbooks, research material and preliminary studies should be included wherever possible, in addition to completed work. Slides, photographs or any other supporting evidence may form part of the portfolio. Where appropriate and with the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. Those wishing to enter courses for which they do not have the prerequisites should be prepared to present a portfolio so that faculty may assess the applicant's level of competence. Some part-time students may be admitted to a course when space is available Special Fees and Expenses Although the Studio Art Department can supply some of the materials required for the courses, the student can expect a financial outlay for some basic supplies, as indicated in the course outlines. Course Descriptions For Art History course descriptions see page 69. University Transfer All Studio Art courses carry some University transferability. Students should refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Advanced Option Courses For students with previous experience the Art Institute offers 12 credit full time courses in Sculpture and Printmaking. See page 60. Program Content Credits/Studio Hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM Art 150-1 Drawing I Art 167-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture I Art 182-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking I Art 183-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking II Art 185-1 Design Concepts I AHIS 104-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy CMNS 120 Effective Writing & Speech orENGlOO level SECOND TERM Art 151-1 Drawing II Art 171-1 2-D Studies Painting I Art 172-1 2-D Studies Painting II Art 174-1 3-D Studies Sculpture II Art 189-1 Design Concepts II AHIS 105-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy II CMNS 153 Communications and the Arts THIRD TERM Art 250-1 2-D Studies • Painting III Art 255-1 2-D Studies • Painting IV Art 257-1 3-D Studies • Sculpture III Art 262-1 Drawing III AHIS 210-1 Modern Art (19th Century) FOURTH TERM Art 263-1 Drawing IV Art 265-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture IV Art 282-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV Art 283-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV AHIS 211-1 Modern Art (20th Century) TOTAL 66 6 72 36 Q_ 36 Art 150 (3) Drawing I (3,0,0) (F) An investigation of the conceptual, technical and perceptual aspects of the drawing process through a wide variety of methods, materials and stimuli. Experiences in current approaches and concerns, including representational, interpretive and experimental drawings in assorted media. Emphasis will be on developing the student's confidence, knowledge, graphic sensitivity and control of media. Specifics to this course will be: study of graphic elements (line, tone etc.), media investigation, perspective, structural analysis (of natural form), life study. Art 151 (3) Drawing II (3,0,0) (S) 3 3 3(L) 3 3(S) 3 3(S) 3 3 Prerequisite: 3 21 Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture I 3 3 3(S) 3 3(S) 3 3(L) 3 3 3 0 21 9 3 3(S) 3 3(S) 3 3(L) 3 3 0 15 9 3 3 3(L) 3 3(S) 3 3(S) 15 2 a 9 72 36 150 A continuation of Art 150, with the inclusion of the following specifics: composition and design exploration, colour, collage,and with an emphasis placed on balance between control and expressionArt 167 0 9 Art (3) (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to 3-dimensional work as a means of expression, communication and discovery. Some basic sculptural techniques will be explored, these will include: assemblage, wood construction, modelling, mould making, casting. Sculptural content and subject matter will be considered in the context of the student's own work. An examination of historical sculpture developments will be a feature of the class; however, the emphasis will be upon developing an understanding of contemporary sculptural concerns. Art 171 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting I (3,1.5,0) (S) Through a combination of assigned studio work, personal research projects and an introduction to recent and current trends in the Visual Arts, students will gain an understanding of how both abstract and concrete concerns may be expressed in terms of imagery and through a variety of methods and materials. Acrylics will be the preferred medium but students will be encouraged to investigate the characteristics and possibilities of other media according to their individual needs. Guest speakers, field trips and slide-lectures will be a feature of the course and both individual and group critiques will be conducted at regular intervals. Academic—Art 57 Art 172 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting II (3,1.5,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 171 A continuation of Art 171 with added emphasis on developing personal areas of interest and research in addition to designated painting problems which will require students to express their ideas in multiple or mixed-media techniques of a more ambitious nature. There will be opportunities for students to relate their painting activities to other areas of study within the program and to become more responsible for determining their own priorities and goals. There will be further exposure to contemporary philosophies and activities in the Visual Arts. Art 174 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture II (3,3,0) (S) A continuation of Art 167, but with the inclusion of the following materials and techniques: metal casting, wood carving and jointing, steel welding. (3,1.5,0) (F) A foundation course for those with little or no experience. An introduction to the basic techniques of hardground, softground, drypoint and acquatint. Discussions regarding the image-making potential of printmaking and the creative processes in general will be ongoing. Particular emphasis will be given to the relationship between printmaking and painting with the student producing a number of pieces demonstrating either technical competency and creative potential. Most work will be executed in black and white. Art 183 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking II (3,1.5,0) (F) A continuation of Art 182 with emphasis on printing procedures both in black and white and colour. The student will also be introduced to mono and relief printing methods (including lino/wood blocks and etched plates) and editioning procedures. Discussion of historical and contemporary approaches to image-making will be ongoing. Art 185 (3) Design Concepts I (3,0,0) (F) An introduction to the basic elements of both two and three-dimensional design and their use according to formal and expressive needs. Using a variety of materials and processes, students will translate ideas into tangible form through the manipulation of colour, tone, shape, line, texture, volume, rhythm, proportion, etc. Sources of Academic — Art 58 Art 189 (3) Design Concepts II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 185 Essentially a continuation of Design Concepts I, but with added emphasis on the ability to communicate ideas and intentions through design and to create original work according to set criteria. Students will find opportunities to relate their experiences in design to other and more specialized areas of study in the Program and, by the end of the course, will be able to respond to problem-solving situations in a creative fashion. Communications 120 (3) Effective Writing and Speech Prerequisite: Art 167 Art 182 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking I imagery and methods of extending the form-vocabulary will be investigated and standards of craftsmanship developed. (3,0,0) (F.S) A course emphasizing structure and style in spoken and written communication, with some review of English basics as well. By writing and editing short essays, students develop a writing style both concise and precise. Communications 153 (3) Communications and the Arts (3,1,0) (S) Prerequisite: CMNS 120 or proven English skills. The use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for artists and craftspersons. Writing assignments include an article on some aspect of art which the student will submit for publication. A spoken presentaiton is required. Art 250 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting III (3,1.5,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 172 In addition to assigned painting problems, students will be required to define their own areas of research and visual articulation as they embark on a thematically linked series of works. As much freedom as possible will be given with regard to subject matter, content, materials, methods, scale, etc. and students will be encouraged to redefine the painting process in terms of their own needs and priorities. Emphasis will be placed on relating work in this course to other areas of the Program, especially with respect to Printmaking and to current trends in the Visual Arts. Art 255 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting IV (3,1.5,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 250 A continuation of Art 250 but with an increased need for students to define their own areas of interest and to extend their thinking in an innovative, self-challenging fashion. As in Art 250, guest speakers, field trips, slide lectures etc. will be a feature of the course. There will be a continuing stress on relating work in this course to contemporary activities in the Visual Arts and to other areas of the Program. Experiments with images, methods and materials will be encouraged, with a view to the development of personal modes of expression. expected to work on two projects from a supplied list of suggested themes. Art 282 (3) (3,1.5,0) (S) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking III (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Art 183 or Instructor's permission A comprehensive study of intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced printmaking student. Other areas that come under consideration will include collographs, uninked embossing and the practical application of colour theory. Discussion of current directions in printmaking and their relationship to painting and sculpture will be ongoing. Art 257 (3) (3,3,0) (F) Three Dimensional Studies: Sculpture and Design Art 283 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking IV Prerequisite: Art 174 Prerequisite: Art 282 or Instructor's permission Continued studies in 3-dimensional art. Students will be encouraged to pursue media and themes of their choice and to develop individual styles. Bronze casting will be offered as a main component of this course. Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the main concern will be combined colour printing techniques based upon the individual's need. A folio of work will be produced to document this research. Technical aspects that surface will include photographic possibilities and dimensional prints. Art 262 (3) Drawing III (F) (3,0) (3,0,0) (F) (3,1.5,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 151 Continued study of drawing as a means of discovery, expression and communication. Conceptual, perceptual and technical aspects of drawing will be examined. Specifics to this course will include: advanced graphic elements, unconventional media, objective/subjective research. Art 263 (3) Drawing IV Prerequisite: Art (3,0,0) (S) 262 Further study of drawing with an emphasis on the development of personal modes of expression. The work of the three previous courses will bereviewed,with the addition of perceptual exploration, and portfolio presentation. Art 265 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 257 Further study of historical and current sculpture concerns as well as the study of the craft and design fields. The first workshop project will be areviewof the available techniques through the process of producing set forms, using specific materials. Throughout the remainder of the course the emphasis will be on the development of personal modes of expression through the student's choice of media and subject matter. Each student will be Academic—Art 59 THE ART INSTITUTE The Art Institute, specializing in Sculpture and Printmaking, is a one year post-graduate certificate program unique in the college system. Comparable to artist-inresidence programs, the Institute offers advanced studies to artists with several years experience in sculpture or printmaking, or to recent college, university or art school graduates. Members of the Institute have access to well-equipped studios and specialized equipment, plus auxiliary facilities such as a darkroom, computer lab and media centre. Supplies and materials are available at cost. Lectures, seminars and tutorials feature guest artists and faculty who are professionals in their fields. With the permission of the instructor, and at no additional cost, members may also pursue individual research beyond the one-year certificate. A major component of the Institute experience is the interchange among the participants, which may include critiques, encouragement of work in progress, or exposure to new materials. Along with providing the artist with studio space, the Institute offers the expertise of special speakers and workshop experiences. The atmosphere is stimulating and supportive of the individual's aesthetic development. Admission Requirements The Institute is a graduate Fine Arts Program. Students with a B.F.A. or equivalent (art school graduation, etc.,) are given preference during registration. Exceptional students with previous fine arts training and/or work experience will be accepted at the discretion of the instructors. Note that it is not absolutely necessary to be specifically proficient in the chosen area of study. Parallel experience would be considered, i.e. painting to printmaking. Enquiries and applications are accepted at any time throughout the year, although the normal registration periods are May and December for the first and second terms, respectively. Phone 984-4911 by May 15 for an interview between May 19-26. Submissions 1. Biography - to include pertinent travel and other life experiences. 2. Portfolio -original works where possible; however, slides, photographs or other printed material will be acceptable. Where appropriate, and with the co-ordinators permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. Academic — Art 60 3. Proposal - an outline of the anticipated directions of work. This should be as specific as possible. During the academic year (September to April) submissions should be adressed to: The Art Institute Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Tel. 984-4911 During the months of June to August, submissions should be made directly to: R. W. Eastcott 2553 Oxford Street Vancouver, B.C. V5K1M9 Tel. 253-7362 or George Rammell 2786 Yale Street Vancouver, B.C. V5K1C3 Tel. 682-6799 FEES The 1991 /92 tuition fees for the Art Institute were $525.00 per term. There are two terms per year. Although the normal shop supplies are provided members of the Institute can anticipate charges for materials directly involved with the production of work. Art Institute: Advanced Options Courses Art 300 (12) Art Institute I - Sculpture and Printmaking (3,0,0) (F) Designed to meet the needs of students with several years of experience in sculpture or printmaking or who have left college, art school or univeristy and may no longer have access to specialized equipment and facilities, the Art Institute will emphasize access to well-equipped studios as well as lectures, seminars and tutorials with instructors and invited professional artists. The format will be one day of class time and four or more days of studio time. The studios will be available during the evenings and weekends. Art 301 (12) Art Institute II - Sculpture and Printmaking A continuation of Art 300. (3,0,0) (S) CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS PROGRAM University Transfer Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, Divisional Assistant, All courses marked with an asterisk (i.e. * Art 158) are transferable to SFU and UBC and carry 1.5 transfer units to the BFA Studio Program at UBC. 984-4911. The Clay and Textile Arts Program is under review in 1991-92. In 1992-93 a Certificate Program will be offered, and a Diploma First Year Certificate Program - Foundation Credits/Studio Hours Program or advanced courses may be offered. Full details of the 1992-93 program will be available from the Art Department Major Program Requirements 30 18 and from Advising by April 1992. FIRSTTERM Art 154 Introductory Drawing I 3 ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE Art 158» Design I 3 Art 160 Textile Surface Design I 3 3 Career Opportunities Art 163* Clay I 3 3 Art 168 Weaving I Graduates may choose to work independently as artists/ 3 3 craftspeople or they may find employment as instructors 15 9 SECOND TERM in community art programs or in institutions where art Art 153 Introductory Drawing II and craft courses are used as therapy. 3 Art 161 Textile Surface Design II 3 3 Art 165» Clay II 3 The Program 3 Art 169 Weaving II 3 3 Students are trained to develop skill and understanding Art 178* Design II 3 0 of contemporary fine craft. 15 9 The second year program is currently under review. For Open to both full and part-time students, the first year of 1992-93 a Diploma or advanced program may be offered. the Program is a Foundation year. The core content The following is the second year program offered in 1990consists of Weaving, Textile Surface design, and Ceramics 91. and is supported by courses in Design and Drawing. Upon completion of the first year, students will receive a certificate. Second year courses, possibly leading to a Diploma, are currently under review. See note above. Studio and Gallery visits are an important learning segment of the program. Guest lecturers from all craft disciplines are brought in to enrich the courses. Market research and marketing techniques for the craftsperson are a vital part of the program through lectures and seminars. Admission Requirements Prospective full-time and part-time students are admitted on the basis of an interview. A portfolio which contains as accurately as possible an overview of the students' work is required. With the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. Second Year Diploma Program - Clay Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements THIRD TERM Art 273 Functional Clay I Art 275 Sculptural Clay I CMNS 120 Effective Writing & Speech AHIS104 Intro, to Visual Literacy I Elective FOURTH TERM Art 274 Functional Clay II Art 276 Sculptural Clay II CMNS 153 Communication & the Arts AHIS105 Intro, to Visual Literacy II Art 230 Marketing Skills Special Fees and Expenses Some of the materials needed for the course are supplied by the Department and are covered by a supplies fee. The student can expect an additional outlay for midterm and final projects, the amount of which may vary according to the needs of the course. 54 6 60 33 0 33 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 0 6 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 9 54 6 60 24 0 24 3 3 Second Year Diploma Program - Textile Arts Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Academic—Art 61 THIRD TERM Weaving III An 267 Textile Surface Design III Art 284 Dyes and Dyeing Art 290 CMNS 120 Effective Writing & Speech Intro, to Visual Literacy I AHIS104 FOURTH TERM Weaving IV Art 268 Textile Surface Design IV Art 285 Marketing Skills Art 230 CMNS 153 Communication & the Arts Intro, to Visual Literacy II AHIS105 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 repeat design will be studied for application to surface decoration and compositional elements will be investigated and adapted for craft media. Main projects will be presented in a craft medium. 0 3 Art 160 (3) Textile Surface Design I 3 3 Course Descriptions * All courses marked with an asterisk are transferable to SFU and UBC and carry 15 transfer units to the BFA Studio Program at UBC. For Art History course descriptions see page 69. Art 153 (3) Introductory Drawing II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 154 Further exploration of drawing media and techniques with an emphasis on a more individual and interpretive approach, developing themes for drawing aimed at illustration and reproduction. Study of drawing styles and modes of graphic expression, interpretive stylization and distortion. Drawing with pen and ink; washes, ink and brush, felt markers, mixed media. Study of mass, light and dark, plan, depth and space, and their graphic representation through various drawing techniques. Art 154 (3) Introductory Drawing I (3,0,0) (F) This course offers the students of both the textile and ceramic arts the opportunity to develop those drawing skills that will be useful in the practice of those crafts. The study of primary drawing media and basic techniques, including pencil, pen and ink, brush and ink, marking pens, conte and pastel. Study of perspective drawing from direct observation. Study of representational rendering techniques of objects, structures, surfaces and textures. Learning to visualize in graphic terms, symbolizing, stylizing in terms of line and line characteristics. Developing power of observation and graphic sensitivity. * Art 158 Design I (3) (3,0,0) (F) Basic design elements and principles will be studied. Sources of inspiration and imagery will be explored using a variety of materials and processes. Two dimensional Academic — Art 62 (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to traditional methods of printing on fabric using found objects, blocks and stamps with pigments and dyes. Wax resist and bleach discharge effects will be explored. Bound and tied resists will also be used with natural and fibre-reactive dyes. Design possiblities will be studied for each medium and there will be an introduction to the history of dyed fabrics. Art 161 (3) Textile Surface Design II (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 160 An introduction to printing fabric with stencils using pigments, fibre-reactive and natural dyes. Katazome techniques with rice paste resists will be demonstrated. Applique and stitching techniques will be used for surface decoration and design possibilities for each medium will be explored. There will be an introduction to the history of printed fabrics. * Art 163 (3) Ceramic Art I (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to the use of clay as an expressive media. Hand construction and wheel forming will be presented as well as glazing, firing and clay body technology. Design, history and conceptual theory will be reviewed as it relates to the ceramic object. * Art 165 (3) Ceramic Art II (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 163 A continuation of Art 163 with greater emphasis on personal development. Casting, moldmaking, glaze preparation and application, and firing technology will be reviewed. Students will be encouraged to explore the use of non-firable materials in conjunction with clay. Contemporary issues on art will create the focus for personal exploration. Art 168 (3) Weaving I (3,3,0) (F) This course has been divided into several parts. In the first segment, off-loom techniques will be studied as well as ethnic and historic textile sources. In the second segment, the traditional technique and contemporary imagery of tapestry will be covered. Art 169 (3) Weaving II (3,3,0) (S) Beginning experiences in loom weaving. Learning to warp a loom, drafting basic weaves on four-harness looms. Class will include samples and finished pieces, with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures, and fibers. Introduction to dye methods. Slides and examples of historical, ethnic, and contemporary woven textiles will be used as inspiration. * Art 178 Design II (3) (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 275 Further study of concepts and techniques of using clay as a sculptural medium. Students will be encouraged to pursue techniques and concepts of their choice and to develop individual style. An investigation of combining non-clay materials with clay construction will be encouraged. The use of glaze and non-firing sources of colour will be explored. (3,3,0) (S) This course is designed to be a survey. It will help develop professionalism and necessary business skills in the craftsperson. Areas covered are Advertising and Promotion, Marketing, Finance, Photography and Portfolio Design. Attempts will be made to address the individual needs of the students. The course will include guest lecturers working in their areas of expertise. (3,0,0) (F) Students will expand their knowledge of basic weaves through drafting, designing samples and completing finished projects. Techniques will include fundamental loom-controlled weaves, hand-manipulated structures, space dyeing and painting warps. Although emphasizing the development of technical skills, the course will also encourage personal expression in individual projects. Art 268 (3) Weaving IV An introduction to the concepts and techniques of using clay as a sculptural medium. A wide variety of construction and firing techniques will be examined with an emphasis on personal exploration. Three dimensional design as well as historical and contemporary concepts of the visual language will be the foundation for personal growth. Technical information covering clay bodies, firing techniques and glaze application will be presented. Art 276 (3) Sculptural Clay II A further study of design principles and concepts. Use of themes and problem solving techniques. More studies of sources of imagery and inspiration. Continuation of colour studies, designing within limitations for specific environments. Introduction of three dimensional space and form. Use of different design media and its adaptation to crafts and applied arts. Art 267 (3) Weaving III (3,3,0) (F) (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 158 Art 230 (3) Marketing Skills for the Craftsperson Art 275 (3) Sculptural Clay I (3,0,0) (S) Further exploration of the design possibilities of woven textiles. Each student will work on a series of individually designed projects in a technique of his/her choice, developing ideas and personal expression with class feedback and individual critiques. Art 284 (3) Textile Surface Design III (3,0,0) (F) A study of screen printing techniques using paper, wax, lacquer and direct emulsion stencils. A variety of methods of producing a repeat design with different registration possibilities will be studied. There will be an option of using photographic stencils for projects. Light sensitive dyes will be used for direct effects on fabric. Handpainted effects with different dyes and pigments will be combined with screening techniques. Airbrushing of dyes and pigments will be introduced. Art 285 (3) Textile Surface Design IV (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 284 Basic paper-making techniques will be studied exploring the possibilities of paper collage, cast paper, use of different pulps, colouring of pulp and making pulp from plants. Relief and 3D fibre construction methods will be used with fabric embellishment techniques and direct dyeing techniques to create fibre structures. Art 290 (3) Dyes and Dyeing (3,3,0) (F) Emphasis on synthetic dyes, although students will also familiarize themselves with natural dyes and colour possibilities. Direct, acid, disperse and basic dye methods covered, using synthetic dyes and incorporating them with dye application methods. A comprehensive notebook will be made of colour samples for future reference. Introduction to spinning and feltmaking. Academic—Art 63 198 (3) (3,0,0) (S) CRAFTS N I STRUCTOR TRAN IN I G FOR Art Fabric Printing COMMUNT IY AND N I STT I UTO I NAL NEEDS Exploring design and colour as they would apply in the For students with a craft background the Program offers the following evening part-time certificate program: FALL TERM Art 187 (3) (3,0,0) (F) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs I 3 credits SPRING TERM Art 287 (3) (3,0,0) (S) surface decoration of fabric. Experiments with various pigments and dyes on fabric, using immersion and direct application methods. Printing techniques will be used with block, stencil and screen. Resist techniques using paste and tie/stitch. THE CLAY & TEXTILE ART PROGRAM MAY OFFER OTHER SELECTED EVENING COURSES AS FUNDING BECOMES AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONTACT THE ART DEPARTMENT IN MAY FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AT 984-4911. GRAPHC I DESG IN&L I LUSTRATO IN PROGRAM Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs II 3 credits Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, 984-4911. Course Descriptions Art 187 (3) (3,0,0) (F) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs I During thefirstof this two term course, students with a strong Craft background will be trained in adaptation and instructional skills. They will improve and extend present craft skills in order to teach people in recreation and community situations or in institutions where Art and Craft courses are used as therapy. This course is a prerequisite for Art 287. Art 287 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs II TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA Open to full-time students only. This is a two year Diploma program for those wishing to enter into the advertising industry as a graphic designer, advertising illustrator, or any of the related visual communication professions. Students are trained in design, visual imagery, media choice, typography, advertising layout, and conceptual thinking. Instructors are practising professionals; thus the program relates to the current demands of business and industry. Real and simulated problems are taken from initial concept tofinishedart. Prerequisite: Art 187 Frequently guests from the profession are brought in to evaluate student projects. Further training in adaptation and instructional skills for experienced craftspeople. Learning to set up and administer a craft program. Students are required to complete a two-week practicum in hospitals, senior citizen centres, schools, or community centres. GRAPHC I DESG IN &L I LUSTRATO IN FOUNDATO I N PROGRAM ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Clay and Textile Art Evening Courses Art 194 (3) Loom Weaving (3,0,0) (F) Beginning experiences in loom weaving. Learning to warp a loom, drafting basic weaves on four-harness looms. Class will include samples and finished pieces, with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures, and fibres. Introduction to dye methods. Slides and examples of historical, ethnic, and contemporary woven textiles will be used as inspiration. Academic — Art 64 Open to full-time students only. This one year certificate program is designed to provide a foundation in drawing skills, figure studies, illustration and painting, mediums and techniques, design principles and the history of art and design. It stresses the necessity of developing consecutively the creative thought processes and skills necessary for Graphic Design & Illustration. This program provides the direction to prepare the student for further studies in many professionally-oriented art fields. Admission Requirements Program Content Both these programs require a high level of maturity and integrity. Students with life experience following high school are usually more knowledgeable and mature in their choice of direction and better prepared; however, highly motivated high school students can succeed here and we encourage those students to apply. Graphic Design and Illustration Foundation Program Applicants to the program must supply the following documentation to the college by March 31,1992. • Completed Capilano College Application for Admission • Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts • Certificate of English Language Assessment Test (ELAT) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), if applicable • Departmental Information Sheet Credits/Lab Hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements 30 12 42 FIRSTTERM Art 156 Principles of Visual Cmns I Art 158 Design I Art 152 Life Drawing I Art 154 General Drawing I Art 155 Mediums & Techniques I AHIS 104 Intro to Visual Literacy I •CMNS 120 Effective Writing & Speech No late applications accepted. Portfolio submission dates are May 6,7,8. No portfolio will be examined if proper documentation has not been received at the College by March 31,1992. No late submissions accepted. SECOND TERM Art 157 Principles of Visual Cmns II Art 178 Design II Art 184 Life Drawing II Art 164 General Drawing II Art 159 Mediums & Techniques II AHIS 105 Intro to Visual Literacy II CMNS 153 Communications & the Arts 11 11 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 2 3 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Portfolios are reviewed by an Admissions Committee and are assessed on the basis of drawing, design, colour, creativity, media variety and presentation. Applicants whose portfolios meet the standards of the Program are called for interviews within two weeks of submission. Final decisions on the make-up of the new class is made by May 31. Students who wish to substitute English courses for Communications 150 may do so with the Communications Coordinator's approval. Portfolio Requirements Graphic Design and Illustration Program There should be a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 18 samples of original work (work produced, drawn, designed, or photographed by the artist) representing current abilities. Imaginative and experimental drawings in any medium (water-colour, guache, oils, etc.) are welcome additions to the portfolio. Samples must be flat, not rolled; they should not be framed or glassed. Major Program Requirements We will not accept portfolios larger than 23" x 31". Photographs of any larger work or 3D projects may be sent; however, photographs or slides do not replace the required minimum of 12 samples of original work. The applicant's name and address must be on the outside of the portfolio in large letters. If a portfolio is to be returned, send either stamps or cheque to cover the cost of return postage. Do not send any portfolios by cross-country bus system as they are not delivered to Capilano College. Parcel Post insured or air parcel post insured is usually the best way to have portfolios sent and returned. 21 FIRSTTERM Art 162 Typography I Art 175 Photo, for Graphic Design Art 177 Graphic Design I Art 180 Drawing for Illustration I Art 192 Applied Design I Art 195 Painting for Illustration I SECOND TERM Art 170 Studio Production I Art 179 Graphic Design II Art 181 Drawing for Illustration II Art 193 Applied Design II Art 196 Painting for Illustration II Art 197 Typography II 6 Credits/Lab 66 45 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 11 3 3 3 3 12 Capilano College cannot accept responsibility for loss or damage to an applicant's work. Academic — Art 65 THIRD TERM Studio Production II Art 278 Illustration Medial Art 251 Applied Design III Art 252 3-D Graphic Design I Art 277 Advertising Illustration I Art 295 FOURTH TERM Applied Design IV Art 253 Illustration Media II Art 269 Studio Production III Art 289 Advertising Illustration II Art 298 Graphic Design III Art 279 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 2 3 3 11 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 2 3 3 _ 11 Part-rime Evening Courses For students interested in upgrading drawing and design skills to assist in the preparation of a portfolio, we offer the following evening classes (subject to approved funding): Art 056 - Graphic Design Portfolio Studio I (F) (3,0) Art 057 - Graphic Design Portfolio Studio II (S) (3,0) Art 155 (3) Mediums and Techniques I (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to basic painting and illustration techniques. On location drawing and wash studies using watercolour, pencil, coloured pencil, ink and combinations of the above. Developing location studies into more controlled, finished classroom works. Art 156 (3) Principles of visual Communications I (3,0,0) (F) An overview and understanding of the basic design process, graphic design principles and fundamental visual communications techniques as utilized by contemporary graphic designers and illustrators. Art 157 (3) Principles of Visual Communications II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 156 with at least a "C" grade. The basic principles of advertising as applied by a graphic designer or illustrator. Includes a study of contemporary graphic designers and illustrators and how they rely on various visual styles to complete assignments. For further information and course outlines, contact the Graphic Design and Illustration Program at 984-4911. * Art 158 Design I Course Descriptions (Basic Design 2-D) An introduction to the concepts and principles of visual arts with analytical and creative study of basic elements and pictorial organization. Processes and nature of visual communications, form, elements and their characteristics are investigated with reference to Fine Art, Crafts and Applied Arts. Emphasis on two-dimensional composition and graphic media, collage and assemblage. Note: 'Denotes university transfer * Art 152 (3) Life Drawing I (3,0,0) (F) Drawing from the observation of the human figure; exercises in developing visual perception, memory and basic drawing skills. Study of the proportions of the human body. Line characteristics in pencil, pen, conte, charcoal techniques. Contour, cross-contour, gesture and volume drawings from draped and undraped models. * Art 154 (3) General Drawing I (3,0,0) (F) Primary representational drawing, media and techniques. Drawing as expression of observation and perception of visual aspects of environment and visual thinking. Study of graphic means of representing objects, structure, planes, volumes, space, surface characteristics. Learning to perceive, isolate and select visual elements or descriptive rendering in lead and charcoal pencils. Developing the habit of working daily with a sketchbook, power of observation, perception and graphic sensitivity. Academic—Art 66 (3) Art 159 (3) Mediums and Techniques II (3,2,0) (F) (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 155 with at least a "C" grade. Drawing analysis techniques and the consideration and use of various mediums as they relate to specific subjects. Further (to Art 155) location studies and classroom development of same. Art 162 (3) (3,3,0) (F) Typography I Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter forms. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive lettering indication and reproduction art to improve craftsmanship and drawing skills. Art 164 (3) General Drawing II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 154 with at least a "C" grade. Further exploration of drawing media and techniques with emphasis on expressive and interpretive approaches. Developing themes and drawings aimed at illustration, for reproduction and individual expression. Stylization, distortion and caricaturization are explored in relation to the study of line, mass, value and contrast. Various pen, pen and ink drawing techniques are explored. Emphasis on student's initiative in researching, investigating and exploring drawing theories, schools and techniques. Art 170 (3) Studio Production (3,3,0) (S) An introduction to the basic traditional and computeraided production techniques encountered in a graphic design studio. Students will learn basic pasteup and mechanical production. Students will be instructed in the ruling of straight lines using the T-square, drawing ellipses, cutting masking film, preparation of finished artwork, copyfitting and type specifying. Art 175 (3) Photography for Graphic Design (3,2,0) (F) Basic photography with emphasis on fundamental camera and darkroom procedures. Instruction in 35mm camera operations as they assist in graphic design and illustration. Art 177 (3) Graphic Design I (3,3,0) (F) (3) (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 158 with at least a "C" grade. Further study of basic 3-D design principles. Basic threedimensional concepts, components and principles of threedimensional arts material and techniques. Functional aesthetic aspects of contemporary and traditional 3-D art. The elements of 3-D form. Art 179 (3) Graphic Design II Art 180 (3) Drawing for Illustration I (3,0,0) (F) The purpose is to develop the students' awareness and capacity to perceive objects correctly and the skills necessary to draw with quality and creativity. It introduces the students to skills that must be developed if they are to visually communicate consciously and effectively. Basic drawing and wash media will be used. Art 181 (3) Drawing for Illustration II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 180 with at least a "C" grade. The students play an advanced role in the choices of reference materials, mediums and techniques used. The skillful and imaginative use of illustrative methods is stressed using lighting, negative shapes, depth, abstractions for emphasis, perspective and correct perception. Uses of drawing and wash mediums will be expanded. As well, the student will be expected to become familiar with current uses of illustration. * Art 184 (3) Life Drawing II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 152 with at least a "C" grade. • An introduction to design elements (shape, line, value, texture, colour) to demonstrate the versatility and application of each. Exercises to develop a sound grasp of design principles and to encourage experiment and discovery as well as how these elements work in combination. Media includes pencil, paint, collage materials and mixed media. * Art 178 Design II and the characteristics of visual form. Combining design elements of the previous semester with the new elements of typography and photography. Media will include a wide variety of materials. An experimental, inventive approach will be stressed. (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 177 with at least a "C" grade. Further study of design principles, pictorial organization Further study of drawing from direct observation of the human figure. Exercises in perceiving and graphically interpreting the elements of plane, mass, rhythm and form; relating perceptual elements to drawing media. Investigation of more complex drawing techniques and materials. Perceiving graphic elements in life form and action; drawing from memory and imaginative reflection upon visual experience. Art 192 (3) Applied Design I (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to visual communication and the role of professional designers. Design principles, layout techniques, tools, methods, materials and media. Emphasis will be on concept and on "comprehensive" finish using basic marker rendering skills. Art 193 (3) Applied Design II (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 177 and Art 192 with at least a "C" grade. A course relating to presentation of ideas at a professional level representing real agency/client situations. Making Academic — Art 67 rough layouts and tight comps. Ideas will be evaluated against criteria established. Art 195 (3) (3,0,0) (F) Painting for Illustration I This course offers expanded skills in perception, visualization and continued practice in control of various media. It gives the student the opportunity to develop similar styles to the old masters as well as experiment with his/her own drawing. Art 196 (3) Painting for Illustration II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 195 with at least a "C" grade. The student's personal style of realistic life drawing is pursued to a much finer degree. Structured tutorials in the use of various mediums and student/instructor criticisms of work-in-progress are emphasized. Experimentation of style and medium is encouraged. Art 197 (3) (3,3,0) (S) Typography II Prerequisite: Art 162 with at least a "C" grade. This course expands upon the major role typography has on advertising layouts and design. Construction of various styles of letter forms in pencil, felt marker and brush will be studied. Application of typography in various advertising pieces will be investigated. Art 251 (3) Illustration Media I (3,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 181 & Art 196 with at least a "C" grade. To introduce the student who has achieved a competent degree of drawing skills to the mediums necessary for illustrative techniques. The course develops through stages from pencil, pen and ink, ink and wash, watercolours and eel vinyl. The use of the illustrator's tools and processes such as repellants, air brush, mixed media, etc., are reviewed. Art 252 (3) (3,3,0) (F) Applied Design III Prerequisite: Art 179 & Art 193 with at least a "C" grade. The application of design and rendering skills to the development of solutions to print advertising. Explores companies, products, services, corporate identification and their relationship to print advertising layouts and tight comps prepared for class critiques. Academic — Art 68 Art 253 (3) Applied Design IV (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 252 with at least a "C" grade. Advertising agency and graphic design studio oriented. The interelationship of illustration, photography and graphics into advertising, packaging and point of purchase. Consultation on student portfolio. Art 269 (3) Illustration Media II (3,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 251 with at least a "C" grade. Taking the techniques outlined in 251 into finished illustrations for advertising, books, magazines, etc. A further expansion of the uses of mediums to include mixed media. Concept is stressed as well as an emphasis on self-expression. Art 277 (3) (3,0,0) (F) 3D Graphic Design I Prerequisite: Art 181 & Art 179 with at least a "C" grade. This section will give insight into the procedures involved in the design of small commercial retail structures such as boutiques and service shops in shopping centres and malls. Model-building techniques are studied as well as the use of colour in merchandising and display. During this section the emphasis is on exterior design. Art 278 (3) Studio Production II (3,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 170 with at least a "C" grade. To familiarize the student with both traditional and computer-aided techniques and procedures as used in a Graphic Design Studio. The development of skills and disciplines necessary in the production of camera-ready mechanicals necessary for a variety of reproductionmethods including the use of Macintosh computers to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on computer application in graphics including layout. Art 279 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Graphic Design III Prerequisite Art 179 with at least a "C" grade. Assignments demonstrate visual concept and economy of thought in advanced graphic forms, with emphasis on typography as a medium and message of design. Advanced application of the grid to facilitate the integration of typography and visuals, underscored by sound conceptual thinking. Art History Art 289 (3) Studio Production III (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 278 with at least a "C" grade. Print production from photo-mechanical to printing procedures. Includes 3 and 4 colour process, binding,job estimating,paper specifications, 2nd production control. An intermediate course in the use of Macintosh computers for graphic design. Print and advertising applications are emphasized. Art 295 (3) Advertising Illustration I (3,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Art 181 and Art 196 with at least a "C" grade. A comprehensive study of contemporary advertising illustration techniques and materials from original concept tofinalpresentation. Art 298 (3) Advertising Illustration II (3,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Art 295 with at least a "C" grade. Further exploration of advertising illustration techniques using a variety of mediums and techniques with the emphasis on actual studio working methods. Instructional Faculty J. JUNGIC BA., M.A. (UBC) D. NEAVE, B.A. (Manchester), M.A. (U.Vic.) P. SINGER, B.A. (George Williams), M.F.A. (Concordia) f General Information Art history courses are designed to enrich and broaden the student's knowledge of culture past and present, stimulate visual awareness and provide analytical tools with which to decode visual images. A major in art history can lead to careers in: architecture, interior design, commercial art, art gallery curatorial work, museum work, art dealing, teaching, art restoration, arts administration, art criticism, etc. University Transfer Credit All Art History courses offered at Capilano College are transferable to UBC, SFU, and U.Vic. Please check the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for further information. Course Descriptions Art History 100 (3) The History of Art I (3,0,0.) (F) This course studies the history of art beginning with the pyramids and tombs of Egypt and concluding with the Gothic Cathedrals and Italian fresco paintings of the High Middle Ages in Europe. An understanding and appreciation of art are the aims of the course and through lectures and class discussion students will develop an 'eye' for seeing, and appropriate terms to describe the works shown. Our involvement with the art of the past clearly reveals how changing styles in architecture, painting, and sculpture are influenced by the historical context and the political, social, and religious thought of each period. Art History 101 (3) The History of Art II (3,0,0) (S) Beginning with the art of the Italian Renaissance, this course studies the history of painting, sculpture, and architecture to the present day. Individual artists including Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Van Gogh and Picasso are studied in addition to the larger period styles. Because works of art so perfectly reflect their age, the economic, social, and religious ideas of each period will be closely considered. Academic — Art/Art History 69 Art History 104 (3) Introduction to Visual Literacy I (3,0,0) (F) This course is designed to encourage students to become visually literate and confident in the analysis/interpretation of all aspects of the visual arts. Confrontation with a wide range of ideas, images and media will stimulate discussion and provide a deeper understanding of the creative process. The purposes of art will be discussed and the relationships between art and society explored. The interdisciplinary nature of art will be examined as well as the achievements of Canadian artists. Art History 105 (3) Introduction to Visual Literacy II (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art History 104. The material will include the art of the past as well as the current art scene. Topics such as magic andritualin art, the landscape and the nude in art, the artist as observer, art and advertising, women and art, aspects of photography and recent trends will be explored. Canadian content will be stressed. As in Art History 104 the emphasis will be on developing visual literacy. Art History 106 (3) Introduction to Non-Western Art I (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to aspects of PreColumbian art, Northwest Coast Indian art and African art. The art, architecture and performing arts of indigenous peoples will be examined in the context of cultural, religious and social issues. Students will learn about civilizations that flourished in Mexico prior to the Spanish Conquest. A section on the art of the Northwest Coast Indian will illuminate the achievements of local indigenous cultures and their inherent relationship with the environment In the component on African art, students will study the early history of African art and later artistic developments in a variety of regions ranging from Senegal to Zaire Art History 107 (3) Introduction to Non-Western Art II (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of Art History 106. This course focuses on aspects of Indian, Chinese and Japanese art. The works of art will be examined in the light of cultural, religious, social and political issues to emphasize the close connections between art and society. Students will gain insight into the evolution of important periods, styles and artistic traditions in Far Eastern Art. Art History 108 (3) Aspects of Canadian Art (3,0,0) This one-semester course will study selected topics in the Academic — Art History 70 history of Canadian painting, photography, sculpture and architecture and will explore such questions as, "Is there a Canadian cultural identity which can be applied to the visual arts?" Focus will be given equally to the art of French Quebec and to English Canada. Broad issues such as regionalism, nationalism and multiculturalism, as they affect the arts, will be considered. Canada's place in the international art world will also be a subject of study. Art History 109 (3) Women, Art and Art History (3,0,0) This course will present a broad historical survey of women's involvement in Western Art. It will focus on the woman artist in society and consider the social, cultural and economic background of each period in order to understand the conditions under which women artists have worked from Antiquity to the 20th century. The course will also investigate the "image of woman" in the tradition of art history. Students taking this course cannot receive duplicate credit for Women's Studies 130. Art History 210 (3) History of Modern Art (19th Century) (3,0,0) (F) This course studies the mainstreams of modern art beginning with the paintings of Jacques Louis David produced during the French Revolution and concluding with the art of Cezanne. Emphasis is given to individual artists, and works by Goya, Delacroix, Monet, Van Gogh, Gauguin and others are studied in depth. Aesthetic revolutions and counter-revolutions are explored in conjunction with the social and political upheavals of the 19thc. Art History 211 (3) History of Modern Art (20th Century) (3,0,0) (S) This history of 20th century art begins with the work of Picasso and Matisse and studies the impact of revolutionary movements of art such as Futurism, Constructivism, Dada, and Surrealism. America's post war contribution: Abstract Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual and Earth Art is studied as well as new directions in the art of the '80s. The aim of this course is to demystify modern art by studying the underlying concepts and theories, which will reveal how closely art expresses the ethos of contemporary life. Art History 220 (3) Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3,0,0) (F) This course traces the origins of the Early Renaissance in Italy, beginning with the art of Giotto and focusing attention on the creators of the new style, the architects, sculptors and painters of Florence, Arezzo, Mantua and Venice. The intellectual, religious and political climate of the fifteenth century, linked to the expression in this new art, will also be considered, as will be the emerging importance of private patronage. Art History 221 (3) High Renaissance and Mannerist Art in Italy (3,0,0) (S) This course studies the art of the High Renaissance and the emerging view of the artist as sovereign genius. The work of Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael is examined in depth. Focus is then given to the artists of the Mannerist School, whose highly subjective and artificial style dominates the latter part of the sixteenth century. The contributions of the Venetians as well as the architecture of Palladio will also be considered. Academic—Art History 71 Biology Instructional Faculty R.G. CAMFIELD, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Monash), Ph.D. (UBC) M.K. DALY, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. (UBC) M. FITZ-EARLE, B.Sc. (Nottingham), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto), Coordinator of Biology D. HARPER, B.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC) N A . RICKER, B.A. (Calif.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC) V.N. TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC) L.K. WADE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (A.N.U.), Chairman of Pure and Applied Sciences Division Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians M. deJONG-WESTMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor D. HARPER, B.Sc., Ph.D. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor S. MINAKER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (Alberta), Laboratory Supervisor A. REK, Dip. Tech. (Warsaw), Laboratory Technician J. RICHARDSON, B.Sc. (U.Vic), M.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor C. SANDERSON, B.Sc. (Hons) (Durham), Laboratory Supervisor B. WILLIAMSON, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician the course tuition fee. Lab manuals for those courses requiring them must be purchased for a nominal fee. Students are expected to defray in part the costs associated withfieldtrips. University Transfer Credit All biology courses transfer to SFU, UBC, and UVic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Biological Sciences FIRST YEAR Biology 108 or 110/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Physics 110/111 or 108/111 or 114/115 Math 110/111 English (six credits) SECOND YEAR A complete selection of second year courses which are transferable to all three B.C. universities is available. Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your choice. General Information Course Descriptions Capilano College Biology Department offers courses to meet a variety of educational needs. The Biology 104/105 and 104/113 sequences meet the laboratory science requirements for Arts students as well as general interest biology courses. Biology 104 fulfills the entrance biology requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. Biology 104 (3) Human Biology I Students who intend to enter the following professions should enroll in Biology 108 or 110/111: Agriculture, Dentistry, Dental Hygiene, Forestry, Home Economics, Medicine, Pharmacy, Rehabilitation Medicine. Those planning a major in biology or other life science, such as Botany, Cell Biology, Ecology, Genetics, Marine Biology, Microbiology, Physiology, Oceanography, Zoology, should also enrol in Biology 108 or 110/111. Students lacking Biology 11 and 12, Chemistry 11, or both these subjects, should enroll in Biology 108 rather than Biology 110. A complete selection of second year courses is available which meet the credit transfer requirements of the three B.C. universities. Some of these courses may be included in the requirements for pre-professional programs, and for specific life science programs. Students should consult the Biology Department for details of course requirements for various programs. All biology courses except Biology 200 and Biology 206 require weekly laboratory periods and/or field trips. Some courses also have extended field trips. Students' contributions to the cost of laboratories are included in Academic - Biology 72 (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: None This is the first term of a course designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students not planning to take further courses in biology. The basic concepts of human biology and the position of man as an organism are examined. Major topics include: the evolution of man, the structure and function of human cells and tissues, cell division, human genetics, human reproduction, development, digestion, and nutrition. Biology 105 (3) Environmental Biology (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: None This course, designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students, examines a wide range of environmental issues from a biological perspective. Basic principles of ecology are developed and the impact of modern society on the environment is assessed. The focus is global; however, issues of particular importance to Canadians will be stressed. Major topics include: ecological concepts, conservation and endangered species, air pollution and global warming, water resources and water pollution. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit as well as a prerequisite for Biology 204 and 206. Biology 108 (4.5) Basic Introductory Biology (6,3,0) (F,S) This course is designed for the student who has either not taken both Biology 11 and 12, or BBIO 041 and 042, and Chemistry 11 or BCHM 042 or who has not achieved a minimum T3' standing in these subjects. It covers both the course content of Biology 110 and the background necessary for the student lacking Biology 12, Chemistry 11, or both. Students lacking either of these courses are STRONGLY RECOMMENDED to take Biology 108 instead of Biology 110. Upon successful completion of Biology 108, students are fully qualified to take Biology 111 in the Spring term. Biology 110 (3) Introductory Biology I (4,3,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: None; however Biology 11 and 12 or BBIO 041 and 042, and Chemistry 11 or BCHM 042 with a minimum 'B' standing and Chemistry 11 are strongly recommended. The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in science. Major topics will include the origin of life, cell structure and function, cell division and introductory genetics. Biology 111 (3) Introductory Biology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the discussion of basic biological concepts including biological systems, evolution and ecology. Biology 113 (3) Human Biology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 104 or permission of the instructor A continuation of the study of human biology commenced in Biology 104. The course focuses on the anatomy and physiology of the following organ systems: cardiovascular, respiratory, musculoskeletal, nervous, and urinary. Special emphasis will be given to health and fitness as well as discussion of disease and treatment. The laboratory sessions will provide complementary practical study of the systems, and introduce techniques used to make physiological evaluations (e.g. heart rate, EKG, blood pressure, urine analysis). Completion of Biology 104 and Biology 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at BCIT) to receive credit for BHSC 105. Biology 200 Genetics I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111. An introduction to the principles and mechanisms of heredity. Emphasis will be placed on an analytical approach to classical genetics, genetics of humans, quantitative genetics and population genetics. There is no laboratory in this course. Biology 201 Genetics II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 200. Biology 214 and/or Biology 215 are recommended. A continuation of the principles and mechanisms of heredity, with emphasis on the genetics of microorganisms, molecular genetics, genetic engineering and development of genetics. There is no laboratory for this course. Biology 204 Ecology I (3) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, or Biology 104 and 105. An introduction to the principles of ecology with emphasis on ecosystem and community dynamics and structure; ecosystem concepts, components, interrelationships, energy flow and nutrient cycling. Introduction to vegetation analysis in the B.C. context. Both plants and animals will be considered but plants will be emphasized. Weekly field trips examine local biogeoclimatic zone structure and composition, while a southern B.C. field trip introduces several inland biogeoclimatic zones. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. Biology 205 Ecology II (4,3,0) (S) (3) Prerequisite: Biology 204 A continuation of ecological principles, with the introduction and application of quantitative concepts. The emphasis will be on animal ecology including population dynamics, animal behaviour competition, and other aspects of interactions of plant and animal populations. Weekly field trips and a three day field trip to the Pacific Rim National Park area will be included in the course. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. Academic — Biology 73 Biology 206 (3) Ecology of the Western Pacific (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111, or Biology 104 and 105, or Geography 112 and 114, or by permission of the Biology Coordinator. This course examines the complex ecology and biogeography of the lands bordering the western Pacific Ocean. Basic principles of biogeography and ecology will be presented with reference to the regions concerned. Selected environmental issues and biogeographic characteristics will be discussed for the following regions: the Asian Mainland, with emphasis on Japan, China; the Malay Peninsula and Indonesia; and Australasia, focusing on Australia, Papua New Guinea and New Zealand. There is no lab for this course. Biology 212 (3) Invertebrate Zoology (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111. A comparative survey of the major phyla and classes of invertebrates with emphasis upon phylogeny, adaptive biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution. Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. The laboratory complements the lecture components and the course includes a three-day field trip to the Bamfield Marine Station. Biology 213 (3) Vertebrate Zoology (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111. A comparative survey of the major classes of vertebrates, emphasizing evolutionary trends especially in development and morphology of organ systems. Adaptive features in vertebrates are considered. The laboratory complements the lecture component with representative vertebrates being examined. The lab component includes several half day field trips. Biology 214 Cell Biology (3) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed. An integrated study of the structure and function of cells and their components. Ultrastructure of cell organelles as determined by electron microscopy will be related to the molecular functions of cells. Emphasis will also be placed on the techniques used to study cells, the evolutionary origin of cells and their components, and on comparisons between specialized cell structure and function. The laboratory exercises will use modern Academic — Biology 74 methods of microscopy and separation techniques in a detailed study of cell structures and their functions. Biology 215 Biochemistry (3) (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 214 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 201, if not already completed. An examination of the fundamental principles and basic facts of biochemistry starting with protein structure and enzyme functions. Cell energetics, biosyntheses and mechanisms which control cell metabolism will also be considered. The laboratory will involve detailed experimental analyses, using the current techniques of biochemistry, of the molecular functions of cells and tissues. Biology 220 (3) Microbiology I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Biology 108 or 110 and 111; Chemistry 110 and 111. Corequisite: Transfer to UBC requires Chemistry 200/201. A comprehensive treatment of introductory microbiology. The origin, basic structure, growth and metabolism of micro-organisms will be discussed. The lab provides practical experience in standard microbial techniques. i Biology 221 (3) Microbiology II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Biology 220 A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing genetics, immunological aspects, and ecology of micro-organisms. The role of micro-organisms in agriculture, various industries, health and sanitation is considered. Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Program (Fall 1992) Capilano College has developed a one year Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Program in environmental science for students who have already completed a degree in science and who are interested in further practical studies in environmental fields. Inauguration of this program is anticipated in the Fall term of 1992. For additional information, consult the "Environmental Science Post Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Program" section under Academic Studies. Chemistry Instructional Faculty S. ALBON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) A. B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU) P.C. LE COUTEUR, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.) K.G. TYERS, B.Sc. (Hons), M.Sc. (Western Ontario), Ph. D. (SFU) Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians B. ADDISON-JONES, B.Sc. (Hons) (Manitoba), Laboratory Supervisor KB. HACK, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor B.J. MOIR, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician I. SMITH, H.N.C. (Aberdeen), Laboratory Supervisor General Information All chemistry courses include weekly three-hour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Students are required to have (and wear) safety glasses in all laboratory periods. Chemistry 030 and Chemistry 104 fulfill the entrance chemistry requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. University Transfer Credit All chemistry courses, except 030, carry transfer credit to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Chemistry FIRST YEAR Chemistry 110/110 or 108/109 Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Elective (six credits) Chemistry 104 (3) Fundamentals of Chemistry I Course Descriptions (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: None (No university transfer credit) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: None, but some chemistry and mathematics recommended. A course specifically designed for the non-science students who need first-year chemistry requirements for nursing, home economics and physical education, etc. A study of chemical principles, stoichiometry, the chemical bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity; introductory thermochemistry; gases. Chemistry 105 (3) Fundamentals of Chemistry II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 104. A study of liquids, solids, and changes of state; oxidationreduction, electrochemistry, representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic chemistry. NOTE: Chemistry 108,109,110, and 111 students: students who lack mathematics prerequisite or corequisites should see a chemistry instructor prior to registration to discuss possible prerequisite waivers. Chemistry 108 (4.5) Basic Chemistry I SECOND YEAR Students planning to pursue a major or honours course in chemistry should consult a faculty member as requirements differ with different universities. Chemistry 200/201 and 204/205 Transfer to UBC (consult a faculty member) Physics 200/201 and 210/211 or 220/221 and 210/211 Math 200 and 230, and 235 depending upon university (consult a faculty member) Elective Science Elective from math or physics Chemistry 030 (3) An Introduction to Chemistry This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in sciences. Two hour labs are given. Atoms, molecules, the mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. Balancing equations, simple stoichiometry problems, solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium, gas laws. (6,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or BCHM 042 or Chem 030, Math 12 or BMTH 046 or equivalent. Math 110 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Students with Chemistry 12 permitted to enroll in Chemistry 108 with Chemistry Department's permission. This course covers the material of Chemistry 110, and, in addition, provides the background necessaryfora student who has not taken Chemistry 12. Chemistry 109 (4.5) Basic Chemistry II (6,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 108. Math 111 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Students with Chemistry 110 permitted to enroll in Chemistry 109 only with Chemistry Department's permission. This course covers the material of Chemistry 111, and, in addition, provides the background necessary for a student who has not taken Chemistry 12. Academic— Chemistry 75 Chemistry 110 (3) Principles and Methods of Chemistry I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 and Math 12. Math 110 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. Instructional Faculty B. NG., B.A. (Intl. Christian U., Japan), M.A. (London), Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong) A course for students who plan careers in science. A Course Descriptions study of stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids; solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical Chinese 100 (3) (3,2,1) (F) bonding; thermochemistry. This course may be completed by First Year Chinese guided self-study format in both fall and spring terms. Introduction to Mandarin Chinese using the Pinyin system of pronounciation in Mainland China. For comChemistry 111 (3) (4,3,0) (S) plete beginners in Mandarin. This course starts with basic Principles and Methods of Chemistry II phonetics, tones, and pronounciation to prepare students to speak the language. Some grammar and the writing of Prerequisite: Chemistry 110. Math 111 must be taken Chinese characters are also introduced. concurrently, if not already completed. Thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids, bases and Chinese 101 (3) (3,2,1) (S) salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; organic First Year Chinese chemistry. This course may be completed by guided self-study format in both fall and spring terms. Prerequisite: Chinese 100 or permission from instructor. Chemistry 200 (3) Organic Chemistry I (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: Chemistry 105,109 or 111. Any student who has attempted the course previously will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. A study of nomenclature, structure, and spectroscopy of organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, ethers, alkyl halides; mechanisms and stereochemistry. Chemistry 201 (3) Organic Chemistry II (4,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: Chemistry 200 Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, ketones, acids and their derivatives, carbanions; amines; nitro, azo, diazo and related compounds; heterocyclics; carbohydrates, protein chemistry; polymers; natural products. This course stresses conversational skills and listening comprehension using situational dialogues. More grammatical structures and Chinese characters are taught. Students will also learn how to use a Chinese dictionary and a Chinese word processor as tools for writing and for further study. Chinese 200 (3) (3,2,1) (F) Prerequisite: Chinese 101 or permission of instructor. This course is for students who know the basics of Mandarin phonetics and grammar and approximately 600 Chinese characters, or those who have completed Chinese 100 and 101. More Chinese characters are taught and the course focuses on reading and writing of simple Chinese texts. Students are introduced to Chinese literature. (not offered in 92/93 Chemistry 204 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Introduction to Physical Inorganic Chemistry I Chinese 201 (3) Second Year Chinese Prerequisite: Chemistry 105 with "B" standing or Chemistry 109 or 111, and Math 111. Prerequisite: Chinese 200 or permission of instructor. A study of gases, thermodynamics, thermochemistry; equilibrium, electrochemistry, solutions, quantitative inorganic analysis. Biological applications of these topics stressed. Chemistry 205 (3) (4,3,0) (S) Introduction to Physical Inorganic Chemistry II Prerequisite: Chemistry 204 Chemical kinetics, aspects of bonding; transition elements and coordination complexes. Academic - Chemistry/Chinese 76 Continues the work of Chinese 200. (not offered 92/93) (3,2,1XS) Commerce Instructional Faculty G. FANE, B.Sc. (City U.), M.B.A. (City U.), R.I.A. K. W. MOAK, B.A., M.P.A. (UVIC) J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) K.V. TOWSON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU) J. WATERS, B.A. (Hons.) M.A. (SFU) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto) J. WILSON, B.Comm. (UBC), C A . The College offers a two year transfer package to UBC consisting of Year I and Year II as follows: Yearl To enter Year I, fill out an Application for Admission Form. Year I requires 30 credits which MUST include the following: a) Economics 200 and 201 - these may be taken in either order; b) English 100 followed by ONE of English 103,104,105, 106. c) The Mathematics requirement is: • If Math 12 was successfully completed with a "C" grade or better, take Math 108 followed by Math 109 (Note: 110 and 111 can be substituted for 108/109, but this combination is more oriented towards science than business). • If Math 12 was successfully completed with a grade of "P", take Math 107 followed by Math 108. • If Math 11 was successfully completed with a grade of "C", take Math 107 followed by Math 108. • If Math 11 was not taken (or the grade achieved was less than a "C") then Math 099 must be taken prior to Math 107. • Although there are various ways of completing the Mathematics requirement, experience has shown that students who have completed Math 109 prior to Year II will do better in the Commerce Program. d) 12 credits (four courses) of electives. Students may choose any university transfer courses at the College, but it is suggested to spread these around rather than taking 3 or 4 courses in only one discipline. Year II Upon completion of Year I, students must then APPLY for admission to the Commerce Program itself by getting a "Commerce Program Application" letter from the Office of the Registrar or the Social Sciences Division . There are only 35 seats available in Year II and preference will be given to students with the best Year I records who want to take the entire Year II Program. Applications to the Commerce Program should be made immediately in late spring once the Year I courses are complete and grades received. Students who wait until late summer may find that all spaces have been filled. In the Fall Term students admited to Year II will take: For those with Math 108/109 (or 110/111) in Year I: Commerce 290,293,296, Economics 211 and one university transfer elective. For those with Math 107/108: Commerce 290, 293, 296, Economics 211 and Mathematics 109. A Fall term Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.67 with no grade below C- must be achieved to continue into the Spring term, when the following courses will be taken: Commerce 291,292,294, 297 and one university transfer elective. Transfer to SFU or UVic Some courses in the UBC transfer package do not transfer to SFU or UVic. Students wishing to transfer to either of these institutions are, therefore, strongly urged to see a Counsellor or Advisor before applying for admission to Year II. Course Descriptions Commerce 290 (4) Quantitative Methods for Business (6,0,0) (F) A study of standard quantitative methods used in business and industry, including decision theory and basic probability. The study of computer software packages is included. Commerce 291 (4) Applications of Statistics in Business (6,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: C- or better in Commerce 290 The methods and applications of statistics in business; continuous random variables; sampling; estimation of parameters; hypotheses testing and regression analysis. Commerce 292 (4) Principles of Organizational Behaviour (4,0,0) (S) Behaviour in organizations as it affects people or individuals, their relationships with others, their performance in groups and their effectiveness at work. Commerce 293 (3) Financial Accounting (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the construction and interpretation of financial statements and reports including the balance sheet, income statement, statement of retained earnings and the statement of change in financial position. Academic — Commerce 77 Computing Science Commerce 294 (3) Managerial Accounting (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: C- or better in Commerce 293 Introduction to the development and use of accounting, information for management planning and control and the development of cost information for financial reports. Commerce 296 (3) Introduction to Business Management (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the wide range of interrelationships, both internal and external, of the organization. The development of a framework for analysis of the breadth of issues in management and administration. Commerce 297 (3) Capital Markets and Institutions (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to the economic environment in which businesses operate including the role of the Bank of Canada. Analysis of domestic and international money markets and institutions and the basic capital asset valuation models. Instructional Faculty J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo), Coordinator of Computing Science K. CHIN, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC) Y. COADY, B.SC. (Gonzaga), M.Sc. (SFU) M. FREEMAN, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech.), Ph.D. (UBC) U.R. KEDING, B.A., M.A. (SFU) E. KUTTNER, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) C. MORGAN, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Memorial) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto), General Information The Computing Science Department offers computing courses at the first and second-year university level. Students enrolled in these courses have excellent access to the College's computing facilities. Students planning to major in computing science and science students fulfilling computing science elective requirements normally take Computing Science 110/111 in their first year. Nonscience students wishing an introduction to computers and programming normally take Computing Science 080 or Computing Science 102. University Transfer Credit All computing science courses are expected to transfer to SFU, UBC and UVIC. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar, or call the Computing Science Department. Computing Science FIRST YEAR Computing Science 110/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 (UBC) Math 110/111 Physics 110/111 or 114/115 or 108/111 English (6 credits) (UBC) English (3 credits) or Philosophy 110 (SFU) SECOND YEAR FOR TRANSFER TO UBC: Computing Science 222/223 Math 200/205/230 Art Electives (6 credits) Electives (6 credits) FOR TRANSFER TO SFU: Computing Science 131/212/222/223/226 Math 205 Electives (15 credits) Consult SFU calendar for prerequisites to upper divisions courses. Academic — Commerce/Computing Science 78 Course Descriptions Computing Science 080 (3) Computers and their Applications (3,0,1) (F.S) An introduction to the basic concepts of computer hardware and software; applications of computers in business, academic and personal life; social and ethical implications of their use. Students will gain experience with a microcomputer operating system and with various software packages including word processors, spreadsheets and database managers. The course also includes an introduction to computer programming. This is an ideal first course for students with little or no computer experience and serves as a good science option for students in Arts or planning to go into Commerce. SFU does not give credit for this course if it is taken after any other computing science course. May not receive science credit for science students. Computing Science 102 (3) Introduction to Structured Programming (4,0,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C" in Math 12; otherwise Math 103 or Math 105 or Math 107 must be taken concurrently. An introduction to computer programming using a structured language; principles of problem solving and algorithm design, basic techniques for representing and manipulating problem data. The student will learn how to design, develop and document well-structured programs. No programming experience is necessary, but previous exposure to microcomputers is helpful. This course may be taken by non-science students wanting a morerigorousintroduction to programming than is provided by COMP 080, or science students who lack CS 12 background. Computing Science 110 (4) Fundamentals of Programming (5.3,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C+" in Math 12, and CS 12 with a "C" or Comp 102 with a "C-" grade. The Computing Science Department recommends that students with only a "C" in CS 12 take Comp 102 before attempting Comp 110. A disciplined approach to modular program design. The course emphasizes development of algorithms and design of data structures. Topics covered include top-down design, stepwise refinement, structured coding, modularization, recursion, structured data types, and an introduction to data abstraction. Programming ability in a structured programming language like Pascal is an essential prerequisite for this course. This course is designed for science students with CS 12 background who wish to continue with computing science as a core or elective in first year. Together with COMP 111, it forms the prerequisite for the second year computing science program. Computing Science 111 (3) Fundamentals of Computing (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C-" in Comp 110. A theoretical and practical introduction to concepts of computing and machine organization. On the theoretical side, the course deals with the issues of computability and solvability of problems, and introduces the Turing machine as a model of an abstract computer. Practical experience with programming in a low-level language exposes the student to the fundamentals of number representation, memory organization and addressing, implementation of high level language instructions, the operations of assemblers, linkers and loaders, interrupt processing, and interfacing with the operating system. Computing Science 130 Introduction to APL (1) (1.3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C-" in Math 110 and Comp 110. An introduction to APL (A Programming Language) both as mathematical notation and as a computer programming language. APL primitives and their use, arrays of data and their manipulation, modular design of vector solutions to problems, practical experience in writing and using APL programs. Computing Science 131 Introduction to C (1) (1.3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: A grade of at least "C-" in Comp 110, or competence in another programming language and the permission of the instructor. An introduction to the C programming language for students with experience in Pascal or a similar language. Comparison of C with Pascal; C program structure, data types, operators, control structures; arrays and pointers, structures and unions; libraries and separately compiled modules. Computing Science 132 Introduction to Prolog (1) (1.3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite:: A grade of at least "C-" in Comp 080, or previous microcomputer experience and the permission of the instructor. An introduction to the logic programming language Prolog and to the basic concepts of logic programming. Topics include: using propositional and predicate logic to Academic — Computing Science 79 Criminology represent facts; relating the Prolog language to predicate logic; developing Prolog databases using predicates, lists, and recursion. Previous progamming experience is not a requirement, but may be helpful. Instructional Faculty C. Hathaway, B.A. (S.U.N.Y.) M.A. (Wash U.), Mo.) General Information Computing Science 212 (3) Introduction to Digital Hardware (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 111. An introduction to the design and analysis of digital computer circuitry. Hardware storage of numeric and logic values. Introduction to arithmetic/logic digital circuitry and integrated circuits. Design and analysis of combinational and sequential logic circuits including adders, comparators, decoders, multiplexors and counters. Finite state machines and state equations. MSI and LSI components: registers, counters, RAM. Computing Science 222 Data Structures (4) (5.3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 110. A study of frequently used data structures and algorithms for manipulating them. This course emphasizes abstract data types (including lists, stacks, queues, trees and graphs), static and dynamic implementations of these data types, recursion, analysis of the algorithms and searching and sorting. Computing Science 223 (3) Discrete Mathematics with Applications (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. An introduction to the foundation of discrete mathematics and illustrations of its practical applications. Theoretical topics include logic and proof techniques, set theory, relations and functions, combinatorics and counting principles, graphs and trees. These topics are important in computing science and many other disciplines; applications include graph colouring, correctness and efficiency of computer algorithms (including recursive algorithms), digital circuits, formal languages. Computing Science 231 (3) Introduction to Systems Programming (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 111, Comp 131 and Comp 222. An introduction to the theoretical and practical issues of operating system design. This course describes the design and operation of single tasking and multi-user operating systems; multi-tasking on micro, mini and mainframe computers; file systems; resource allocation; security. The UNIX operating system is studied as an example of these concepts in a multi-user operating system. Academic — Computing Science/Criminology 80 Criminology is the study of all aspects of crime from an interdisciplinary and integrative approach. The goal of Criminology is to reveal the complexities of criminal behaviour and society's reaction to crime. Criminology also offers both theoretical and practical knowledge of the Canadian criminal justice system. Criminology 101 transfers to SFU, UBC, and U.Vic. Criminology 101 (3) Introduction to Criminology (4,0,0) (F,S) This course is intended to introduce students to the analysis of the relationship between crime and society. The core concept is that "crime" is embedded in social structure and process and therefore must be understood in relation to rather than apart from "normal" social activity. A variety of classical and contemporary perspectives on the definition, causes and consequences of crime will be explored and student analysis of contemporary issues involving crime in Canadian society will be encouraged. Economics Economics 120 Instructional Faculty N. AMON, B.A., (Kent), M A . (SFU) P. KANTROWIZ, B.A., M.A. (SFU) M. LEONARD, B.A., M.A. (SFU) K.W. MOAK, BA. (UVic), M.P.A. (UVic.) A.J. MORRIS, BA. (Manchester), M.A. (SFU) A.C.I.S. (UK) J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) General Information Economics is a social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and the production, distribution and consumption of wealth. Economics 100 and 101 are introductory courses which raise and explore the kinds of questions economists deal with. They also serve as an introduction to the study of formal economic theory in the 200-level courses. Students who plan to major in Economics or Commerce should complete Economics 200 and 201 before proceeding to third year courses at UBC, SFU or elsewhere. Students who plan to major in Economics at SFU are also advised to complete Economics 120 and 121. Students who plan on entering the Commerce Program should take Economics 200/201 in their first year. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all Economics courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. (4,0,0) (F,S) Involves tracing the development of conflicting views of the nature of the capitalist economic system. Focuses on the historical development of capitalist society and on the divergent interpretations of the operation of capitalism as found in the writings of such economists as Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Karl Marx, J.M. Keynes and Milton Friedman. Deals with contemporary economic issues and such basic concepts as supply and demand. Economics 101 (3) Canadian Economics - Macro and Micro Considerations (4,0,0)(F) Economic History of the Pre-lndustrial Era A broad sweep of economic history from man's earliest beginnings to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of prehistoric man, the River Civilizations, Greece, Rome and Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from European Feudalism to early forms of capitalism. Economics 121 (3) Economic History of the Industrial Era (4,0,0) (F.S) A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth taken in context with several countries including Canada. Contrast is made between the paths of development of today's industrial nations and those nations that are now attempting to industrialize. Economics 200 (3) Principles of Macroeconomic Theory (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Students are strongly encouraged to complete Economics 201 before Economics 200. The formal Keynesian theory of national income determination and some contemporary critiques of this theory are considered. Included is the study of the possible causes of and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance of international trade. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined in detail. Economics 201 (3) Principles of Microeconomic Theory (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: At least one 100 level Economics course is strongly recommended. Course Descriptions Economics 100 (3) Introduction to Economics (3) (4,0,0) (F) An examination of the contemporary structure of the Canadian economy of international trade and tariffs, the effects of foreign investment and ownership; the problems of regional disparities and poverty; the interplay of business, government and unions and federal-provincial relations and taxation policies are considered. Focus is on the hard economic choices the people of Canada now face. A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis of the firm's equilibrium position and the determinants of income distribution. Economics 211 (3) Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Economics 201, Math 108 or 110. Consumer behaviour, production, exchange, equilibrium of the firm under different market structures, factor markets, economic welfare. Not transferable to SFU. Economics 212 (3) Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Economics 211, Corequisite: Math 109 Income and employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Not transferable to SFU. Academic — Economics 81 Engineering New Program To commence Fall Term of 1992. Instructional Faculty A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri) J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo) M. FREEMAN, B.SC. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech.), Ph.D. (UBC) A. B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU) S. GREENSPOON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Waterloo) R.HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC), Convenor of Engineering P.C. Le COUTEUR, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto) Students who complete first year engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 3.0 may be eligible for admission to second year engineering. Eligible students must contact SFU's School of Engineering Science to arrange for a summer course in Basic Electronics Engineering to allow for direct entry into semester three of the Engineering Science common core. Transfer to UVic The Faculty of Engineering at UVic offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree in Electrical, Mechanical and Computer Engineering. The B.Eng. degree consists of eight academic and six work terms. Students who complete first year engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 2.5 may be eligible for admission to second year at UVic. Admission General Information Capilano College offers a full first year university program in engineering. Bachelor degree completion generally requires three additional years of study at UBC, SFU or UVic. Transfer to UBC The Capilano College first year engineering program is modelled after that of UBC. Students who complete first year engineering are eligible to be considered for admission to second year engineering at UBC provided they have obtained an overall grade point average of at least 2.5. The Faculty of Applied Science at UBC offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in the following areas of engineering: Bio-resource, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Geological, Mechanical, Metals and Materials, Mining and Mineral Process, Engineering Physics. Students will normally complete the B. A. Sc. degree with three additional years of study at UBC, except for Engineering Physics, which requires four additional years. Transfer to SFU The School of Engineering Science at SFU offers four-year programs leading to a Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in Electronics Engineering, Computer Engineering, Engineering Physics, Biomedical and Automation Engineering. Academic — Engineering 82 General In addition to satisfying the general admission requirements for the College (see "Admission" section in this Calendar), students must apply for admission to the engineering program itself by submitting an "Engineering Program Application", available from the Office of the Registrar. This form should be received by the College before the end of May. Enrolment will be limited to 35 students, and student selection will be made on the basis of their academic record. Students who apply to the engineering program after May risk having their applications denied due to lack of available spaces. Admission from Secondary School Students entering the engineering program directly from secondary school must satisfy the general admission requirements of the College (see "Admission" section in this Calendar) and have B.C. Grade 12 graduation (or equivalent) with at least a "B" in Math 12 and at least a "B" average in Chemistry 12 and Physics 12. Admission from First Year Science Students may apply for admission into engineering after successful completion of first year science. Exemptions will be given from some first year Engineering courses if the student achieved a grade of at least "B" in the equivalent science course. In that case, the student would then typically take a mix for first year engineering and second year science courses. Grade Requirements Entrance requirements are higher for first year engineering than for first year science because the curriculum is more difficult. (Total scheduled hours are comparable for both programs, but engineering involves more course work with less labs.) Normally, students require a GPA of at least 2.5 in the first term of the engineering program to remain in the program for the second term. Upon completion of the first year, students require a GPA of at least 2.5 to be eligible for admission into second year engineering at UBC and UVic, and a GPA of at least 3.0 for SFU. Since admission to engineering programs is very competitive, students should realize that the above minimum GPA values do not guarantee admission, and that specific engineering options may require values well in excess of the minimum. Curriculum First Year Core (for direct entry from secondary school) FIRST TERM ApSc 120 ApSc 150 Chem 110 Comp 110 Engl 100 Math 110 Phys 114 SECOND TERM Chem 111 Engl 103 Math 111 Math 152 Phys 115 Phys 116 Transfer to UBC After successful completion of the above curriculum with a GPA of at least 2.5 the student is eligible for direct admission into second year engineering. Transfer to SFU Phys 116 should be replaced by Comp 111. Engl 100 and Engl 103 may be replaced by other electives. ApSc 150 should be replaced by a complementary studies elective. Students should consult the SFU calendar for recommended electives. Transfer to UVic Phys 116 should be replaced by Comp 111. First Year for Students Transferring from First Year Science Students who have completed first year science successfully may be exempted from certain engineering courses if they have achieved a grade of "B" or better in the equivalent science courses. A typical course load may then look as follows: First Year Science Transfer Curriculum FIRST TERM ApSc 120 ApSc 150 Math 200 Math 230 Elective SECOND TERM Math 205 Math 231 Math 235 Phys 116 Notes: 1. The above science transfer curriculum assumes that the student has obtained maximum exemption for equivalent science courses. Other course mixes are possible. Maximum exemption consists of the following courses: Chem 110/111; Math 110/111; Phys 114/115 or 110/111. 2. The "Elective" will usually be a "complementary studies" (i.e. non-science) elective. Course Descriptions APSC 120 (0) Introduction to Engineering (0,1,0)(F) This course uses guest speakers, video taped material and field trips to provide students with an orientation to a career as a professional engineer. Attendance at scheduled activities is the only course requirement. Final "grades" are reported as CR (Credit Granted) or NC (No Credit Granted). APSC 150 (3) Engineering Graphics (1,4,0) (F) An introduction to engineering graphics emphasizing the development of spatial visualization and graphical communication skills; technical sketching and engineering drawing using projection and sectioning techniques; principles, practices and conventions of engineering graphics; descriptive geometry and graphical solution methods to engineering problems; use of microcomputer based graphics tools. Other courses are described in the appropriate section in this Calendar (e.g., Mathematics, Computing Science, etc.). Academic — Engineering 83 English Instructional Faculty English Writing Centre D. BETHUNE, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UBC) F. BROWNELL, BA. (Wash. St. Louis), M.A., Ph.D. (Boston) J. CLIFFORD, B.A., M.A. (UBC) P.L. CONNELL, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (UBQ R. COUPE, B.A. (Tasmania), Ph.D. (UBC) P.L. COUPEY, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (UBC) M.L. FAHLMAN REID, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Toronto) G. N. FORST, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC) S.R. GILBERT, BA. (UVic), M A . (UBQ W. GOEDE, B.A. (Wisconsin), M.A. (Edinburgh), Ph.D. (California) G. HINDMARCH, B.A., M.A. (UBQ C. HURDLE, B.A., M.A. (UVic) D. H. JANTZEN, B.A. (UBQ, M A . (York) C. MCCANDLESS, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (UBQ R. NICKOLICHUK, B.A. (Carleton), M.A. (UBC) W.G. SCHERMBRUCKER, BA. (Capetown), P.Grad.Cert. in Ed. (London), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) R.G. SHERRIN, B.F.A., M.F.A. (UBQ S. THESEN, B.A., M.A. (SFU) A. WESTCOTT, BA. (Alberta), M A . (Queens), Ph.D. (Toronto) All students registerd at the College may come to the Writing Centre for advice on work in progress or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their writing ability. General Information For first-year English transfer credit at UBC, students must take two courses from either a) or b): a) English 100,103,104,105,106 b) English 102,103,104,105,106 For second year English transfer credit to the universities, English majors should take English 200-201; all other second year students can take any two second year level English courses. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all English courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in back of the Calendar. English Placement Test Those students who wish to enroll in English courses in the Academic Division must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test or the College English Diagnostic Test (EDT). EDT schedules will be posted in the Switchboard/Reception area and the Humanities Division. Students wishing to write the EDT pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar and bring receipts to the appropriate test sitting. English as a Second Language See listing in the Preparatory Programs section, page 40. Academic—English 84 The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining, and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in H406, outside the Humanities Division. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, Communications, ESL, and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. Course Descriptions English 010 (3 SFU only) Language Skills (3,0,1) (F,S) An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty through an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Transferable to SFU. English 100 Composition (3) (3,0,1) (F.S) A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of purposes, with emphasis on the essay form. Throughout the term progressively increasing emphasis is given to effective organization and development of material. Research technique and documentation is taught. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually, in group discussion and by revision of essays. English 102 Composition (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) A composition course designed for those who wish a more intensive and comprehensive approach to English Composition than offered by the usualfirst-yearcomposition course (English (100). Note: English 100 and English 102 DO NOT transfer together asfirstyear English. English 103 (3) Studies In Contemporary Literature (3,0,1) (F,S) A study of selected and'representative 20th century literature from the major genres. Works studied will be chosen for their intrinsic literary merit and may, in certain sections, also reflect a particular theme of significance in the contemporary world. (When material is selected for theme, the issue under consideration will be announced during the registration period.) The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 104 Fiction (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) A study of selected 20th century short stories and novels, each of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 105 Poetry (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) A study of selected major and significant minor 20th century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 106 Drama (3) (3,0,1) (F.S) A study of selected and representative plays primarily of the 20th century. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed criticism. English 190 (3) Creative Writing (3,0,1) (F,S) An intensive workshop course designed to help students develop expressive skill and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre and to develop an awareness through written practice of at least one of the other genres. Students are also required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point where it would become acceptable for publication. English 191 (3) Creative Writing (3,0,1) (S) English 201 (3) English Literature Since 1660 (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together); or instructor's written permission. (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102) together; or instructor's written permission. A course similar to English 200, but covering the later period since 1660. English 202 (3) Canadian Literature (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102) together; or instructor's written permission. A course designed to familiarize the student with major representative authors from the colonial beginnings of Canada to WW II. This course will investigate various themes and styles which evolved through the early literature and which are reflected in contemporary Canadian literature. English 203 (3) Canadian Literature (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102) together; or instructor's written permission. The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive in the investigation of individual, major, modern authors of poetry, novels and plays in Canada since WW II. This course will study the emergence of significant contemporary themes and the Canadian response to them. English 205 (3) Modern American Literaure (3,0,1) (F,S) A course which explores the works of major representative authors from the late 19th century to the present day. This course will closely examine the selected texts of literary and cultural events, as well as the works in terms of their significance within the history of American literature itself. English 208 (3) Studies in Fiction (The Novel) A continuation of English 190. English 200 (3) English Literature to 1660 A study of texts in all major genres by representative authors, from the medieval period to the middle 17th century. This course will provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference, and the opportunity to study selected major works in detail. (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A study of the novel from various perspectives which consider the evolution and diversity of the novel as a literary form. Texts and critical approaches may vary from Academic — English 85 section to section. The aims of the course are to give the student an awareness of the cultural context in which the novel came into being and into popularity, and to study selected texts closely. English 209 (3) Studies In Poetry (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 101 together) or instructo?s written permission. A study of individual poets or schools of poetry selected by the instructor and drawn from any era between Chaucer's time to the present. Prosody, poetic forms, and critical approaches will be studied, as well as the historical and cultural contexts of the poems and of poetic movements. The aims of the course are to increase the student's knowledge of the craft of poetry and to study selected texts closely. English 210 (3) Studies In Drama (3,0,1) (F.S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A study of dramatic literature from various perspectives: the examination of dramatic types from various periods with reference to the history and development of dramatic forms, of sub-genres of drama, of techniques in dramatic literature and performance, and of the relationship of literary text to performance. Major plays from various periods and national theatres will be considered. The aim of the course is to increase the student's knowledge of drama as an art form which has evolved out of literary and cultural history and out of performance. English 211 (3) Studies in Short Fiction (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A study of the development of the short story and novella form, through an exploration of the cultural and literary history in which the genre developed and through a detailed analysis of representative texts. Texts and critical approaches may vary from section to section, although examples from both the 19th and 20th centuries will be studied. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the development of the genre in context and of writers of major significance to the genre. English 212 (3) Readings in World Literature to 1780 (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. Academic—English 86 A course to acquaint students with a variety of major or influential works of literature in translation from the classical Greek era to the end of the 18th century, and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts are considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. English 213 (3) Readings in World Literature Since 1780 (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses (but NOT 100 and 102 together) or instructor's written permission. A course similar to English 212, but covering the period from 1780 to 1920, with emphasis on the 19th century. English 290 (3) Creative Writing - Poetry (3,0,1) (F.S) Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written permission. An intensive workshop in the writing of poetry, concentrating on furthering the student's knowledge of current poetic forms while at the same time increasing awareness of one's own voice, one's individual ground for writing, and the development of one's own poetic. Students will be expected to read a variety of contemporary work, both poems and statements that poets have made about their own poetics. Students will have the opportunity to try a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric, the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry. English 291 (3) Creative Writing - Fiction (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written permission. An intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the state of current fiction and give students the opportunity to develop an awareness of voice, word choice and rhythm, dialogue, character, and point-of-view. Students will be expected to read a variety of works of contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques. They will have the opportunity of trying out these techniques in both short and extendedformsof fictions. See page 132 for thefollowingcourse descriptions. Women's Studies 104 (3) Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers Women's Studies 106 (3) Contemporary American Women Writers Women's Studies 107 (3) Contemporary European Women Writers (In Translation) Environmental Science New Program: Environmental Science Post Course Descriptions Baccalaureate Degree Diploma Environmental Science 500 Applied Ecology Anticipated to commence Fall Term of 1992. General Information The Diploma Program in Environmental Science is intended for students who have already completed a degree in science and who wish to acquire the knowledge and practical skills necessary for dealing with environmental issues and projects in the work place. This is a full year program designed to prepare students to accept leadership roles in environmental problem solving through a combination of academic and hands-on field assignments. Areas of emphasis include applied ecology, toxicology, project management, environmental assessment, law, and ethics. Completion of an in-depth assignment involving work placement or directed studies is also required. Admission Requirements The normal requirement for admission is a degree in a science discipline or engineering. Successful applicants will have strong written and inter-personal communication skills and will be selected on the basis of academic record, relevant experience and a personal interview. The maximum enrollment is 25 students per year. Inquiries for admission and further information should be directed to the Environmental Science Program, Pure and Applied Sciences Division, telephone 984-4955. Program Content Fall Applied Ecology Environmental Ethics Environmental Planning & Project Management Land Use Impact and Sustainability Seminar/Selected Topics Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 Spring Environmental Toxicology & Waste Management Environmental Law Environmental Impact Assessment Computer Applications in Environmental Science Seminar/Selected Topics 3 3 3 3 3 15 Summer Field School (May) Practicum/Co-op (June, July) 3 3 6 (3) (4,4,0) (F) An examination of the impact of human activities on ecosystem structure and dynamics. Human interactions with ecosystems are emphasize as well as the principles of sustainable development and pollution ecology. Environmental Science 501 (3) (4,4,0) (S) Environmental Toxicology and Waste Management An investigation of the toxicology of exposure to environmental contaminants in humans and other organisms in a range of environments. Measurement, monitoring and remediation techniques are examined. Environmental Science 502 Environmental Ethics (3) (4,0,0) (F) An application of ethical concepts to environmental isues. Topics will include environmental decision making, the relationship between market economics and the ethics of environmental preservation, and the implications of environmental ethics for various sectors of society. Environmental Science 503 Environmental Law (3) (4,0,0) (S) The current status of environmental law in Canada, particularly within the province of British Columbia, will be examined. The course will include a critical analysis of important case studies and current environmental assessment guidelines. Environmental Science 504 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Environmental Planning and Project Management An introduction to basic management skills which have practical value in environmental planning and decision making. Critical thinking, risk management, project planning, budget management, and community involvement in environmental planning will be discussed. Environmental Science 505 (3) Environmental Impact Assessment (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the environmental impact assessment (EIA) process as a tool in environmental decision making. This course will review current federal and provincial procedural requirements and the relationship between EIA and other regulartory processes. Integration of EIA and social issues and the role of public hearings will also be discussed. Case studies will be used as focal points for discussion. Academic — Environmental Science 87 French Environmental Science 506 (3) Land Use and Impact Sustainabiiity (4,0,0) (F) This course will investigate environmental issues arising from common land use practices and critically evaluate approaches to sustainable land use and land use conflict. Topics include linear developments such as highways and transmission lines, site contamination, land fills, erosion, and acid rock drainage. Remediation, evaluation of land use competition, and native land claims will be discussed. Case studies will be usedforillustration. Environmental Science 507 Computer Applications (3) (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to the applications of microcomputer programs in project management and environmental fields. This course will examine PC hardware, software, operating systems, word processing, spreadsheets and databases. Computer modelling and information systems of use in environmental fields will also be evaluated. Environmental Science 508 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Seminar Selected Topics in Environmental Science This seminar series is designed to provide a forum for discussion between faculty, students, and invited guests. Topics will be chosen on the basis of student interest, current environmental issues, and the availability of guest speakers. Environmental Science 509 (3) (4,0,0.) (S) Seminar Selected Topics in Environmental Science A continuation of Env Sci 508. Environmental Science 510 Field School (3) (2,4,0) (Su) Instructional Faculty L. CANTIN ORR-EWING, B.A. (Montreal), M.A. (SFU) L. GAREAU, B.A. (Laval), Ph.D (UBC) O. KEMPO, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) Instructional Associate J. BRODEUR, B.A. (Vincent de'Indy), M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia Pacific U.) J. GACINA, B.A. (SFU) Teaching Cert. (SFU) G. LACHANCE, B.Ed. (Montreal), B.A. (Ottawa) H. LACOURSE, Dip. Court Interpreting (VCC) M. LABELLE-MARCOTTE, B.A. (Manitoba) Summary of Programs LEVEL COURSES Beginners' French (0-Grade 11) French 100/101 Univ. Preparatory French (Grade 12) Intensive Oral French French French 130/131 French 120/121 1st year Univ. French French 170/171 2nd year Univ. French French 270/271 Students may opt to take a pair of courses in one program, then change to another pair of courses in a different program. Students are also encouraged to take courses in any two programs at the same time. It is advisable to consult a member of the French Department before registering. Fluent speakers of French, can only enroll at the French 270 level. Practical experience in data collection, field techiques, and project development. Most of this course will be conducted off the main campus at strategic environmental locations. Students will be given assignments which emphasize instrumentation, environmental monitoring, data collection, and teamwork. All French courses are transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Environmental Science 511 (3) Environmental Science Practicum French 100 (3) Beginners' French (4,0,0,) (Su) An opportunity to apply classroom theory through work experience. This is an in-depth assignment involving work placement or directed studies in resource-based, industrial, or public sectors. Students sponsored by a specific sector or employer may be able to fulfill this requirement under supervision in their normal work place. University Transfer Credit (3,1.75,0) (F) For absolute beginners and those who do not have Grade 11 French or the equivalent. An intensive introduction to the French language through grammar, conversation, and laboratory practise. French 101 (3) Beginners' French (3,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 100 This course, together with French 100, covers high school Academic — Environmental Science/French 88 French Grades 8,9,10 and 11 and prepares the student for French 130 or French 120. (See under Intensive Oral French courses and French courses below.) Recommended also for those who are considering taking French 130 and who need review work. INTENSIVE ORAL FRENCH PROGRAM Intensive Oral course has the one-day-per-week immersion approach: 4 3/4 hours of Audio/Visual class, conversation, and lab. The emphasis in the Intensive Oral courses is on Canadian content and the audio-visual method is used. Students are required to supply two new tapes onto which a lesson is recorded for practise at home during the week. French 130 (3) University Preparatory French I (3,1.75,0) (F) French 121 (3) University Preparatory French II (3,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 120 (minimum Grade C-) or permission of the instructor. This course, together with French 120, constitutes Grade 12 French. A continuation of French 120, this course is designed to give a limited fluency in speaking and reading as well as writing skills. May be taken concurrently with French 131. French 170 (3) First Year University French I (3,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: Grade 12 French, or French 120/121, or French 130/131 or permission of the instructor. This course is not for fluent speakers. This is a course designed by Canadian linguists within a Canadian context. The method emphasizes the spoken language. May be taken concurrently with French 120. To be taken by all students intending to proceed to a major or honours program at another institution. Continues the linguistic development of the student by means of grammar revision, written and oral exercises, weekly assignments, compositions on and studies of French literary texts. French 131 (3) University Preparatory French II French 171 (3) First Year University French II Prerequisite: Grade 11 French or French 100/101 (3,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 130 or written permission of the instructor. A continuation of French 130 (however the student will be expected to start writing short compositions). May be taken concurrently with French 121. FRENCH PROGRAMS The following French courses meet on a twice-a-week basis: three hours of instruction, plus one hour of conversation with a native French speaker, and 3/4 hour of language laboratory work. IMPORTANT Students intending to proceed to a major or honours program at a university should enroll in these courses. French 120 (3) University Preparatory French I (3,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: French 100/101 or French 11 or permission of the instructor. This course, together with French 121, constitutes Grade 12 French. This is a conversational approach to the French language, including continuing instruction in basic grammar and laboratory practise. May be taken concurrently with French 130. (3,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 170 (minimum Grade C-) or permission of the instructor. This course is not for fluent speakers. A continuation of the work done in French 170, including composition and study of French literary texts. French 270 (3) Second Year University French I (3,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: French 170/171 with a grade of "C" or better, or permission of the instructor. An advanced course with emphasis on written work, including composition, translation, stylistic exercises, dictations and comprehension passages. Literary works chosen from the francophone literature will be studied and will require some background reading. This course includes cultural enrichment through the medium of videos and music. French 271 (3) Second Year University French II (3,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: French 270 with a grade of "C" or better, or permission of the instructor. A continuation of the work of French 270. Academic - French 89 Geography Instructional Faculty Geography 102 (3) Environmental Geography: Global Concerns (4,0,0) (S) K. EWING, B.A., M.Sc. (Michigan) C. GRATHAM, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) C. GREENBERG, B. A., (U. of Manitoba), M. A., (U. of Manitoba) K. MATTSON, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (U. Barcelona, Spain) B. MCGILLIVRAY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) S. MACLEOD, B.A., M.A. (UBC) S. ROSS, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) G. WILSON, B.SC. (NY State), M.A. (UBC) The focus of this environmental course is the recognition that environmental issues are not restricted to isolated regions; rather, they have become global crises. Acid rain, the greenhouse effect, depletion of the world's resources are but a few of the examples illustrating the global scale of our environmental problems. Identifying and understanding the processes responsible for the problems are most important; however, finding solutions is also critical to this course. General Information Geography 106 (3) British Columbia: A Regional Analysis Geography courses are offered for students who are interested in pursuing a career in Geography as well as for those students desiring both Arts and Science electives. The study of Geography opens the doors for men and women in a wide variety of fields including: Teaching, Urban Planning, Forestry, Resource Management, Recreation, Economic Consulting, Mining, Fisheries, Meteorology, and Map making. The focus of Geography is on the environment in which we live. These courses in Geography will give you a whole new perspective on the world. University Transfer Credit All Geography courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Geography 100 (3) Human Geography (3,0,0) (F) Different cultures in different landscapes are compared and contrasted to our own. This course examines the many issues of human population, perception of the environment, diffusion of ideas, and cultural aspects of resource use and urban growth, to give students a view into the many concerns on the human side of Geography. (4,0,0) (F) Geography 101 (3) Environmental Geography: Perception ft Change There are numerous environmental issues that reach a crisis from time to time. This course examines how we perceive the environment, our lifestyles, and how our attitudes affect the environment. Such issues include our use of water, the food we eat, herbicides and pesticides, and our overall use of energy. This is an excellent course for those concerned about the world we live in. Lectures, seminars, informal discussions, and audio-visual materials are used to make students aware of, examine and analyze some of the most serious concerns in the world today. The environment is in jeopardy from our actions — what can we do about it? Academic — Geography 90~~ (4,0,0) (F) A body of information that is frequently missing from our education is that of the province we live in. This course informs you about B.C. — its physical environment, the risks of living in this province, the variety of peoples, and the economics involved in its resources. From an economic, political, historical, and cultural perspective one learns that contemporary problems are frequently a function of the past. For those interested in business, teaching, or wanting a basic knowledge of B.C., this is an excellent course. Note: This course also serves as Canadian Studies credit to SFU. Geography 108 (3) Canada: A Topical Geography (4,0,0) (F,S) The understanding of Canada and Canadians is becoming more and more important to our economic and social wellbeing. This course examines Canadian problems and issues in terms of the different regions in Canada. Topics include the changing economy, cultural diversity, urban growth, and resource management, as we focus on the Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, the Western provinces, and the Northern frontier. Note: This course carries Canadian Studies credit to SFU and is a component of the professional development program. Geography 112 (3) Introduction to Earth Environments (4,2,0) (F,S) An introduction to Physical Geography using films, lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in landscape development. Some of the environments to be considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial. Maps and aerial photographs will be used to illustrate the various features. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between people and their physical environment, eg. the physical and cultural history of the Fraser River Delta; the Athabasca tar sands and native peoples; pipelines and permafrost. Note: This course fulfills the requirements for a lab science transfer credit. Geography 114 (3) Weather and Climate (4,2,0) (F,S) A physical geography course introducing students to the study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of climatology and meteorology will be explained (using films, lectures and labs), to permit a basic understanding of the weather we experience daily and seasonally. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between climate and other elements of our environment, including humans (air pollution, urban climates and mountain weather for example). Geography 214 (3) Our Atmospheric Environment (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Geography 114 or permission of the instructor Note: This course fulfills the requirements for a lab science transfer credit. This course will provide an intermediate understanding of the processes at work in our atmospheric environment. Broad topics to be covered are atmospheric energy, moisture, and winds. These concepts will be applied to phenomena such as urban climates and air pollution at the small scale, weather and forecasting at the intermediate scale, and climate change, ozone depletion, and El Nino/Southern Oscillation on a global scale. This course will involve lectures, labs, andfieldwork. Geography 200 (3) Technology and Economic Environments Geography 221 (3) Map and Airphoto Interpretation (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the concepts and themes of economic geography in terms of production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of contemporary issues such as development versus underdevelopment, poverty, the location of industrial activities and the North-South dialogue. Geography 201 Urban Studies (3) (4,0,0) (S) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least one other Geography course This is a second year course which is essential for those considering Geography as a major and is also appropriate for those who intend to pursue careers in Geography, Forestry, Mining, Cartography, and the numerous other areas that use maps and airphotos. This course combines lectures and labs that cover the basics of map^reading and interpretation, map making, aerial photography, and remote sensing of the human and physical landscape. More and more of us are living in an urban world. This course is designed to examine problems and issues that arise with urban living; including psychological problems, the cost of housing, transportation issues, slums, suburban living, and the future direction of cities. While this course uses local examples, it also draws on examples from other cities in the world. This course approaches these topics through field trips into the city, slides, films, and simulated games. Urban studies leads to careers in urban planning, real estate, land management, architecture, and urban politics as well as giving general community awareness. Geography 205 (3) Geography of the Pacific Basin (4,0,0) (S) This course examines the Pacific Basin in terms of its social, economic and political geography. The emphasis is placed on the relationships that exist between countries of the Pacific Basin and British Columbia. This course opens up the concept of the Pacific century and recognizes British Columbia's position on the Pacific, and is an excellent course for those interested in the past, present and future of the Asia-Pacific Region. Academic — Geography 91 Geology Instructional Faculty interior. A look at the earth's resources and human intervention rounds out the course. D. ATHAIDE, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), Prof. Teacher's Cert. (B.C.) A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), Prof. Teacher's Cert. (B.C.) Geology 111 (3) Historical Geology (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Geology 110 or equivalent. General Information Geology courses are designed for students planning a university degree program in the geological sciences or in the arts, humanities, social sciences or engineering. Geology 110 and 111 are especially appropriate for students in need of a laboratory science. They provide an understanding of the origin, structure, composition and history of the earth. Courses include weekly laboratory investigations and severalfieldtrips, both local and distant (overnight). Lab tuition fees are included in the course fee; however, students must purchase a lab manual and testing kit, and share some field trip costs. University Transfer Credit All geology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Geological Sciences (including Geophysics, Geochemistry, Environmental Studies and other earth sciences) FIRST YEAR ONLY Geology 110/111 Physics 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115 Chemistry 108/109 or 110/111 Math 110/111 English (six credits) r Course Descriptions Geology 110 (3) Physical Geology (4,2,0) (F) This course provides an introduction to the composition, structure and functioning of the earth. Earth materials are studied within the concept of uniformitarianism and the rock cycle. Surface processes such as weathering and mass-wasting and erosion by agents such as glaciers, streams and wind and their resulting landforms are examined. The theory of plate tectonics based on the study of ocean floors and continents is central to the understanding of the earth's internal structure and energy, and is related to the topics of earthquakes, volcanoes and mountain-building. Gravity, magnetism and heat-flow provide further evidence of the earth's Academic — Geology 92~ First examined are methods geologists use to deduce the origin, age and evolution of earth and its life. Then, using these methods, the course investigates how earth's lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere evolved before giving rise to life, and how ever since, life has interacted with land, water and air. The investigation begins with a general view of our "home" continent and adjacent ocean basins, and culminates in a detailed examination of our immediate environment. Uses and abuses of earth resources and environments since the arrival of human beings will form part of our study. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. German Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions B. HANKIN, BA. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.) K. MIRSKI, M.A. (Ohio State) B. PIRES-STADLER, Teach. Dip. (Zurich) M.A. (SFU) German 100 (3) Beginning German Instructional Associate R. FREIBERG, B.Ed. (Gottingen University, West-Germany) General Information NOTE: All courses in German include five and 3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Native speakers of German who wish to take a first or second-year German course must consult with the German instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the department prior to enrollment. University Transfer Credit All German courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Transfer and course challenge credit in German will be given at SFU for Capilano College German courses to a total of 11 semester hours. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. UBC: In the case of UBC, present equivalent standards provide transfer credit on the following basis: Capilano College UBC German 100 and 101 (3 credits each) German 200 and 201 (3 credits each) 100 (3) (3,1.75,0) (F) A comprehensive introduction to the German language: comprehension and speaking are reinforced through reading and writing. Films, tapes, games, field trips, etc. help develop an awareness of the cultures of the Germanspeaking countries. German 101 (3) Beginning German (3,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: German 100 (minimum Grade C) or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of German 100 and must be taken in order to realize First Year level college/university German. German 101 should be taken whenever possible, in the term following German 100. German 200 (3) Intermediate German (3,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: German 101 (minimum Grade C), Grade 11 or 12 German or the equivalent with written permission of the instructor. Placement tests are available. German 200 reviews basic German grammar and usage, and introduces students to modern German short stories by such authors as Kafka, Brecht and Boll. It aims through the discussion of the cultures and concerns of the German-speaking peoples to increase the ability to communicate in the fullest sense of the term. German 201 (3) Intermediate German (3,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: German 200 (minimum Grade C), German 12 (or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor.) Placement tests are available. Continues the review and development of German language skills at the Intermediate level. Together with German 200 it completes the requirementsforthe Second Year of college/university German. 200 (3) The student wishing to major in German fulfills department requirements with German 310, which may be taken in the second year if student has first class standing in German 200 or third year by permission of the department. Academic — German 93 History Instructional Faculty R. CAMPBELL, B.A. (California), M.A. (UBC) R. FUHR, B.A. (UBC) M.A. (McGill) H. JONES, B.A., M.A. (UBC) M. LEGATES, B.A. (Washington), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. (Yale) General Information History teaches an understanding of the past that helps people cope with the present and suggests possibilities for the future. Critical thinking and analysis form the core of this discipline and are essential skills in a rapidly changing society. Students planning to major in History should have at least four history courses at the College. These can be ANY four courses. An intended major should also have a broad sampling of courses in the Social Sciences and Humanities. Students planning to major in history at SFU should take six history courses in the first two years. For UBC the requirement is four history courses. Students planning to take honours should acquire a reading knowledge of an appropriate non-English language. University Transfer Credit All History courses at Capilano (including Women's Studies 220) transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. (4,0,0) (F) The origins of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia, the civilizations of Ancient Greece and Rome, the origins and development of Judaism and the early Christian Church. History 102 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution A survey of European history beginning with the 16th c. Protestant Reformation and including absolutism, the scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the old regime and the French Revolution. History 103 (3) Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries (4,0,0) (S) Topics include the Industrial Revolution, the rise of political ideologies, nationalism and imperialism, the Russian Revolution, the two world wars, and the interwar period. History 108 (3) Issues and Themes in U.S. History (4,0,0) (F) American history from 1607 to 1877 including analysis of Academic — History 94 History 109 (3) Issues and Themes in U.S. History (4,0,0) (S) U.S. history from 1865 to the present. A study of the development of America as a world power after the Civil War. Special emphasis is given to "American" culture, and appropriate comparisons are made with Canada. History 110 (3) Canada Before Confederation (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of New France and British North America. Special emphasis is placed on issues and ideas which have been significant in the creation of Canada and, in particular, the making of Canadian society in pre-Confederation years. History 111 (3) Canada Since Confederation (4,0,0) (F,S) The development of Canada since 1867. In particular we discuss the issues that affect most Canadians: relations with the United States, prosperity and poverty, and the making of a Canadian "culture". By the end of the course students should have not only a better understanding of this country's past, but also what makes Canada unique. History 205 (3) British Columbia Course Descriptions History 100 (3) History of the Ancient World social and political developments from early settlement through the Civil War era. Emphasis is placed on the development of an "American" culture, with appropriate comparisons to the development of Canada. (4,0,0) (F) From the first contact between natives and whites in the 18th century to the present, this course analyses the main issues that have affected British Columbians. It also examines some aspects of the development of the North Shore. History 207 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance This course covers a colourful and creative period in European history from the 3rd to the 15th century. Topics include the late Roman Empire and rise of Christianity, monasticism and the church, feudal society and politics, the rise of towns, the crusades, the Black Death, and the art, culture and society of Renaissance Italy. History 208 (3) Canadian-American Relations (4,0,0) (S) This course examines the major events and themes that have shaped the Canadian-American relationship. From the American Revolution, the war that ultimately created both countries, to recent years, we analyse the influence that the United States has had on Canada. Japanese History 209 (3) (4,0,0) (S) History of the Native Peoples of Canada Using ethnohistorical approaches, this course examines the history of Canadian Indian, Inuit and Metis peoples. It gives particular emphasis to the attitudes, practices, policies and experiences that have shaped native-white relations and affected native peoples from 1450 to the present. Women's Studies 220 (3) Women & the Past: An Historical Survey See page 132 for course description. (4,0,0) (F) Instructional Faculty NORIKO OMAE, B.A., M.A., Teaching Certificates (Osaka University of Foreign Studies), M.Phil. (U. of Exeter) Instructional Associate M. NAKATA, B.A. (Hons.) (McGill); M.A. (UBC) University Transfer Credit For details, consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Japanese 100 (3) First Year Japanese (3,2,0)(F) A comprehensive introduction to the Japanese language through the study of vocabulary, grammar and culture. Emphasis is placed on aural comprehension in the earlier stage, in order to prepare students to speak the language. The Japanese writing system will also be introduced. Japanese 101 (3) First Year Japanese (3,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Japanese 100 or permission from instructor. Students will learn to comprehend simple discourse, simplified texts, speak in a variety of situations, write simple sentences, and understand cultural differences. Japanese 200 (3) Second Year Japanese (3,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Japanese 101 or permission from instructor. A course to provide students with communicative skills at an advanced beginner's level of Japanese. Students will acquire the ability to understand and speak in various situations on a variety of everyday topics, and also to read adapted texts and write with coherency. The cultural aspect of the language is an integral part of the course. Not offered 92/93) Japanese 201 (3) Second Year Japanese (3,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Japanese 200 or instructor's permission. Skills at an advanced beginner's - intermediate level. Students will acquire proficiency in situational and thematic speaking and writing, and also in understanding and reading partly adapted spoken and written Japanese. This course will prepare students to deal with unadapted Japanese in continuing courses of study. (Not offered 92/93) Academic — History/Japanese 95 Kinesiology Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions R. LANGILL, (B.Sc.), (UBC) Kinesiology 142 (3) Introduction to Kinesiology General Information An introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline of kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiology, and motor learning principles. The Capilano College Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education offers a complete first year university program in kinesiology, designed for students planning on transferring to Simon Fraser University for second year for completion of a major or a degree in the subject. First Year Program Biology 108 or 110 and 111 Chemistry 104/105 or 108/109 or 110/111 Kinesiology 142 Math 110/111 Physics 108 or 110 Suggested electives: Kinesiology 143 Physics 111 (required at SFU as part of the first two year's requirements) Kinesiology 143 (3) Exercise Management (4,2,0) (F) (2,2,0) (S) An introduction to exercise management and exercise physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques andfitnessappraisal. For information on the Physical Education program see page 120. Labour Studies Contact: 984-4954 and the causes of short and long term economic crises. Instructional Faculty LSP 110 B.C. Labour Law C. ASKEW, B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC) N. AMON, B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU) M. BOLTON, B.A., LL.B. (UBC) S. DIAMOND S. LANYON, B.A. (UBO, LL.B. (UBC) E. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBO, M.A. (Duke) L. MCGRADY, B.A. (Toronto), LL.B. (Man.) A. N. MACLEAN, B.A. (Alto.), LL.B. (UBC) B. MERRALL, (Diploma) Labour College of Canada S. Cr-DONNELL, B.A., M.A. (UBC) S. RUSH, B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC) General Information The Labour Studies Program is committed to meet the special education needs of B.C. workers, their organizations and the labour movement in general. Close relations with the labour movement are maintained through the Users' Advisory Committee which is open to representatives of unions who use the program. This hard-working group of representatives actively engage in promoting and developing the program. Courses in Labour Studies are offered on both a credit and credit-free basis. The Fall program is offered in October and November and the Spring program in March through May. Each Fall and Spring special brochures describing the courses to be offered are issued. The brochures are available by contacting the Labour Studies Programme at 984-4954. Courses are scheduled in the evening and during the semester on selected Fridays, Saturdays and Sundays. (1.5,0)(F,S) This is an introductory course designed to acquaint union activists, committee members and staff with the essentials of provincial labour law. Students will gain knowledge of the history of current labour law, the Industrial Relations Act and important Industrial Relations Council decisions. Topics such as eligibility for union membership, organizing, certification, unfair labour practices, strikes, lockouts, and picketing will be covered in detail. LSP 111 The Canada Labour Code (1.5,0) (F,S) A broad examination of the Code and decisions which affect unions under federal labour jurisdiction. Introduction of labour law research methods and their application. Emphasis is placed on the policy underlying the code and the creation and effect of the collective agreement. LSP 113 Public Service Staff Relations Act (PSSRA) (1.5,0) (F,S) A wide examination of the federal labour laws dealing specifically with the public sector worker and their impact. Emphasis on labour law research methods and their application, collective agreements, grievances and back-to-work legislation for "essential" service workers. LSP 115 Issues In Occupational Health and Safety (1,0) (F,S) Course Descriptions A general background to and overview of the main social, medical, economic, technical and legal issues facing B.C. workers in thefieldof health and safety. Special attention will be given to the Worker's Compensation Board. LSP 100 (1.5,0) (F) Introduction to Economics for Trade Unionists LSP 116 Workers' Compensation Act and the WCB Introduces economics and emphasizes both orthodox and alternative views of how the Canadian economy has developed and how it operates. Canadian economy is placed in an historical and international perspective. Discussion will centre around government policies towards unemployment, inflation and the Canadian dollar. The course provides a general understanding of the Workers' Compensation Act by the W.C.B. The statutory and administrative framework of the Workers' Compensation Board and all phases of claims handling are examined. Students will be provided with information required to represent workers with compensation appeals with special emphasis on reviewing W.C.B. claim files, securing evidence, presenting the evidence by wirtten submissions and at oral hearings. LSP 101 Labour Economics: Alternatives & Options (1.5,0) (S) This course builds on the material from LSP 100 to provide information on alternative economic models including Marxist economic theory. Discussion will focus on the development and nature of capitalist economics LSP 117 Introduction to UIC Procedures (1,5) (F,S) (1,0) (F,S) This course emphasizes a practical understanding of the Academic — Labour Studies framework of unemploy- Academic - Labour Studies 97 organize the industrial, public and clerical sectors, the fight for women's rights, political expression ment insurance and, therefore, the jargon used in the act and by the commission. The course will cover the structure of Canada's Unemployment Insurance Act, including the most recent amendments. It will outline the qualifications needed in order to claim unemployment insurance, including "insurable employment," the "variable entrance requirement," "repeaters," "new entrance and re-entrance" and "part-time worker." LSP 119 Civil Rights and the Work Place (1,0) (F,S) LSP 151 Leadership Skills, Assertiveness and Advocacy Attempts not only to provide women with the skills they need to take a leadership role in their trade union, but also takes a careful look at the way sex role stereotyping inhibits us from developing these skills. This course covers the following areas: Women and Power, Assertiveness, Advocacy, Organizing and Group Dynamics. (1,0) (F,S) Specific civil rights problems arising in the work place, including issues of political, economic and legal rights of the worker; examination of legal remedies available to trade unions and the employee to prevent infringement of civil rights in the work place; protection of civil rights under the provincial and federal legislation through contracting and in collective agreements. A problemsolving format with discussions of current civil rights issues, "right-to-work" legislation, race and sex discrimination. LSP 131 Race and Ethnic Relations (1,5,0) (S) A survey of the history of the labour movement in Canada from the formation of the working class in the 19th century through to mass industrial unionism. By looking at specific conflicts a good overview is obtained of the struggles of the labour movement to gain the right to organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively and provide decent wages and working conditions. LSP 142 History of the Labour Movement in B.C. (1.5,0) (F) The birth and growth of trade unionism in B.C. Through a wide collection of printed and visual materials participants will analyze the raw and vital struggles between B.C.'s working people and the industrialists who opposed them. The major economic and political issues of the movement will be traced; the right to organize, the right to bargain, the demand for the nine and eight-hour day, the problems of racism and immigration, the struggle to Academic - Labour Studies 98 (1.5,0) (F,S) All the skills and techniques necessary for effective communications in active union involvement. Designed to meet the needs of active unionists and officers, this course combines principles and practice in a "learn while doing" format. Training in the following skills areas: 1. effective public speaking: including methods of oral communication, effective listening and response, confidence building, and style development. Role plays will aid the participant in overcoming fears and speech anxiety while maximizing organization, objectives and analysis of impact. (1.5,0) (F,S) The issue of racism has been used in the past to weaken and divide unions. This course will help unionists become sensitive to complexities of race and ethnic relations; give practical advice on integrating minority workers into the union and develop techniques to deal with biases and prejudice at the work place and in the community. Approaches to combatting the disruptive effects of racism will be discussed. LSP 140 History of the Labour Movement in Canada LSP 170 Communications: Public Speaking and Parliamentary Procedures v 2. effective meetings: effective chairing, preparation of agendas, and building a good "process" with the assistance of rules of order. LSP 181 Collective Bargaining (1.5,0) (F,S) Technical and practical information for the beginning union negotiator. Includes instruction on the bargaining process beginning with preparation, development of proposals, contract language and costing. Advocacy skills for facing management will be taught and practised through role playing. Material will be available for the specific needs of public and private sector bargaining. LSP 210 Arbitration (1.5,0) (F,S) This course, which is open to students who have previously completed LSP 110, 111, 113 or any other Labour Law course, will be an advanced arbitration course dealing with matters such as rules of evidence, procedures, selection of arbitrators, arbitration powers and a brief history of arbitration. It will deal with grievance arbitration arising out of the collective agreement. Mathematics LSP 216 (F,S)(1) Workers' Compensation Appeals - Intermediate Level This course is open to students who have previously completed LSP 116 or have experience in representing workers with compensation appeals. The course provides an understanding of the Workers' Compensation appeals process with special emphasis on policies, procedures and practrice by preparing and presenting appeals at the Workers' Compensation Review Board. Students are provided with practical skills for reviewing medical evidence and requesting medical legal opinions. A key part of the course is a case study that involves preparation of an appeal and the presentation of the appeal to a panel of the Workers' Compensation Review Board. LSP 226 (F,S) (1) Advanced Workers' Compensation - Appeal Preparation & Presentation The course is open to students who have previously completed LSP 116, LSP 216 or have experience in representing workers with compensation at the appeal level. This course provides detailed review of Advanced Workers' Compensation Appeals to the Appeals Tribunal (Commissioners) and to the Medical Review Panel. Students review appeals procedures and policies for advanced appeals and completed practical skills exercises for formal written in submissions. Complex issues are examined such as permanent disability awards, stress claims, and industrial disease claims and procedures for appealing these claims. Instructional Faculty A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri), Coordinator of Mathematics L.F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A., (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U) R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC) T.M. HOFSTEDT, B.Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) R.B. INSLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC,) M.Sc. (UBC) J. JOHNSTON, B.Math (Waterloo), B.Ed. (Toronto), M.Math (Waterloo) C. MORGAN, B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc.,Ph.D (Memorial) R.R. RENNIE, B.Sc., M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (UBC) K.V. TOWSON, B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU) R.H. VERNER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) A. WATERMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Toronto) Laboratory Supervisor LYNN, W., B.Sc. (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterloo) General Information The Mathematics Department offers courses in mathematics, primarily at the first and second year university level. In addition, refresher courses or skill upgrading courses are available. I) Options for Mathematics 11 Equivalency A. Classroom Format: Math 099 B. Self Paced Format: Math 009/010 II) Options for Mathematics 12 Equivalency A. Classroom Format: 1. Math 103 or 2. Math 105 or 3. Math 107 Math 107 is a specialized Math 12 equivalent designed for business, commerce and some non-science programs. Math 103 and 105 are general Math 12 equivalents. Math 103 is an expanded version of Math 105 meeting 6 hours per week and includes some of the Math 099 content. B. Self Paced Format: Math 010/011/012 All of these Math 12 equivalent options receive individual transfer credit at SFU. If combined with a calculus course (Math 108 or Math 110) all receive transfer at UBC to UBC Math 111. Ill) Options for University Level Entering students should use the following three sections, Parts A, B, and C as guidelines for selecting math courses Academic - Mathematics 99 at the first year level. Due to the specialized needs of some programs at the universities, the Mathematics Department advises students to consult the university calendar and to seek guidance from a college counsellor, advisor, or math instructor for the appropriate course selection. A. Students Planning to proceed in Science, Computing Science, Mathematics, Architecture and Forestry. These students normally take Math 110/111 during their first year. Comments: 1. Students planning to pursue mathematics or statistics at UBC should take in theirfirstyear: Math 110/111; Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111; Chemistry 110/ 111 or 108/109; Computing Science 110/111; English (six credits). 2. Math 101 /102 are recommended by some science departments at SFU. 3. The Mathematics Department encourages those students with only a "C+" grade in Math 12 to take Math 105 before attempting Math 110. B. Students Planning to proceed in Arts or Commerce Programs. 1. Students planning to pursue a program in the Faculty of Arts, who wish to satisfy a one year science course elective, normally take one of the following two course combinations: Math 101/102; 103/108; 105/108 or 110; 107/108; 108/109 or 110/111. 2. Students planning to enter second year Commerce at Capilano College or UBC take: C. Students planning to proceed in the Engineering Program. See Calendar section entitled Engineering. University Transfer Credit For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Note: Students are strongly cautioned that normally they need at least a "B-" grade in a prerequisite course (preferably within the past year) to have a reasonable chance of success at the next course level. Mathematics 009 Arithmetic (1) (0,3*,0) (SU,F,S) A review of the basic arithmetic operations. Applications to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes. This is a self-paced course primarily intended for returning students who require a basic math refresher. * Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. Mathematics 010 (1) Elementary Algebra (0,3*,0) (SU,F,S) Prerequisite: Math 009 or permission of the instructor. Reviews and develops basic algebraic skills necessary in the solution of algebraic equations and the factorization of polynomials. Introduction to analytic geometry with emphasis on straight lines. This course is offered on a self-paced format. a) Math 108 & 109 (or Math 110 & 111). (For students having completed Math 12 with a "C" grade or better). * Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. b) Math 107 & 108 (or Math 105 & 110). (For students having completed Math 11 with a "C" grade or better). ** Students planning to enter the Commerce Program at UBC must not take Math 101. Mathematics 011 (1) Intermediate Algebra with Functions For a detailed description of the commerce courses and programs at Capilano College see the Calendar section titled Commerce. 3. For transfer to Business Administration SFU, the following are required: Math 107, (if B.C. Math 12 not completed) and Math 108. In addition, Math 101 is advised. For Honours in Business Administration Math 109 is required. 4. Students planning to study economics at UBC must take Math 108 and 109. (0,3*,0) (SU.F.S) Prerequisite: Math 010 or permission of the instructor. This course continues the development of the algebraic skills introduced in Math 010. Inequalities; functions, exponential and logarithmic functions; systems of linear equations; analytic geometry with emphasis on the conic sections. This course is offered on a self-paced format. * Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. Mathematics 012 Trigonometry (1) (0,3*,0) (SU.F.S) Prerequisite: Math 011 or 099 or permission of the instructor. Introduction to the trigonometric functions, trigonometric Academic — Mathematics 100 identities; inverses, triangles, vectors and applications. This course is offered on a self-paced format. Mathematics 105 (3) Precalculus Mathematics * Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if combined with Math 110 or 108. Mathematics 099 (3) Intermediate Algebra Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 or Math 11 at least with a "B" grade. (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Math 11 with a "F' or permission (signature) of a Mathematics instructor. Math 099 begins with introductory algebra and continues with the development of intermediate algebra. Students will be introduced to linear and quadratic functions, logarithms and trigonometry. This course is primarily for students who require a Math 11 equivalent and who anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105 or 107). Mathematics 101 (3) Introduction to Statistics (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or Math 099 or BMTH 045 An introduction to the language of statistics and some statistical methods, including random variables and their distribution; random sampling, normal distribution, estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses. Mathematics 102 (3) Statistical Methods (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 101 A study of important statistical methods commonly used in the analysis of research data, including t-tests and their non-parametric competitors, one and two-way analysis of variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis. Mathematics 103 (4.5) Intermediate Algebra and Precalculus (6,0,0) (F,S) NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if combined with Math 110 or Math 108. Prerequisite: Math 11 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math 099 with at least a "C-" grade. A brief review of introductory algebra, plus intermediate algebra and precalculus, with a focus on functions, mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms, and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end of the term). Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require a Math 12 equivalent course. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. (4,0,0) (SU.F.S) A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs, mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and exponential functions. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require a Math 12 equivalent course. Notes: 1. Math 105 is also offered on a self-paced format with the permission of the instructor. 2. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Mathematics 107 (3) (4,0,0) (F.S) Precalculus for Business and Social Sciences NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC unless combined with Math 108. Prerequisite: Math 11 or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-". A precalculus course designed for business/commerce students. The mathematical models/applications in this course will be mainly business/finance oriented. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute value, systems of linear equations,functions and graphs, inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions,right-triangletrigonometry, arithmetic and geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem. No duplicate credit for Math 103/105/107. Mathematics 108 (3) (4,0,0) (F.S) Calculus for Business and Social Sciences I Prerequisite: At least a "C" grade in Math 12 or Math 012 or BMTH 046, or at least a "C-" grade in Math 103 or Math 105, or Math 107. A brief review of algebra, functions, and analytic geometry. The derivative with applications to curve sketching, optimization, growth and decay. The integral with applications. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110. Mathematics 109 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Calculus for Business and Social Sciences II Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 108 or Math 110. Academic — Mathematics 101 Functions of several independent variables, partial derivatives, extrema, Lagrange multipliers, integration techniques, multiple integrals, some techniques for solving differential equations, systems of linear equations and matrix algebra. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111. Mathematics 110 (4.5) (6,0,0) (SU.F.S) Calculus I Prerequisite: At least a "C+" grade in Math 12 or Math 012 or BMTH 046, or at least a "C" grade in both Math 12 and Calculus 12, or at least a "C-" grade in Math 103 or Math 105. The Mathematics Department encourages those students with only a "C+" grade in Math 12 to take Math 105 before attempting Math 110. Mathematics 200 Linear Algebra (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms. Mathematics 205 (3) Introduction to Probability and Statistics (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Math 111 with at least a "C-" grade or Math 110 and permission of instructor. * A calculus based study of probability, discrete and continuous random variables, mathematical expectation, moment generating functions, Central Limit Theorem, sampling from normal populations, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing. Limits, continuity, the derivative, rules of differentiation, implicit differentiation, related rates, curve sketching, optimization, differentials; definite integrals and antidifferentiation; logarithmic and exponential functions. Mathematics 215 (3) Introduction to Analysis (4,0,0) (S) parametric curves; sequences, infinite series and Taylor's Theorem. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. Corequisite: Math 200 (if not already completed) or permission of instructor. Mathematics 152 (3) Linear Algebra with Differential Equations Analytical geometry of three dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; double and triple integrals; transformations to various coordinate systems. NOTE: This course will be offered in the spring when sufficient student demand is evident during the previous No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110. Fall term. This course may be completed by guided self-study format usingPrerequisite: At least a "B-" average in Math 110 and 111. video instruction. A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematics. Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences and series; (6,0,0) (F,S) (4.5) Mathematics 111 introduction to continuity, the derivative, Riemann Calculus II Integral. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 110. Mathematics 230 (3) (4,0,0) (F) A study of the anti-derivative; the integral, techniques of Calculus III integration, applications of the integral; polar coordinates, (4,0,1) (S) NOTE: This course is intended for students in the Engineering Program. Corequisite: Math 111 Mathematics 231 Calculus IV (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 230. Introduction to linear algebra, vectors, dot and cross products; complex numbers; matrix algebra and applications; determinants; eigenvalues; introduction to first order linear differential equations and first order linear systems; engineering applications. Vector calculus; line and surface integrals; Green's Theorem; vectorfields;divergence theorem; Stokes's Theorem; applications. The Math Department offers a full second year university transfer program in math. Students planning to take 200 level math should seek advice from math instructors. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in each of Math 200 and Math 230. Academic — Mathematics 102 Mathematics 235 (3) Introduction to Differential Equations (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to ordinary differential equations; first order equations; higher order linear differential equations; linear systems; power series techniques; Laplace transform method; the phase plane, applications. Music Contact: 984-4951 Instructional Faculty M. ARMANINI, M A . (UBC) G. ALCOCK, A.R.C.T. (Toronto) T. ALLEN, B.A. (UBC), TEACH. CERT. (W. WASH U.>) F. ARDIEL, BA. (SFU) D. ASTOR, BA. (UBC) M. BLACK S. BOSWELL, A.R.C.M. (Royal College of Music, London) K. CERNAUSKAS, Dip. (Salzburg), B.Mus. (Toronto) N. DINOVO, B.Mus., M. Mus. (UT) R. DOYLE L. FALLS, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) K. GALLOWAY J. GEE, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC), Coordinator S. GUNN C. HANNEY, B.Mus. (UBC) A. HAWIRKO P. HOY, B.Mus. (U.Texas), M.Mus, D.Mus (USO L. KAARIO, B.Mus. (UBQ, M.Mus. (W.Wash.) S. KING, B.Mus. (UBC) K. KOBYLANSKY, Dip. (Ryerson), Dip. (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBQ N. KOLESNIKOV, B.A. (Gnessin's Musical College) I. KUKURUDZA R. MAROIS, B.Mus. (Laval) D. MCCOY, M.Mus. (UBQ A. MCINTYRE, B.Mus. (UBC) R. MCKENZIE, M. MUS. (UBC) G. MCNAB, B.Mus. (UBC), M. Mus. (UBQ K. MOORE, B.Mus. (UBQ T. NICKELS E. OSADCHY, Dip. (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev) T. OXBOL, Dip. (Copenhagen) J. RABINOVITCH, B. Fine Arts (Concordia), Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano) G. RAMSBOTTOM M. REVELEY, B.Mus. (UBC), Coordinator, Diploma (Berklee School of Music) C. ROGERS, M.A. (West. Ont.) P. SCHREIBER, B.Mus. (UBQ P. SHAW, B.Mus. (Ohio) J. STAFFORD D. VANDEREYK, B. Mus. (UBC) M. Mus. (UBC) V. WATERS, Dip. (Philadelphia), (Julliard) A. WOLD, B.Mus. (UBC), A.R.C.T. (Toronto) S. WOODYARD, B.Mus. (Victoria) General Information Capilano College offers four music programs: A two year diploma in Commercial Music, a two year Bachelor of Music Transfer Program, a four year Degree in Jazz Studies and a four year Degree in Music Therapy. See page 181 for information on the Music Therapy Program. Special Fees and Expenses The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be announced at least one month prior to the beginning of the fall term. In 1991 /92 the fees for private music instruction were $330 - for the University Transfer and Music Therapy Programs and $355.00 for the Commercial Music and Jazz Studies Programs. For Bachelor of Music Students only: A deposit of $40.00 of the PMI fees must be paid by the end of the Registration period in order to take PMI. No late registration is allowed. JAZZ STUDIES/COMMERCIAL MUSIC PROGRAM Contact Person: Mike Reveley, Coordinator, Office HI 15, Phone 984-4951. The Department of Music at Capilano has offered a two year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma in Commercial Music since 1974. The department, in cooperation with the B.C. Open Uiversity (the degree granting institution) now also offers a four year Bachelor of Music Degree in Jazz Studies. Career Opportunities The two year diploma program is intended to provide its students with the basic skills necessary to develop careers as self-employed professionals in the contemporary music industry. The four year Degree program provides a curriculum which balances and integrates the instruction of jazz, traditional music and general academic electives to provide an enriched education at the degree level. It is an attractive option for those who wish to pursue music as a career and for those who wish to continue their musical development as part of a liberal arts education before pursuing other careers. Majors in Vocal Performance, Instrumental Performance, and Arranging/Composition are now available. An education stream is being considered but is not yet in place. As recording experience has become an essential part of today's musical training, the Music Program has now integrated multi-track recording into the curriculum. Academic - Music 103 Vocal, instrumental, and arranging/composition students all make extensive use of our multi-track facilities. Composition and arranging students will work with electronic instruments in our Midi Studio. audition is administered at an appropriate level. Please note that all students are expected to maintain a minimum of B- in all their concentration subjects (more details are available in the College calendar). A computer lab is available to students for supplemental help in ear training, sight reading, and other basic music skills. Further auditions are held in the first week of classes for the College Singers, Jazz Choirs, Stage Band, Studio Vocal Performance Class, and Vocal Jazz Master Class. Acceptance into the program does not guarantee acceptance in these ensembles. The Jazz and Commercial programs pride themselves in the number and quality of specialized faculty they have on staff. Most instructors are also top professional musicians who bring extensive practical experience to their classes. Admission Procedure All full-time applicants must: 1) Comply with the general requirements of Capilano College. 2) Participate in an interview with the music coordinator or a program instructor. 3) Write a theory placement test. 4) Play an audition on their major instrument. Admission Requirements Entering students are expected to demonstrate knowledge of the rudiments of music and a level of performance on their major instrument that is acceptable to the faculty. Auditions generally involve the presentation of two contrasting (in tempo and style) prepared pieces and the demonstration of technical (e.g. scales, arpeggios) and sight reading abilities. Transfer of Credit The Music Program accepts credits from other postsecondary institutions if they are applicable and have suitable equivalency. Because of the wide variations that exist in approach and emphasis in various music programs the Music Department reserves the right to examine for competency according to our course requirements before transfer credit is approved. This applies particularly to students wishing to enter at the third year level. Since the Capilano program emphasizes Jazz Studies and most other Canadian Music degree programs provide a study of traditional music, block transfer of courses is not available. Several individual courses have transfer status however, and others have been accepted by institutions with similar offerings. Satisfactory Standing Jazz degree students are expected to achieve a minimum grade of B- in all courses specific to their major. These are: Live auditions and testing is preferred but if you cannot attend in person it is possible to audition by cassette and write your theory placement test under local supervision. Contact the Department of Music for more details. Continuing students may pre-register during the month of April. Returning or new full-time students who have been accepted may register during May and August. Part-time students may enroll during in person registration. Concentration PMI Vocal Master Class Recording Studio Vocals Jazz Vocal Master Class All Vocal Ensembles Interviews, auditions and placement tests are held in May and August. .Please call 984-4951 during the last week of April for an audition and interview appointment. Concentration PMI Improvisation I, II, III, IV All Small Ensembles All Large Ensembles Audition Requirement Arranging/Composition With the exception of those continuing from the previous semester, all students - new, returning or transfer - must audition as part of their entrance requirements. The auditioning instructor will make recommendations regarding acceptance, eligibility for basic ensembles, advanced placement and remedial work. Students requesting transfer credit for private music instruction should bring this to the attention of the instructor so that the All required Theory courses Arranging I, II, III, IV Rhythm Section Writing Concentration PMI Academic — Music 104 Vocal Performance Instrumental Performance "C" grades (C-, C, C+) in these courses can only be applied for credit toward the Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies with the permission of the Jazz Studies Grades Appeals Committee. When unusual circumstances have resulted in lower than expected grades in a student's first semester of a continuing course, instructors may recommend to the Committee that the student be given probationary acceptance into next semester of the course. If the student fails to achieve a minimum of B - in the next level of the course, no creditforeither course can be applied toward the degree. The grade of D in a course, although a minimal pass, is not sufficient to fulfill prerequisite requirements. Students should refer to the section on academic performance in the college calendarforfurther information on "Academic Probation". Program Content FIRST TERM Music 100 Theory I Music 114 Class Piano Music 170 History Jazz Music 184 Sight/Ear ENS 1st term level PMI 100 level Music Electives SECOND TERM Music 101 Theory II Music 107 Composition I Music 115 Class Piano Music 105 Rhythm Section Writing Music 185 Sight/Ear ENS 2nd term level PMI 200 level Music Electives THIRD TERM Music 203 Harmony III Music 214 Class Piano Music 171 History of Popular Music Music 284 Sight/Ear ENS 3rd term level PMI 300 level Music Electives FOURTH TERM Music 204 Harmony IV Music 215 Class Piano Music 260 Comm. Relations Music 285 Sight/Ear ENS 4th term level PMI 400 level Music Electives Credits 3.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 13.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 13.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 11.5 Commercial Music Electives Instrumental Performance Music 180,181,280, 281 Improvisation Music 194,195, 294, 295 Small Ensemble Vocal Performance Music 032,033 Music 132,133, 232, 233 Music 134,135 234, 235 1.5 1.5 Vocal master class 1.0 Studio vocal performance 1.5 Vocal Jazz master class 1.5 Arranging/Composition Music 172,272, 273, 372,472 Arranging Music 205 Midi Rhythm Section/Percussion Music 209 Intro to Midi and Synthesis Music 208 Music Production Music 270 Song Writing 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 General Music Music 410,411 Music 370 Music 310 1.5 1.5 1.5 Conducting Jazz Styles Jazz Pedagogy 1.5 *Note some courses are not available every year. Graduation Requirements Four Year Degree Students must complete all courses outlined in one of the following major areas of study to be eligible for the Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies degree from the B.C. Open University. These major areas of study all include music electives which should be chosen in consultation with the Coordinator of the program. Upon the demonstration of sufficient pianp skills a student may replace up tofourcredit hours of class piano with other music or general education electives. 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 2.0 3X) 11.5 Academic — Music 105 Major in Vocal Performance FIRST YEAR Fall Term Credits Large Ensemble PMI 100 level MUS 114 Class Piano MUS 100 Theory I MUS 184 Ear Training I MUS 032 Vocal Master class I MUS 120 History (Survey) •English 100 or 102 10 2.0 1.0 3.0 15 1.0 3.0 3J) 15.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level MUS 115 Class Piano II MUS 101 Theory II MUS 107 Composition I MUS 185 Ear Training II MUS 034 Vocal master class II MUS 170 History of Jazz MUS 105 Rhythm Section Writing •English 103,204,105 or 106 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 10 15.5 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level MUS 214 Class Piano II MUS 203 Harmony III MUS 284 Ear Training III MUS 134 Vocal Master Class I MUS 132 Recording Studio Vocals I MUS 240 Form and Analysis *GE Elective , 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 15 15 15 15 M 15.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level * MUS 215 Class Piano IV MUS 204 Harmony IV MUS 285 Ear Training IV MUS 135 Vocal Jazz Master Class II MUS 133 Recording Studio Vocals II MUS 241 Counterpoint •GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 15 1.5 15 15 3J) 155 THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 500 level MUS 234 Vocal Master Class III Academic — Music 106 2.0 2.0 1S MUS 232 Recording Studio Vocals III Music 300 Theory V Music 370 Jazz Styles MUS 220 History III •GE Elective 15 3.0 15 3.0 M 175 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 600 level MUS 235 Vocal Jazz Master Class IV MUS 233 Recording Studio Vocals IV MUS 310 Jazz Pedagogy MUS 221 History IV MUS 172 Arranging I •GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 15 3.0 15 3.0 16.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 700 level MUS 434 Vocal Recital MUS 280 Improvisation III Music 410 Conducting I Music 272 Arranging II Music Electives •GE Electives 2.0 2.0 1S 15 15 3.0 M 14.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 800 level MUS 435 Vocal Grad. Recital MUS 281 Improvisation IV MUS 411 Conducting II MUS 260 Commercial Relations Music Electives •GE Elective 2.0 2.0 15 15 15 3.0 M 14.5 Total Credits 124.5 • General Education Requirements •"Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121,220,221 to fulfill their traditional History Requirement. Major in Instrumental Performance FIRST YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 100 level MUS 114 Class Piano I MUS 100 Theory I MUS 184 Ear Training I MUS 194 Small Ensemble •English 100 or 102 MUS 120 History (Survey) Credits 2.0 2.0 1.0 3.0 13 1.5 3.0 3_J0 17.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 13 13 1.5 M 17.0 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level MUS 214 Class Piano II MUS 203 Harmony III MUS 284 Ear Training III MUS 180 Improvisation I MUS 294 Small Ensemble III MUS 240 Form and Analysis •GE Elective 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 13 M 15.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level MUS 215 Class Piano IV MUS 204 Harmony IV MUS 285 Ear Training IV MUS 181 Improvisation II MUS 295 Small Ensemble IV •GE Elective MUS 241 Counterpoint Large Ensemble PMI 500 level MUS 394 Small Ensemble V Music 280 Improvisation III ••MUS 220 History III MUS 300 Theory Music 370 Jazz Styles •GE Elective 10 2.0 13 13 3.0 3.0 13 3J) 163 Spring Term Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level MUS 115 Class Piano II MUS 101 Theory II MUS 107 Composition I MUS 170 History of Jazz MUS 185 Ear Training II MUS 195 Small Ensemble MUS 105 Rhythm Section Writing •English 103,204,105 or 106 THIRD YEAR Fall Term 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 13 15.5 Large Ensemble PMI 600 level MUS 395 Small Ensemble VI MUS 281 Improvisation IV MUS 310 Jazz Pedagogy ••MUS 221 History IV MUS 172 Arranging I •GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 13 3.0 13 3J) 15.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 700 level MUS 410 Conducting I MUS 494 Instrumental Recital Music 272 Arranging II Music Electives •GE Electives 1.0 2.0 13 13 4.5 3J) 133 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 800 level MUS 260 Commercial Relations MUS 411 Conducting II MUS 495 Instrumental Grad Recital Music Electives •GE Elective 1.0 2.0 13 13 4.5 3J) 13.5 Total Credits 123.5 * General Education Requirements ••Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121,220,221 to fulfill their traditional History Requirement. Academic — Music 107 Major in Arranging/Composition FIRST YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 100 level MUS 114 Class Piano I MUS 100 Theory I MUS 184 Ear Training I MUS 194 Small Ensemble MUS 120 History (Survey) MUS 209 Intro to Midi ' •English 100 or 102 Credits 10 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3J) 17.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 200 level MUS 115 Class Piano II MUS 101 Theory II MUS 185 Ear Training II MUS 195 Small Ensemble MUS 105 Rhythm Section Writing •English 103,204,105 or 106 History of Jazz 10 2.0 1.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 15 16.0 SECOND YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI 300 level MUS 214 Class Piano III MUS 203 Harmony IV MUS 284 Ear Training III MUS 180 Improvisation I MUS 294 Small Ensemble III MUS 240 Form and Analysis MUS 205 Midi Rhythm Section *GE Elective 10 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1 -5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3J) 16.0 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI 400 level MUS 215 Class Piano IV MUS 204 Harmony IV MUS 285 Ear Training IV MUS 181 Improvisation II MUS 172 Arranging MUS 295 Small Ensemble IV •GE Elective MUS 241 Counterpoint Academic — Music 108 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 15 1.5 15 3.0 15 16.0 THIRD YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition MUS 300 Theory Music 370 Jazz Styles MUS 272 Arranging II **MUS 220 History III Music Electives »GE Elective 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 15 3.0 15 M 165 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI composition II MUS 310 Jazz Pedagogy MUS 372 Arranging IV (Vocal) MUS 208 Music Production **MUS 221 History IV •GE Elective Music Elective 1.0 2.0 15 15 1.5 3.0 3.0 15 15.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition III MUS 410 Conducting I MUS 472 Arranging V (Big Band) MUS 406 Composition Recital Music Electives •GE Electives 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3J) 13.5 Spring Term Large Ensemble PMI Composition IV MUS 260 Commercial Relations MUS 411 Conducting II MUS 407 Composition Grad Recital Music Electives *GE Elective 1.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 4.5 3j) 13.5 Total Credits 124 • General Education Requirements ••Students must complete MUS 120 plus any two of MUS 121, 220, 221 to fulfill their traditional History Requirement. with the co-ordinator of the program. Academic Course Requirements •General Education Requirements English 100 or 102 and 103,104,105 or 106 Humanities Social Sciences Science/Math Elective 6.0 6.0 6.0 3.0 3J) 24.0 It is expected that all English requirements will be completed before entrance into the third year of the program. Ensemble Requirements All large ensembles, regardless of the actual number of weekly hours of attendance required, have a "value" of one credit hour. A semester profile requiring two credit hours of ensemble is met by enrollment in two separate ensembles. Students enrolled in the two year diploma program may meet their ensemble requirements through the completion of any four ensemble courses. Students enrolled in the four year jazz studies program are required to complete a combination of traditional and jazz ensembles to complete their requirements. Vocal Performance Ensemble Requirements Four semesters of concert choir. Capilano College Community Choir or the Capilano Singers. ENS 100 series section 1 or 2. Six semesters of jazz choir. Nite Cap or Capitol Jazz. ENS 105 series section 1 or 2. Four semesters of jazz vocal ensemble. ENS 305 series. First year vocal performance students in the degree program are expected to enroll in ENS 100 or 101, and should consult with their private music instructor before enrolling in any other vocal ensembles Instrumental Performance Ensemble Requirements Four semesters of traditional ensembles. These can be met by enrollment in the Capilano College Community Choir, Capilano singers, or by participation in another approved community ensemble. Percussion students are expected to complete four semesters of traditional ensemble,foursemesters of jazz ensemble, and eight semesters of percussion ensemble. Arranging/Composition Ensemble Requirements Four semesters of traditional ensembles and four semesters of jazz ensembles. BACHELOR OF MUSC I TRANSFER PROGRAM Contact Person: Joyce Gee, Coordinator, Office HI 19, Phone 984-4951. TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA AND TRANSFERABILITY TO THIRD YEAR UNIVERSITY Career Opportunities • Private Music Teacher - with the completion of the two year diploma program • first two years toward a Music degree leading to a career in Music Education or Performance University Transfer Capilano College offers the first two years of a Bachelor of Music Degree. All courses in the Bachelor of Music Transfer Program are transferable to School of Music the University of British Columbia and the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. Students wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Arts at UBC, SFU, or UVic with a major in music may take Music 100/101/102,112/113,120/121 in their first year, and Music 200/201,212/213, 220/221 in their second year. Our students have also received transfer credit from the following universities: Alberta, Western Ontario, McGill, and Western Washington. Admission Requirements Entering students should have a basic knowledge of music rudiments (approximately at the level of Toronto Conservatory Rudiments II). Eight semesters of jazz ensemble. Including Stage Band (ENS 135), Jazz Choir (ENS 105) and second year Guitar/ Bass Ensemble (ENS 200). (Note the Guitar/Bass Ensemble I/II, while a prerequisite, is not acceptable for large ensemble credit in the degree program). Students entering on piano must be at a grade ten level (Toronto Conservatory). Piano students who require a qualifying term may enroll in other courses. Piano, guitar and bass performance majors can sometimes substitute other courses to complete their ensemble requirements. This is done through special arrangement Students entering in voice or instruments other than piano must have a performance level acceptable to the faculty. Students entering in composition must have a working knowledge of diatonic harmony. Academic — Music 109 Music 113 Music 115 Music 121 •Music 361 or ENS 185 or ENS 190 or Arts elective English 103 or 104 or 105 or 106 Admissions Procedure All applicants must: 1. Comply with the general admission requirements of Capilano College. 2. Participate in a private interview with the music coordinator or a program instructor. 3. Write a theory placement test. 4. Play an audition on their major instrument: this will consist of two contrasting pieces, technique, and sight reading. 5. Take an English Placement Test. Auditions will involve the presentation of two contrasting prepared pieces and a demonstration of the student's instrumental technique and sightreading ability. Returning students may pre-register during the month of April. New students demonstrating sufficient instrumental and /or theoretical accomplishment in their placement test may preregister during May and August to ensure their enrollment. Students may register during in-person registration. All interviews, auditions, and placement tests are held in May and August. Early application is advised. Graduation Requirements The complete program requirements must be successfully completed to receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. FOURTH TERM Ensemble 250 or 260 PMI 400 Level Music 201 Music 213 Music 215 •Music 111 or 211 or ENS 285 or ENS 290 or Arts elective Music 221 English 201 or 213 1.0-3.0 3J) 15.5-17.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 1.0-3.0 3.0 3J) 15.5-17.5 1 2 3 1.5 1 1.0-3.0 3 3 15.5-17.5 * Students may graduate with 62 to 64 credits depending on which options they choose. Scholarships The program offers two entrance scholarships of $200 each, one second year $200 scholarship, and a Canadian Daughers' League Bursary of $500.00 Program Content THIRD TERM Ensemble 200 or 210 PMI 300 Level Music 200 Music 212 Music 214 •Music 110 or 210 or ENS 235 or ENS 240 or Arts elective Music 220 English 200 or 212 15 1.0 3.0 * Guitar students must take Guitar Ensemble through Extension Services. Such students may graduate with 60 credits by excluding the optional courses from their program. Credits/Lab Hours Course Descriptions FIRSTTERM ENS 100 or 110 PMI 100 Level Music 100 Music 112 Music 114 Music 120 Music 360 or ENS 135 or ENS 140 or Arts Elective English 100 or 102 SECOND TERM Ensemble 150 or 160 PMI 200 level Music 101 Music 102 Academic — Music 110 ENS 100 Choir I 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.5 1.0 3.0 1.0-3.0 10 15.5-17.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 0 2 (1) (4,0,0) (F) An exploration through five centuries of choral music from the Renaissance to the present. Opportunities for singing without accompaniment (a capella), with piano, with rhythm section and/or complete symphony orchestra. Particular attention will be paid to pitch, rhythm, diction and balance. Performance before an audience will be the culminating event of the term. ENS 105, 205, 305, 405 Jazz Vocal Ensemble (1) (3,0,0) (F) Rehearsal and performance in one of Capilano College's Jazz Choirs. Students will be auditioned during the first week of classes. The intent of the class is to build group singing abilities in such areas as phrasing, blending and intonation. Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENS 110 (1) Orchestra I (4,0,0) (F) ENS 185, 285, 385, 485 Jazz Ensemble ENS 190, 290, 390, 490 Percussion Ensemble II ENS 200 Choir III (1) ENS 220 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble III (1) (4,0,0) (F) Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz/Rock Ensemblefordevelopment of phrasing and sight reading skills. ENS 140, 240, 340,440 Percussion Ensemble (1) (4,0,0) (F) (1) (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 100. ENS 155, 255, 355, 455 Jazz Vocal Ensemble II (1) (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of Vocal Jazz Ensemble. ENS 160 (1) Orchestra II (4,0,0) (S) (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENS 110. (2.5,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENS 170. ENS 250 Choir IV (1) (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 200. ENS 260 (1) Orchestra IV (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 210. ENS 270 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble IV (4.5,0,0) (S) MUS 032 (1) Vocal Master Class I by audition only (2,0,0) (F) An introductory course intended to develop the student's solo vocal performance capabilities through exploration of various popular and jazz musical styles. Material is prepared for performance with a keyboard accompanist. This class is open to students not majoring in Voice. Vocalists who are judged to be at a sufficiently advanced level at their audition may substitute music electives for this course. Successful completion does not guarantee acceptance into higher level vocal courses! MUS 034 (1) Vocal Master Class II (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 032. A continuation of ENS 110. ENS 170 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble II (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENS 220. An ensemble comprised exclusively of percussion instruments of both definite and indefinite pitch. Students will develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. ENS 150 Choir II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 150. ENS 120 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble I ENS 135, 235, 335, 435 Jazz Ensemble (1) A continuation of Percussion Ensemble. ENS 210 (1) Orchestra III Performance in guitar/bass ensemble for the development of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis will be on single-note reading in all areas of the neck. This course is not available for credit in the Degree program. (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Jazz Ensemble. Rehearsal and performance of concert repertoire. Prospective students must contact the Music Department at least one week before classes commence to arrange for an audition. Persons winning a position through audition will be allowed to register. (4,0,0) (F) (1) (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 120, with more emphasis on complex rhythms. Music 100 Theory I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Corequisite: Music 112 (or 185) A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis Academic - Music 111 on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. The student will learn control of chord progression and voice leading. He/she will be familiarized with figured bass and jazz chord symbols. Music 101 (2) Theory II: Harmony (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 100 or equivalent. Corequisites: Music 102 and 113, or Music 107 and 185. A continuation of the core component of Music 100. Harmonic vocabulary will include simple modulation and secondary dominants and sevenths displayed in a variety of styles and textures. It will integrate jazz elements where practical. Binary and and ternary forms will be introduced, but analysis of repertoire wall not be emphasized. This course must be taken in conjunction with Music 102 or 107 to fulfill the objectives of second year theory. Music 102 (1) Theory II: Repertoire Analysis (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisites: Music 100 Corequsites: Music 101 and 113 This course is the traditional supplement to Music 101. It explores the links between harmonic writing in works drawn from the 17th and 18th centuries. Students will gain a sense of the importance of harmonic and linear details to compositions as a whole. Music 105 (1.5) Orchestration I (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 100 , Music 112 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing I (3,0,0) (F) Corequisite: Music 100 Study of the aural recognition of intervals and chords. The student will learn to transcribe melodies and rhythms appropriate to their level, and to sight sing melodies using Solfege harmonic dictation. Music 113 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 112 Corequisites: Music 101 and 102 A continuation of Music 112 Music 114 Piano Class (1) (2,2,0) (F) This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Music 115 (1) Piano Class (2,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 114 A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Students will undertake the study of score preparation, notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and writing for the rhythm section instruments. Music 120 History I Music 107 (1) Composition I A survey of music history from the time of ancient Greece to the present. (2,0,0) (S) This is the supplement to Music 101 required for the Jazz Studies Program. Music 107 stresses the use of material covered in Music 101 in the idioms of jazz and popular music through analysis and composition. Music 110 (1.5) Class Strings (2,0,0) (F) (3) (3,0,*) (F) * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 121 History II (3) (3,0,*) (S) A study of music history of the Medieval and Renaissance periods. * Some concert attendance will be required. A practical study of the violin family. Music 111 (1.5) Class Strings A continuation of Music 110. Academic — Music 112 (2,0,0) (S) Music 132 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance (2,1,0) (F) By audition only A course designed to develop the students studio performance ability thorough preparation and performance of selected solo and ensemble material in the colleges' recording studio. Music 133 (1.5) (2,1,0) (S) have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to analyze and learn to improvise on any "standard" jazz tune. Music 184 (1.5) (2,2,0) (F) Studio Vocal Performance Sightsinging/Ear Training Prerequisite: Music 132 Aural and sight training concentrating on melodic, rhythmic dictation and sightsinging. A continuation of Music 132. Music 134 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Vocal Jazz Master Class I (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 184. By audition only. This course is intended to develop the live performance abilities of the student through the study of jazz repertoire. Students will study style and interpretation and perform with some of Vancouver's top jazz musicians. Music 135 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class II Music 185 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training Music 194 (1.5) (3,0,0)(F) Small Ensemble I (2,0,0) (S) For all instruments, requirements include several hours of rehearsal a week plus a number of performances. The styles studied are varied. Students are expected to develop individual and ensemble performance abilities and a professional attitude to both performance and rehearsal. (2,0,0) (F) Small Ensemble II Prerequisite: Music 134 A continuation of Music 134. Music 195 Music 170 (1.5) History of Jazz (3) (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 194. A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. Music 200 (3) (4,0,0)(F) Theory III Music 171 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) History of Popular Music A survey of popular and rock music styles of the 20th century. Music 172 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Arranging I Prerequisite: Music 100, to be taken concurrently with Music 101 and Music 105. A study of four-part block harmonization arranging A study of advanced tonal procedures: review of nonchord tones, mixture, seventh chords, applied V and VII, diatonic modulation, seventh chords with added dissonance. A detailed study of compound ternary and rondo forms. Investigation of the fugue. Music 201 Theory IV (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 200 Corequisite: Music 213 techniques. Music 180 (1.5) Improvisation (1,2,0) (F) A course to teach the basics of improvisation on chord changes. The first term will be devoted to rhythmic concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions. Music 181 Prerequisite: Music 101 and Music 102 Corequisite: Music 212 (1.5) (1,2,0) (S) Improvisation A continuation of Music 180. This term will be devoted to analysis of chord progressions and more advanced chordscale analysis. At the end of this term, students should A study of chromaticism: the phrygian II, augmented sixth chords, other chromatic chords, chromatic voiceleading techniques, chromaticism in larger contexts. A detailed study of sonata, sonata-rondo, and variation forms. Music 203 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Harmony III Prerequisite: Music 101 and 107 or permission of the instructor. Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of popular chord progression, modal Academic - Music 113 harmony, mixed mode chord progression, augmented 6th chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions, correction of standard progressions, equal division of the octave. Music 213 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing IV Music 204 Harmony IV A continuation of Music 212. (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of modern jazz chord progression, organpoint, parallel harmony, '70s jazz theory of modal areas, modern voicing techniques, reharmonization. Music 205 (1.5) Midi Rhythm Section/Percussion (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Music 105, Music 209, Music 101 Writing for modern synthesized rhythm section (drum machine, synthesizers, samplers) and an exploration of percussion instruments and their use in various musical styles. Music 208 (1.5) Music Production (2,0,0) (S) A course designed to acquaint students with the role of the music producer and some of the technology used in music production. Music 209 (1.5) Introduction to Midi and Music Synthesis Prerequisite: Music 212 Corequisite: Music 201 Music 214 Piano Class Prerequisite: Music 203 (2,1,0) (F) (1) Music 215 Piano Class (1) Music 220 History III (3) * Some concert attendance will be required. Prerequisite: Music 113 Corequisite: Music 200 A continuation of Music 113. Academic — Music 114 (3) (3,0/) (S) A survey of music history of the Romantic period and the 20th century. (2,1,0)(F) Prerequisite: Music 133 A continuation of Music 133 A continuation of Music 210. Music 212 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing III Music 221 History IV Music 232 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance (2,0,0) (S) (3,0,*) (F) A survey of music history of the Baroque period and Classical period. Music 210 (1.5) Class Woodwinds Music 211 (1.5) Class Woodwinds (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. * Some concert attendance will be required. A practical study of the woodwind family. (2,2,0) (F) For students who have taken Music 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. In jazz sections emphasis wall be on developing the skills necessary to use the piano as a took in writing, arranging. This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic principles of Midi, synthesis, and computerized sequencing; students will learn the operation of drum machines, 4 track recorder, computer programs and synthesizers. This course is intended to be taken with Music 205 and Music 272. (2,0,0) (F) (3,0,0) (S) (3,0,0) (F) Music 233 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance Prerequisite: Music 232 A continuation of Music 232 (2,1,0) (S) Music 234 (1.5) Vocal J a n Master Class III (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Music 135 A continuation of Jazz Master Class II instruction with more emphasis on individual contribution and responsibility. Music 235 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class IV (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 235 Music 281 (1.5) Advanced Improvisation IV (2,2,0) A continuation of Music 280. Content will include; altered and symmetrical scales, exploration of the harmonic resources of scales, pentatonic and altered pentatonic scales, 4th chord stacks, polychordal triad relationships, outside playing, the philosopy of free jazz. Music 284 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training (2,0,2) (F) A continuation of Music 185. A continuation of Music 234. Music 260 (1.5) Commercial Relations in Music (2,0,0)(S) A course involving aspects of the music industry including copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations and the recording industry. Music 270 (1.5) Song Writing (2,2,0) (S) Music 285 (1.5) Sightsinging/Ear Training (2,0,2) (S) A continuation of Music 284. Music 294 (1.5) Small Ensemble III by audition (1,4,1) (F) An investigation of the techniques and roles of lyrics and lyric writing for popular song styles. A variety of jazz styles/eras will be studied, advancing chronologically from "bebop" and "mainstream" standards, through contemporary jazz of the 60s and 70s and jazz-rock fusion, to current jazz styles. Course operation is on two levels of study; instructional and lab performance. Music 272 Arranging II Music 295 (1.5) Small Ensemble IV Prerequisite: Music 103 or permission of the instructor. (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Music 172: Arranging I, and Music 105: Orchestration I, taken concurrently with Music 203: Harmony III and Music 205: Orchestration II. Arranging projects for various combinations of instruments, plus a study of two and three-part writing. Music 273 (3) Arranging/Composition III (3,2,0) (S) Prerequisites: Music 272: Arranging II, Music 105 and 204: Orchestration I & II, taken concurrently with Music 205: Harmony IV. Course content includes: concepts, background writing, linear writing techniques, arranging projects for various instrumental vocal and rhythm section combinations, studio recording labs, and composition of pop, rock and jazz tunes in all harmonic styles. Music 280 (1.5) Advanced Improvisation III by (2,2,0) audition This course contains both a lecture and lab component. Content will include: substitution of chord scales, tonicization, diminished chord scales, riff blues melodies, analysis and composition of solos in various styles. (2,0,2) (S) A continuation of Music 294. Music 310 (1.5) Jazz Pedagogy (2,0,0) (S) Concepts, methods, and resources; examination and comparison of textbooks, recordings, tapes, and materials related to the study of jazz. Music 360 See page 188 for information. Music 361 See page 188 for information. Music 370 (1.5) Jazz styles 2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: History of Jazz A follow up to Music 170. Detailed study of the major figures in jazz from 1940 to the present, such as Charlie Parker, John Coltrane, Bill Evans. Academic — Music 115 Music 372 (1.5) Arranging III (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Harmony IV, Arranging II. A study of vocal writing styles and techniques. Music 394/395 (1.5) Small Ensemble V/VI (1,0,3) At this level the student will receive instruction in ensemble performance for the recording studio. Students will perform and produce under supervision. Music 406/407 (0) Composition Recital/Composition Grad Recital (0,0,0) Students are responsible for all aspects of the production of an assigned number of concerts of original compositions, including; rehearsal of musicians, booking of rooms, booking of recording engineer, promotion and advertising. Grading is CR (credit) NC (no credit). Music 410 (1.5) Conducting I (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of conducting I with emphasis on vocal and instrumental approaches. (0,0,0) Students will study a selected/and/or approved selection of songs from the jazz repertoire. Assigned jazz solos will be analyzed and performed to develop vocal improvisation abilities. Students are responsible for the organization of recitals including the arrangement of their songs, selection and rehearsal of appropriate bands, and all production details and advertising. Music 472 (1.5) Arranging IV (2,0,0) Prerequisites: Arranging II. Corequisite Harmony IV. Course content includes: writing techneques for large jazz ensemble. Music 494 Instrumental Recital Studentsformensembles, select material, and prepare/ rehearse for concerts both on and off campus and recording "demo" projects. Academic — Music 116 As Music 494, with the inclusion of a full end of term recitalforwhich the student is responsbile for rehearsal of musicians, booking of rooms, booking of the recording engineer, promotion and advertising. PMI (Various Numbers) (2) Concentration Private Music Instruction (1,0,0) (F,S) A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction (.5,0,0) (F,S) This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the student's secondary instrument. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. PMI Lab Prerequisite: Conducting I. Music 434/435 (0) Vocal Recital/Vocal Graduation Recital (0,0,0) (2,0,0) (F) A study of basic conducting techniques. Music 411 (1.5) Conducting II Music 495 (0) Instrumental Graduation Recital This course involves both attendance at a number of concerts and participation in impromptu performances. It is intended to broaden the musical experience of full-time Commercial/Jazz Music students by exposing them to and involving them in performances in a variety of jazz and popular styles. Participation is mandatory for graduation in the Commercial and Jazz Studies Programs. Grades are based on attendance. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. Philosophy Instructional Faculty M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), Ph.D. (UBC) J. BAUGH, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UBC), LL.B. (UBC) J. DIXON, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC) S. ENGLER, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (UT) S. GARDNER, B.A. (McGILL), B.Phil. (Oxford), Ph.D. (Concordia) M. GUTTERIDGE, B.A. (York), M.A. (SFU) S. PERSKY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) Y. WESTWELL-ROPER, M.A., Ed.D. (UBC), D.Phil (Oxford) University Transfer Credit All of the Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia. Critical thinking is taught in all philosophy courses. Course Descriptions Philosophy 101 (3) Introductory Philosophy: Ethics (3,0,0) (F,S) Philosophy 120 (3) Understanding Scientific Reasoning (3,0,0) This course will provide students with an introduction to modern formal logic, and then utilize that skill to explore such topics as the nature and testing of scientific theories in both the natural and social sciences, the difference between causal relations and correlations, and rational decision making. Attention will be given to both the problem-solving and philosophical aspects of scientific reasoning. There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural continuation of Philosophy 110, and will appeal especially to students who have an interest in either the natural or social sciences. Philosophy 130 (3) Philosophy of Science (3,0,0) Students will learn how to understand the activity of science through theoretical reflection on it and detailed study of developments which promise to bring about scientific revolutions. Topics to be discussed might include: socio-biology, artificial intelligence, the concept of intelligence, the nature of explanation, the role of observation in science, determinism and indeterminism, causation, inductive inference, scientific method, laws and theories, and the status of theoretical constructs. An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with questions of value. These include such issues as: "What is morality?", "Why be moral?", "What is the relationship between law and morality?", "Are there any objective moral values?", as well as such issues as abortion, suicide, civil disobedience, capital punishment, and the environment. The emphasis of the course varies from instructor to instructor. There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural companion to Philosophy 110, and will appeal to students of mathematics and the natural or social sciences. Philosophy 102 (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) Introductory Philosophy: Knowledge and Reality Philosophy 140 (3) (3,0,0) (F) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Canadian Law An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with questions about the ultimate nature of the world we live in and our knowledge of it (traditionally called Metaphysics and Epistemology). The issues discussed include: the existence and nature of God, the place of human beings in the universe, the nature of reality, human nature, human knowledge and skepticism, freedom and determinism, the relationship between mind and body, and others. The emphasis of the course varies from instructor to instructor. A general introduction to the fundamental principles of jurisprudence and to the basic legal institutions of Canada. In addition to addressing such philosophical questions as, "What is a law?", "Is it the case that law is what legislatures say it is, or what courts say it is?", and "How do you tell whether a law is good or bad?", the course also examines the history and theory of Canadian law (including the development of the Canadian Constitution), the system of Canadian courts, and the roles of members of the legal profession. As well, consideration is given to the nature of legal reasoning, the doctrine of precedent, and principles of statutory interpretation, and an introduction is provided to the fields of contract, torts, administrative and family law, as well as to the process of law reform. Philosophy 110 (3) Logical Self-Defense (3,0,0) (F,S) An introduction to the basic rules of clear and rational thought. The student will be taught through extensive examples how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate appeals to emotions, inconsistencies and contradictions. The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point that we can no longer be victimized by the rhetoric of everyday life, and can develop our own arguments with clarity and confidence. Philosophy 141 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to the Criminal Justice System An introduction to an analysis of theories of punishment and rehabilitation through an examination of the opera- Academic — Philosophy 117 tional practices of the Canadian criminal justice system. In the course of studying the structure and operations of the criminal justice system in its various stages from the moment of initial police involvement to the correctional disposition of convicted offenders, the course focuses on both theoretical and practical decision making. Theoretical concerns include: individual civil liberties in relation to police procedures, notions of evidence, sentencing theory, and current correctional strategies. of hiring practices, advertising and behaviour control, the conflict between employee loyalty and moral independence, and the responsibilities of corporations and business professionals. The course will also introduce students to a number of classical ethical theories and theories of economic justice. The above two courses are modelled on SFU's Criminology 131/135 and are intended for both philosophy students and those interested in pursuing further studies in the field of criminology. This course deals with contemporary ethical issues arising from the relationship between human beings and their natural surroundings. Topics include general questions about rights and moral standing (e.g. do trees, animals and future generations have moral claims on us?), issues concerning the preservation of the wilderness, the depletion of natural resources, and the global effects of pollution, as well as problems affecting theformationof social policy. Open to anyone in first or second year. No prerequisites. Philosophy 200 (3) Political Philosophy (3,0,0) (F) This course provides an analysis of the rationale for political institutions and action. Some of the questions considered: Are we really obliged to obey the law? Can the law be justifiably represented as authoritative, or is the real foundation of law in the policeman's holster? Does the state have good reasonforinvolving itself in compulsory programs of education? This is not a study in the history of political thought and every effort is made to view problems from a contemporary perspective. Philosophy 201 (3) Political Philosophy (3,0,0) (S) This course examines the values and assumptions behind the ideologies of liberalism, communism, meritocracy, conservatism, democratic socialism and anarchism. Topics include liberty and equality, power and authority, privaterightsand the public good, sovereignty, democracy and justice. Philosophy 202 (3) Introduction to Formal Logic (3,0,0) This course provides an introduction to symbolic logic. It teaches students how to translate arguments in English into a powerful symbolic language which makes it possible to prove whether these arguments are valid or invalid. Logical consistency, entailment,truth under an interpretation, and other concepts needed to understand the logic of deductive reasoning are carefully examined. This course is recommended for philosophy and computing science students. Philosophy 207 Business Ethics (3) (3,0,0) This course is an introduction to contemporary philosophical thinking on ethical issues in business. It covers such topics as the power of multinational corporations, bribery and extortion in international business, the ethics Academic — Philosophy 118 Philosophy 208 (3) Environmental Ethics Philosophy 209 (3) Biomedical Ethics (3,0,0) (F) (3,0,0) This course will focus on ethical issues that arise in the health sciences, especially in medicine, but also in biology, psychology and other professions. Among the topics to be considered are abortion and reproductive technology; euthanasia; paternalism and autonomy; resource allocation; involuntary hospitalization and behaviour control. All moral problems will be examined from both an applied and theoretical point of view. Philosophy 210 (3) Metaphysics and Epistemology (3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least one Philosophy course or permission of the instructor. An introduction to some of the traditional problems of metaphysics and epistemology. Some of the questions considered are: Does God exist? What is the relationship between faith and reason? Does free will exist? Is sense perception a reliable source of knowledge? What is the nature of causality? Is materialism true? What is the nature of mind? What is the relationship between mind and body? What is the scientific method? While this is not a course in the history of Philosophy, it will cover many of the classical attempts to answer these questions. Philosophy 211 (3) Metaphysics and Epistemology (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Philosophy 210 or permission of instructor A continuation of Philosophy 210. • Philosophy 220 (3) Philosophy In Literature (3,0,0) Philosophy 222 (3) Philosophy of Culture (Aesthetics) (3,0,0) An examination of the lively relationship between Philosophy and Literature. Philosophical theories will be approached and discussed via literary work which either embodies the theories or grounds them in human experience. Textual sources will range from the classical Greek plays to last month's best seller. An introduction to philosophical analysis of cultural works. The course will provide an exploration of aesthetic theory, examining both traditional works of art as well as contemporary cultural productions in a variety of media. One of the objectives of the course is to make sense of what a society is "saying" through its popular culture. Philosophy 221 (3) Existentialism in Literature Philosophy 231 (3) Philosophy of Religion (3,0,0) This course is, in spirit, a continuation of Philosophy 220, but it is centred on the Philosophy of Existentialism in literature. There will be an introductory set of lectures on Existentialism as a philosophy. Textual sources will range from Dostoyevsky's "Notes from the Underground" to Sartre's "Nausea." (3,0,0) A study of the central philosophical issues of religious thought and experience. Included will be a discussion of the intellectual merits of religious beliefs, the nature of revelation, mysticism, and fundamentalism, as well as the apparent conflict between religion and science. The traditional arguments for the existence of God will be assessed, and there will be discussion of the relationship between religion and morality, and of the role of religion in society and personal life. Although not a survey of comparative religion, an effort will be made to offer an introduction to a range of spiritual beliefs. Academic — Philosophy 119 Physical Education Instructional Faculty K. C. EMERSON, B.A. M.P.E., Health and Fitness Studies Cert. (UBC) R.H. LANCILL, B.Sc. (UBC) J. W. MILLER-TAIT, B.P.E. (Hons), (U. of Alberta) General Information The Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education offers a complete first year university program in physical education, which enables students to meet the first year requirements for any of the seven physical education options offered at the University of British Columbia. A student may thus choose from any of these seven options and transfer to the physical education program at UBC for second year. FIRST YEAR PROGRAM Exercise Science Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* 18 units (six units/discipline) from: Biology 108 or 110 and 111 Chemistry 104/105 or 108/109 or 110/111 Math 110/111 Physics 108 or 110 and 111 or 114/115 Kinesiology 142 Physical Education 110,164 General Studies Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Arts/Sciences: 12 credits Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Health and Fitness Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Arts/Sciences: 12 credits Kiensiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Instruction and Coaching OpUon English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Arts/Sciences: 12 credits Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Leisure Studies Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* History 110/111 Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Sociology 100/101 *Note: English 100 and 102 DO NOT transfer together as first year English. Academic — Physical Education lib - Leisure and Sport Administration Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105, 106* Economics 200,201 Arts/Sciences: six credits Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Motor Performance and Control Option English — Any two of 100,102,103,104,105,106* Biology 108or 110 and 111 Kinesiology 142,143 Physical Education 110,161,164 Psychology 100 and 101 or 200,201, 204, or 205 Course Descriptions Kinesiology 142 (3) Introduction to Kinesiology (4,2,0) (F) An introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline of kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiology, and motor learning principles. Kinesiology 143 (3) Exercise Management (2,2,0) (S) An introduction to exercise management and exercise physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques and fitness appraisal. Physical Education 110 (3) (3,2,0) (S) Analysis of Individual Sport and Dance Performance Pre or corequisite: Kinesiology 142 An examination of the specific sport science principles which are used to analyze sports and dance skills, detect errors, and provide methods for correction. The basis for understanding relationships between aesthetics and movement in performance, and for understanding the role of form in evaluating individual performances in sport and dance are also emphasized. Physical Education 161 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to Social Aspects of Leisure and Sports An introduction to and examination of the relationships between leisure, sports activities, and society. The political, economic and social basis of the development of sports and leisure in the west are emphasized. Physical Education 164 (3) Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition (4,0,0) (F) An introductory examination of motor skill acquisition, and the variables which influence the learning and performance of motor skills. Investigation of the relationship between skill acquisition, growth and development. Physics Instructional Faculty M. FREEMAN, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal. Tech.), Ph.D. (UBC) S. GREENSPOON, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Waterloo) Coordinator of Chemistry, Geology and Physics F. PARVAZ, B.Sc. (Tehran), M.S. Dip. (San Diego State) Laboratory Supervisors and Technician D. CIARNIELLO, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor M. MAGUIRE, C & G Dip. (London), M.M.S. Dip. (Ireland), Laboratory Technician B. McLEOD, B. Sc., M.Sc. (UBC) Laboratory Supervisor V. MOEN, B.Sc. (SFU), Laboratory Supervisor General Information All first year physics courses include a weekly two hour laboratory period. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals. University Transfer Credit All physics courses at Capilano carry transfer credit to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details please refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Physics FIRST YEAR Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Non-science Elective or Geology, Biology or Computing Science (six credits) SECOND YEAR Physics 200/201,210/211,220/221 Math 200, 230, 231, 235 Elective (six credits) Students interested in honours physics should consult physics instructors. Course Descriptions Physics 104 (3) Principles of Physics (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: No physics prerequisite. Math 12 or BMTH 046 or Math 103 or Math 105 is required. Physics 104 is accepted at BCIT as equivalent to Physics 12. This course serves as an introduction to physics for students with little or no background in the subject. It is intended for students not taking further studies in science. Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics and heat. Physics 108 (4.5) Basic Physics (6,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Math 12 or BMTH 046 or Math 103 or Math 105. Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite. The course covers the material of Physics 110, together with those topics from high school physics needed by a student with no previous background in physics. A student passing this course should be able to enter Physics 111 in the Spring. Physics 110 (3) General Physics I (4,2,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 11 or BPHY 042 or Physics 104; and Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, and special relativity. Physics 111 (3) General Physics II (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a " C - " in either Physics 110 or 108 or 114; and Math 110. Math 111 is a pre-or corequisite. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Electricity and magnetism, waves, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. Physics 114 (3) Fundamental Physics I (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 104; Math 110 is a preor corequisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, and special relativity. This course, together with Physics 115, is particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. Physics 115 (3) Fundamental Physics II (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114 or at least a "B" in Physics 108 or 110. Math 111 is a pre- or corequisite. Electricity and magnetism, waves, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. Note: Physics 114/115 are at a more advanced level than Physics 108/110/111, and are particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. Academic — Physics 121 Physics 116 (3) Fundamental Physics III (4,0,0) (S) Physics 220 Mechanics I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Note: This course is intended for engineering program students. Prerequisite: At least a "C" in either Physics 110 or 108 or 114; and Math 111. Math 230 is a pre- or corequisite. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114, or with permission of instructor, Physics 108 or 110; Math 111 and Physics 115 are corequisites. Newtonian mechanics of particles. Topics include kinematics, viscous and turbulent drag, rocket propulsion, conservation laws, and centrifugal and Coriolis forces. Statics of particles, equilibrium of rigid bodies, rigid body statics and internal forces. Application of principles from Physics 114 to practical problems. Thermometry, thermal properties of matter, heat. A.C. circuits, geometrical optics. Physics 200 (3) Thermal Physics and Waves (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 111 or 115; and Math 111. Math 230 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Physics 210 must be taken concurrently. Heat, temperature, the zeroth, first and second laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and waves. This course, together with Physics 201,210 and 211, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in chemistry. Physics 201 (3) Electricity and Magnetism (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C -" in Physics 200; Math 230. Math 231 is a pre- or corequisite. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. Physics 211 must be taken concurrently. The study of electric and magnetic fields; dc and ac circuits; LR, RC, LRC circuits; resonance; mechanical analogs; Maxwell's Equations, Fourier Analysis and electromagnetic waves. Physics 210 (1) Physics Laboratory (0,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: As for Physics 200 which must be taken concurrently. A weekly three hour lab in mathematical methods, thermodynamics, electrical measurements and mechanics. Physics 211 (1) Physics Laboratory II (0,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: As for Physics 201, which must be taken concurrently. A weekly three hour lab in electricity and magnetism, electronics and mechanics. Academic — Physics 122 This course, together with Physics 221, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in math or computer science. Physics 221 (3) Mechanics II and Special Relativity (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 220; and Math 230. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. More advanced topics in mechanics: application of special relativity to elementary particle creation and space travel, eliptical and interplanetary transfer orbits, rigid body dynamics and gyroscopes. Political Studies Instructional Faculty M. CARR, BA. (UVIC), M.A. (Toronto) E.M. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke) P. MIER, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Toronto) C. SYLVESTER, B.A. (Gonzaga), M.A. (Notre Dame) D. WINCHESTER, B.A. (Concordia), M.A. (UBC) University Transfer Credit All Political Studies courses at Capilano are transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Political Studies 100 (3) An Introduction to Political Thought Machiavelli (4,0,0) (F,S) Plato to The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the tradition of Western political inquiry from the Ancient Greeks to the emergence of the Nation State. Elements within this tradition will be approached from an historical and philosophical perspective. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the critical reading of original texts and background material will be presented in lectures and additional reading. Major topics include ancient and medieval political thought, and the rise of the national state. Political Studies 101 (3) Contemporary Ideologies (4,0,0) (F,S) An introduction to the historical development of contemporary ideologies with an examination of the ideas expressed in the political process. The course includes a critical analysis of Liberalism, Conservatism, Fascism, Social Democracy and Marxism-Leninism. Political Studies 102 (3) Comparative Government (4,0,0) (F,S) An introduction to the elements of government and politics in a comparative perspective. This course will take two or more political cultures and examine the formal and informal political structures and processes in each. A variety of states/countries are selected each term to use as "case" studies (e.g. U.S. and Latin America; Western Europe and the Soviet Union; China and Japan). Political Studies 103 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to Politics and Government This survey course will introduce students to the five major subfields of Political Studies—Political Theory, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Public Policy, and Canadian Government—and provide students with the fundamental concepts for political analysis and debate. Political Studies majors will find here a firm foundation in the concepts, methods, approaches and issues discussed in other courses in the discipline. Nonmajors will find the course provides them with the tools for analyzing and understanding the political events which shape our world. (This course is a pre-requisite for students planning to continue studying Political Studies at SFU) Political Studies 104 Canadian Government (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A study of the processes, ideologies and government structures which make up the Canadian political reality. This course will examine the role of the prime m i n i s t e r s office, the bureaucracy, political parties, federal-provincial relations and Canadian foreign policy. Political Studies 201 (3) International Relations (4,0,0) (F,S) In order to provide students with the background to understand the nature of international relations, this course will examine both the events that have been occurring on the world stage, as well as the possible explanations for those events. To that end, the course will focus on such topics as imperialism and neo-imperialism, local and global wars, the environmental crisis, third world debt, militarism, disarmament, and the origins of and recent thawing in the Cold War. Students will also critique theories offered to explain these events. Political Studies 202 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Government and Politics of British Columbia This course will provide an understanding of the political institutions, dynamics, and socio-economic processes of provincial, regional, and municipal governments in Canada, with particular emphasis on B.C. Specifically, it is intended to familiarize students with the activities of political parties and state institutions in B.C., especially since the end of World War II. It is designed to develop students' skills in critically analyzing the B.C. political process from several methodological perspectives within the discipline of political studies. Academic — Political Studies 123 Psychology Political Studies 203 (3) International Organizations (4,0,0) (S) Since the emergence of the Concert of Europe in 1815, international organizations have played an increasingly important role in world politics. This course examines the development of international and regional governmental and non-governmental organizations using both the historical and theoretical perspectives. Special emphasis will be placed on the United Nations and the EuropeanCommunity, but the future role of other organizations such as the Warsaw Pact, the Arab League, NATO, the CSCE, and ASEAN will be explored as well. Political Studies 206 (3) Scope and Methods - Political Analysis Political Studies 207 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and Political Theory Political Studies 101 recommended, or permission of the instructor. This course will examine some of the major contributions to social and political thought beginning with the rise of the Welfare State to the current problems associated with the structure and organization of late capitalism. Topics will include a discussion of the role of the state, the Frankfurt School, Neo-Marxism, Cultural Theory, the fate of Liberal Democracy, the current interest in Democratic Theory, and the role and place of "new" social movements in contemporary society; Civil Society vs the State, Neo-Conservatism, Militarism, and the question of Power, and how particular theorists have responded to these developments, (for example, Keynes, Arendt, Gramsci, Althusser, Poulantzas, Bahro, Foucault, Habermas, Offe, Friedman, Marcuse, Williams and Melucci). 124 P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto) K. DAWSON, B. Sc. (UBC), M. A., (U. of Waterloo), Ph.D (U. of Waterloo) E. ECCLES, BA. (Hons.), M.A. (UBC) R. HAWRYLKO, B.A. (Hunter), M.A. (SFU) P. KARN, B.A. (Carleton), M.A., Ph. D. (York) M. MACNEILL, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Manitoba), Ph.D. (Calgary) S. MOE, B.A., M.A. (Mexico) L. MOREY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) Ph.D. (U. of Sussex) J. WATERS, B.A. M.A. (SFU), Ph.D. (SFU) C. ZASKOW, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (SFU) (4,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to a variety of theoretical approaches and specific tools for studying politics. A general introduction to the nature and controversies of contemporary political science focussing attention on some key issues in the logic of political inquiry - alternative models of explanation, problems in concept-formation, the nature of scientific inference, and so on. The tools and insights will be used to investigate and criticize elements of Canadian politics. Students may have the opportunity to work on a prototype political studies journal. Academic — Political Studies/Psychology Instructional Faculty University Transfer Credit All Psychology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC, and UVic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Description Psychology 100 (3) Introduction to Psychology (4,0,0) (F.S) A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology student to some of the major concepts and approaches necessary to an understanding of human behaviour from a psychological perspective. Topics covered include learning, development, sexuality, personality theory, and other selected issues. Psychology 101 (3) Theories of Behaviour (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A course for those students who desire a complete survey of the basic areas of Psychology (when combined with Psychology 100), before proceeding to an in-depth study of particular areas. The course covers such topics as research methodology, stress, physiological psychology, altered states of consciousness, behaviour disorders, the therapeutic process, and other selected issues. Psychology 200 (3) Social Psychology (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the dynamics and effects of social influences on individual human behaviour. The course looks at such topics as attitudes and attitude changes, social beliefs, roles, conformity, group processes, leadership, prejudice, interpersonal attraction and psychological effects of the physical environment. Psychology 201 Group Dynamics (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Psychology 210 (3) Statistics and Research Design (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the behaviour of people in family and friendship groups. This course provides an intellectual and experiential approach to small group theory and allows the student to practice constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive, small group setting. A course for students who intend to major in one of the social sciences. Students who intend to major in psychology should take this course and its sequel, Psychology 211. This course will introduce the student to descriptive and inferential statistics, and provide some of the basic skills to design and evaluate research in the social sciences. Psychology 203 (3) History of Psychology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 This course will examine the development of psychological thought to gain a critical understanding of contemporary psychology. Issues will range from the mind-body problem, and the nature of science, to an analysis of historical and contemporary schools in psychology. Psychology 204 (3) Developmental Psychology (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour, personality, language and cognitive processes. Students will be encouraged to do research projects and observations. Psychology 205 (3) The Psychology of Aging (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 A course dealing with the psychological development of the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social context of aging. As well as being exposed to basic research in the area, students will be encouraged to develop an empathic understanding of the aging process through such means as community projects. Psychology 206 (3) Adolescent Psychology (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 Examines the research findings and theories pertaining to the development and behaviour of adolescents. Topics covered will include biological and sexual maturation, personality, intelligence, motivation and social issues such as delinquency and family relationships. Psychology 211 (3) Experimental Psychology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 210 A continuation of Psychology 210 for psychology majors. This course deals with current research methods in major areas of psychology. Students should understand the principles of research methodology, and be able to design research in psychology. Psychology 220 (3) Theory of Personality (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytic theory to learning theory. Included will be the ideas of Freud, Rogers, Maslow and others. Concepts to be considered will include the development of personality, and the structure and dynamics of personality. The course will include consideration of theoretical problems, and students will become familiar with empirical research in these areas. Psychology 222 (3) Abnormal Psychology (4,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various models and perspectives for viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour. Included will be an examination of the research as to how the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic school, psychoanalytic school, cognitive school and interpersonal school view normal and abnormal behaviour. This course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment. Academic - Psychology 125 Sociology Psychology 230 (3) Cognitive Psychology (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 This course will address many of the issues relating to the thinking processes. Research into memory, problem solving, creativity and artificial intelligence will be examined, as well as experiments in social cognition and cognition across the lifespan. (Not offered 1992/93) Women's Studies 110 (3) Women and Psychology (4,0,0) (F) A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles, their development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine current research in biology and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and violence against women. Instructional Faculty G. BAILEY, B. SC. (McGill), Ph.D. (Oregon) N. GAYLE, B.A. (York), M.A. (Western), Ph.D. (UBC) C. HATHAWAY, B.A. (S.U.N.Y.), M.A. (Wash U., Mo.) M. SPEIER, B.A. (New York), M.A., Ph.D. (Berkeley) General Information All courses in Sociology are geared to help the student comprehend personal and global events in a relevant and meaningful way. Sociology should thus help the student in his/her endeavour to cope with our increasingly complex society. A major in Sociology leads to work in the following areas: social work, teaching, probation work, criminology, industrial Sociology, communications, media, government research and related areas. Students registering for Sociology courses should note that there are no prerequisites for any of the courses and that courses can be taken in any order or combination, according to student interest. Those who intend to major should complete Sociology 100 and 101. University Transfer Credit All Sociology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. All 200 level courses will provide the Simon Fraser transfer student with assigned credit toward second-year courses. The UBC transfer student will be provided with unassigned credit towards a major. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Sociology 100 (3) Social Structures (4,0,0) (F,S) The course systematically covers major topics and issues of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand and come to terms with, the modern world in a personally and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social machine". This "social machine" comprises institutions such as the family, religion, class system, mass media, education as well as rules, customs, laws, etc. This course looks at how we are influenced by this "machine" and in turn how we react to that influence. Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Academic — Psychology/Sociology 126~ Sociology 101 (3) Concepts of Theories of Society (4,0,0) (F,S) With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the 19th and 20th centuries. We will look at three major approaches to understanding society (structural functionalism, conflict theory and symbolic interactionism) and employ these approaches to analyse events of current interest. Both Sociology 100 and 101 are requiredforstudents intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Sociology 200 (3) Canadian Society (4,0,0) (F) An introduction to the study of Canadian society and culture, including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change in a multicultural, complex society. Sociology 201 (3) British Columbia Society (4,0,0) (S) A continued sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society with special emphasis on British Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and economics, historical and cultural developments which have shaped British Columbia from a frontier into a modern industrial society. Sociology 210 (3) Current Social Issues Both sociological and "non-sociological" literature on the meaning and effects of "under development" will be considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a complement to Sociology 210, Current Social Issues. Sociology 222 (3) Sociology of the Arts (4,0,0) (F) A sociological study of art and artists in western and nonwestern societies. The course will relate the various art forms (painting, music, literature) to the social context in which they exist and to their social production; hence it will develop an understanding of the interrelationships between ideas (aesthetic codes), social institutions, cultural politics and political economy. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology 101 or 223. Sociology 223 (3) Media and Society (4,0,0) (S) An intensive study of the relationship between a society's communication systems as media and its technological, economic and political base, its ideology, its behaviour patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current forms of television, radio, magazines, allformsof advertisement, news production and the movies. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology 222 or 100. (4,0,0) (S) A study of social concerns and cultural problems common to current conditions in the 20th century in our society and in global perspectives. Classical sociological concepts will be used to examine current social issues in a global framework of political, economic, and cultural analysis, such as mass violence, the economics of the arms race, the sociology of war and peace, social inequality, etc. Current issues are placed in the context of the student's daily world, as it is happening now — this should develop the student's sociological imagination. This course can be taken by itself, or as a complement to Sociology of the Third World. Sociology 211 (3) Sociology of the Third World (4,0,0) (F) A study of the major theories of development and under development, social and cultural responses to under development, and the inter-relationship of social institutions in and between the "developed" and "under developed" societies. This course will provide students with an opportunity to better understand the social, economic and political causes and effects of under development. Academic — Sociology 127 Spanish Instructional Faculty C. FURSTENWALD, B.A. (U.N.A.M. Mexico), (Washington) G. AUILA, B.A. (U. Iberoamericano, Mexico), M.A. (UBC) Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and 201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans to major in Spanish may enter UBC's Spanish when s/he completes the Capilano courses. Course Descriptions Instructional Associate J. GACINA, B.A. (SFU), P.D.P. (SFU) K. MATTSON, B.A. (SFU), Licenciatura (Barcelona) E. PATTERSON, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (U. of Western Ontario) Spanish 100 (3) First Year Spanish (3,1.75,0) (F) This is a beginners' course which offers a comprehensive introduction to the Spanish language. Emphasis is placed on grammar and the development of the students' speaking, understanding and writing skills. General Information Spanish 100/101 courses include 5-3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lecture, one hour of Hispanic culture studies; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice and one hour of conversational practice. Spanish 200/201 courses include six hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lecture and two hours of conversational practice. Native speakers of Spanish are n o t allowed in first year courses. If they wish to take second year courses in Spanish, they must consult with the Spanish instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstandings, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Department prior to enrollment. University Transfer Credit All Spanish courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at SFU for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. UBC: At UBC, present equivalent standards equate Academic — Spanish 128 Spanish 101 (3) First Year Spanish (S) (3,1.75) (3,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: Spanish 100, Grade 10 Spanish completed, or permission from instructor. A continuation of the work of Spanish 100, this course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following Spanish 100. Recommended also for those who are considering taking Spanish 200 at a later date and need review work. Spanish 200 (3) Second Year Spanish (3,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Spanish 100/101, Grade 12 Spanish completed with a minimum of a "C" grade, or permission of instructor. A review of Spanish grammar with special emphasis on problematic areas normally encountered by students of the language. The reading, writing and oral fluency of the student will be improved through translations, compositions and a high degree of conversation. Also, the student will be introduced to Hispanic Literature. Classes will be conducted in the Spanish language only. Spanish 201 (3) Second Year Spanish (3,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Spanish 200 with a minimum of a "C" grade, or permission from the instructor. A continuation of the work of Spanish 200. This course should be taken, wherever possible, in the term following Spanish 200. Thai Theatre Instructional Faculty Instructional Faculty J. PLACZEK, BA. (Windsor), M.A. Linguistics (UBC), Ph.D. South East Asian Studies (UBC) P. PLACZEK, Language Associate, B.A. (Thammasat University) Bangkok D. MOORE, B.F.A. (UVic.) W. MURDOCH, B.F.A. (UVic), M.F.A. (UBC) T. FORREST S. ATKINS, B.A. (SFU) D. FOGAL, M.A. (Arkansas) Course Descriptions Thai 100 (3) (3,2,0) (F) General Information This course provides instruction and practice both in beginning language and in the cultural background which is so necessary to place the examples into meaningful contexts. The international phonetic alphabet is used to avoid confusion of sounds. The basic vocabulary and sentence structures are covered, and social routines and common idioms are stressed as well. The Theatre Program runs courses in the Fall and Spring terms through the College's Academic Division. These are available to both full-time and part-time students who wish the opportunity to continue their interest in Theatre at a post-secondary level. The aim of the program is to provide a professional approach to Theatre through inclass instruction and performance experience, both on campus and on tour. Students have time to practice all structures introduced, and are encouraged to initiate their own conversations. At the end of the course students have better than survivallevel fluency, and use only Thai for basic classroom routines. They are ready to learn to write. Auditions are not required for entry to Theatre 100 or 101. Theatre 110,116, 200 and 201 courses require an audition for entry or to waive a prerequisite. Check with the department for audition dates. Thai 101 (3) (3,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: Thai 100 or equivalent This course reviews the basic material of Thai 100, and introduces the script. Students learn how to write the words they already know. More complex structures are introduced, along with more idioms, common expressions, and exceptions to basic rules. Classes are conducted almost all in Thai, except for occasional detailed historical or technical explanations. At the end of the course students know how to respond to typical situations in Thai and to elicit basic everyday information from Thais. They can read simple Thai passages and the basic road signs and are at a level of reading and writing equivalent to Thai grade four students. This program prepares students who are professionally inclined, for specialized training at other Colleges, Universities and Theatre schools while providing academic transfer credit to students with a casual interest in Theatre. Also, for those who wish to pursue theatre for the sheer joy of it, these courses provide an excellent introduction to the discipline and develop skills which are easily utilized in non-theatre situations. Daytime and evening sections of many courses are offered to allow both full-time and part-time students to take advantage of the Theatre Program. University Transfer Credit Theatre courses at Capilano have transfer credit or elective credit at SFU, UBC and UVic. Please consult Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar and instructor for the most recent transfer information. Course Descriptions Theatre 100 Acting I (3) (4,0,1) (F) A workshop course in the art of the actor, focusing on voice, movement, and scene work to develop the student's awareness of the actor's resources and his/her own strengths and weaknesses as a performer. In addition to readings and a written analysis of a professional production, the student will rehearse and perform a monologue and a short scene, applying approaches and techniques taught in class to the final presentation of these scenes for an invited audience. Video and audio tapings of student work will be used to augment individual comment and coaching provided by the instructor. Academic — Thai/Theatre 129 Theatre 101 Acting II (3) (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of Theatre 100, exploring performance improvisation and non-scripted theatre. A workshop course focusing on improvisation as an essential tool in developing the actor's imaginative resources and providing the confidence necessary to any form of "thinking on one's feet." Improvisation will be taught as a performance skill in its own right through the use of theatre games such as seen at Theatre Sports, but it will also be explored as a means to develop and amplify scripted works. Theatre 105 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Bodywork I Bodywork is a studio course designed for students both experienced and inexperienced with movement techniques. These workshop classes focus on body awareness and alignment, strength, flexibility, and coordination. Class work will develop personal confidence, coordination, imagination, and discipline. Video tapings plus film viewing will also be used to introduce a practical movement vocabulary and criterion. Guest lecturers specializing in mime, contact improvisation, fighting, and tap classes will give workshops according to class interest and availability. Theatre 107 (3) Vocal Communication I (4,0,0) (S) This is a workshop course for students interested in developing the voice and oral presentation. The course deals with talking: developing a clear, pleasant, animated and well-projected voice. Improved vocal technique is linked to good vocal communication with an emphasis on speaking before groups. Skill and confidence is built through presentation of vocal exercises using poetry, drama, and speeches. Two or three professionals will give guest workshops and introduce the student to specific applications of using the voice in the working world. Potential guest lecturers: actors, radio and television announcers, public speakers, singers, and others. Theatre 110 (3) Acting for Film and Television I (4,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Theatre 100 and 101. Audition required This popular course introduces the student to the acting techniques and technical skills necessary to understand the art of performing for the camera. Held in conjunction with a Directing for Film and Television course offered by the Media Resources program, this course will give the students a chance to work in the on-campus television Academic — Theatre 130 studio, getting hands-on experience behind and in front of the cameras. Portable video cameras wil be used in various locations to simulate the shooting environment of a film set. In addition to gaining experience in on camera techniques such as eye lines, hitting marks, and on set etiquette, the student will also work on appropriate levels of performance for various kinds of takes. Auditioning for film and television will also be taught. (Not offered 1992/93) Theatre 116 (3) Music Theatre-Movement I (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Audition required. This studio course is designed for students who want to specialize in Musical Theatre. The course explores various dance styles and choreograpy of Musical Theatre. Students will work on musical numbers and perform for an audience when applicable. The student will also work with a musical director who will develop the singing and acting styles required by the genre. Theatre 120 (3) The Elements of Theatre I (4,0,0) (F) The Elements of Theatre I takes a look at what makes a show tick, providing background insights into the contributions of the Director, Playwright and Theatre Critic. The work of these collaborators is studied in the context of performances which the class will attend and discuss, writing papers and preparing presentations on the work of the playwright and the director, with the student's critical insights being shared in class. The shows attended will be chosen from the seasons of companies performing in Vancouver. The evolution of theatrical performance from its ritualistic beginnings to the spectacular melodramas of the 19th Century will also be studied using slide lectures, readings and video presentations of classic works from the great ages of Theatre and Drama. This course is essential for any serious theatre goer and a must for any theatre student. Theatre 121 (3) The Elements of Theatre II (4,0,0) (S) Theatre 121 is a continuation of Theatre 120, and examines the contribution of the Actor and the Scenic artists in creating a specific interpretation of the plays selected. The focus of this examination will again be performances chosen from the spring season in Vancouver, with the student writing papers and preparing designs for a work chosen from the modern period. This examination will be set in the context of the modern theatre as slide lectures, video presentations and discussions will attempt to clarify for the student some of the major trends in modern theatre from its beginnings in the Naturalistic and Realistic movements at the turn of the century through the Epic Theatre of Bertold Brecht and the experimentors of the Sixties and Seventies to its present eclectic Post Modernist tendencies. Again this course is a must if one wishes to develop an intelligent appreciation of the ever-changing world of theatre. Theatre 150 (3) Introduction to Production and Design I (4,0,0) (F) An intermediate introduction to the basic elements of theatrical production and design. It gives a practical look at modern theatrical design of sets, lighting, costume, properties, and promotional materials. Examines the roles of the people involved in producing a show— designers, publicist, lighting and sound technicians, stage manager, and construction crews—with students having the opportunity to try out one or more of these roles in production situations. rehearsal schedule, using props, set and costumes, are approached in a practical studio workshop format. This course is project oriented and students will have the opportunity to perform work in a short run before a public audience. Theatre 201 (3) Rehearsal and Performance (4,0,1) (S) Corequisite or Prerequisite: Theatre 200 or by audition and Theatre 151 (may be taken in same term with 201) This course takes the lessons learned in Theatre 200 and applies them on a larger scale. This term's topic is: What is the job of the actor in the context of a fully produced play? A professionally mounted performance marketed to the community is the format for this course. Students will learn the process of rehearsal from the actor's perspective from casting through to production post mortem. Auditioning and the prepartation of finished audition pieces will form a portion of both terms work. Using a lecture and workshop format the student is familiarized with the theory and practice of technical theatre, shop organization, and the use of hand and power tools, basic construction, electricity and lighting, publicity, and backstage organization. Students will build, tech, and crew final presentations of first and second year acting courses. Theatre 151 (3) Introduction to Production and Design II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Theatre 150 or permission of instructor A continuation of Theatre 150. Students will participate in the design and construction of the spring presentation and become the production team responsible for the planning and execution of the design concept through all its phases - from pre-production meetings through shop drawings and construction to opening night and beyond. The focus of the course shifts to specific production and design skills required to mount and publicize the show chosen. Assignments will vary depending on the student's aptitude, desire and time commitment, as department standards aim at professionally produced and run productions for a paying public audience. Theatre 200 (3) Script and Stage (4,0,1) (F) Corequisite or Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or 101 (or by audition) and Theatre 150 (may be taken in same term with 200) This acting course focuses on scripted material and the means that the actor uses to bring about a full rendering of the work chosen. Students are introduced to the discipline of acting within the context of production, so such topics as working with a director, working within a Academic — Theatre 131 Women's Studies Women's Studies 110 (3) Women and Psychology Instructional Faculty Women's Studies offerings are taught by fully-qualified instructors who have experience in the field relevant to their courses. These faculty are seconded from relevant disciplines to Women's Studies. University Transfer Credit For information on transferability refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Students who wish to pursue further courses in Women's Studies are advised that both UBC and SFU have programs in Women's Studies. (4,0,0) A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles, their development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine current research in biology and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and violence against women. Women's Studies 122 (3) Women in Anthropology (4,0,0) Note: courses marked with an asterisk (*) may not be offered in 92/93. Check the current timetable. The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world: their role in economic, political, religious, kinship, and expressive systems; exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women; women's experience in cultures of the world. Focus: women of Asia. Women's Studies 100 (3) introduction to Women's Studies Women's Studies 130 Women and Art Course Descriptions (4,0,0) This course will examine the status and role of women in Canadian Society. Topics will include the impact of Women's Studies on traditional academic disciplines; the nature and origins of patriarchy; women and work; and issues centering around reproduction and sexuality. It will trace the development of sex role divisions in the family and other social institutions; examine the influence of education, media and art on the development of female role models. Differences in women's roles due to class, status, race, and religion will be discussed. Women's Studies 104 (3) Contemporary Canadian Women Writers (4,0,0) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the students' awareness of, and appreciation for, the literature in English being produced by Canadian women writers today; examine and discuss the portraits of women and of women's circumstances revealed in these writings. In addition to students' reading and discussion of the literature, there will be an introduction to feminist criticism. Women's Studies 106 (3) Contemporary American Women Writers* (3,0,1) A discussion-oriented literature course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation of contemporary and recent important American women authors. There will be brief consideration of 19th and early 20th century works, but the focus will be on works published since WWII, including works of the 1980s. Although the focus will be on plays, stories, novels, and poetry, there will be some exploration of those biographical matters and issues of critical status that mark theriseof women's writings from a sub-genre to full status acceptance by the best critics today. Academic - Women's Studies 132 (3) (4,0,0) This course surveys the history of women's involvement in Western art. The position of women in the visual arts and art history will be discussed and the methodological issues involved in reclaiming the history of women artists explored. Women's role as producers of art will be considered from Antiquity to the 20th Century and the social, cultural and economic background of each period will be examined in order to understand the conditions under which these artists worked. The image of women in art will be looked at to reveal the underlying ideologies of each period. Students taking WMST 130 will not receive duplicate credit for AHIS 109. Women's Studies 140 (3) Women, Science and Technology* (4,0,0) This course will provide an insight into the role that science and technology play in our society and their impact on the lives of women. Topics will include an historical review of the role women have played in the development of science, investigation of the reasons for the traditionally low participation of women in scientific and technical fields, the relationship between science and gender and discussion sessions on a variety of topics such as ecofeminism, ecology and the environment, reproductive technologies, sociobiology, information technology. Women's Studies 220 (3) Women and the Past: An Historical Survey (4,0,0) A survey of the lives of women from the Ancient World to 20th century North America. An uncovering of women's participation in and contribution to the making of history. Private lives as well as public and political activities will be studied. The course will examine reasons behind the extent to which women have been "hidden from history." Career/Vocational Programs Capilano College offers a variety of employment-related programs. The programs offered are under constant review to make certain that students are taught the latest techniques and skills. Advisory committees, composed of employers, review and recommend content of all programs. Admission is limited and applicants are considered on the criteria established for each program area. In general, Grade 12 standing is required for two year Diploma Programs although others may be admitted on the basis of their experience and abilities. Due to the timely nature of these programs, requirements and profiles may change. Contact the individual departments for current information. Student Course and Work Load Full-time programs are designed so that successful completion is a full-time task. Students are advised not to undertake other activities that require large time commitments, including employment, while undertaking fulltime studies. Graduate Employment Employment opportunities for graduates have been good, however the College does not guarantee jobs for its graduates. Exemption Standing Students may be exempted from certain courses upon the successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge. Such exemption standings will be noted on the Permanent Student Record. are required at Capilano College for the certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. A l l approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from the Admissions Advisor, Counsellors and in the Division. Admission Dates Enrolment in some Programs may be curtailed due to space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview with the Program Coordinator prior to admission. Unsuccessful applicants who wish to be considered for the next year must re-apply. Canadian Studies Specialty Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can apply for a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to their diploma. See details on page 50. Practicums For some practicums students may be required to have a Criminal Records check. Course Description Code On the right hand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: Students granted such exemptions will have their total course load reduced by the number of exempted credits to the maximum of two courses or six credits per academic year without effect upon the status of the certificate or diploma in the particular program. Such exempted credits are not necessarily transferable to other institutions. Each course is designated by the department name and course number (INFO 143). The number in brackets following the course designation (3.0) indicates the number of credits for the course. Exemption in excess of two courses, or six credits may be awarded a student only upon the recommendation of the appropriate Program Coordinator and the Dean. The second set of parentheses includes the lecture, lab and other hours for the course. For INFO 143 there will be 3 lecture hours, no lab hours, and no other hours per week. Transfer to and from Other Institutions There is agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given at the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credits. Transfer credits are granted to students O N ADMISSION for acceptable work done at other institutions: the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which INF0143 (3.0) Research Methods in the Electronic Age (3,0,0) (S) The third set of parentheses indicates the term in which the class is usually offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SUSummer. INFO 143 is offered in the Spring term. Please check the timetable to confirm the term offered as this may change after the calendar is printed. The course title (Research Methods in the Electronic Age) is indicated on the line below the department name and course number. The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the Academic schedule on page 10 for the first and last days of classes and for the dates of the examination period. Career/Vocational — General 133 Applied Information Technology Contact: 984-1727 Instructional Faculty R. BAILEY M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), PH.D. (UBC) G. BLITSTEIN, A.S.P. (BROOKS INSTITUTE) V. BUSCH B. CAMPBELL S. R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC) C. GOLDING, M.A., B.Ed. C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) D. LAMBERT, B.A., M.L.S. A. LOREK, B.A., M.L.S. G. McARTHUR, M.Ed. (UBC) J. MOORE, M.A. (McGill) D. TAIT L. WU Coordinator. Gerald Blitstein, 984-1727 Lab Supervisor Lawrence Wu, 984-1727 Staff: Cathy Cole, 984-1727 General Information During the last decade, society and the economy have rapidly changed, increasingly becoming information- and communication-based. Within business and industry, and between governments, the capability to deal with information and its processing has become an important factor in maintaining a competitive edge. Until the beginning of the 1980s, there was a confidence that the private and public sectors could either rely on information created internally, or access commercially available information. As we move into the 1990s and beyond to the 21st century, it becomes increasingly obvious in these sectors that individuals will need to control their own access to information. They will use the microcomputer, both alone and connected to other microcomputers and mainframe systems. The interaction with this information will become an integral part of the new wave of western development. The Applied Information Technology program will identify issues facing the new communicators and will train students in the skills to acquire, select, organize and communicate that information using the latest in interactive computer technology and telecommunications. Through an intensive hands-on immersion into the world of electronic communications, students will become capable handlers of the technology, with advanced research and critical thinking skills, and increased sophistication in interactive computer presentation. • Computer literacy and a modest keyboarding rate • Students will be required to attend an interview prior to acceptance NOTE: In addition students need to meet the College's general admission requirements. See page 11. Special Fees and Expenses • The Macintosh computer with a 40 megabyte hard drive and 4 megs of RAM is considered the minimum machine capable of performing tasks required in this program. Please contact the Department for information regarding the purchase of a machine. • Texts, software, disks • Modem 2400 Baud • Bulletin Board/E mail/conferencing fees/data bank research time FULL TIME TEN-MONTH DIPLOMA PROGRAM (9 credits awarded for previous or post-graduate work or experience) A. FIRST TERM (21) SEPTEMBER/OCTOBER Graphics I ART 140 CMNS 140 Introduction to Interactive Writing I Contemporary Issues I INFO 150 Applied Telecommunications INFO 166 Systems, Tools, Utilities INFO 167 MDIA 140 Communication Planning & Management MDIA 141 Computer Presentation NOVEMBER/DECEMBER CMNS 141 Interactive Writing II Interactive Communications I INFO 151 Research Methods INFO 153 Project Management INFO 161 MDIA 142 Computer Managed Learning & Training I Digitized Sound I MUS 090 Critical Thinking I PHIL 170 Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 134 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 1.5 1.5 1.5 21.0 B. SECOND TERM (21) ART 141 CMNS 142 INFO 154 INFO 155 INFO 156 MDIA 145 Admission Requirements • First year post-secondary English course or equivalent Credits 15 MUS 091 PHIL 171 Graphics II Interactive Writing III Electronic Research Methods Interactive Communications II Technical Support I Computer Managed Learning & Training II Digitized Sound II Critical Thinking II 1.5 15 15 15 15 1.5 15 1.5 MARCH/APRIL ART 142 Graphics III CMPT 141 Computer Systems II INFO 157 Computer Conferencing I INFO 158 Interactive Communications III INFO 159 Technical Support II INFO 162 Contemporary Issues II C. THIRD TERM (9) MAY/IUNE INFO 160 Marketing INFO 163 Computer Conferencing II INFO 164 Major Project Course Descriptions 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 L5 21.0 1.5 1.5 6,0 9.0 ART 140 (1.5) Graphics I (3,0,0) (F) This course aims to enhance visual literacy through the development of generic skills and abilities. Students will develop a critical awareness of different presentation formats, will learn to make an effective visual analysis, and will develop a facility in resolving graphic problems within the computer environment. Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to pre-plan for a graphic layout using storyboards and thumbnails, to choose the appropriate graphic tools for a given presentation format, to compose a visual theme for a computer monitor application and to prepare documents within a page layout application. Evening Classes ART 141 (1.5) Graphics II PART-TIME CERTIFICATE PROGRAM (3,0,0) (S) This is an on-going program covering a broad range of topics related to new technology and communications. Students can study computer graphics, user-interface design, how to use new technology such as CD-ROM or Videodisc, on-line research techniques and companion areas such as writing for the medium, etc. This course continues with the investigation of basic graphic skills introduced in Graphics I. Students will be equipped to work within computer drawing applications. Some evening courses can be taken alone; however, those wanting more extensive "hands-on" experience can apply for the Infotec Certificate which includes the development of a project. Graduates of this program will have good experience and general knowledge within the new field of interactive computer communications and information technologies. Most students will finish the certificate program working part-time over 2 years. In the third graphics course, we extend graphic exploration to include "time" as a design element. Sequential presentations are coupled with the basic rules learned from Graphics I. FALL TERM SEPTEMBER-DECEMBER ART 145 Graphics 3.0 CMNS 145 Computer Writing 3.0 INFO 140 Computer Systems/Telecommunications 3.0 SPRING TERM IANUARY -APRIL INFO 140 Computer Systems/Telecommunications 3.0 INFO 141 Tools, Utilities 3.0 INFO 142 Interactive Communications Overview 3.0 INFO 143 Research in the Electronic Age 3.0 SUMMER TERM MAY - IUNE INFO 144 Project INFO 156 Technical Support I 1.5 1.5 ART 142 (1.5) Graphics III (3,0,0) (SU) ART 145 (3.0) Graphics (3,0,0) (F) This course aims to enhance visual literacy through the development of computer based composition and design. Upon completion of the course, students will be able to choose appropriate graphic tools for a given presentation format. They will gain working knowledge of graphic design as it is applied to the computer interface as well as printed documentation. Communications 140 (1.5) Introduction to Interactive Writing I (3,0,0) (F) This course will equip students with a clear, concise writing style, will make students aware of various genres and the styles they require, will enable students to "translate" from technical jargon into English, will equip students with basic editing and rewriting skills, will familiarize students with a word provessing application and will enable students to use electronic means of communication. Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 135 Communications 141 Interactive Writing II (1.5) (3,0,0) (F) This course will equip students with an understanding of the structure of expository, narrative, analytical and argumentative writing, will enable students to write and revise extensive documents for both technical and nontechnical readers and will equip students with the skills needed to produce an electronic journal. Communications 142 Interactive Writing III (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) This course will equip students with the skills to "scriptwrite" for the computer, including the ability to plan, outline and write extensive documents; design clear, simple instructions for reader response; apply interactive writing skills to specific projects such as an electronic journal, computer-assisted instruction package, computer conference or the like. CMNS 145 (3.0) Computer Writing (3,0,0) (F) Using the computer to develop a clear, effective writing style. Students progress from editing exercises to writing an article for publication. CMPT 141 (1.5) Computer Systems II (3,0,0) (S) This course explores various computer systems, beginning with possible interfaces between the Macintosh and MS-DOS environments. Networks, such as the LAN (Local Area Network) and WAN (Wide Area Network), will be examined. INF0140 (3.0) Computer Systems/Telecommunications (3,0,0) (F.S) This is a required course for new students to provide orientation to the department. Topics covered will include the Macintosh System, the Infotec Lab's local area network and production facilities, and the InfoLink telecommunication system, with the focus on the user's perspective. Various software applications will be introduced including word processing and telecommunications. Several software purchases are required. INF0141 (3.0) (3,0,0) (S) Tools, Utilities This course covers advanced aspects of information presentation creation. Advanced aspects of scripting, XCMD interface, animation and sound integration, and debugging will be emphasized, with the instructors serving as facilitators and technical resources to both groups and individuals completing major projects. Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 136 INF0142 (3.0) Interactive Communications Overview (3,0,0) (S) This course shows how the computer can be used to create environments designed for learning and messaging needs. Students will be introduced to two development platforms, one which uses a hypertext scripting tool (HyperCard) and another which uses an icon-based authoring language (Authorware Professional). Students will design and develop prototype products using both HyperCard and Authorware Professional. INF0143 (3.0) Research Methods in the Electronic Age (3,0,0) (S) This course will explore methods of research necessary for the effective use of print sources in libraries and online sources, such as electronic library catalogues, CD-roms and commercial and government databases. INF0150 (1.5) Contemporary Issues I (3,0,0) (F) This course presents expert opinions on a variety of issues in the ethics of communication, in human perception and learning in a computer environment, and in the impact of new information systems on human understanding and human society. As communications enters the twentyfirst century, those engaged in processing information will have new ways to think and new questions of responsibility to answer; the course asks students to consider the moral and cognitive demands of the new age. INF0151 (1.5) Interactive Communications I (3,0,0) (F) This course first examines the concept of interactive communications — the active involvement of a human mind with a computer — and the history of developments in the field to date. It then moves to more practical skills, moving from planning and flow charting to basic programming skills and the creation of a simple interactive information base. INF0153 (1.5) Research Methods (3,0,0) (F) This course will introduce students to a variety of information sources, methods of organizing information and techniques for searching information. Skills necessary for efficient research will be developed. Students will learn to identify, locate and cite information from standard reference sources such as encyclopedias, directories and gazetteers, from government and statistical publications, from journals and newspapers, and from audio-visual sources. The hierarchical organization of information in library classification systems via subject and key word descriptors in catalogues, indexes and abstracting services will be examined. Through practical exercises, students will acquire the basic research skills essential to survival in an information-based environment. INF0154 (1.5) Electronic Research Methods (3,0,0) (S) This course will extend the concepts and skills developed in basic research to include their application in computerized databases. Students will explore the rapidly expanding world of electronic information by using remote, online public access library catalogues, CD-ROM full-text and index products, statistical computer packages and a variety of commercially available on-line databases. Methodical search strategies using boolean logic and other organizational techniques will be developed. Students will learn how to select appropriate databases, and how to define the scope of a search to result in successful enduser research. INF0155 (1.5) Interactive Communications II Students will conceive the goal of the product, find necessary resources, design the project (incorporating ancillary input devices such as laser disk, commercial databases, and the like), and create a finished communications package. (3,0,0) (S) INF0159 (1.5) Technical Support II (3,0,0) (S) This course completes level 3 of interactive programming skills. It also examines the parameters of presentation, helping students to determine which concepts can be made interactive and what limitations exist. Students will explore various linkages to other information sources, and how to incorporate them into the design of their projects. INF0160 Marketing (1.5) (3,0,0) (SU) This course will examine the basic principles of marketing in the context of the Canadian market. The course will enable the student to apply these principles in the marketing of themselves with their unique skills in today's business environment. This project-based course expands earlier concepts, introducing larger scale journal publishing. Students will learn to assimilate previously published material (located through the research techniques taught elsewhere in the program), and to reprocess it. They will round out their earlier journal project, filling in the framework to produce a finished product. INF0156 (1.5) Technical Support I (3,0,0) (S, SU) In this course students will learn to work with expanded memory, learn yet more interactive programming skills, and learn to design the hardware access configurations necessary to drive their projects. INF0157 (1.5) Computer Conferencing I (3,0,0) (S) This course considers the role of computers in the planning, administration and holding of conferences. The design of a computer interface with the conference will be considered, as will budget restraints, the definition of team roles, regulating the conference, writing organized introductory and promotional information and issues of censorship and copyright. INF0158 (1.5) Interactive Communications III (3,0,0) (S) Following on from the journal work of the previous two courses, students in this project-based course will create a second and much more complex interactive product. Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 137 INF0161 (1.5) Project Management (3,0,0) (S) This course teaches skills necessary to successfully manage an interactive computer project. Issues such as administration, budgeting, the creation and maintenance of indexes to resource materials and the clearing of copyright will be considered. INF0162 (1.5) Contemporary Issues II (3,0,0) (S) This course explores further issues of concern to those working with computers in the next decades: the role of computers in a democratic society, the invasion of privacy, the structure of a society of technologists, the effect of artificial intelligence on society. INF0163 (1.5) Computer Conferencing II (3,0,0) (SU) This course teaches skills necessary to be a successful conference moderator, including how to create agendas, train participants, steer the meeting, stay on target, stimulate discussion, animate group decision making, and wrap up the meeting. Students will learn from experience by becoming involved in a project conference to be hosted by the Program. INF0164 (6) Major Project (3,0,0) (SU) In the final term of the program, students will undertake to develop an interactive computer project in conjunction with a client. The project may involve CAI or CAT, marketing, cooperative or governmental communication or social advocacy, depending on the interests of the student and the client chosen. Following consultation with the instructor, students may, instead, opt to work on a major portfolio project. This project must demonstrate a knowledge of the skills taught throughout the program. INF0166 (1.5) Applied Telecommunications (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to the design and use of E-mail, bulletin boards and computer conferencing systems. INF0167 (1.5) Systems, Tools, Utilities I (3,0,0) (F) This course familiarizes students, in depth, with the computer systems they will be using. The network used for course work, its operation, its hardware and its printing operations will be explained. Various programs will be examined and an introduction to word processing will be given. Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 138 MDIA 140 (1.5) Communication Planning & Management (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces the design, development and management processes required to create successful events and products intended to communicate. Students will develop concepts, provide audience and market demographics, and create a design plan for a model communication project. Issues of roles with a design team, timelines and available resources will be examined. Project management systems will be introduced and students will explore how microcomputers can assist both the planning and execution of projects. MDIA 141 (1.5) Computer Presentation (3,0,0) (F) This course explores the related textual, graphic and computer skills needed for effective desktop presentation. Students will learn to design and build an outline, determine what hardware and software applications will best realize the design, interrelate graphics with support text, and structure the final presentation. MDIA 142 (1.5) Computer Managed Learning & Training (3,0,0) (F) This course examines the concept of teaching with computer assisted methodologies and of learning in an environment managed by computer. A historical survey of systems will lead to a discussion of current learning systems. Traditional approaches such as drill and practice, simulation and linear programming will be contrasted with emerging hypermedia techniques. Various design approaches — systematic behavioral, market driven, learner controlled — will be described. Students will consider how learning is defined and evaluated. Students will complete a design project and develop a prototype learning product using a computerbased authoring system. MDIA 145 (1.5) Computer Managed Learning & Training II (3,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of work begun in the previous term. Intensive experience will be provided in the use of an authoring system that allows for the production of sophisticated computer-based training. Students will produce a project plan for the development of a learning product which may have a training, promotional or informational emphasis depending on the student's interests and current departmental guidelines. Students and instructors will test and evaluate the products created (which will be retained as resources for future students). MUS 090 (1.5) Digitized Sound I (3,0,0) (F) This course examines the use of sound in computer presentations, including the use of sound effects (SFX), music and voice. Students will learn about overtones, timbre, waveforms, analog synthesis and analog to digital conversions. The skills learned will be used to enhance projects in other courses through the addition of sound. MUS 091 (1.5) Digitized Sound II (3,0,0) (S) This course continues the work of the previous term. Students will explore the principles and processes of live sampling, sampling from CDs and the creation of sample data banks. They will learn sound processing, including reverberation, gating and compression delay and will discuss issues in "MIDI" and synchronization. Again, these skills will be used in projects for other courses. PHIL 170 (1.5) Critical Thinking I (3,0,0) (F) This course introduces students to the basic concepts of critical thinking and argumentation. Students will come to understand the concepts of argument, premise, conclusion, and argument structure and develop facility in using these concepts. They wall come to understand and develop facility with the standards of good arguments (including acceptability, sufficiency, irrelevancy, fallacy, and biased language, with some of the basic concepts of deductive reasoning, and with causal and analogical reasoning. PHIL 171 (1.5) Critical Thinking II (3,0,0) (S) This course continues the work of Critical Thinking I. In this term, students will develop an understanding and facility with causal and scientific reasoning, will develop an understanding and facility with the proper use of expert appeals, and will develop an understanding of the role that moral reasoning, values and fundamental commitments play in argumentation. Career/Vocational - Applied InfoTech 139 Business Management Contact: 984-4960, Fax: 984-1734 Instructional Faculty J. BARBER, BA.Sc. (UBC), M A . (SFU) J. BARNES, Dip. I.D.,B.Sc. E. BEST, B.Sc., M.Sc. D. BROWNE, B.A., M.A. (UBC) B.CAMPBELL, (Seneca) A. W. CARTER, B.Sc. (Uof A) H. CLARK, B.H.E., Dip. Ed. - Dip. Theatre, M. Educ. (UBQ J. DAWSON-NOWACK, BA. (Edmonton), M.Ed. (UofT) G. FANE, Dip. Tech., B.Sc., M.B.A., C.M.A. (BCIT, City U., UBQ G.H. FARRELL, M.B.A., C.M.A., F.C.M.A. (SFU) B. FULLER F. GRUEN, B.Mgt.Eng., M.A.Sc. E. HALL, B.C. (Hons.) A.T.C. L. HATKLIN G. HEYWOOD, B.A. (Hons.) (Queens), M.B.A. (UBC) C. HILL, BA. (Santa Clara) P. HOLDEN, B.A., LL.B., M.B.A. (UBC, U. of Ottawa, UBQ S. IBARAKI, Dip. Physics (Okanagan College), I.S.P. W. INGLIS, B.A., Dip. Mktg.- (UBC, U. Montreal) W. INKSTER, C.G.A., (Canada) C. KILI AN, B.A., M.A. (SFU) J.D. LOBLAW, B.A. - (U of T) R. LONGWORTH, B.Sc., M.Ed. (Concordia, St. Michaels) R. McBLANE, B.A., B.Ed., M.B.A. C. MCKIE, B.Comm., M.B.A., P.T.C. (UBC, City Univ.) L. MICHAELS, B.Sc., B.Ed., M.Ed. (U of A) K.W. MOAK, B. A., M.P.A. (UVic) F. MORRIS, B.A., LL.B., LL.M. (McGill, U.W. Ont.) B. MOSELEY, B.A., M.B.A. (Univ. of Cal) R.C. NICHOLS, B.Comm.,C.M.A. (Uof A) R. O'CONNOR, B.Admin. (Ryerson), I.S.P. F. PARVAZ, B.Sc. (Tehran) M.S. Dip. (San Diego State) J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teacher's Cert. (N.Dakota) P. PODOLAK, Cert. Display (Aus.) D. RATHBORNE, B.A., C A . (UBC) B. REID, B.A. (Uof A) D. RIDINGER, B.Sc. (U. of Oregon) D. SAUER, B.A., M.B.A. (SFU, UBC) J. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) L. SCHMID, B.A. (McMaster), B.Ed. (Brock), M.B.A. (McMaster) M. TAYLOR, B.Sc. (Uof A) P. VALBONESI, Dip. Adult Ed., M.B.A. (Calgary), Cmpt. App. (U. of London) M. VAN HORN, B.Ed. (Uof A), ACSM (Capilano) A.H. VICK, B.Comm. - (UBC) K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lie. Acct. (UBC), C.G.A. A. WATSON, B.A. (U of C), AIBC G. WAUGH, B.A., M.A. - Reading, (UBC) H. WILKINS, BA. (UofT), M.B.A. (Dalhousie) J. WILSON, B. Comm., C A . (UBQ H.B. YACKNESS, B.Comm., M.B.A., C A . (SFU) Career/Vocational — Business Management 140 Support Staff Dorothy Webb, Div. Assistant Sharon Miletic, Receptionist Colleen Liptaj, Clerk III General Information The objective of the programs offered within the Business Management Department is to prepare studentsforcareers in the various aspects of business. The courses offered attempt to satisfy a variety of needs: 1. High school graduates planning a career in business or industry who desire a comprehensive business education; (2 years full-time). 2. Persons with a minimum of 7 years business experience in industry, government, the military or private business ventures who desire a concise,formalbusiness education; (10 months full-time Accelerated Program). 3. Persons presently employed in business who require additional formal business education or upgrading; (Parttime, day or evening). 4. Persons wanting to take courses that carry credit towards Capilano College certificate and diploma programs; (Part-time, day or evening). 5. Persons interested in furthering their knowledge in a particular area of business; (Part-time, day or evening, or co-sponsored events.) These courses, providing students with a comprehensive education in basic managerial skills in one of five specialized program areas, have been designed both to lay a practicalfoundationforthose who wish to enter new careers in business and to expand present careers, either as independent entrepreneurs or as prospective employeemanagers. A detailed description of the programs follows. Types of Programs Programs in the Business Department are as follows: A. Two Year Full-Time Diploma Programs (see page 141) 1. Administrative Management 2. Financial Management 3. Marketing Management 4. Merchandising Management 5. Business Computing Co-operative Program (BCOP) B. Accelerated Business Diploma Programs (10 months) (see page 144) 1. Accelerated Administrative Management 2. Accelerated Financial Management 3. Accelerated Marketing Management 4. Accelerated Merchandising Management 5. Accelerated Computer Systems Management 6. Accelerated International Business Diploma C. International Business Certificate Program (8 months) (see page 147) D. Part-time Evening Certificate Programs (see page 147) by entering the Business Management Program and completing the two year Diploma (60 credits) and obtain their B.C.O.U. B. Admin degree over a four year period. Students wishing more information on these new degree programs should contact the department coordinators. Students with accounting concentrations may follow a program of study that will lead to a B.C.O.U. Degree and the professional designation of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of B.C. 1. Business Administration Certificate 2. Advanced Business Administration Certificate Admission Requirements 3. Business Computing Certificate Interested persons should apply for admission to any of the programs early in the calendar year. Entry is based on business experience, grades at high school graduation, maturity, interest, and aptitude. 4. Merchandising Management Certificate 5. Advanced Merchandising Management Certificate E. CA, CGA, and CMA transfer courses (see page 148) F. Public Administration Intermediate Certificate Program (see page 149). G. Event Management Certificate (see page 149). Admission requirements for each of the programs vary and will be found in the Calendar description relating to the specific program. Full description of course offerings in the Department are found on page 149. Normally, Grade 12 graduation with a minimum of C+ in English 12 and C in Algebra 11 is required, although admission may be granted to mature students who can provide evidence of probable success in the program. A personal interview may be required for admission. STUDENTS WITH UNSATISFACTORY GRADES IN ANY TERM MAY BE ASKED TO WITHDRAW FROM THE PROGRAM. Transcripts from Secondary School as well as from any Post-Secondary School will be required with your application. We also require two letters of reference (one from an employer/teacher and one personal) as well as a resume. New students to Capilano College must complete a College application form obtainable from the Office of the Registrar. A. The Programs TWO YEAR FULL-TIME DIPLOMA PROGRAMS There are FIVE full-time programs in the Department leading to an Associate of Arts and Science Diploma after successful completion of the program requirements, usually in two years of study. Courses are taught by instructors with practical, up-to-date knowledge and many faculty have full or part-time positions in business in their areas of specialty. Class sizes are not large. Their intensive nature requires a minimum of 18 hours weekly in class and 36 hours weekly of outside study and preparation. Bachelor of Administrative Studies (B. Admin. Degree) Graduates of Capilano College's three core Business Management two-year Diploma programs are now able to receive a block transfer of 60 credits (2 years) toward the 120 credits required to earn a degTee — Bachelor of Administrative Studies granted by the British Columbia Open University. Students will be able to complete the additional 60 credits through courses that will be offered at Capilano College. Also, students who have completed two years or 60 credits of Academic Transfer Courses at Capilano can apply to continue their studies at the College The two-year programs set out below begin in September each year. 1. Administrative Management 2. Financial Management 3. Marketing Management 4. Merchandising Management 5. Business Computing Co-op Program The first three programs have commonfirstyear courses. The second year contains courses tailored to meet the specialized requirements of the particular program. Admission to the second year of a program is based on grades obtained during the first full year of the program. Where student demand is particularly high, students may not be able to continue in the program of theirfirstchoice. The department is continuing to obtain transferrable status to university programs for a considerable number of courses. DOUBLE DIPLOMA: After receiving a Diploma in one of the Business Management programs at the College, a graduate may earn a second diploma in another program of the Department upon successful completion of all requirements for that second program. In the case of the Administrative, Financial, and Marketing Programs, this Career/Vocational — Business Management 141 may be done in the course of one full academic year or its equivalent. Each program leading to a Double Diploma must be approved by the Department Chairperson. NOTES: 1. Once a student receives a diploma they are not able to request the same certificate. 2. A student can only apply 4 courses from a diploma or a certificate to a new or different certificate. 3. Presently the two year Diploma programs require the completion of 72 credits for graduation. Over the course of the next few years these requirements may be reduced to 60 creditsfora general diploma with 72 credits yielding an advanced diploma with a specialty designation. 1. ADMN IS I TRATV I E MANAGEMENT This program provides a solid core of knowledge and skills which can be applied to a wide variety of administrative positions in business, industry, and government. In addition, the program is of value to those whose goal is to become involved in the operation of small or self-owned businesses. Career Opportunities Past graduates havefoundemployment in business, industry, and government. Students in this program should expect to find employment in such diverse areas as planning, banking, finance, production, retailing, realestate, marketing, personnel, industrial relations, and small business. Program Content FIRST YEAR - FALL BSMG 158 Marketing I BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I CMNS 152 Report Writing BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers FIRST YEAR - SPRING BSMG 159 Marketing II BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 192 Business Systems BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications 1 SECOND YEAR-FALL ECON 200 Principles of Macro Economics BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 215 Critical Thinking & Decision Making BSMG 267 Business Finance Career/Vocational — Business Management 142 Credits 3 '3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 BSMG 268 MMGT 161 Human Resource Mgt. Management Presentation Skills SECOND YEAR - SPRING BSMG 200 Business Policy BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 262 Operations Management BSMG 276 Management Practicum BSMG 291 Management Accounting 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 2. FN I ANCA I L MANAGEMENT Management skills of financial resources and the provision of management informationforsound financial planning and control comprise the core of the program. Courses allowing for transfer to C.A., C.G.A., and CM.A. certification are part of the basic program. Career Opportunities Career opportunities include financial planning, budget preparation, and financial control, and can be found in the public and private sectors in investment, banking, real estate, and related industries. Entry to middle management positions in financial accounting, cost accounting, internal audit, and budget preparation are not uncommon. Program Content FIRST YEAR-FALL BSMG 158 Marketing I BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I CMNS 152 Report Writing BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers FIRST YEAR-SPRING BSMG 159 Marketing II BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 192 Business Systems BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications 1 SECOND YEAR-FALL ECON 200 Principles of Macro Economics BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 255 Financial Accounting I BSMG 260 Finance I BSMG 264 Cost Accounting I BSMG 286 Taxation Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 SECOND YEAR - SPRING BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 252 Accounting Micro. Applications BSMG 256 Financial Accounting II BSMG 261 Finance II BSMG 274 Cost Accounting II BSMG 276 Management Practicum 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3. MARKETN I G MANAGEMENT Career Opportunities Graduates have learned to translate consumer wants and needs into products and services, to cultivate markets and to program distribution activities to reach such markets. In the past, they have become employed in product management, purchasing, merchandising, advertising, public relations, and marketing research and sales. Program Content FIRST YEAR-SPRING BSMG 159 Marketing II BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 192 Business Systems BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 222 Micro Computer Applications I SECOND YEAR-FALL BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I ECON 200 Principles of Macro Economics BSMG 267 Business Finance BSMG 273 Advertising I BSMG 275 Marketing Research 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 4. MERCHANDS IN I G MANAGEMENT As an integral part of today's business, marketing management is concerned with identifying market opportunities, setting goals, and establishing marketing policies and programs to satisfy market needs and corporate objectives. Marketing's task is to understand and coordinate the major customer satisfying activities of the business firm. FIRST YEAR - FALL BSMG 158 Marketing I BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I CMNS 152 Report Writing BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers SECOND YEAR - SPRING BSMG 271 Merchandising BSMG 200 Business Policy BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 276 Management Practicum BSMG 277 International Marketing BSMG 279 Advertising II (Cap Ads) Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Contact Person: Riley O'Connor 984-4960 Local 2055 This program is designed to prepare students for employment in the fashion and merchandising industry. Career Opportunities • Managing your own business • Store Manager - independent or chain • Department Manager • Wholesale Sales Representative • Manufacturer's Sales Representative • Manufacturer's Agent • Fashion Promotion • Sales Manager • Advertising Manager • Buyer and Central Buyer • Visual Presentation Specialist Program Content TERM 1-FALL CMNS 110 Standard English Usage MMGT 122 Computers for Retail I BSMG 158 Marketing I MMGT 158 Design and Colour MMGT 165 Career Research MMGT 174 History of Fashion and Design TERM 2-SPRING MMGT 153 Creative Advertising Production BSMG 159 Marketing II MMGT 161 Management Presentation Skills BSMG 164 Retail Mathematics MMGT 166 Work Practicum MMGT 178 Canadian Business Methods MMGT 221 Computers for Retail II Second Year TERM 3-FALL MMGT 157 Visual Presentation BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 257 Retail Financial Management MMGT 264 Retail Store Design BSMG 271 Merchandising MMGT 272 Retail Buying Credits 3 3 3 3 1.5 3 16.5 3 3 3 3 1.5 3 3 19.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Career/Vocational — Business Management 143 TERM 4-SPRING MMGT 156 Fashion Public Relations MMGT 172 Product Knowledge BSMG 230 Salesmanship MMGT 258 Merchandise Marketing MMGT 265 Career Readiness MMGT 273 Store Management BCOP 215 3 3 3 3 1.5 3 16.5 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS: 70.5 5. BUSN I ESS COMPUTN I G CO-OPERATV IE PROGRAM (BCOP) In the first year, students attend classes from September to April, then work in a Co-op placement from May to August. They return to the classroom from September to December, then go back into the work force from January to April. The final term of study is held from May to August. Job placements, which are full time four-month terms, are made through a co-operative arrangement between the College and the employers. Students work closely with an advisor to gain the best possible placement for them. Students obtain a diploma with Co-op distinction upon completion of their four academic terms and two work terms. Critical Thinking and Decision Making FIRST YEAR - Summer Co-op Placement BCOP 301 Co-op Placement I SECOND YEAR-FALL CMPT 205 COBOL II: A Third Generation Language for Development CMPT 230 Operating Systems The Management of Data BCOP 231 BSMG 200 Business Policy BCOP 250 Accounting: to Control/Track Information BCOP 272 Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part I CMPT 296 Using 4GLs (Fourth Generation Languages): POWERHOUSE With the comprehensive training provided, graduates will secure positions as systems analysts, operations managers, analyst programmers, sales representatives, and technical consultants. Program Content TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS Credits FIRST YEAR - FALL 3 BCOP 111 Overview of Computers BCOP 121 Intro to Microcomputer Applications BCOP 131 Intro to Programming & Programming Logic BCOP 141 Math and Statistics in the Business World BCOP 161 Intro to Business: Concepts 3 Ethics & Practice 3 BCOP 191 General Business & Personal Skills 18 FIRST YEAR - SPRING BCOP 122 Microcomputer Application for Development BSMG 160 Marketing BCOP 171 The Development Tools of Information Systems CMPT 189 COBOL I: Intro to a Third Generation Language CMPT 191 Accounting for Managers I Career/Vocational — Business Management 144 6 3 3 3 1.5 3 3 19.5 SECOND YEAR - Spring Co-op Placement BCOP 302 Co-op Placement II SECOND YEAR - SUMMER BCOP 289 "C" & Machine Level Programming BCOP 212 Training Users of Computer Hardware/Software Systems CMPT 297 Introduction to Telecommunications BCOP 260 Using the Computer as a Design Tool BCOP 273 Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part II BCOP 280 Effective Interpersonal Skills in Organizations BCOP 291 Finance for Managers Career Opportunities 3 18 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 16.5 84 B. ACCELERATED BUSINESS MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA PROGRAMS These 10-month programs are designed to offer business training for mature students. The student is provided with an opportunity to gain a clear understanding of business principles and to refine and add to the practical on-the-job experience that has been previously acquired. A unique feature of the Accelerated Diploma Program is the credit given for work experience. For a Diploma, students must obtain 60 credits, of which 9 advance credits are assigned for a minimum work experience of seven years. The remaining 51 credits are earned from satisfactory completion of regular Business Management courses. Admission Requirements Admitted students will have a minimum of seven years business experience in industry, government, education, private business or the military. In addition, acceptance to the program is based upon the nature of the applicant's work experience, maturity, aptitude, and ability to effectively manage the concentrated studies inherent in the program chosen. Since enrollment is limited, it is recommended that interested students arrange with the Department for an interview by April 1st. Transcripts from Secondary School as well as from any Post-Secondary School will be required with your application. We also require two letters of reference (one from an employer/teacher and one personal) as well as a resume. New students to Capilano College must complete a College application form obtainable from the Office of the Registrar or the Business Management Department. Current programs are under review, but at present are available infiveareas of study: Administration, Finance, Marketing, Merchandising Management, and Computer Systems. Interested students are encouraged to inquire concerning the current offerings. Each diploma program consists of three terms of study. FIRST TERM is an eight-week preparatory period usually held during July and August. Lectures will total 36 hours weekly and are held between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The courses are cross-disciplinary and consist mainly of introductory topics. The SECOND TERM, beginning in September, and THIRD TERM, beginning in January, each consist of fifteen weeks of instruction, totalling 21 to 28 hours weekly in class. In order to allow for some flexibility in meeting particular educational needs and to allow for diverse working backgrounds, it is possible, with the approval of the Coordinator, to substitute certain courses in the Second and Third Term with other courses offered in the Department. The accelerated programs normally begin in July each year, however there are exceptions. Merchandising Management and Computer Systems Management have intakes in September and January depending upon student demand. Please check with the program convenor to ensure when the new courses will be offered. 1. ACCELERATED ADMN IS I TRATV IE MANAGEMENT FIRST TERM - SUMMER Credits BSMG 160 Marketing 3 BSMG 166 Business Mathematics 3 BSMG 178 Accounting I 3 BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers 3 12 SECOND TERM-FALL BSMG 179 Accounting II 3 BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I 3 BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I 3 BSMG 215 BSMG 267 BSMG 268 MMGT 161 Critical Thinking & Decision Making Business Finance Human Resources Mgt. Management Presentation Skills THIRD TERM-SPRING BSMG 200 Business Policy BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 262 Operations Management BSMG 276 Management Practicum BSMG 291 Management Accounting 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 2. ACCELERATED FN I ANCA IL MANAGEMENT FIRST TERM -SUMMER Marketing BSMG 160 BSMG 178 Accounting 1 BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers BSMG 166 Business Mathematics SECOND TERM-FALL Accounting II BSMG 179 BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 255 Financial Accounting BSMG 260 Finance I BSMG 264 Cost and Managerial Accounting I BSMG 286 Taxation THIRD TERM-SPRING BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 252 Accounting Applications BSMG 256 Financial Accounting II BSMG 261 Finance II BSMG 274 Cost and Managerial Accounting II BSMG 276 Management Practicum Credits 3 3 3 3 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3. ACCELERATED MARKETN IG MANAGEMENT FIRSTTERM-SUMMER BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 178 Accounting 1 BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers SECOND TERM-FALL BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I Credits 3 3 3 3 12 3 3 3 3 Career/Vocational — Business Management 145 BSMG 267 BSMG 273 BSMG 275 3 3 3 21 Business Finance Advertising I Marketing Research THIRD TERM-SPRING BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 271 Merchandising BSMG 276 Management Practicum BSMG 277 International Marketing BSMG 279 Advertising II (Cap Ads) BSMG 200 Business Policy 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 4. ACCELERATED MERCHANDS IN IG MANAGEMENT TERM 1-SUMMER BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Intro to Business Computers TERM 2-FALL MMGT 158 Design & Colour MMGT 174 History of Fashion & Design BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I BSMG 257 Retail Financial Management BSMG 271 Merchandising MMGT 272 Retail Buying TERM 3-SPRING MMGT 153 Creative Advertising Production MMGT 156 Fashion Public Relations MMGT 172 Product Knowledge BSMG 230 Salesmanship MMGT 258 Merchandise Marketing MMGT 273 Store Management TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS Credits 3 3 3 3 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 51 5. ACCELERATED COMPUTER SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT Each year, Capilano College will offer this ten-month Computer Program leading to a Diploma in Computer Systems Management. Thirty-two seats will be available for students who meet the qualifications and are prepared to devote the next ten months to this intense daytime program. The program is offered in two-month segments to enable you to concentrate more intensely over a shorter period of time. Career/Vocational — Business Management 146 Program Content TERM I CMPT 152 CMPT 180 CMPT 191 CMPT 155 TERM II CMPT 189 CMPT 222 CMPT 182 BSMG 160 TERM III CMPT 205 CMPT 223 CMPT 293 CMPT 291 TERM IV CMPT 208 BCOP 260 CMPT 298 CMPT 172 CMPT 296 TERM V BSMG 276 CMPT 297 CMPT 230 Credits JAN/FEB 1.5 Structured Programming 3 Introduction to Data Processing 3 Accounting for Managers I 3 Quantitative Methods for Managers 10.5 MAR/APRIL COBOL I: Intro to a Third Generation 3 Language 3 Microcomputer Applications I 3 Introduction to Systems 3 Marketing 12 MAY/JUNE 3 COBOL II 3 Microcomputer Applications II 3 Systems Design 3 Accounting for Managers II 12 JULY/AUG "C" Language and Machine Level 3 Programming 1.5 Using the Computer as a Design Tool 3 Data Base Design 1.5 Employment Preparation Using 4GLs (Fourth Generation 3 Languages): POWERHOUSE 12 SEPT/OCT 3 Projects in Industry 1.5 Introduction to Telecommunications 3 Operating Systems 7.5 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS 54 6. ACCELERATED N I TERNATO I NAL BUSN I ESS (DIPLOMA) FIRST TERM - SUMMER Credits BSMG 160 Marketing 3 3 BSMG 166 Business Mathematics 3 BSMG 178 Accounting I 3 BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers 12 SECOND TERM-FALL 3 BSMG 179 Accounting II 3 BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications IBUS 333 Communications, Culture and 3 International Business 3 IBUS 357 International Trade & Marketing IBUS 370 Customs Documentation & Procedures 3 6 Plus Two Electives 21 THIRD TERM-SPRING IBUS 340 International Trade Law 3 IBUS 366 International Banking & Finance 3 IBUS 374 International Transportation Strategies 3 Plus Three Electives 9 18 C. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PROGRAM (CERTIFICATE) Contact Person: Co-ordinator IBUS Program An 8 month program of study for students who wish to work in Canada while conducting business in the International market place. World trade has assumed a position of major importance in the global community. Virtually every manager in Canada is influenced by international events in business and finance. , This certificate program will provide students with the knowledge, cultural awareness and business skills required-for a professional level of competence in International Business. The emphasis will be on the Canada-USA relationship as well as the growing trade within the Pacific Rim. Candidates have the opportunity to enrol in the summer term of the Accelerated Program and build enough credits for a Diploma in International Business. Admission Requirements The ideal candidate for the International Business program will have a college diploma or some university related credit courses. In addition, the potential candidate will probably be working with a company that is conducting overseas business. In some cases, candidates may come from unrelated fields but now wish to prepare themselves for a career change. Transcripts from Secondary School as well as from any Post-Secondary School will be required with your application. We also require two letters of reference (one from an employer/teacher and one personal) as well as a resume. New students to Capilano College must complete a College application form obtainable from the Office of the Registrar or the Business Management Office. Career Opportunities Graduates may seek employment with a Canadian company working in a Canadian city conducting business in the International market. would have enhanced opportunities for promotion. Those who have changed careers may join a new company at a junior management position. Program Content FIRSTTERM Credits IBUS 333 Communications, Culture and International Business 3 IBUS 357 International Trade & Marketing 3 IBUS 370 Customs Documentation & Procedures 3 Plus Two Electives 6 15 SECOND TERM IBUS 340 International Trade Law 3 IBUS 366 International Banking & Finance 3 IBUS 374 International Transportation Strategies 3 Plus Two Electives 6 15 A Certificate in International Business will be awarded after the successful completion of the six required courses as shown and a choice of any four 3-credit courses chosen from the Business Management evening or daytime offerings. Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the IBUS program coordinator. D. PART-TIME EVENING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS The courses in these programs, beginning in September and January each year, will provide the student with basic managerial skills that are of practical value in a wide variety of employment positions. Classes are conducted by Department faculty and offered Monday to Thursday evenings during the term. Those enrolled in the programs may take the courses at their chosen pace. A number of credit courses from both the full-time Diploma Programs and the part-time Certificate Programs are offered during the evenings of both regular College terms. 1. BUSN I ESS ADMN IS I TRATO IN CERTIFICATE A Certificate in Business Administration will be awarded after the successful completion of two required courses as shown and a choice of any four additional 3 credit courses chosen from the Business Management evening or daytime offerings. Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the evening program coordinator. Graduates who are returning to their current employer Career/Vocational — Business Management 147 REQUIRED BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 187 Introduction to Business OPTIONAL BSMG 163 Supervisory Skills BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 179 Accounting II CMPT 180 Introduction to Business Computers CMPT 222 Microcomputers Applications I BSMG 210 Small Business Management BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 192 Business Systems CMNS 152 Report Writing Other regular offerings from the Business Management Department. 2. ADVANCED BUSN I ESS ADMN IS I TRATO I N CERTIFICATE A second or Advanced certificate will be awarded following successful completion of an additional four 3 credit courses chosen again from the Business Management evening or daytime offerings. NOTE: A student must attain a 2.0 GPA or better to qualify for either certificate. 3. BUSN I ESS COMPUTN I G CERTIFICATE A Certificate in Business Computing will be awarded after the successful completion of three required courses as shown and a choice of any three additional 3 credit courses chosen from the Business Management evening or daytime offerings. REQUIRED CMPT 180 Introduction to Business Computers CMPT 222 Microcomputer Applications BSMG 192 Business Systems OPTIONAL BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 163 Supervisory Skills BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 187 Introduction to Business BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the evening program coordinator. Career/Vocational — Business Management 148 4. MERCHANDS IN I G MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE A Certificate in Merchandising Management will be awarded after the successful completion of a minimum of six courses made up of three courses from each of the following two lists. Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the department coordinator. MMGT 156 MMGT 157 MMGT 161 MMGT 178 MMGT 258 MMGT 264 MMGT 153 Fashion Public Relations Visual Presentation Management Presentation Skills Canadian Business Methods Merchandise Marketing Retail Store Design Creative Advertising Production BSMG 160 BSMG 163 BSMG 178 CMPT 180 BSMG 230 BSMG 271 CMNS 152 Marketing Supervisory Skills Accounting I Introduction to Business Computers Salesmanship Merchandising Report Writing 5. ADVANCED MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE An advanced Certificate will be awarded to students who successfully complete an additional four credit-courses chosen from the list above or from the Merchandising Management daytime program. E. CA, CGA, and CMA TRANSFER COURSES The Department offers a number of courses which carry credit towards non-Capilano College certificate and diploma programs. Some provide transfer credit to other college and university programs, and one should refer to the University Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for details. In addition, those professional bodies currently recognizing courses taken at Capilano College are: Institute of Chartered Accountants (C. A.) Certified General Accountants Association (C.G.A.) Society of Management Accountants (CM A..) Currently, the following Capilano courses are transferable to C A / C G A / C M A programs, but students are cautioned to verify with the specific professional body concerned or with the Business Management Department concerning credit requirements. CMNS 152 Report Writing BSMG 240/241 Canadian Business Law ECON 200/201 Economics BSMG 180 or CMPT 180 Introduction to Computers BSMG 192 Business Systems BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 170 Financial Mathematics ** BSMG 171 Statistics for Business BSMG 178/179 Accounting I and II BSMG 255/256 Financial Accounting I and II BSMG 260-261 Finance I and II BSMG 264-274 Cost Accounting I and II BSMG 286* Intro to Business Taxation *CA/CMAonly MMGT 161 Business Management Course Descriptions Business Management 158 Marketing I (3) (3,0,0) (F) An introduction to the Canadian marketing environment. Provides a detailed study of the practical functions of consumer behaviour, segmentation, marketing research, product planning and development, and services marketing, with emphasis on both consumer and industrial goods and services. Business Management 159 Marketing II (3) (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 158 or permission of instructor. Management Presentation Skills (CGA only) NEW BUSINESS MANAGEMENT OFFERINGS This course is a continuation of Marketing I. It is intended to add more depth to the basic marketing knowledge. Channels of distribution, wholesaling, retailing, promotion, salesmanship, advertising, and societal marketing will be covered. Field trips may be included when time permits. F. Business Management 160 Marketing PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION INTERMEDIATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The Business Management Department will be offering in September 1992 an Intermediate Certificate Program that will satisfy the needs of municipal employees as well as mature students who could use the certificate as an entry to municipal government. The Intermediate Certificate Program will consist of four core courses in municipal/administration and ten other courses in Business Administration, Accounting and Economics. (3) (3,0,0) (S,F,Su) Familiarization with all the basic Canadian marketing concepts and their roles within the Canadian economy and the individual firm. Emphasis will be on consumer product marketing, although some industrial marketing concepts will be discussed. Students will be encouraged to actively participate in group and class discussions on marketing problems and opportunities related to product planning, research, planning, promotion and distribution systems. Merchandising, advertising and salesmanship will also be included in the overview of the marketing principles and their practical approach. G. EVENT MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE Business Management 163 Supervisory Skills (3) In reponse to the ever changing needs of Canadian business, the Capilano College Business Management Department is developing a program offering courses leading to certification in Event Management. Students will study under professionals in a unique environment and at a time that is suitable to their current commitments. Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance and understanding of the individual within the group. Applications of human relations management, i.e. leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict and the introduction of change. Courses will be planned in both seminar format and the traditional lecture model. Subjects include Event Marketing, Law, Media Relations, Proposal Writing, Advertising, Merchandising, Financial Management, and Sales and Event Management. Business Management 164 Retail Mathematics (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) (3,0,0) (S) This course provides a practical knowledge of the mathematical methods utilized in retail operations. Students will develop the ability to efficiently solve various types of problems relevant to retailing. Career/Vocational — Business Management 149 Business Management 166 Business Mathematics (3) (3,0,0) (Su) This course is designed to assist students in developing the basic skills and concepts of quantitative analysis relating to business and personal finance. A review section on problem analysis and algebra is included. Business Management 167 Financial Management (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) A practical introduction to understanding how to finance a business. The primary subjects undertaken are sources of financing and dealing with lenders. Other closely related topics include: asset management, financial analysis, investment decisions, and financial and profit planning. Students taking this course do not require an accounting background. Business Management 169 Accounting Fundamentals (3) (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to recording business transactions and preparing financial statements. Students also learn how to analyze financial statements and prepare monthly cash budgets. Sources of financing available to retail businesses are also studied. Business Management 170 Quantitative Methods I (3) (3,0,0) (F) This course will provide the basic quantitative analytical tools used to aid decision-making in modern organizations. In particular, the mathematics of finance will be covered with an emphasis on the time value of money. Business Management 171 Quantitative Methods II (3,0,0) (S) (3) This course covers the quantitative analytical tools used as aids in decision-making, stressing common statistical methods used in the face of certainty and uncertainty. Business Management 175 Organizational Behaviour (3) (3) Business Management 178 Accounting I (3) (3,0,0) (F.S.Su) An introduction to basic accounting principles and procedures including the recording of transactions, and adjustments in basic accounting records. Students will prepare financial statements for the proprietorship and will study, in detail, the accounting and reporting of cash, accounts receivable, merchandise inventory and longlived assets. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic. Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic. Business Management 179 Accounting II (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: BSMG 178 with at least a C- grade. A continuation of BSMG 178. Analysis of funds flows, both cash and working capital. Management uses of accounting: cash budgeting,forecasting,profit planning and responsibility accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations. Transferable to SFU, UVic and UBC. Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic. Business/Computer Management 180 (F,S) Introduction to Business Computers (3) (3,0,0) A general orientation to the computer — what it is, how it functions, and what it can and cannot do. Provides hands-on experience in using a word processing program, introduces a data base management program, the disk operating system, and looks into the multiple uses of computers today and the foreseeable future. Career/Vocational — Business Management Business Management 187 Introduction to Business (3) (3,0,0) (F,S,Su) This course will explain the five key tasks in managing an enterprise: Planning, Acquisition of Resources, Organization, Activation and Control. In addition, the key organizational functions of Marketing, Production, Finance and Personnel are covered. The course is essentially an overview of the theoretical framework of the task of management. (3,0,0) (F,S) This course directly addresses the need to achieve high productivity through good management. The essentials 150 manner. (3,0,0) (F,S) Human behaviour within organizations. Students will actively participate in role-playing and other simulated activities dealing with organizational and personal factors that influence different types of work behaviour. Specific topics such as motivation, leadership, change within organizations, and formal and informal organizations will be explored. Business Management 177 Principles of Management of management—planning, organizing, leading, and controlling—are presented in a systematic and thorough Business Management 192 Business Systems (3) (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Business/Computer Management 180 I This course provides students with the basic tools for understanding, designing, and working with the relationships between the many items of corporate information. These concepts are crucial in the "information age" of the '90s. Business Management 193 Retail Merchandising (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F,S) This course provides students with the necessary practical and theoretical skills to apply retail knowledge within the retail organization or in working with the industry. Business Management 197 (1.5) (3,0,0) (F or S) Hands-on Advertising for Small Business Students will be introduced to the 'behind the scenes' of an advertising campaign through examples developed from the Vancouver market. Advertising case studies will be used to instruct students in the techniques of producing meaningful, effective promotion for small businesses on a small budget. Business Management 200 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Business Policy The fourth term student gains a basic understanding of the concepts, purposes, and procedures of business policy, and an integrated view of the strategic management of business enterprise. Business Management 210 (3) Small Business Management (3,0,0) (S) Students will gain an understanding of the unique nature of the small business within the Canadian context. An integrated approach to both the short and longer term managerial activities is stressed, with explicit emphasis on the process of analysis, strategy, and planning required in the small business environment. Business Management 215 (3) Critical Thinking and Decision Making (3,0,0) (F,S) Business Management 230 Salesmanship (3) An introduction to professional selling. Communication basics, including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving, and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques of professional selling including prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The course will also explores, in depth, the organization and management of sales activities. Business Management 239 Law for Retailing (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S.Su) An overview course designed to provide students destined for the retail industry with a basic understanding of the Canadian legal system and selected elements of commercial law appropriate to contracts and business. This course is not transferable. Business Management 240 Canadian Business Law I (3) (3,0,0) (F) Examines the effect of legal principles from both common and statute law on business relationships. An introductory course in law which focuses on the source of rules and principles of commercial law, the functioning of the Canadian legal system and its components, and involving a detailed examination of the Law of Contract, including the Sale of Goods, Negotiable Instruments, Employment Law, and Consumer Protection legislation. Available for transfer credit. Business Management 241 Canadian Business Law II (3) (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Preferably, BSMG 240, or an introductory college or university course in commercial or contract law, or by permission of the instructor. A second course in law which examines the effect of legal principles from both case and statute law upon business relationships. The principal focus in this course is on the application of common law and legislation to commercial transactions apart from basic contract, including Corporations, Torts, Agency, Partnership, Bankruptcy, Creditors' Rights, Labour, Insurance, Bailment and Real Property. Through problem solving rather than abstract discussion, students are introduced to techniques for distinguishing between correct and incorrect patterns of reasoning. Students are encouraged to see these "patterns" as universal and applicable to all situations and people. Available for transfer credit. Business/Computer Management 222 Microcomputer Applications Business Management 252 (3) Microcomputer Accounting Applications (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) (3,0,0) (F,S) (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG/CMPT 180 with at least a C- grade. Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C-grade An introduction to the use of microcomputers in the business world. Hands-on experience with common packages such as Spreadsheets and Data File Management programs. Macros and programming in dBase are also covered. Students will complete microcomputer accounting implementation projects using ACCPAC accounting software and will be expected to understand the practical constraints of internal control in the ACCPAC environment. Systems covered will include general ledger, Career/Vocational — Business Management 151 accounts receivable, accounts payable, and inventory control. Business Management 253 (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) Management Responsibility in Labour Relations A study of management's responsibility and role in present-day labour relations. Topics covered include the history of unionism, contemporary unionism, the B.C. Labour Code and collective bargaining. Business Management 255 Financial Accounting I (3) (3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade. This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and reinforcement of the material covered in BSMG 178 and 179. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at the intermediate level. Transferable to SFU. Business Management 256 Financial Accounting II (3) (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 255 with a minimum C- grade. A sequel to BSMG 255 which examines current developments infinancialaccounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. Transferable to SFU. Business Management 257 (3) Retail Financial Management (3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: BSMG 164 This course examines the sources of financing available to retail stores. Special emphasis is placed on preparing requests for bank loans and understanding financial statements. Business Management 260 (3) (3,0,0) (F) Finance I Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade. The financial manager's responsibilities are studied in depth in Finance I and the subsequent course, BSMG 261. This course concentrates on the details of financial planning and the management of current assets and liabilities. Other areas of study arefinancialanalysis, time value of money, working capital policy, and the tax environment. Throughout the course, contemporary financial issues are discussed. Designed for students requiring CA, CGA and CMA transfer credit. Business Management 261 Finance II (3) (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 260 with a minimum C- grade. A continuation of BSMG 260, examining longer term sources of financing and investment. Major financial policy decisions, internationalfinances,and relevant Canadian and international topics are discussed. Business Management 262 (3) Production/Operations Management (3,0,0) (S) Of special interest to generalist managers and operators of small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the student with the principles, practices and functions of production-operations management, using modern decision-making aids. Foundation skills in production control (inventory, quality and cost control) are examined using computing devices and procedures. Business Management 264 (3) Cost and Managerial Accounting I (3,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C-grade. A study of organizational decision making and planning using accounting tools. Topics include the nature of accounting controls, common control methods, measures of management performance, and the role of the management cost accountant. Business Management 267 Finance (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 As a practical look atfinancialmanagement, this course will cover obtainingfinancing,management of assets, investment decisions,financialplanning, and financial analysis. Contemporary financial issues will be discussed throughout the course. This is for business students who are not majoring infinancialmanagement. Business Management 268 (3) Human Resource Management (3,0,0) (F,S) This course provides the student with a basic, functional understanding of current personnel/human resource management concepts and applications in developing small and larger businesses. Special emphasis will be placed on the concept of personnel management being the responsibility of ALL management, not just the Personnel Department. Business Management 271 Merchandising (3) (3,0,0) (F) This course will acquaint the student with an overview of both retailing and merchandising operations in today's Career/Vocational — Business Management 152 competitive market. Discussion will cover types of retailing establishments, analysis of a trading area, site location, and store layout and design, with an emphasis on changing lifestyles and consumer demand patterns. Students will be exposed to a wide range of merchandising techniques and strategies covering many corporations and commodities. Guest lecturers and field trips emphasize practical aspects. Business Management 273 Advertising I (3) (3,0,0) (F) This course will examine the Canadian and American advertising industry from both micro and macro perspectives. It will enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and provide an insight into the various aspects of advertising history, creativity, communication systems, media choice, and other functions. This is not a course on designing, creating and preparing specific types of advertising, but is meant to serve as an overview of what advertising is and how it relates to other marketing concepts and operations. Business Management 274 (3) Cost and Managerial Accounting II (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: BSMG 264 with a minimum C- grade. A more in-depth study of subjects covered in Cost and Managerial Accounting 264. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, planning and cost control systems, performance evaluation methods, strategic decisionmaking methods. Business Management 275 Marketing Research (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: BSMG 158 & 159 An introductory course indicating how to make the most out of marketing research. Through practical applications of a research project, students will learn the elements of research design, basic methods of collecting data, analysis and reporting. Applications of Canadian and American research will be studied. Business Management 276 (3) Management Practicum in Industry (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: An acceptable resume, approved by the end of Term 3 Students in their final quarter in some programs are required to undertake a concentrated period of practical experience in the workplace. While placements are the primary responsibility of each student, assistance is provided by the program convenor and faculty to ensure that work experience and assigned tasks are at an appropriate learning level. In some cases, a directed research project may be undertaken in lieu of the practicum. Business Management 277 International Marketing (3) (3,0,0) (S) A study of the mechanics of international trade, foreign exchange rates, tariffs, etc. Product/distribution/ promotion mixes for export markets of Canadian industry with an emphasis on Pacific Rim and American market influences. Students will learn how to adapt domestic marketing techniques to foreign conditions. Business Management 279 Advertising II (3) (3,0,0) (S) As a follow-up to Advertising I, this course will offer students an opportunity to create and present a full advertising campaign for an operating company. A team approach will be used to create an advertising agency environment with such areas as research, creative media, and account supervision being studied and portrayed. While not a prerequisite, Advertising I is recommended to fully understand the course content and program. Business Management 286 (3) Introduction to Business Taxation (3,0,0) (F) This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian income tax system as it applies to corporation, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on some business decisions. Business Management 291 Management Accounting (3) (3,0,0)(F) Prerequisite: BSMG 178 & 179 with a minimum C- grade. This course introduces students to the specialized area of Management Accounting. It provides an overview of controls affected internally by management using the tools of budgets, costing and analysis. Planning for an organization will be examined from both the capital and operational perspectives. BCOP Course Descriptions BCOP 111 (3) An Overview of Computers and Computing (6,0,0) (F) The fundamental concepts for hardware, software, data organization and the development of Information Systems. Historical perspective included with each area. BCOP 121 (3) Intro to Microcomputer Applications (6,0,0) (F) Students will develop their word processing skills utilizing Microsoft Word. They will also develop applications using Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet, graphics, data management and macro commands. Career/Vocational — Business Management 153 BCOP 122 (3) Microcompter Applications for Development (6,0,0) (S) course will develop and refine the student's instructional skills. Students will develop applications for database management systems (dBASE) using their programming features. BCOP 231 (3) The Management of Data BCOP 131 (3) (6,0,0) (F) Introduction to Programming and Programming Logic Data diagram modelling, database design, enterprise modelling—a top -down view of the organization and data control. This is the foundation course for all programming skills developed by the program. This course will use a computer language to demonstrate the structured programming skills necessary for good programming. BCOP 141 (3) Math and Statistics in the Business World The review of basic quantitative analytical tools used by business and business-like organizations and an insight into the fundamentals of statistical/descriptive analysis. BCOP 161 (3) (6,0,0) (F) Introduction to Business: Concepts, Ethics and Practice An introduction to the functions and processes of business. Planning, organizing, staffing, directing and controlling will be emphasized. The student will be introduced to production management, financial management and human resource management. An examination of business practices with respect to Canadian Society, the environment and business ethics will be undertaken. BCOP 171 (3) (6,0,0) (S) The Developmental Tools of Information Systems A traditional ook at the systems development process. Modelling and charting will be included. BCOP 191 (3) General Business and Personal Skills (6,0,0) (F) This modular format course covers keyboarding, reading/speed reading, time management, study, and interview skills. Students will learn effective resume and cover-letter writing. BCOP 211 (3) Computer Operating Systems BCOP 250 (1.5) Accounting: to Control/Track Information (6,0,0) (F) (3,0,0) (F) This course will provide hands-on experience using both Bedford and AccPac. Some emphasis will be given to the theory of audit controls and the way they are implemented. BCOP 260 (1.5) Using the computer as a Design Tool (3,0,0) (Su) A thorough grounding in the Mac operating system, Mac networking, Mac applications with emphasis on desktop publishing and document design. BCOP 272 (3) (6,0,0) (F) Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part I A traditional life-cycle project using CASETOOLS. BCOP 273 (3) (6,0,0) (Su) Info Systems & Project Management: Case Study Part II Use of system design and implementation methodologies in a software engineering project. BCOP 280 (3) (6,0,0) (Su) Effective Interpersonal Skills in Organizations This course looks at the effects of individual and group behaviour in organizations. Core topics include motivation, leader behaviour and power, attitude development, perception, work stress and conflict. Students will also learn how to apply communication, problem-solving and conflict resolution skills toward an organization's overall effectiveness. (6,0,0) (F) BCOP 289 (3) "C" and Machine Level Programming (6,0,0) (Su) Comprehensive knowledge of four widely used operating systems: UNIX, MS-DOS, OS/2 AND MPE. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/ software errors as well as the operating system's Job Control Language. Transfers skills from COBOL and dBASE programming. STudents will use basic system programming commands and write application programs using most features of the language. BCOP 212 (1.5) (3,0,0) (Su) Training Users of Computer Hardware/Software Systems BCOP 291 (3) Finance for Managers There are many training jobs in the computer field. This The student will learn financial management techniques Career/Vocational — Business Management 154 (6,0,0) (Su) used by businesses to make decisions regarding financing, asset management and profitability, with an emphasis on budgeting and forecasting. CMPT 191 (3) Accounting for Managers I (6,0,0) (S) BCOP 301 (6) Co-op Placement I (Su) Develops an understanding of the elements of the accounting cycle. Introduces basic accounting concepts and procedures as a basis forfinancialdecisions. BCOP 302 (6) Co-op Placement II (S) CMPT 205 (3) (6,0,0) (Su, F) COBOL IIA Third Generation Language for Development Computer Management Course Descriptions CMPT 152 (1.5) Structured Programming (3,0,0) (S) Introduction to standard programming structure, standard techniques and programming aids in relation to business applications. CMPT 155 (3) Quantitative Methods for Managers (6,0,0) (S) A survey of the basic quantaitative tool used to aid decisionmaking. Financial and statistical concepts, methods and applications will be examined. CMPT 172 (1.5) Employment Preparation (3,0,0) (Su) Job search skills, career preparation, resume" writing, interview techniques and personal development. CMPT 180 (3) Introduction to Data Processing (6,0,0) (S) Hands-on general orientation to computer uses: word processing (MS-WORD), data management (dBASE III+), and DOS. CMPT 182 (3) Introduction to Systems (6,0,0) (S) Provides a basic understanding of systems concepts and development of specific skills: form design, coding, flow charting, life-cycle phases and related written communication. CMPT 189 (3) (6,0,0) (S) COBOL I Intro to a Third Generation Language Organization and writing of programs, program structure and language, test editing and compilation. Further, students will learn how to handle I/O for disk, console and reports. Emphasis willb e placed on developing a system of programs over the two COBOL courses. Table handling, master file updates, file maintenance, disk file handling techniques, etc. Students will learn how to program for multiple inputfiles,array processing, indexed file processing, copy libraries and external program calls. Emphasis will be placed on developing a system of programs over the two COBOL courses. CMPT 208 (3) "C" and Machine Level Programming (6,0,0) (F) Transfers skills from COBOL and dBASE programming. Students will use basic system programming commands and most features of the language. CMPT 222 (3) Microcomputer Applications I (6,0,0) (Su) Hands-on experience with popular programs: data management (dBASE IV), spreadsheet (VP Planner/ Lotus) and principles of software and hardware selection. CMPT 223 (3) Microcomputer Applications II (6,0,0) (Su) Advanced instruction in disk structure, disk recovery, batch file menu systems and dBASE programming. CMPT 230 (3) Operating Systems (6,0,0) (F) Comprehensive knowledge of four widely used operating systems: UNIX, MS-DOS, OS/2 and MPE. Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/ software errors as well as the operating system's Job Control Language. CMPT 291 (3) Accounting for Managers II (6,0,0) (Su) The study of financial information requirements and controls necessary to support specific decisions, with an emphasis on budgeting, forecasting and decision making. CMPT 293 (3) Systems Design (6,0,0) (Su) Practical experience in logical design of on-line systems for businesses, use of structured systems analysis and design, data dictionary, structured charts. Career/Vocational — Business Management 155 CMPT 296 (3) (6,0,0) (F.Su) Fourth Generation Languages (4GL) POWERHOUSE A hands-on course with a focus on using a data dictionary to drive data entry screens and report writers. Students will prototype the same application as in the COBOl course. CMPT 297 (1.5) introduction to Telecommunications (3,0,0) (F) Introduction to data communications: industry standards, networking protocols, PC links, LANs and WANs, etc. Principles and concepts of data/voice/video telecommunications with emphasis on systems for business data. The practical components will include work with functioning LAN and WaN systems. CMPT 298 (3) Database Design (6,0,0) (Su) Data modeling, Bachman Diagrams, design tools, data structures and management techniques, data security, query facilities, etc. risk involved in international business: performance risk and financial risk. A examination will then be made of theriskmanagement products available through banks and other financial institutions to mitigate corporate risk. IBUS 370 (3) Customs Documentation & Procedures (3,0,0) (F) This course will provide a working understanding of the tools and methodology required to analyze the impact of Canadian Commodity Taxes and current Canada Customs legislation on a business engaged in import/export. IBUS 374 (3) International Transportation Strategies (3,0,0) (S) This course provides an introduction to commodity movement alternatives, relative costs of various forms of transportation, regulatory requirements, and the traders' rights and responsibilities in Canada and internationally. Merchandising Management Course Descriptions International Business Course Descriptions IBUS 333 (3.0) (3,0,0) (F) Communications, Culture and International Business Essentials of cross-cultural communication will be studied, with consideration of cultural adoption and coping, and business and organizational cultural differences. IBUS 340 (3) International Trade Law (3,0,0) (F) International trade conventions and agreements, the legal processes of importing and exporting, and the challenge of dealing with conflicting domestic laws between countries will be studied. IBUS 357 (3) International Trade & Marketing (3,0,0) (F) This course will develop student awareness of the potential of international trade and provide the ground work for an in-depth study of trade with our major trading partner, the U.S., in second term. International Marketing will provide students with the tools necessary to develop export trade. IBUS 366 (3) international Banking & Finance (3,0,0) (S) Students will develop an understanding of two types of Career/Vocational — Business Management 156 MMGT 122 (3) Computers for Retail I (3,0,0) (F) This course provides students with an understanding of the computer, how it works, how it processes data into useful information, and how it can be used as an effective tool in business. Students will learn how to use a word processing program (Microsoft Word) to produce memos, letters, research papers and business reports. They will also be introduced to using a data base management system (dBASE). MMGT 153 (3) Creative Advertising Production (3,0,0) (S) An emphasis is placed on the practical applications of advertising principles through developing production skills. Copywriting, layout, design and illustrative techniques will be taught. MMGT 156 (3) Fashion Public Relations (3,0,0) (S) An overview on promotion from a study of personal selfpromotion to the larger world of promoting retailing. The emphasis in class will be to learn how to promote products, ideas and services for the market place. This course culminates in a professional fashion presentation where all skills learned are demonstrated. MMGT 157 (3) Visual Presentation (3,0,0) (S) Practical techniques and theory of visually presenting merchandise: window displays, interior displays, and merchandising of fixtures will be taught. MMGT 158 (3) Design and Colour (3,0,0) (F) This introduction of concepts of colour and design teaches application of the principles of graphic composition, basic form and shape, colour theory and visual communications, with an impact on retail-related themes and subjects through instruction, field trips, individual design and analysis. MMGT 161 (3) Management Presentation Skills (3,0,0) (F,S) Business skills will be developed in training for management and supervisory positions. Public speaking, report writing, chairing meetings and management communications skills will be covered. MMGT 165 (1.5) Career Research (1.5,0,0)(F) The students will explore the various career opportunities in retailing by networking within the industry. They will complete a two-week practicum during the term in a retail or retail-related business. MMGT 166 (1.5) Work Practicum (1.5,0,0)(S) Students are required to undertake a concentrated period of practical experience in the workplace. MMGT 172 (3) Product Knowledge (3,0,0) (S) This course covers basic facts and information about textiles, leather goods, furs, ceramics, crystal, jewelry metals, toys and other selected retail products. MMGT 174 (3) History of Fashion and Design (3,0,0) (F) A survey of social history from the Egyptians to the present will discuss the design cycle, contemporary styles and motifs in architecture, interiors, and garments and relate them to the market place of today. MMGT 178 (3) Canadian Business Methods (3,0,0) (S) MMGT 221 (3) Computers for Retail II (3,0,0) (S) This course provides students with an understanding of the microcomputer market, the management uses of microcomputers and the steps in hardware and software selection. Students will learn how to communicate with an IBM PC through its Operating System commands and how to use a financial planning package (Lotus 1-2-3) in the creation of business reports. MMGT 258 (3) Merchandise Marketing (3,0,0) (S) This course provides students with an opportunity to explore additional selected topics in merchandising which may include market research, small business contracts, buying, trends in visual retailing, and creative media use with an emphasis on the expanding international market place. MMGT 264 (3) Retail Store Design (3,0,0) (F) Store Interiors teaches the fundamentals of interior design as they relate to merchandising. Students design a store using the floor plan, renderings, choice of fabric, selection of colours and texture to showcase merchandise. MMGT 265 (1.5) Career Readiness (1.5,0,0)(S) The objective of this course is to provide the student with practical skills for successful job search. The students will research several professionals in the retail industry, and will spend a brief period with a professional (during work). Focus will be on resume writing, interview skill development, and other career-related skills. MMGT 272 (3) Retail Buying (3,0,0) (F) This course is a practical application of the Retail Management courses. The instructor will provide the basic management structure of the Retail Management "Gift Shop" activities weekly. The students will act as store managers in Control, Staff Training, Buying and Display and Promotion. Students will be entirely responsible for operating the store and all those activities and managerial responsibilities in operating a successful retail store. MMGT 273 (3) Store Management (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of MMGT 272. Retail business methods in Canada, will focus on the Canadian environment and the recent rapid changes in the retail industry. Career/Vocational — Business Management 157 Communications Contact Person: Crawford Kilian, Coordinator, Office G102. Phone: 986-1911, local 2585. and evenings. Students may take them in any order and may take as long as they require (within reason) to complete the certificate. Instructional Faculty The Basic Certificate will go to students who successfully complete four required courses and one optional course. Required courses will be: C. KILIAN, BA. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) B. REID, BA. (Alberta) L. SAVAGE B.A., Dip.Ed. (McGill), M. Ed. (Alberta) A. SEDKY, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Ain Shams, Cairo) G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist M. WITTMAN, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (UBC) The Communications (CMNS) Department provides training in writing and speech for students in Career/ Vocational programs as well as those wishing to apply specific skills to the world of work. In addition to courses in English basics, CMNS also offers courses in business and report writing, career preparation, public speaking, and freelance writing. A new certificate program will begin in September 1992. Career Opportunities In an information-based economy, good communication skills are a vital asset in any career. Many career-program CMNS courses offer components on effective job search techniques, including resume writing and interviewing. Courses for freelance writers equip students with the basic skills needed to market their work to magazines, newspapers and book publishers. Admission Requirements Students wishing to enrol in a specialized career-program CMNS course must meet the admission standards of that particular program. In some cases students may wish to take the CMNS component before enrolling in the rest of the program. Such students will require permission of the coordinators of both CMNS and the career program in question. Students wishing to enrol in "open" sections of CMNS, such as those offered in the evening, must meet general College admission standards. (See page 11). Business Communications Certificate Programs (BCCP) Beginning in September 1992, the CMNS Department will offer Basic and Advanced Certificates in Business Communications. While the program is open to all persons, many BCCP students are likely to be working in the business world and therefore free only for part-time study. Accordingly, courses will run in late afternoons Career/Vocational—Communications 158 CMNS 145: Computer Writing (Fall '92) CMNS 152: Report Writing (Fall '92) CMNS 170: Public Speaking (Spring '93) Communications Theory (course in development, available Spring '93 or Fall '94) For the Advanced Certificate, students must also take CMNS 230: Media Relations (in development) and INFO 140 (Computer Systems/Telecommunications), plus any two optional courses. Optional courses will include the following: CMNS 110: Standard English Usage (Fall '92, Spring '93) CMNS 171: Interviewing (in development, available Spring '93) CMNS 175: Speech Writing (in development, available Spring '93 or Fall '94) CMNS 190: Freelance Article Writing (Fall '92, Spring '93) CMNS 245: Newsletter Editing & Production (in development, available Fall '94) CMNS 250: Technical Writing (Fall '92) Students wishing to enroll in the Certificate Program should submit a portfolio of written work in an interview with CMNS faculty before registration. Persons who have already taken some courses in the BCCP program, or closely similar courses at other institutions, may apply their credits to the program. Students who can demonstrate extensive professional experience in a particular field (for example, freelance writing or technical writing) may challenge some courses. Special Fees and Expenses Most CMNS classes require no special fees; consult the coordinator if you have questions about such fees in your course. Awards and Scholarships The Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding student enrolled in a credit writing course in the fall term. The award is granted as early as possible in the spring term of the same academic year. Course Descriptions Communications 110 (3) Standard English Usage (3,1,0) (F,S) A course in grammar, spelling, punctuation, and diction. Students also gain experience in proofreading, correcting and revising short written assignments. Communications 120 (3) Effective Writing and Speech (3,1,0) (F,S) A course emphasizing structure and style in spoken and written communication, with some review of English basics as well. By writing and editing short essays, students develop a writing style both concise and precise. Communications 130 (3) Introductory Media Communications (3,1,0) (F) An introduction to writing and speaking for Media Resources students. Communications 140 (1.5) Introduction to Interactive Writing (3,1,0) (F,S) business and technical reports. Attention to graphics, style and report format. Spoken presentations may be required. Communications 153 (3) Communications and the Arts (3,1,0) (S) Prerequisite: CMNS 120 or proven English skills. The use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for artists and craftspersons. Writing assignments include an article on some aspect of art which the student will submit for publication. A spoken presentation is required. Communications 154 (3) Communications in Recreation (3,1,0) (S) Prerequisite: CMNS 120 or proven English skills. Writing and speech related to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, articles and briefs. Spoken presentations are required. Communications 155 (3) (3,1,0) (F) Communications in Early Childhood Education A course in writing for computer media. Students learn to write with a clear, concise writing style in various genres; to "translate" from technical jargon into plain English; and to develop basic editing and rewriting skills. Effective verbal and nonverbal communication and the writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations are required. Communications 141 Interactive Writing Communications 156 (3) Advanced Media Communications (1.5) (3,1,0) (F,S) (3,1,0) (S) Writing, editing, revising and publishing extensive documents for both technical and nontechnical readers. Students compile articles into an electronic magazine or portfolio accessible by modem or disc. A continuation of CMNS 130 with emphasis on interviewing techniques in applied situations. The course also deals with public speaking and group leadership techniques. Communications 142 (1.5) Advanced interactive Writing Communications 159 (3) Communications for the Legal Secretary (3,1,0) (F,S) Developing skills in computer communications "scriptwriting," planning, outlining, producing and revising extensive elecronic documents. Critiquing other documents. Communications 145 Computer Writing (3) (3,1,0) (F) Writing, editing and revising technical and non-technical information for the computer medium. Attention to concise style, logical organization and the limitations of the computer screen. Communications 152 Report Writing (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) Prerequisite: Proven English skills. Researching, organizing and presenting information for (3,1,0) (F,S) Strong emphasis on English basics (grammar, spelling, punctuation, correct usage), proofreading skills, and business writing. Communications 170 Public Speaking (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) Researching, organizing and presenting different kinds of speeches. Attention to voice training, nonverbal communication, and public speaking in various contexts. Communications 179 (3) Legal Communications (3,1,0) (S) Intended primarily for students in the Legal Assistant Program. Emphasis is on the styles and formats of writing in law firms, especially letters and contracts. Some attention as well to English basics. Career/Vocational — Communications 159 Early Childhood Education Communications 190 (3) Magazine Article Writing (3,1,0) (F,S) Researching and writing articles for publication in news media and magazines. Analysis of magazine readership, techniques of researching and interviewing, the current market for articles and development of an effective prose style. Students write three articles in suitable format and submit them for publication in established periodicals. Communications 250 Technical Writing (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) The basic techniques of technical writing for students from business or technical backgrounds: extended definition, process, procedure, description and summary. Intensive work in descriptive writing and vocabulary usage; examination of actual technical reports; study of the role of technical writers in corporate settings. Not offered in 1992-93. Communications 280 (3) Marketing Commercial Fiction (3,1,0) (F,S) Preparing short stories and novels in commercial genres such as mysteries, romances, thrillers and science fiction. Discussion of the market for suchfictionin Canada and the U.S. Students will submit three assignments (such as three short stories or a novel synopsis and two chapters) in marketable form. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. Communications 290 (3) Marketing a Non-Fiction Book Contact Person: Lois Rennie, Coordinator, 984-4947 TEN MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty R. ANNE, Dip. E.C.E. (Ryerson), Art Therapy (Toronto) K. BURKE, B.A. (Antioch), Dip. M.T. (Capilano) M.T.A. J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina General Hospital), Teaching Dip. (Sask.) S. LOW, B.A. (Alta), E.C.E. (Langara) M. RAWSTHORNE, B.H.E., M.Ed. (UBC), R.D. L.J. RENNIE B.Sc., Dip. E.C.E. (Brigham Young) B. STANSFELD, Dip. E.C.E., (Capilano) Our society is recognizing the importance of the early years in children's development. There is an increasing need in communities for child care services, and for trained staff who can ensure that the children's needs are met in a variety of programs for preschoolers. The Early Childhood Education program prepares students for supervising in these centres. Career Opportunities Graduates of the 10 month program certify, upon completion of the 50 hours of work experience required by the Community Care Facilities Branch (CCFB), as an Early Childhood Educator in the Province of B.C. Early Childhood Educators are qualified toprovide care for children between the ages of three years and school age. (3,1,0) (F,S) Additional courses are needed to certify as an Infant & Toddler Educator and /or a Special Needs Educator. Planning, organizing, researching and writing a publishable non-fiction book. Survey of potential markets, development of a detailed outline, and production of a proposal including a query letter, outline, and sample chapters to be submitted to an appropriate publisher. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. The positions obtained by graduates demand a high degree of maturity and interpersonal skill in addition to the ability to plan and implement program activities for young children. Not offered in 1992-93. The Program Early Childhood Education is a full-time, 10 month program beginning in mid-August. Based on the "Comptencies in Early Childhood Education", developed by the Ministry of Education, the foundation of the E.C.E. program is the study of development from birth to adulthood. The history and current philosophies of early childhood education are examined. An interrelated series of courses focus on the care and guidance of the young child, program planning, and curriculum content. Other areas of study include health and nutrition, interpersonal skills, parent-teacher realationships, and community resources. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program. Students have practical experience in three practicum centres under the guidance of qualified supevisors. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 160 Courses are presented in a manner which promotres active participation through labs, practical demonstrations, reports, group projects, role play, and discussions. All E.E.C. students are expected to maintain the program's standards of academic achievement and professional behaviour. In practicum centres students will adhere to E.C.E.B.C.'s Code of Ethics. Admission Requirements Enquiries to the department may be made at any time. An information meeting for potential applicants is held in March. Following this meeting, applicants are required to attend a group interview with the E.C.E. Instructors. Further interviews may be held in early August, if spaces are available. Candidates must be 19 years of age or older, with secondary school graduation. A year or more of life experience following high school usually contributes to the development of the maturity and personal characteristics which are necessary for success in the program and in working with young children and their families. Successful applicants will show evidence of development of interpersonal and life skills, emotional health, and a commitment to young children and their families. Related past work experience and education will be considered. College-level writing and academic skills are essential. Three references are required. Applicants are required to be functional in the English language, and the department reserves the right to assess their competence prior to admission into the program. Applicants are required to present a medical report on a form supplied by the College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Practicum centres require a Criminal Records check. Special Fees and Expenses The student can expect to spend approximately $700 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course and transportation for practicums. Graduation Requirements Attendance: Early Childhood Education courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Provincial certification requires the graduate to hold a valid First Aid Certificate. The student is responsible for obtaining this and for presenting it to the coordinator before the end of September. The St. John Emergency First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Continuation into the second term of the program is dependent on the demonstration of an adequate level of interpersonal, academic and teaching/ guiding skills. C- is the minimum acceptable grade in all courses. Practicum course grades must be C or higher. Graduation from the program requires completion of all courses in the program with a 2.0 GPA after the first term. Program Content FIRST TERM CMNS 155 Education 155 Education 170 Education 171 Education 172 Education 173 Education 174 Education 175 Education 176 Credits/Lab Basic Communications 3 Human Growth and Dev. I 3 Interpersonal Skills 1.5 Introduction to E.C.E. 15 Guiding Young Children I 1.5 Curriculum Development I 1.5 4 Health 1.5 Observing and Recording 1.5 Applied Theory-Practicum I 3 6 18 10 SECOND TERM Education 254 Theoretical Perspectives 3 Education 270 Intro, to Working with Families 1.5 Education 271 Intro, to Centre Organization 1.5 Education 272 Guiding Young Children II 1.5 Education 273 Curriculum Development II 1.5 4 Education 274 Nutrition 15 Education 275 Human Growth and Dev. 1.5 Education 276 Applied Theory—Practicum II 4 6 Education 277 Applied Theory—Practicum III 4 6 Education 279 Practicum Issues & Practices 15 21.5 16 E.C.E. POST BASC I PROGRAMS The Early Childhood Education Infant & Toddler Program and the Special Needs Program are two evening part-time programs for persons who have already completed a basic program in Early Childhood Education. Candidates must either be certified as an Early Childhood Educator or be in the process of completing the required 500 hours work experience. Completion of the Infant & Toddler Program qualifies a student to be an Infant & Toddler Educator. Completion of the Special Needs Program qualifies a student to be a Special Needs Educator. Each of the two programs consists of seven courses including two practicums. Courses are scheduled in the late afternoon and evening to accommodate persons who are working full-time. Some flexibility is possible in scheduling the daytime practicum in order to meet the needs of individual students. Courses in these two programs are scheduled on a twoyear rotation. Students can begin at any time in the sequence. A schedule is available on request from the department. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education 161 There are thre core courses which are part of both programs. Credit for these courses taken as part of one program means that the student has credit for part of the second program as well. Course Descriptions Graduates of the Capilano College 10 month Early Childhood Education Program who complete the two Post Basic Programs are eligible for the Capilano College Diploma in Arts and Science. The first half of a two-part sequence. Course material spans the period from conception through the preschool years and examines physical and motor development, cognitive, language, and affective growth and development. An introductory study of theories, principles of development, and child study techniques is included. Contact the E.C.E. coordinator for further information. Infant & Toddler Program Education 170 (1.5) Interpersonal Skills Program Content FIRST TERM •Education 350 Advanced Child Development (Fall '92) •Education 351 Family, School & Community (Fall '93) Education 355 Physical Care & Safety (Fall '92) Education 356 Infant/Toddler Practicum A Education 357 Infant/Toddler Practicum B Credits 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 8.5 SECOND TERM •Education 352 Centre Operations (Spring ' 93) Education 353 Program Planning (Spring '93) Education 356 Infant/Toddler Practicum A Education 357 Infant/Toddler Practicum B 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 6.5 Program Content Credits 2.0 SECOND TERM •Education 352 Centre Operations (Spring '93) Education 354 Program Planning for Special Needs (Spring '94) Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B These courses apply to both the Infant/Toddler & Special Needs Programs 2.0 2.0 1.5 15 9.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 15 6.5 (4,0,0) (F) (15,0,0) (F) An introductory two-week course in which students gain an understanding of basic communication principles and techniques. Practice in the application of these skills is included. Education 171 (1.5) Introduction to Early Childhood Education (15,0,0) (F) A two week course which introduces the student to many aspects of programs for the young child and the role of the preschool teacher. Course content includes discussion of philosophy and goals, scheduling, arranging play spaces, the important role of play, and knowing children as individuals. Basic play activities are examined with respect to learning values, equipment, preparation, and teacher guidance. Education 172 (1.5) Guiding Young Children I Special Needs Program FIRST TERM Education 262 Special Education (Fall '93) •Education 350 Advanced Child Development (Fall '92) •Education 351 Family, School & Community (Fall '93) Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B Education 155 (3) Human Growth and Development I (2,0,0) (F) This course develops a theoretical framework of guidance principles and techniques and examines their application. It also discusses the significance of routines in the day care centre program, and describes procedures and teacher guidance in these situations. Education 173 (1.5) Curriculum Development I (2,4,0) (F) The first of a two part sequence in which curriculum areas are explored. This course is based on the philosophy that play provides the foundation for children's growth and development The course is closely coordinated with the concurrent practicum course so that students have particular children in mind as they plan goals, developmentally appropriate activities and materials, and teaching strategies. Building a curriculum resource file is a significant component of this course. Education 174 Health (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) The course is designed to familiarize students with some of the common childhood illnesses. Particular emphasis Career/Vocational—Early 162 Childhood Education is placed on the management of the young child with a health problem in a preschool setting. The course also includes preventive health measures, and the symptoms of common childhood illnesses and communicable diseases. Education 175 (1.5) Observing and Recording (2,0,0) (F) A course which develops skill in objectively observing and recording the behaviour of young children. Weekly supervised observations form the major part of the course. Different kinds of observational techniques are explored. The uses of teacher observations are examined. Education 176 (3) Applied Theory—Practicum I (2,0,6) (F) The first of three practicum courses. In this course the student spends two mornings per week in a practicum centre, arranged by the College, working under the supervision of a qualified supervisor. An instructor also observes the student working in the centre. Assignments are integrated with the course work in Education 173. Students plan, implement, and evaluate activities. Classroom discussion once a week helps the student integrate theory and practice. Education 254 (3) Theoretical Perspectives (4,0,0) (S) This course provides an introduction to educational philosophy recognizing historical, sociological and psychological influences. Major contemporary issues will be examined. Cross culture approaches to early childhood education will be discussed. Education 270 (1.5) Introduction to Working with Families (2,0,0) (S) This course is designed to develop a beginning understanding of the significance and complexity of an effective relationship between the early childhood educator and the child's family. The student is helped to identify needs, feelings, values, and expectations of parents, to plan for the introduction of new families to the centre, to clarify roles of family and staff, to further develop communication skills, to examine similarities and differences in customs and values in various ethnic and religious groups, to recognize personal values, and to identify the essence of a professional relationship with parents. Education 271 (1.5) Introduction to Centre Organization (2,0,0) (S) An introductory look at some of the administrative aspects of operating a centre for young children. This course assumes a knowledge of curriculum and daily program planning, and identifies necessary functions relating indirectly to children, e.g. handling finances, hiring staff, leadership and management, cleaning and maintenance, policies and procedures, etc. Provincial legislation regulating child care is examined. Steps to opening a centre will also be discussed. Education 272 (1.5) Guiding Young Children II (2,0,0) (S) This is a follow up to Educatjon 172 and will extend the student's repertoire of guidance/teaching techniques. The focus is on responding to the needs of the individual child and on fostering prosocial behaviour and a positive self concept. The student will develop skill in writing behavioural goals, and planning for their achievement. Planning effectively for the new child in the group is also included. Education 273 (1.5) Curriculum Development II (2,4,0) (S) A continuation of Education 173. The student will acquire further knowledge, experience and skill in planning, implementing and evaulating curriculum activities to enhance the development of the whole child. It is recognized that each child's cultural heritage must be valued and, therefore, visible throughout the curriculum. This course is closely coordinated with Education 276/277. Education 274 (1.5) Food and Nutrition (2,0,0) (S) This course enables students to plan and prepare appropriate snacks and meals for the preschool child. The student is introduced to basic nutrients and their role in human physiology, and the special requirements of the child for optimum health. Students are encouraged to work cooperatively with families and health professionals. Topics covered include menu planning and healthy eating habits, physical, social, religious and cultural differences, food purchase and storage, and food safety. Education 275 (1.5) Human Growth and Development II (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Education 155 following the preschooler through the middle years of childhood, adolescence, and into adulthood. Education 276 Applied Theory—Practicum II This is a full time block practicum of five weeks duration. The student works under the guidance of a qualified early childhood educator in a centre selected by the College. An instructor also observes the student. Classroom discussion is focused on integrating theory and practice. Career/Vocational — Early Childhood Education Assignments are designed to extend the developing skills of activity planning and teaching/guiding young children. Education 277 Applied Theory - Practicum III This is the final course of the E.C.E. program, taken after completion of all other courses in the program. The student consolidates and extends the skills developed earlier. It is a full day block practicum of five weeks duration. Weekly classes again link theory to its practical application. Education 279 (1.5) Practicum Issues & Practices (2,0,0) (S) This course will examine two significant current practices in ECE - infants and toddlers in group centre and the integration of children with special needs in typical centres. Issues surrounding child abuse will be discussed. "Let's Talk About Touching" program will be incorporated. Post Basic Program Course Descriptions FIRST TERM Education 350 (2) Advanced Child Development (2.5,0,0) (F) This course will focus on all aspects of the growth and development of infants, toddlers, and children with special needs. Education 355 (1.5) Physical Care and Safety (2,0,0) (F) The student will develop an awareness of the teacher's role and responsibility in preparing a safe, healthy environment and planning routine procedures through which the infants' and toddlers' basic needs will be met. Education 356 Infant & Toddler Practicum A This is the first of a two part sequence in which the student will work with Infant/Toddlers in a group setting. Previously developed skills will be extended and adapted to infants and toddlers. Emphasis will be placed on the development of strategies to promote self-esteem, language, social behaviour and self-help skills. Education 357 Infant & Toddler Practicum B This is the second of a two part Infant/Toddler practicum sequence. The student will "fine tune" her/his ability to work with both children and adults in a day care program for children under three years of age. Career/Vocational—Early 164 Childhood Education Education 358 Special Needs Practicum A This is the first of a two part sequence in which the student will work with children with special needs in an integrated or specialized setting. Emphasis will be placed on the development of strategies to promote the child's self-esteem, developing communications, self-help and cognitive skills. Education 359 Special Needs Practicum B This is the second of a two part Special Needs Practicum sequence. The student will extend her/his ability to plan a program for an individual child and the group in an integrated or specialized setting. Communication with parents, staff and children will be emphasized. SECOND TERM Education 352 (2) Centre Operation (2.5,0,0) (S) The student will develop an understanding of the administration tasks and the leadership and supervisory roles necessary to operate a child care centre. Education 353 (1.5) Program Planning for Infant & Toddlers (2,0,0) (S) The focus will be on planning schedules, routines, space and program activities for infants and toddlers. Individual and small group activities which promote self esteem, language, social behaviours and self-help skills will be planned. Goal setting and effective guidance will be discussed. Education 356, 357,358, 359 See First Term "Education 350 and 352 are core courses and are, therefore, components of both the Infant & Toddler and Special Needs Programs. Courses offered in 1993/1994 will complete the two year rotation enabling students to qualify as an Infant & Toddler Educator and/or Special Needs Educator. Fish Culture Sechelt Campus Only Special Fees and Expenses Contact Person: Dave Bates 987-1535 or 885-9310 CERTIFICATE Students can expect to spend approximately $500 on field equipment. In addition, students will have transportation expenses associated with field practicums. Financial assistance in the form of student loans and bursaries may be available. Instructional Faculty Graduation Requirements D.J. BATES, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU), R.P.Bio. R. FARQUHARSON, B.Sc. (UVic) M. MARSH, Dip. Tech. (Malaspina), B.Sc. (UBC) D. STAPLES Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all Fish Culture Technician courses (36 credits). ONE YEAR FISH CULTURE TECHNICIAN Career Opportunities Graduates of the program may find challenging careers with either the private or public fish culture sector. This includes the commercial aquaculture industry, government contracts with fisheries agencies and consulting firms. A Fish Culture Technician, while working under the supervision of a manager, will be responsible for the well being of intensively reared salmonids. Distance Education The Fish Culture Technician Program is also available in distance learning format. Students unable to attend full time may register in one or more courses. Courses in the distance education format carry transfer credit to the fulltime program. Upon completion the student is also awarded the Fish Culture Technician Certificate. The distance learning program has been designed for individuals currently working in the fish culture field who wish to upgrade their academic credentials. Individualized programs may be available. The Program The Fish Culture Technician Program is an 8.5 month program training students in the art and science of salmonid culture. Basic salmonid biology and husbandry techniques are taught with the theory backed up by hands on experience. Work practicums (8 weeks) in this program will involve students living and working at Fish Culture facilities in order to gain important practical skills. In addition to practicum experience, the program utilizes field trips and field days at localfishculture facilities to emphasize important skills. Course content is designed to meet the needs of the commercial fish culture industry as well as the enhancement sector. Admission Requirements Prospective applicants should inquire by telephone or by writing to the Sechelt campus. An information package will then beforwardedand the applicant's name placed on an interest list. Applicants on this list will be invited to attend an information and interview session scheduled for the late spring. There are 24 seats available in the Fish Culture Technican Program. Interviews are conducted until the program is full. Program Content FIRST TERM Aqua 100 Fish Culture I Aqua 102 Environmental Monitoring for Fish Culture Aqua 110 Salmonid Biology Aqua 120 Computers for Aquaculture Aqua 130 Field Skills Aqua 140 Work Practicum I Credits 3 3 3 3 3 18 SECOND TERM Aqua 101 Fish Culture II Aqua 103 Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding & Growth Aqua 111 Fish Health Aqua 121 Basic Aquacultural Engineering Aqua 131 Aquaculture Business Aqua 141 Work Practicum II 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Course Descriptions Aquaculture 100 Fish Culture I (3) (6,0,0) (F) An introduction to the theory and techniques used in the freshwater culture of salmon and trout. Course content covers collection, incubation and rearing of salmonids. The major emphasis is on hatchery production of salmonids for commercial aquaculture and enhancement purposes. Career/Vocational - Fish Culture 165 Aquaculture 102 (3) Environmental Monitoring for Fish Culture (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to water quality with respect to intensive salmonid culture. Course content examines water quality parameters that impact onfishproduction, methods for measuring these parameters and the role of water quality information in production planning. Aquaculture 110 Salmonid Biology (3) (3,3,0) F) Aquaculture 111 Fish Health (3) (6,3,0) (S) An introduction to the science of fish health. This course examines the pathogens that frequently infect cultured salmonids. Course content examines the various groups of pathogens and methods used to prevent, minimize the impact or treat these pathogens. Aquaculture 121 (3) Basic Aquaculture Engineering (3,3,0) (S) An introductory course in the basic biology of the salmonid. Course content examines the life histories, habitat and biology of these animals. An introduction to applied hydrodynamics. Course content deals primarily with water system designs for hatcheries. Aquaculture 120 (3) Computers in Aquaculture Aquaculture 131 (3) Aquaculture Business (0,6,0) (F) (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to the personal computer and associated software. Course content introduces the student to word processing, spreadsheets and databases using the integrated software program Microsoft Works. An introductory course in business and licensing of aquaculture facilities. Content will include the application process, transport regulations and waste managment regulations. Aquaculture 130 Field Skills Aquaculture 141 (3) Work Practicum II (3) (0,6,0) (F) Techniques and skills that are essential tofishculturalists working in thefield.This includes boat handling, firstaid, marine radio and equipment use. Aquaculture 140 Work Practicum I (3) (F) Practicums involve the student working for two 10-day periods at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities working withfishculture staff. Aquaculture 101 Fish Culture II (3) (6,3,0) (S) A continuation of Aquaculture 100. This course examines the intensive culture of salmonids reared in the marine environment. Content includes an introduction to the marine environment, smolt transport, salt water adaptation, cage culture, and harvesting and processing. Aquaculture 103 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding and Growth An introductory course in the applied aspects of salmonid nutrition. Course content includes nutritional requirements of cultured salmonids, feed formulation and manufacture, feeding methods and strategies, biology of growth and growth estimation. Career/Vocational — Fish Culture 166 (S) Practicums involve the student working for two 10-day periods at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities, working withfishculture staff. Aquaculture 142 Directed Studies (3) Students are expected to propose and complete a small project relating to some aspect of salmonid culture. Projects may include literature review projects or field projects. This course is intended for students studying fish culture via distance education. Health and Human Services LONG TERM CARE AIDE PROGRAM Contact People: Margot Rawsthorne, Coordinator, Phone: 984-4947 Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists; Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant FOUR MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B.A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) S. ENGELBERT, B.A., R.N. B. MILLER, R.N. M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. K. TAYLOR, R.N. C. TWEEN, R.N. Career Opportunities The number of elderly people in our community is increasing, and there is an ever-growing demand for qualified men and women to work full-time or part-time in this field of health care. Graduates of this full-time LTCA program are qualified to work with residents in various long term care settings, including extended care facilities, intermediate care facilities, personal care residences, and home support. The potential for employment is excellent. The Program Capilano College offers a four month full-time certificate program recognized throughout British Columbia. This program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to qualify to work with long term care clients in many different settings. The program integrates health care theory with practice. Practicum experiences take place in a variety of intermediate care and extended care facilities. All students who are interested in the LTCA prgram must attend an information meeting and have an interview with an LTCA instructor. Two programs are offered each year: September to December, and January to April. The information meeting for the fall program takes place in April. The meeting for the spring program takes place in October. Admission Requirements 1. All prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in April for the fall program and in October for the spring program. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a genuine desire to work with elderly people in the health field. Two references are required. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is a grade 10 or equivalent. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of absence of active tuberculosis. Graduation Requirements Attendance: The Long Term Care Aide courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Graduation requires a valid First Aid Certificate which includes C.P.R. The student is responsible for obtaining this and presenting it to the coordinator before the first day of classes. The St. John's Emergency Level Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Students must obtain a B- average (2 2/3 G.P.A.) in the theory course, LTCA 003 and a credit in the practicum course, LTCA 004. Fees and Expenses The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar for a 15 credit program. The student can expect to spend approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course and transportation for practicums. Financial Aid is available to eligible students. Awards and Scholarships The LTCA program offers the Rosalind Brossard Scholarship. Program Content LTCA 003 LTCA 004 Long Term Care Aide Theory Long Term Care Aide Practicum Course Descriptions LTCA 003 (15) Long Term Care Aide Theory (15,0,0) (F,S) This course covers the topics of health care needed by the LTC Aide working with older clients: effective communication with the long term care client and members of the health care team, ethical and professional standards of behaviour, growth and development of the long term care client, the need for nutrition, sexuality, sensory stimula- Career/Vocational—Health and Human Services 167 tion, security/sef-esteem, protection and safety, rest and activity, elimination, and oxygen. LTCA 004 (0) Long Term Care Aide Practice (0,3,12) (F,S) Students spend half a day per week in the College health lab learning practical skills and two days a week in a clinical setting arranged by the College. There is a final two weeks of practicum in an extended care unit. All practicum experiences are under the guidance of a qualified clinical supervisor selected by the College. and knowledge required for a career in the Health and Human Services field. This full-time, eight month certificate program integrates health care theory with practice. Practicum experiences take place in a variety of community health care settings. All students who are interested in the Personal Care Attendant program must attend an information meeting and have an interview with an instructor. Admission Requirements PERSONAL CARE ATTENDANT FOR THE DS I ABLED 1. All prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further interviews may be held in mid-August, if spaces in the program are available. Contact People: Jann Gibbs Phone: 984-4947 Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a genuine desire to work with physically disabled people in the Health & Human Services field. Two references are required. EIGHT MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10 or equivalent, with grade 12 preferred. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B.C. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) L. CUTHBERTSON, B.H.Sc. (O.T.) (McMaster), M.Ed. (Brock) Reg. O.T. (BC) M. DAYAN, B.S.R. (UBC), Chartered Physiotherapist J. GIBBS, R.P.N., R.S.W. M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed.(UBC), R.D.N. Career Opportunities As more disabled people move from institutionalized living into their own homes in the community, there is an increasing demand for qualified men and women to work full-time or part-time in this field. Graduates of this full-time program qualify to work with physically disabled clients of all ages. The positions obtained by graduates demand a high degree of maturity and interpersonal skill, with the ability to respond to the needs of clients with many different types of physical disabilities. Graduates of the PCAD program find employment in many areas of the health field including: group homes, private homes, recreation programs and health care centres. Graduates work with physically disabled clients, enabling the client to participate in everyday living. The potential for employment is excellent. The objective of the program is to provide the basic skills 168 5. Students need a valid First Aid Certificate which includes C.P.R. throughout the course. The student is repsonsible for obtaining this and presenting it to the coordinator before the first day of classes. The St. John's Emergency Level Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Graduation Requirements Attendance: The Personal Care Attendant courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Students must obtain a minimum C+ average (21/3 G.P.A.) with completion of all courses in the program. Fees and Expenses The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar for a 30 credit program. The student can expect to spend approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First Aid course, transportation for practicums, and for a Criminal Record Check should it be needed. Financial Aid is available to eligible students. Program Career/Vocational—Health 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Some practicum placements require a Criminal Record Check. and Human Services PCAD 023 (1.5) Growth and Development Course Descriptions PC AD 011 (1.5) Human Relations I (2,0,1) (F) This is the first course in a two part sequence, in which the student will develop the knowledge and skills in human relations which are needed to be an effective facilitator of independent living for persons with disabilities. PCAD 012 (1.5) Ethics and Values in Health Care (2,0,1) (F) In this course the student will develop the knowledge and skills required to fill the role of a P.C. A.D. in a professional, ethical and caring manner to ensure that people with disabilities are valued. PCAD 013 (1.5) Introduction to Physical Disabilities (2,0,1) (F) This course enables students to understand the theoretical basis for the procedures needed by the Personal Care Attendant working with physically disabled clients of all ages. The procedures include the principles of body mechanics, medical asepsis, medical conditions and the functional limitations of each disability. The assignments are integrated with lab and practicum placements in PCAD 019 and PCAD 039. PCAD 015 (3) Physiology and Human Needs (4,0,2) (F) (2,0,1) (S) This course is designed to introduce students to the major changes which occur in normal and abnormal development. The learner will identify basic human needs, assess how these needs are met and will establish how they fit into a continuum of care to meet the needs of people with disabilities. PCAD 024 (1.5) Advanced Physical Disabilities (2,0,1) (S) This is a continuation of PCAD 013. The student learns the theoretical basis of advanced procedures essential to the role of the Personal Care Attendant. The course content is also integrated with lab and practicum placements in PCAD 029 and PCAD 039. PCAD 026 (1.5) Food, Nutrition and Food Safety (2,0,1) (S) This course enables students to plan and prepare appropriate snacks and meals for people with physical disabilities. Students are encouraged to work cooperatively with clients, their families and health professionals as members of the health team. Topics include: menu planning and healthy eating habits; physical, social, religious and cultural differences; food purchase and storage; texture modification and food safety. PCAD 027 (1.5) Protection and Safety (2,0,1) (S) This course provides an introduction to basic anatomy and physiology of the body, related to the human needs of people of all ages. This course enables students to provide a safe home environment for people with disabilities. Topics include: sanitation, accident prevention, fire prevention and safe working procedures. PCAD 019 (3) Applied Theory - Practicum I PCAD 029 (7.5) Applied Theory - Practicum II (0,4,11) (F) The first part of the practicum course is a series of field trips designed to increase the student's awareness of community resources. In the second part of the course students spend two days a week in a practicum placement arranged by the College. A clinical instructor visits and observes the student working in the practicum setting. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work in PCAD 013. PCAD 022 (1.5) Human Relations II (2,0,1) (S) This is the second course in human relations, in which the student continues to develop knowledge and skills related to the needs of clients with physical disabilities. (0,4,11) (S) This is the second part of the practicum course covering three practicums of varying lengths, ranging between two, three, and four weeks each. Practicums take place in group homes, private homes, health centres, recreation programs, day cares and classrooms. Each practicum is under the guidance of a College instructor and qualified supervisor from the practicum setting. PCAD 039 (4.5) Applied Theory - Lab Skills and Practice (0,4,2) (F,S) Students spend one day a week in the College health lab learning the practical skills needed to work with clients with physical disabilities. Career/Vocational—Health and Human Services 169 Landscape Horticulture Contact: 984-4947 ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty L. KOSKITALO, Coordinator, B.Sc. (U. of M.), Ph.D.(UBC) R. WELSH, Dip. Landscape Tech. (B.C.I.T.) D. RINK-McGINN, B.S.A. (U. of Sask.), M.U.P. (Oregon), M.L.A. (Oregon) Support Staff: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant Career Opportunities Graduates of the Applied Landscape Horticulture program find employment in many areas of horticulture including: municipal parks, golf courses, residential and commercial landscape installation and/or maintenance; garden centre sales, nursery and greenhouse operations. The Program The objective of the Applied Landscape Horticulture program is to provide individuals with the basic skills and knowledge prerequisite to beginning a career in landscaping or landscape-related industries. This full-time 8 month certificate program integrates horticultural theory with practice; the first term emphasizing theory and the second term practical applications. Special Fees and Expenses In addition to the program tuition, students will incur further expenses of approximately $650 for books, personal work gear and equipment, certification fees, field trip, conference and membership fees. Graduation Requirements Due to the intense nature of the program, regular fulltime attendance is crucial. Students are expected to attend and participate in all classes and program activities. Students with poor attendance may be required to withdraw. Participation in all field trips, including the 3day orientation field trip, is compulsory. Students must attain a minimum aggregate G.P.A. of 2.3, pass all courses, must possess a valid B.C. pesticide dispenser or acceptable applicator certificate, and attain a minimum 60% standing in plant materials to successfully complete the program. Awards and Scholarships The Applied Horticulture Bursary for $500 is presented at the beginning of the second term. Applications for this award will be received in mid-December, the award being based upon: • first term marks • program participation • financial need Due to the popular nature of the program, and its limited enrollment, prospective students are advised to contact the Horticulture department by late April to arrange to attend our mid-May INFORMATION MEETING. Student/instructor interviews can be arranged at the conclusion of this meeting. This scholarship is awarded to the student who has demonstrated excellence in terms of scholastics and programs involvement. Admission Requirements Program Content 1. All prospective students are required to attend a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further interviews may be held in mid-August, if spaces in the program are available. Students who are unable to attend the interview should contact the program coordinator to make alternative arangements. FIRST TERM Credits Labs HORT 101 Introductory Horticulture 5 8 HORT 102 Plant Materials I 5 0 HORT 103 Growing Media & Fertilizers 2 1 HORT 105 Plant Production 2 1 HORT 106 Landscape Irrigation & Drainage 2 1 HORT 107 P & T Gardens Practicum 0 Q 16 11 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and should have a genuine interest in and desire for commencing or continuing a career in horticulture. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10, with grade 12 preferred. Students not proficient in basic math may be required to take an upgrading course. 4. Applicants should be in reasonable health and physical condition. 5. Successful applicants will show evidence of development of interpersonal skills and emotional health. Career/Vocational — Landscape Horticulture 170 The B.C. Council of Garden Clubs Scholarship for $500 is presented at the beginning of the second term. SECOND TERM HORT 108 Landscape Design HORT 109 Plant Materials II HORT 110 Turfgrass Management HORT 111 Business Practices HORT 112 Landscape Installation & Maintenance HORT 114 P & T Gardens Practicum 2 4 3 1.5 2 0 2 1 5 0 15.5 8 0 13 Course Descriptions Horticulture 101 (5) Introductory Horticulture (6,8,0) (F) This course details commercial horticulture in B.C., covers basic plant science theory, deals with work site safety and develops basic horticultural skills including the use and proper care of hand tools, power equipment, day to day greenhouse operations, planting and watering techniques. Students participate in a 3-day orientation field trip near the beginning of this course. Students also participate in a WCB certified survival first aid practicum. Horticulture 102 Plant Materials I (5) (7,0,0) (F) Horticulture 108 (2) Landscape Design (1.5,2,0) (S) A highly practical introductory course in design theory and practices; plan reading and revisions; and basic design skills. Course materials are presented by means of lectures, visuals, projects and specific practicum labs. Horticulture 109 Plant Materials II (4) (7,0,0) (S) A continuation of HORT 102 with the emphasis on conifers, broadleaf evergreens, annuals and perennials. Horticulture 110 (3) Turfgrass Management (4.5,2,0) (S) An introduction to woody and herbaceous ornamentals including deciduous trees and shrubs, conifers, broadleaf evergreens, bulbs, and ground covers. This course emphasizes identification, landscape values and requirements of the plant materials studied. An introductory turfgrass course dealing with the selection of grasses for turfs, turfgrass installation, and maintenance (includes fertilization, irrigation, moving, cultivation, pest control practices) for residential and large area turfs. Horticulture 103 (2) Growing Media & Fertilizers Horticulture 111 (1.5) Business Practices (3,1,0) (F) (2,1,0) (S) This course is designed to provide students with the media science knowledge necessary for the production and maintenance of plants in the greenhouse, nursery and landscape. Deals with business establishment, business organizations, business operations, landscape estimating, quotations and contracts. Job search, job applications, resumes and interviews are also discussed. Horticulture 105 Plant Production Horticulture 112 (5.0) Landscape Installation & Maintenance (2) (3,1,0) (F) To acquaint students with greenhouse and nursery production systems and methods. Topics will include: plant propagation, greenhouse production and nursery stock production. Students will successfully produce a number of specific greenhouse and nursery crops. Horticulture 106 (2) Landscape Irrigation and Drainage (3,1,0) (F) This course is designed to familiarize the student with the basics of turf and drip irrigation systems as well as basic landscape drainage systems. Students learn how to install, operate and maintain landscape irrigation systems. Horticulture 107 (0) P & T Gardens Practicum (0,0,2) (F) (5,8,0) (S) A largely applied course covering plant installation and common landscape maintenance practices. Landscape installation topics include: site preparation, use of aggregates, and construction of walks, steps, retaining walls, fences, trellises, and use of paving materials. Maintenance topics include: pruning, planting and transplanting, pest management, mulches, and methods of fertilization. Students write the B.C. Ministry of Environment General Dispenser and Landscape Applicator pesticide certification examinations.The majority of the course time is spent on field installation and maintenance work. Horticulture 114 (0) P & T Gardens Practicum (0,0,2) (S) A continuation of HORT 107. This is an optional landscape maintenance work experience at Park and Tilford Gardens. The objectives of the practicum are to develop a professional work ethic, to master basic gardening skills and to learn to complete tasks effectively and in a timely manner. Career/Vocational—Landscape Horticulture 171 Legal Assistant Program Contact: 984-4959 Instructional Faculty M. ALPERSTEIN, B.Sc., (U of C), LL.B (Queens) M. BRADSHAW, B.A. (U. of Colorado), LL.B. (UBC) D. COCHRAN, B.A., LL.B. (UBC), Cert. Ed., M.A. Ed. (SFU) V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC), External Co-ordinator A. DUMOULIN, B.A., LL.B. (UBC) W. ENWRIGHT, B.F.A., M.F.A. (UBC) LL.B. (McGill) J. FAIRL1E, B. Mus., LL.B. (UBC) N. HALL D. PHILLIPS M. SPENCE, B.Sc., LL.B. (UBC) D. THOMSON, B.SC., LL.B. (Queens) G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist Support Staff K. Le QUYERE, Receptionist M. MACKAY, Divisional Assistant M. TAYLOR, Clerk Typist 1. TWO YEAR ASSOCA I TE IN ARTS AND SCE I NCE DP I LOMA Upon completion of the two year program, students must complete a six month practicum under the supervision of a lawyer. Students are paid during this practicum by their employer. At the end of a successful practicum, the student is eligible for graduation. Faculty work closely with students and with the legal community to ensure successful practicum placements. Faculty maintain close contacts with the legal community, and several faculty members are practising lawyers. As well, support is provided by an external Advisory Committee, which provides information on recent developments in the legal community, and offers advice on topics ranging from curriculum changes to grad placements. Members of the Advisory Committee include representatives from the Law Society of British Columbia, the Canadian Bar Association, private law firms, a government agency, and crown corporations. Career Opportunities Admissions Requirements A legal assistant, while working under the supervision of a lawyer, is capable of originating work and making decisions. This person has knowledge of both procedural and substantive law. Some examples of work functions are: interviewing clients; drafting pleadings, wills, probate, conveyancing and corporate documents; legal research; file management; assisting in trial preparation. Prospective applicants may apply by telephoning 984-4959. All names will be recorded and applicants will receive an invitation to an information meeting, and a formal admission procedures outline. Graduates of the program will find challenging careers working as legal assistants in law offices, government agencies, and corporate legal departments. The program has been in operation for thirteen years and has a 90% placement rate. (This figure may fluctuate for any one graduating class depending on the economy.) Programs There are two legal assisant programs offered at Capilano College. 1. The Associate in Arts and Science Diploma program. This is a two year full-time program designed for people without current legal experience. 2. The Legal Assistant Certificate Program. This evening program is designed for people who are presently working in a law office with at least two years' legal secretarial or paralegal experience. Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program 172 This is not an entry level program. All applicants will be required to have a personal interview. Admission to the program is based on an interest in law, maturity, postsecondary education and/or work background, and commitment to the Legal Assistant Program. There are 35 seats available in the Legal Assistant Program. Interviews are conducted until the program is full, and are normally held each year from March to June. Academic Standards The Legal Assistant program requires students to maintain a cummulative 3.0 grade point average over the four terms. In addition, any student whose grade point average falls below 2.0 will not be permitted to continue in the program. Special Fees and Expenses The student can expect to spend approximately $1000.00 per year on books and photocopying expenses. Since regular use of a law library is necessary for research purposes, students should include necessary transportation expenses. Financial assistance may be available in the form of student loans and bursaries. Information on these is available at the Financial Aid Office. Graduation Requirements Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all Legal Assistant courses offered (67.5 credits). Students must also complete 3 credits of University Transfer 100 level courses and 3 credits of computer training equivalent to BSMG 180. These courses may be completed at any accredited post-secondary institution. In addition all students must complete a 6 month practicum, and receive a "Pass" grade prior to graduation. To be eligible to go out on a practicum students must maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA. SECOND TERM Wills & Probate Procedures LGAS 157 LGAS 180 Contracts I LGAS 253 Company Law LGAS 254 Torts II LGAS 256 Family Law THIRD TERM Basic Corporate Procedures LGAS 153 Introduction to Criminal Law & LGAS 154 Evidence Introduction to Securities Procedures LGAS 158 LGAS 172 Legal Drafting I LGAS 179 Legal Interviewing LGAS 181 Contracts II Insurance Law I LGAS 264 Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3£ 15.0 LGAS 199 Career Practicum Total Credits: Academic Transfer: Computer Course: Diploma Requirement: Those without a legal background or the two years experience may be admitted to a particular course only after consultation with the Coordinator. It is the student's responsibility to initiate the contact with the Coordinator prior to registration. The Legal Assistant Certificate Program courses normally start in September, although occasionally they may also start in January. Contact the Legal Assistant Program area at 984-4951 for registration deadline information. The requirements for the certificate must be completed within five years of commencing the courses. The fiveyear period may be extended for one year in exceptional circumstances. Certificate Requirements 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3J) 15.0 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3£ 18.0 FOURTH TERM LGAS 155 Conveyancing Procedures Legal Drafting II LGAS 174 LGAS 255 Real Property Litigation Procedures III LGAS 262 LGAS 265 Insurance Law II CMNS 179 Communications This is a part-time evening program designed for students with at least two years legal secretarial or paralegal experience who are presently working in a law office. Acceptance into a particular course does not mean a student has been accepted into the program as a whole. Two Year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma Program Content FIRST TERM LGAS 150 Intro to Study of Law Litigation Procedures I LGAS 162 Legal Research LGAS 170 LGAS 176 Legal Office Procedures LGAS 252 Torts I 2. LEGAL ASSS I TANT CERTIFICATE PROGRAM 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3X1 16.5 3.0 67.5 3.0 3.0 73.5 In order to attain the Legal Assistant Certificate students must successfully complete 39 credits. Thirty-three of these credits must be chosen from substantive Legal Assistant Courses. Students must also complete six credits of University Transfer courses at a 100 level or one three credit 100 level university transfer course and 3 credits of computer training equivalent to BSMG 180. A 2.66 cumulative GPA must be maintained. Legal Assistant Certificate Program Content * Courses marked with an asterisk are required courses and must be taken before a student is eligible to receive a certificate. + Students wishing to enter the program must first take LGAS 150 and then LGAS 170 before they will be admitted to any course except LGAS 151. *+ LGAS 150 *+ LGAS 151 *+ LGAS 170 LGAS 172/174 LGAS 179 * LGAS 180/181 LGAS 182 LGAS 252/254 LGAS 253 LGAS 255 LGAS 256 Introduction to the Study of Law Evidence Legal Research Legal Drafting I & II Legal Interviewing Contracts I & II Creditors' Remedies Torts I & II Company Law Real Property Family Law Career/Vocational — Legal Assistant Program 173 LGAS 155 (1.5) Conveyancing Procedures LGAS 264/265 Insurance I & II LGAS 268 Criminal Law LGAS 271 Administrative Law Transfer Credits Transfer credits will not automatically be given for courses taken at other institutions. Students will be required to demonstrate current knowledge before course exemption will be granted. Course Descriptions Please see program content to determine which courses apply to the program in which you are interested. LGAS 150 (3) Introduction to the Study of Law (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. The course will cover the historical development of legal institutions and the principles of common law and equity, the interpretation of statutes, and an analysis of the system; its strengths and weaknesses. (2,0,0) (S) Introduce students to basic conveyancing procedures in B.C., including the role of the conveyancing assistant, the structure of a real estate sale, the system of registration in B.C., and basic procedures when acting for a purchaser and/or vendor. LGAS 157 (3) Wills & Probate Procedures (4,0,0) (S) An examination of the Wills Act, the Estate Administration Act, and Wills Variation Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and Letters of Administration. Students will also learn how to deal with assets after Letters Probate or Administration have been obtained. LGAS 158 (1.5) Introduction to Securities Procedures (2,0,0) (S) Introduce students to and familiarize them with the B.C. Securities Act and Regulation, the role of the B.C. Securities Commission and the requirements of the Vancouver Stock Exchange. Transferable to SFU. LGAS 151 Evidence (3) (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to the law of evidence. Although some statutes will be considered, emphasis will be on case law and current developments in the law. Prerequisite: (2,0,0) (F) LGAS 162 This course is designed for legal assistants assisting in a litigation practice. The rules of court will be studied in detail from the beginning of a process to trial. LGAS 153 (1.5) Basic Corporate Procedures (2,0,0) (S) An examination of the B.C. Company Act and the C.B.C.A. and the various documents required to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Differences between reporting and non-reporting companies will be studied. LGAS 154 (3) Introduction to Criminal Law & Evidence (4,0,0) (S) This course is an introduction to the main concepts in criminal law and evidence including relevancy, materiality, admissibility, opinion evidence, etc. Career/Vocational—Legal Assistant Program 174 (4,00) (F) Introduction to procedures in the courts of B.C. The course will cover basic procedures in pre-trial preparation of documents, and the use of precedents in litigation. LGAS 170 (3) Legal Research Transferable to SFU. LGAS 152 (1.5) Litigation Procedures II LGAS 162 (3) Litigation Procedures I (4,0,0) (F.S.Su) Provides the student with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as reading briefs and legal documents; using encyclopedia, annotated reports, law reviews, case comments; locating decisions. LGAS 172 (3) Legal Drafting I (4,0,0) (F) Course work includes drafting of agreements, statements of claim and defences, letters and memos, and a study of the rules of statutory interpretation. Emphasis will be placed on developing different writing styles, rather than obtaining a detailed knowledge of specific areas of law. LGAS 174 (3) Legal Drafting II (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: LGAS 172 A continuation of the work begun in LGAS 172; students will draft more complex documentation. LGAS 176 (3) Legal Office Procedures (4,0,0) (F) Practical information about the organization of legal offices. Instruction in timekeeping, filing and communications systems, use of data processing equipment in law offices, ethical responsibility of legal assistants and legal terminology will be covered. LGAS 179 (3) Legal Interviewing (4,0,0) (F) LGAS 252 Torts I (3) (4,0,0) (F) An introductory study of torts. Principal topic to be studied is the law of negligence. LGAS 253 (3) Company Law (4,0,0) (F) The law relating to business associations. An examination of rights and duties of officers, directors, and shareholders, as well as an analysis of provincial securities practice. This course will give an understanding of the role of the legal assistant and of the process of legal interviewing. Students will acquire skills in conducting various types of interviews. LGAS 254 Torts II LGAS 180 (3) Contracts I This is a continuation of LGAS 252. Recovery of pure economic loss, nuisance, liability of statutory authorities, intentional torts and other areas are studied. (4,0,0) (F,S) The objective of this course is to give the students a general understanding of the fundamental principles of contract law, including offer and acceptance, certainty, intention, consideration, and privity. LGAS 181 (3) Contracts I! (4,0,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: LGAS 180 This course is a continuation of LGAS 180. Topics include misrepresentation, interpretation, mistake, duress,and remedies. LGAS 182 (3) Creditors' Remedies (4,0,0) (F) Discussion of the principles, practice and information gathering procedures necessary to realize on judgments. The case method will be used and students are expected to be familiar with the documentation used in the above process. LGAS 199 (3) Career Practicum (2,0,0) (F.S.Su) Prerequisite: 3.0 Cumulative GPA This includes the work portion of the Career Practicum which consists of six months in a law firm. It also includes classroom seminars and instructor/student consultations. Students will be assisted by the instructor in finding a practicum, but it is the student's responsibility to obtain a practicum position. This practicum must be commenced within two years of completing the Legal Assistant course requirements. (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: LGAS 252 LGAS 255 (3) Real Property (4,0,0) (S) A review of the common law relating to real property as modified by legislation will be studied in this course using the case analysis method. LGAS 256 (3) Family Law (4,0,0) (S) Law and the family: marriage and its dissolution; rights and duties of spouses and parents; custody; access, guardianship, and adoption. LGAS 262 (3) Litigation Procedures III (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisites: LGAS 152 and 162 This course covers divorce, Family Relations Act, and small claims procedures. LGAS 264 (3) Insurance Law I (4,0,0) (F,S) An overview of Canadian Insurance law including structure of the industry, insurable interest, valuation, subrogation, contribution and indemnity and duty to disclose. LGAS 265 (3) Insurance Law II (4,0,0) (S) Continuation of LGAS 264 covering agents' duties and responsibilities; form and formation of the insurance contract; cover, including exceptions to cover; the claims process; I.C.B.C. insurance issues. Career/Vocational—Legal Assistant Program 175 Media Resources LGAS 268 (3) Criminal Law (4,0,0) (F,S) Substantive elements of selected criminal offences and consideration of various defences. The effect of the Charter of Rights onrightsof the accused will be also studied. Transferable to SFU. LGAS 271 (3) Administrative Law (4,0,0) (F.S) The law relating to administrative tribunals in Canada. The rules of natural justice and fairness will be examined as well as judicial review of decisions and administrative tribunals. Emphasis will be on provincial administative tribunals and the effect of the Charter in this area. Contact: 984-4940 TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA Instructional Faculty J.V. BIZZOCCHI, B.A. (Michigan), Teaching Cert. (Sec.) (Michigan), Video Production (Banff Centre) M. FEARON, B.A.. (Mount Allison), M.A. (UBC) P. KELLINGTON, Film Studies (UBC) A.A.S., Media Spec. Cert. (Capilano) B. MAYLONE J. MOORE, B.Sc. (McGill), M.A. (McGill) B. REID, B.A. (Alta.) S. ROGERS, BA. (Ryerson) P. THOMPSON, BA. (Stanford), M.Ed., Teaching Cert. (Minnesota) J. WESTENDORP, B.F.A. (UBC) R. CARVER In recent years there has been an increasing awareness of the importance of the media in communications, industry and educadon. Consequently there is a growing market for personnel with the appropriate training and attitude for work in these fields. Career Opportunities In 20 years of operation, approximately 80% of the Media Resources graduates have become employed in related fields within six months of graduation. Our graduates are currently working in a variety of settings as media producers and A / V directors for a variety of educational institutions, private companies, and other organizations; production and administration staff; news and film editors; and freelance producers. The Program FILM, PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO and COMPUTERS are vital components of the media mix used in all levels of educational and instructional communication. The Media Resources Program is a two-year program training students for current and developing applications of media technologies. In areas of education, commercial and community media, there is an increasing readiness to use new techniques to foster learning, growth, and social interaction. Capilano College's Media Resources Program prepares students for work and leadership in this growing media resources field. The core of the program is production training. Students are taught standards of excellence and effectiveness in all forms of educational production work. Basic technical skills are taught in all media areas, and a large number of Career/Vocational—Legal Assistant Program 176 projects are completed by students during their training. In this way students are prepared for a wide range of practical work possibilities, rather than simply a proficiency in theory. The program involves more than technical skills. Courses also develop knowledge and skills in communication, learning theory, instructional design, the uses of media in education, the maintenance and purchasing of equipment, and resources distribution. The program's instructional design reflects its practical goals. Workshop methods, hands-on training and field trips are used throughout the program. The College's training facilities are equipped with a broad variety of standard audiovisual equipment. This ensures that students are ready to do quality work with the types of equipment presently used in educational instruction, training, and community facilities. Admission Requirements The Media Resources Program consists of four terms of study. New students are admitted each September in a class of 28. Persons over 18 years of age or with secondary school graduation are eligible for admission to the College and this program. Application forms are available from the department and at Information Meetings held between November and April. Applicants will be contacted for an interview in the January-May period and, if there are places available, in August. Interviews are conducted until the class is filled. Admission is based on general ability, interest in media, noteworthy experience, previous work, education, and commitment to the Media Resources Program. It is highly recommended that applicants to the Media Resources Program take Media 065 (Media Studies) and a media production course (such as filmmaking, photography, slide-tape, or video production) prior to applying to the Program. Everyone admitted to Media Resources must take Media 065 during the first term in the program (unless Media 065 or an equivalent university-level film history course has been taken). Special Fees and Expenses Students may expect to pay approximately $5000.00 for tuition, fees, materials and textbooks during the two-year program. Graduation Requirements In order to graduate from the Media Resources Program, the student must successfully complete all the component courses. Professional Standards All Media Resources students are required to adhere to high standards of academic performance and professional behaviour (as described in the booklet Media Resources Department Guidelines). Lab Program Content Credits Hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM CMNS 130 Basic Communications Media 156 Computers in Media: Intro Media 181 Basic Audio Production Media 183 Photographic Production Media 189 Research Methods Media 190 Instructional Design Media 191 Media Selection & Utilization Media 195 Applications of Photography SECOND TERM Media 157 Introduction to Filmmaking Media 171 Small Format Television Media 172 Video Technology I Media 173 Ed. Media Applications: Audio Media 182 Advanced Audio Production Media 185 Advanced Photography Media 186 Computers in Media Prod. THIRD TERM Media 253 Filmmaking Prod. Techniques Media 260 Slide/Tape Production Media 271 Educational T.V. Systems Media 256 Computers and Video I Media 295 Visual Concepts- Filmmaking Media 296 Educational Media Applications: Slide/Tape Media 297 Ed. Media Applications: TV Media 250 Documentary Scriptwriting FOURTH TERM CMNS 156 Communications for the Media Resources Student Media 263 Production Resources Media 303 Media Specialist in Education and Training Media 304 Educational Media Applications: Computers Media 299 Major Projects TOTAL 66 6 72 3 3 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 60 0 60 6 6 3 0 21 15 3 3 1.5 3 3 3 3 19.5 6 3 3 3 3 1.5 3 6 3 18 6 3 6 3 3 21 0 15 3 1.5 6 1.5 6 3 15 10.5 0 12 72 60 L5 Career/Vocational — Media Resources 177 (3,6,0) (F) Lab PART-TIME COURSES Credits Hours Media 055 Basic T.V. Studio Operation 1.5 Media 061 Basic Slide/Tape Production 3 Media 065 Media Studies 3 Media 071 Basic Photography - Open Lab 3 Media 073 Advanced Photography 3 3 Media 074 Basic Filmmaking - Open Lab 3 Media 090 Independent Production and 1.5 Portfolio Presentation Media 092 Computers in Media - Desktop Publishing Media 093 Computers in Media 1.5 - Desktop Presentation Media 094 Computers in Media 1.5 - HyperCard Applications Media 181 (3) Basic Audio Production Course Descriptions Media 183 (3) (3,6,0) (F) Theory and Applications of Photographic Production Media 156 (3) Computers in Media: Introduction (3,0,0) (F) Basic computer skills in word processing and introductory training in graphics and desktop publishing applications as they relate to media production. Media 157 Filmmaking (3) (3,6,0) (S) An introduction to the basic principles of filmmaking theory and practice. Topics covered include: camera operation, the filmmaking process, film animation, film planning, storyboarding, and film construction (montage and continuity) techniques. Media 171 (3) Small Format Television (3,3,0) (S) Camera work, lighting, audio, editing and television graphics using 1/2" portable video equipment. The development of a shooting script is also emphasized. Media 172 (1.5) Video Technology I (1.5,0,0) (S) An introduction to video systems, including a history of video technology, components of a complete video system, and a comparison of different formats. Media 173 (3) Educational Media Applications: Audio (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to the fundamental principles of sound generation and reproduction, and to the terminology, hardware, and systems related to audio components. Applications of audio technology, equipment maintenance, and critical analysis of product specifications are given special emphasis. Career/Vocational — Media Resources 178 An introduction to basic production techniques; components include interviewing, scripting, dubbing, editing, mixing, and packaging. The course also covers the operation of microphones, tape recorders and dub/mix facilities. Media 182 (3) Advanced Audio Production (3,0,0) (S) The application of production techniques in a variety of situations, including multi-track recording and mixing, documentaries, location recording, radio plays, film and video soundtracks and music recording, often using the department's sound production studio. An introduction to the photographic base relative to audiovisual production, including the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, photosensitive materials and their control, and visual reproduction. Media 185 (3) Advanced Photography (3,6,0) (S) The application of photographic techniques, with emphasis on combining shot sequences to tell a story, as well as editing, layout, presentation, and basic studio operation. Media 186 (3) Computers in Media Production (3,3,0) (S) An introduction to the use of computers in pre-production to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on computer application in graphics, budgeting, storyboarding and planning for the media. Media 189 (1.5) Research Methods (1.5,0,0) (F) Methods for planning, organization, and presentation of research for educational media productions. Sources considered will include print, non-print, and people. Media 190 (3) Instructional Design (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to the fundamentals of instructional design as applied in the production of educational media packages. Topics will include systems theory, objectives, audience analysis, evaluation, curriculum, learning activities, and resources. Media 191 (1.5) Media Selection and Utilization (1.5,0,0) (F) An introduction to the operation, characteristics, and applications of the range of educational media. Media 195 (3) Special Applications: Photography (3,0,0) (F) An introduction to the areas of darkroom maintenance, photographic chemistry, printfinishing,small and medium format copy camera, and relevant copying materials used in a variety of media applications. Media 250 (1.5) Documentary Scriptwriting (1.5,0,0) (S) An overview of the production planning process with an emphasis on the roles of scripts, concepts, treatments and storyboards in documentary production. Media 253 (3) Film Making Production Techniques (3,6,0) (F) An introduction to film production practice. Topics include camera work (operation, lenses, composition, camera moves), lighting (basic exposure, triangle lighting, lighting for mood, colour temperature, special problems), editing (montage and continuity), titling, audio, and scripting. Media 260 (3) Slide/Tape Production (3,3,0) (F) An introduction to the production of instructional slide/ tape programs. Includes operation of slide/tape equipment, production of transparencies, sound track and design considerations,and the integration of sound and visuals. Media 263 (1.5) Production Resources (1.5,6,0) (S) The comparative study of media technical systems and their operation; evaluation of various resources available in the Lower Mainland; design and/or modification of systems for media production and delivery; and interface of different types of systems. Media 271 (3) Educational Television Systems (3,6,0) (F) This course assumes background in basic portable video tape equipment and operations covered in Media 171 and is designed to develop the students' ability to effectively use multi-camera studio setups for the production of educational programs. These programs are of a quality suitable for cablecast or broadcast on the Knowledge Network. Media 256 (1.5) Computers and Video I (1-5,0,0) (F) Students will build on existing computer skills but within a video framework. Students will be introduced to video titling, colour scanning, digital video effects and other computer media functions. Media 295 (3) Visual Concepts in Filmmaking (3,0,0) (F) A companion course to Media 253, this course will train the student in film theory and its relationship to film planning and film production. Topics covered will include film vocabulary, selected historical concepts, traditional continuity theory, the theory of montage, film aesthetics, the role of sound in film, andfilmplanning. Media 296 (3) (3,3,0) (F) Educational Media Applications: Slide/Tape Consideration of the design, utilization, and evaluation of slide/tape productions for educational purposes. Media 297 (3) (3,0,0) (F) Educational Media Applications: Multi-Camera TV Production This course assumes the background in basic portable videotape equipment and operations covered in Media 171 and is designed to develop the student's ability to plan, script, produce, and evaluate single and multicamera educational television productions. Media 299 (1.5) Major Projects (1.5,0,0) (S) Students will work in production groups to produce programs for outside clients. Students are responsible for all aspects of these productions from contact to completion. Media 303 (1.5) (1.5,6,0) (S) The Media Specialist in Education and Training A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, information transmission, emotive learning, and selfawareness. A field practicum course exploring the relationship of the media specialist to education in general and the role of the media generalist in educational and instructional communication. Media 304 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Educational Media Applications: Computers A theoretical and hands-on introduction to the use of computers in education. Includes producing and evaluating computer-assisted instruction packages and computer-assisted video instruction. Career/Vocational — Media Resources 179 Optional Courses (1.5,0,0) (S) (Open) Media 090 (1.5) Independent Production and Portfolio Each term the department will offer a limited number of courses that are open to college students and community members not enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. These courses carry college credit and may be applied towards a Capilano College Diploma. Check the timetable to see which ones will be offered in a given time. A survival guide to the world of freelancing, with an emphasis on the various fields of audiovisual production. Topics include: portfolio preparation, developing clientele, budgeting, legal concerns, and developing new opportunities. Media 055 (1.5) Basic Television Studio Operation (1.5,0,0) (S) An introduction to video and television techniques for studio production. Students will design, shoot and edit several short subjects using the College's television studio (Dynamics Lab). Media 061 (3) Basic Slide/Tape Production (3,0,0) (S) A basic introductory course in slide-tape production. Similar to Media 260, but more limited in scope and depth of coverage. This course is not for students enrolled fulltime in the Media Resources Program. Media 065 (3) Media Studies (3,0,0) (F) An introductory analysis and historical overview of media, especially film, combining aesthetic concepts, production techniques, and theoretical foundations. See discussion on Media Resources admission requirements. Media 071 (3) Basic Photography - Open Lab (3,0,0) (S) An introductory course including both practical and theoretical aspects of 35 mm photography. Topics include: the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, visual reproduction, photo-sensitive materials, filtration, and composition. Media 073 (3) Advanced Photography (3,3,0) (F,S) A practical and lecture course in advanced photography. Similar to Media 185, this course is not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. Media 074 (3) Basic Film Making - Open Lab (3,0,0) (S) A practical and theoretical course in cinematography similar to Media 253, but more limited in scope and depth of coverage. This course will provide access to production facilities rather than structured laboratory instruction. Not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. Career/Vocational — Media Resources 180 Media 092 (3) Computers in Media • Desktop Publishing (3,0,0) (F) A practical introduction to the computer as a tool for desktop publishing. The computer will be used to assist in development of skills for layout and design for print materials. Media 093 (1.5) Computers in Media Desktop Presentation (1.5,0,0) (S) An introduction to the computer as a tool for desktop presentation. The computer will be used to plan, design and deliver presentations for education,training, or industry. (1.5,0,0) (S) Media 094 (1.5) HyperCard Applications in Media and Training An introduction to the use of hypercard to create tutorials, promotional material, and presentations. The applications will be appropriate for educational, training, or business situations. Music Therapy Contact: 984-4951 practice. They are trained to work as part of a health care team. Instructional Faculty P. AVERY, BA. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto) J. BECKOW, B. Mus. (UCLA), Dip. Music Therapy J. BRODEUR, B.Mus. (Vincent d'Indy) M.A., Ph.D. (C.P.U.). M.TA. K. BURKE, B.A. (Antioch), Dip. M.T. (Capilano), M.T.A. K. CARWANA, B.S.R. (UBC) R. GURR M. HOWARD, Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano) P. HOY, B.Mus. (U.Texas), M.Mus, D.Mus (USC) N. MCMASTER, B.A. (UBC), Dip. M.T. (Nordoff & Robbins), M.T.A. E. MOFFITT, B.Mus. (McGill) M.A. (CPU), Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano), M.T.A.Coordinator L. MOREY, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (U of Sussex) J. RABINOVITCH, B. Fine Arts (Concordia), Dip. Music Therapy (Capilano) S. WILLIAMS, B.Mus. Ed. (Toronto) M.C.A.T. (Hahnemann) M.T.A. MUSC I THERAPY PROGRAM Contact Person: Elizabeth Moffitt, Coordinator, Office No. H118, Phone: (604)984-4951. • BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY BRITISH COLUMBIA OPEN UNIVERSITY • TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA Graduates of the Capilano College Music Therapy program receive a Bachelor of Music Therapy from the British Columbia Open University along with the Diploma in Music Therapy from Capilano College. Music therapists use the creative process inherent in musical participation to assist individuals and groups to improve their mental, physical and emotional functioning. Music therapists work with deep emotions in special therapeutic programs, run exercise and dance programs, lead choirs, instrumental ensembles and music appreciation groups as they contribute to therapeutic goals. Music therapy is increasingly identified by health care professionals as an effective catalyst for client motivation, stimulation and communication. Career Opportunities Graduates of the program work with all age groups, with a wide range of physiological, cognitive and emotional disorders, in a variety of clinical settings or in private The Program The Music Therapy Program at Capilano offers the 3rd and 4th years leading to the Bachelor of Music Therapy granted by the British Columbia Open University. This degree program is designed so that students may enter with a variety of backgrounds: music, general arts, education, or nursing etc. All four years may be completed at Capilano College. This program provides students with the opportunity to gain knowledge and develop competencies in such areas as clinical disorders; assessment, planning and intervention; improvisation and music of many eras and cultures; interpersonal skills and group dynamics; basic research, documentation and presentation of music therapy. The program blends academic and experiential course work. Students deepen their experience of music, creative expression and the role of the arts. They are encouraged to explore their values, beliefs, feelings and communication patterns, to increase their effectiveness in the field. They have practicums with a different population for each of the four terms, in which they are given increasing responsibility to design, implement and evaluate their own treatment programs, under clinical supervision. This course work fulfills the educational requirements for professional accreditation by the Canadian Association for Music Therapy. A supervised internship is also required before graduation, to fulfill the accreditation requirement for clinical work. The Music Therapy Program has a policy regarding continuation in the program. Admission Requirements to the Third Year N.B. For Admission Requirements to the first year, consult the entrance requirements to the Music Department. An interview will also be required with the Music Therapy faculty. All students entering the third year of the Music Therapy Program must: 1. Comply with the general College entrance require ments. 2. Participate in an interview with the Music Therapy Coordinator. Interviews are held in May and August. 3. Play an audition on his/her concentration instrument, demonstrating technique, repertoire, and musical sensitivity through two contrasting pieces at least at a Grade 9 Toronto Conservatory level, or equivalent. Career/Vocational - Music 181 4. Have completed one full year at the university level of Music Theory*, Ear Training and Sight singing. 5. Have successfully completed at least two years at the university level, including at least six credits of English, six credits of Music History, twelve credits of psychology **, (including Introductory Psychology, Developmental Psychology and Psychology of Aging), three credits of Human Biology, three credits of Orff and Kodaly Methodology. 6. Have some experience with people with special needs. 7. Be able to demonstrate a high level of maturity, integrity, and natural interpersonal ease. 8. Have basic guitar and keyboard skills at the level of University Class Piano. * For the music courses, any equivalent non-credit studies must be challenged for credit. ** Abnormal Psychology is offered within the Music Therapy Program. Note: In addition, students must meet the College's general admission requirements. See pg. 11 of this Calendar. THIRD TERM Group Dynamics PSYC 201 Improvisation II - Guitar Improvisation MT420 The Influence of Music II MT450 Music Therapy III MT 460 Practicum II MT490 Concentration Instrument PMI 300 Secondary Instrument PMI 3.0 1.0 1.5 3.0 6.0 2.0 LQ 17.5 FOURTH TERM Music & the Creative Arts MT451 Music Therapy IV MT461 Introduction to Research Methods MT462 for Music Therapists Improvisation III MT480 Practicum III MT491 Concentration Instrument PMI 400 Secondary Instrument PMI 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 6.0 2.0 1.0 18.0 Vocal workshops throughout the 2 years. MT510 Internship (compulsory upon completion of all above courses) 9.0 Some Music Therapy Practicum Placements Graduation Requirements Continuation in the program and granting of the Arts and Science Diploma in Music Therapy will be contingent upon demonstration of an adequate level of personal, academic and clinical skills as jointly evaluated each term by music therapy faculty and field supervisors. Program Content Credits Major Program Requirements 80.5 FIRST TERM Improvisation I MT320 Basic Clinical Skills MT330 The Influence of Music MT350 Music Therapy I MT360 Disabling Conditions of Childhood MT370 Interpersonal Skills MT380 Concentration Instrument PMI 300 Secondary Instrument PMI 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 • 1.5 2.0 LQ 18.0 SECOND TERM Music Therapy II MT361 Practicum I MT391 Abnormal Psychology PSYC 222 Disabling Conditions of Adulthood MT364 Concentration Instrument PMI 200 Secondary Instrument PMI 3.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 LQ 18.0 CHILDREN North Vancouver School Board Children's Hospital UBC Bob Berwick Preschool PSYCHIATRY Riverview Hospital Westside Community Care Team GERIATRICS UBC Extended Care Yaletown House PALLIATIVE CARE Lion's Gate Hospital Vancouver General Hospital St. Paul's Hospital Course Descriptions MUS 020 (1) Concert Series I This is a concert series intended to broaden the music experience of full-time Commercial music students by exposing them to a variety of jazz and popular styles. Grades are credit/no credit based on attendance. MUS 021 (1) Concert Series II See MUS 020. Career/Vocational — Music 182 (0,0,6) (F) (0,0,6) (S) MUS 022 (1) Concert Series III (0,0,6) (F) See MUS 020. MUS 023 (1) Concert Series IV (0,0,6) (S) (1,0,0)(F) An introductory course intended to develop the students' vocal performance capabilities through exploration of various popular and jazz musical styles. Material is prepared for performance with a keyboard accompanist. MUS 033 (1) Vocal Master Class II (1,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 032. (2,0,0) (F) Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz/Rock Ensemble for development of phrasing and sight reading skills. ENS 140 (1) Percussion Ensemble See MUS 020. MUS 032 (1) Vocal Master Class I ENS 135 (1) Jazz Ensemble (4,0,0) (F) An ensemble comprised exclusively of percussion instruments of both definite and indefinite pitch. Students will develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. ENS 150 Choir II (1) (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 100. ENS 155 (1) Jazz Vocal Ensemble II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 105. ENS 100 Choir I (1) (4,0,0) (F) An exploration through five centuries of choral music from the Renaissance to the present. Opportunities for singing without accompaniment (a capella), with piano, with rhythm section and/or complete symphony orchestra. Particular attention will be paid to pitch, rhythm, diction and balance. Performance before an audience will be the culminating event of the term. ENS 105 (1) Jazz Vocal Ensemble (4,0,0) (F) (4,0,0) (F) Rehearsal and performance of concert repertoire. Prospective students must contact the Music Department at least one week before classes commence to arrange for an audition. Persons winning a position through audition will be allowed to register. ENS 120 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble I (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 110. ENS 170 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 120, with more emphasis on complex rhythms. ENS 185 (1) Jazz Ensemble (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 135. Rehearsal and performance in one of Capilano College's Jazz Choirs. Students will be auditioned during the first week of classes. The intent of the class is to build group singing abilities in such areas as phrasing, blending and intonation. Performances are a mandatory part of the course. ENS 110 (1) Orchestra I ENS 160 (1) Orchestra II (4,0,0) (F) Performance in guitar/bass ensemble for the development of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis will be on single-note reading in all areas of the neck. ENS 190 (1) Percussion Ensemble II (4,0,0) (S) A continuation of ENS 140. ENS 200 Choir III (1) (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENS 150. ENS 205 (1) Jazz Vocal Ensemble III (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENS 155. ENS 210 (1) Orchestra III (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENS 110. ENS 220 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble III (2.5,0,0) (F) A continuation of ENS 170. Career/Vocational — Music 183 ENS 235 (1) (2,0,0) (F) intervals, scales, modes, chord symbols, diatonic chords, root motion, Roman numeral analysis, principles of chord progression, inversions, functional harmonic analysis, melodic analysis and chord scales. (4,0,0) (F) Music 104 (1.5) Commercial Harmony II Jazz Ensemble A continuation of ENS 185. ENS 240 (1) Percussion Ensemble III A continuation of ENS 190. ENS 250 (1) Prerequisite: Music 103 Commercial Harmony I (4,0,0) (S) Choir IV A continuation of ENS 200. ENS 255 (1) (4,0,0) (S) Jazz Vocal Ensemble (1) (4,0,0) (S) Orchestra IV A continuation of ENS 210. ENS 270 (1) (2.5,0,0) (S) Guitar/Bass Ensemble IV A continuation of ENS 220. ENS 285 (1) (2,0,0) (S) Jazz Ensemble A continuation of ENS 235. ENS 290 (1) Percussion Ensemble IV (4,0,0) (S) (3) (4,0,0) (F) Theory I A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. Related concepts of form will be explored. The student will learn control of chord progression and voice leading. He/she will be familiarized with figured bass. Music 101 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Theory II Prerequisite: Music 100 or equivalent. A continuation of Music 100 with the introduction of tonicization, modulation, diatonic sequence, and melodic and rhythmic figuration. Music 103 (2) (3,0,0) (F) Students will undertake the study of score preparation, notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and writing for the rhythm section instruments. Music 107 (1.5) Composition I Study includes: the composition of jazz and pop style melodies on standard chord progressions analysis of jazz and popular repertoire.. Music 111 (1.5) Class Strings (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 110. Music 112 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing I (3,0,0) (F) Study of the aural recognition of intervals and chords. The student will learn to transcribe melodies and rhythms appropriate to their level, and to sight sing melodies using Solfege harmonic dictation. Music 113 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing II Prerequisite: A working knowledge of music rudiments (scales, intervals, triads) Music 114 Piano Class 184 (2,0,0) (F) A practical study of the violin family. A continuation of Music 112. Career/Vocational — Music (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: To be taken concurrently with Commercial Harmony II. Commercial Harmony I A practical look at melodic/harmonic relationships in tonal music. Includes study of the overtone series, (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 103 Commercial Harmony I Music 110 (1.5) Class Strings A continuation of ENS 240. Music 100 Continued exploration of chord progression and melody, including: secondary dominants, and diminished chords, minor key chord progression, subdominant minor in major keys, chord scales, mixed mode concepts, pivot chords, augmented sixths, songforms and turnarounds. Music 105 (1.5) Orchestration I A continuation of ENS 205. ENS 260 (2,0,0) (S) (1) (3,0,0) (S) (2,2,0) (F) This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Music 135 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class II Music 115 (1) Piano Class A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Music 120 History I (3) (3,0,*) (F) A study of musical history from the time of ancient Greece to Dufay. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 121 History li (3) (3,0,*) (S) A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 132 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance (2,1,0) (F) By audition only A course designed to develop the students studio performance ability thorough preparation and performance of selected solo and ensemble material in the colleges' recording studio. Music 133 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance Prerequisite: (2,1,0) (S) Music 132 By audition Music 134 A continuation of Music 134. Music 170 (1.5) History of Jazz Music 171 (1.5) History of Popular Music (2,0,0) (F) only. This course is intended to develop the live performance abilities of the student through the study of jazz repertoire. Students will study style and interpretation and perform with some of Vancouver's top jazz musicians. (2,0,0) (F) (2,0,0) (F) A survey of popular music styles of the 20th century. Music 172 Arranging I (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 103, to be taken concurrently with Music 104 and Music 105. A study of four-part block harmonization arranging techniques. Music 180 (1.5) Improvisation (1,2,0) (F) A course to teach the basics of improvisation on chord changes. The first term will be devoted to rhythmic concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions. Music 181 (1.5) Improvisation (1,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 180. This term will be devoted to analysis of chord progressions and more advanced chordscale analysis. At the end of this term, students should have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to analyze and learn to improvise on any "standard" jazz tune. Music 184 (3) Sightsinging/Ear Training A continuation of Music 132. Music 134 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class I Prerequisite: (2,0,0) (S) (2,2,0) (F) Aural and sight training concentrating on melodic, rhythmic dictation and sightsinging. Music 185 (3) Sightsinging/Ear Training (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 184. Music 194 (3) Small Ensemble I (1,4,1) (F) For all instruments, requirements include several hours of rehearsal a week plus a number of performances. The styles studied are varied. Students are expected to Career/Vocational — Music 185 develop individual and ensemble performance abilities and a professional attitude to both performance and rehearsal. Music 195 (3) Small Ensemble II (1,4,1) (S) Music 206 (1.5) Composition II (2,0,0) (F) To be taken concurrently with Commercial Harmony III. A course oriented to those interested in developing their abilities in composing and arranging. A study of the principles of part writing. A continuation of Music 194. Music 200 Theory III (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent. A study of advanced tonal procedures: review of nonchord tones, mixture, seventh chords, applied V and VII, diatonic modulation, seventh chords with added dissonance. A detailed study of compound ternary and rondo forms. Investigation of the fugue. Music 201 Theory IV (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Music 200 A study of chromaticism: the phrygian II, augmented sixth chords, other chromatic chords, chromatic voiceleading techniques, chromaticism in larger contexts. A detailed study of sonata, sonata-rondo, and variation forms. Music 203 (1.5) Commercial Harmony III (2,0,0) (F) Music 208 (1.5) Music Production A course designed to acquaint students with the role of the music producer and some of the technology used in music production. Music 209 (1.5) Introduction to Midi and Music Synthesis Music 210 (1.5) Class Woodwinds Music 211 (1.5) Class Woodwinds Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of popular chord progression, modal harmony, mixed mode chord progression, augmented 6th chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions, turn around s, correction of standard progressions, reharmonization techniques. Music 212 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing III Prerequisite: Music 203 Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of modern jazz chord progression, organpoint, equal division of the octave, parallel harmony, modal jazz chord progression, '70s jazz theory of modal areas, modern voicing techniques. Music 205 (1.5) Midi Rhythm Section (2,0,0) (F) Writing for modern synthesized rhythm section (drum machine, guitar, bass and keyboards). To be taken concurrently with Music 272. Career/Vocational — Music 186 (2,0,0) (F) A practical study of the woodwind family. A continuation of Music 210. (2,0,0) (S) (2,1,0) (F) This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic principles of Midi, synthesis, and computerized sequencing; students will learn the operation of drum machines, 4 track recorder, computer programs and synthesizers. This course is intended to be taken with Music 205 and Music 272. Prerequisite: Music 104 or permission of the instructor. Music 204 (1.5) Commercial Harmony IV (2,0,0) (S) (2,0,0) (S) (3,0,0) (F) A continuation of Music 113. Music 213 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing (3,0,0) (S) A continuation of Music 212. Music 214 Piano Class (1) (2,2,0) (F) For students who have taken Music 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Music 215 Piano Class (1) (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. Music 220 History III (3) (3,0,*) (F) This course is designed as a complementary study both for Music and General Arts students. The music from Cavalli to Mozart will be examined emphasizing aural recognition of the evolution of musical style. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 221 History IV (3) (3,0,*) (S) A course designed as a complementary study both for Music and General Arts students. This course will examine music from Beethoven to the present day. The emphasis will be on aural recognition of the evolution of musical style and its relationship to its historical context. * Some concert attendance will be required. Music 232 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance (2,1,0) (F) Prerequisite: Music 133 A continuation of Music 133 Music 233 (1.5) Studio Vocal Performance (2,1,0) (S) (2,0,0) (F) An investigation of the techniques and roles of lyrics and lyric writing for popular song styles. Music 272 Arranging II (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: Music 172: Arranging I, and Music 105: Orchestration I, taken concurrently with Music 203: Commercial Harmony III and Music 205: Orchestration II. Arranging projects for various combinations of instruments, plus a study of two and three-part writing. Music 273 (3) Arranging/Composition III (3,2,0) (S) Prerequisites: Music 272: Arranging II, Music 105 and 205: Orchestration I & II, taken concurrently with Music 204: Commercial Harmony IV. Course content includes: advanced chord voicing concepts, background writing, linear writing techniques, arranging projects for various instrumental vocal and rhythm section combinations, studio recording labs, and composition of pop, rock and jazz tunes in all harmonic styles. Music 280 (1.5) Improvisation (2,2,0) (F) A continuation of Jazz Master Class II instruction with more emphasis on individual contribution and responsibility. (2,0,0) (S) (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 280. Music 284 (3) Sightsinging/Ear Training Prerequisite: Music 135 (2,0,2) (F) A continuation of Music 185. Music 285 (3) Sightsinging/Ear Training (2,0,2) (S) A continuation of Music 284. Prerequisite: Music 235 Music 294 (3) Small Ensemble III A continuation of Music 234. Music 260 (1.5) Commercial Relations in Music Prerequisite: Music 103 or permission of the instructor. Music 281 (1.5) Improvisation A continuation of Music 232 Music 235 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class IV (2,2,0) (S) A continuation of Music 181. Students must audition. Prerequisite: Music 232 Music 234 (1.5) Vocal Jazz Master Class III Music 270 (1.5) Song Writing (2,0,0) (S) A course involving aspects of the music industry including copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations and the recording industry. (1,4,1)(F) A continuation of Music 195 with emphasis on recording work. Music 295 (3) Small Ensemble IV (1,4,1) (S) A continuation of Music 294. Career/Vocational — Music 187 Music 360 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F) Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly Methodology This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. Music 361 (1.5) Method Studies in Music Education: Orff Methodology (1.5,0,0) (S) This will provide a knowledge of Orff methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom. PMI (Various Numbers) (2) Concentration Private Music Instruction (1,0,0) (F,S) Music Therapy 361 Music Therapy II (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course presents three music therapy styles with a focus on theory, analysis, and practice. Included are Developmental Music Therapy, Nordoff/Robbins improvisational style, and the use of Music Therapy in inpatient psychotherapy. Music Therapy 364 (3) Disabling Conditions of Adulthood (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to anatomy and physiology, normal and abnormal, and practical elements of standard treatment. Music Therapy 370 (3) Disabling Conditions of Childhood (4,0,0) (F) A basic introduction to abnormal child development and some major intervention approaches. A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. Music Therapy 380 (1.5) Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists PMI (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction Communication and observation exercises to increase awareness of ingrained skills and habits, and to introduce new alternatives. (.5,0,0) (F.S) This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the student's secondary instrument. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. Music Therapy Courses Music Therapy 320 Improvisation I (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) An experiential study of free and structured improvisation forms for groups and solo work. Music Therapy 330 Basic Clinical Skills (3) (3,0,0) (F) An introduction to the basic concepts of observation, assessment and goal setting, including six weeks of introductory field work and in-class observations. Music Therapy 350 (3) The Influence of Music (3,0,0) (F) A study of the physical and psychological impact of music, and its components for music therapy. A study of healing and music in various cultures. Music Therapy 360 Music Therapy I (3) (4,0,0) (F) This course presents the development of music as therapy, the clientele groups and their needs, and the potential of music as a therapeutic medium. Career/Vocational — Music 188 Music Therapy 391 Practicum II (6) (1.5,0,0) (F) (2,0,6) (S) Field work, in which students design, lead and document music therapy sessions, in consultation with staff supervision. Weekly seminars examine practicum issues. Music Therapy 420 (1.0) Improvisation II - Guitar Improvisation (1.5,0,0) (F) Group leading using guitar improvisation, plus exploring current popular styles and idioms. Music Therapy 450 (1.5) The Influence of Music II (2,0,0) (F) A continuation of lecture and experiencial exposure to the influence of music in conjunction with the expressive arts. Music Therapy 451 (1.5) Music and the Creative Arts (2,0,0) (S) An experiential exposure to leading creative arts activities which can be used in conjunction with music: eg. dance, visual arts, poetry. Music Therapy 460 Music Therapy III (3) (4,0,0) (F) A continuation of the presentation of music therapy styles, for psychiatry, palliative care, music education and in healing, including the work of Helen Bonny and Mary Priestley. Assessment and treatment planning will be covered in depth. Office Administration Music Therapy 461 Music Therapy IV (3) (3,0,0) (S) This coursefocuseson professional attitudes, skills, and awareness. Students learn job hunting skills, and practise leading workshops. Music Therapy 462 (3) Principles of Research (3,0,0) (S) An introduction to elementary research designs and basic statistical procedures. Music Therapy 480 (1.5) (1,0,0) (S) Improvisation III A continuation of Improvisation II. Music Therapy 490 Practicum III (6) (2,0,6) (F) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 391.) Music Therapy 491 Practicum IV (6) (2,0,6) (S) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 391.). Music Therapy 510 Internship (9) 1,000 hours of clinical field work, including monthly seminars. C o n t a c t : 984-4959 Instructional Faculty D. BLANEY, I.D. (UBC), C.P.S.; Coordinator, Legal Secretarial Program N. BURY, B.A. (UBC), ACI, (U. of T.) Coordinator Office Technology Program D. CLARK, Lab Supervisor J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina Gen. Hosp.), Teaching Dip. (Sask.) V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC) C. CRAM, B.A., M.A., Prof. Teaching Certificate, (Univ. of Toronto) S. FREUND, I.D. (UBC), Legal Assistant Certificate, Coordinator, Office Technology Program S. HORN, I.D. (UBC) L. JANSON, R.N. (Van. Gen. Hospital) L. JEST, I.D. (UBC), Coordinator, MOA Program D. PHILLIPS, Coordinator, Legal Assistant Program M. SEWARD, B.S.A. (St. Francis Xavier), B.Ed. (Mt. St. Vincent) B. SMITH, B.A., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC) B. SPICER, B. Comm, Standard Teaching Cert. (UBC) L. SPICER, B.Comm., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC) M.B.A. W. TILLEY, B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (SFU) K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC), C.G.A. G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist A. WHITE, Instructor/Lab Supervisor Support Staff Karen Le Quyere, Receptionist Martha Mackay, Divisional Assistant Margaret Taylor, Clerk Typist General Information The Office Administration Division offers business training through the following programs: • Office Technology Programs - Secretarial, Financial and Administrative Assistant Programs • Accelerated Office Technology Programs - Financial and Secretarial Programs • Legal Secretarial Program • Medical Office Assistant Program Why Office Administration at Capilano College? Quality Education: small classes, personalized instruction, and professional instructors Career Training: secretary, clerk typist, accounting clerk, medical office assistant, legal secretary and word information processing Career/Vocational — Office Administration 189 Flexibility: day or evening, part-time or full-time Low Cost: our professional training courses are competitive with other institutions on the Lower Mainland New Technology: electronic typewriters, microcomputer training in fully equipped microcomputer labs. The Office Administration department coordinates and delivers six different programs to students with varying levels of skills. These programs/courses provide you with a comprehensive education in preparation for employment in business. OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM Contact: 984^4959 The Office Technology Programs prepare graduates for responsible positions in the office administrative field. All Office Technology Programs offer extensive training in written communications, administrative procedures, accounting, and computer applications—word processing, spreadsheets and database. Each program includes a two-week supervised work practicum. Specialized training is provided for secretarial, accounting and administrative assistant positions. Graduation Requirements In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office Technology programs you must successfully complete the courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation, and maintain a grade point average of 2.0. Special Fees and Expenses Costs of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly. Contact the office at 984-4959 for up-to-date information. Awards and Scholarships Gerry Turner Memorial Award - Office Technology Programs Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to promote excellence, and to improve the image of the college in the community. This award is maintained by Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor, and always even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in an Office Technology Program in the Spring term. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 190 1. Secretarial Program Career Opportunities The graduates of this program are employed in any area of business requiring well developed office skills. Successful students find employment as secretaries, machine transcriptionists and information processing clerks. The Program The Secretarial Program is a full-time, nine-month program offered each year from September to May. This program provides training in general office and computer skills. Admission Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator prior to program admission. The purpose of the interview is to answer any questions concerning the program and to ascertain whether this type of training is suited to the career goals of the student. Program Content FIRST TERM BOT 100 Business English BOT 102 Keyboarding BOT 105 Administrative Procedures BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I BOT 110 Business Record s BOT 111 Procedures & Systems OFTR 165 Typing Speed Development I WDPR 101 Language Skill Development SECOND TERM OFTR 155 Business Writing OFTR 161 Microcomputer Business Applications OFTR 166 Typing Speed Development II OFTR 181 Machine Transcription OFTR 252 Interpersonal Skills I OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience I (March to May) OTEC 108 Word Processing THIRD TERM OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience I (Continued) Certificate Requirements: 33 credits Credits 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 15 18.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 15 15.0 2. Financial Program 3. Administrative Assistant Program Career Opportunities Career Opportunities Individuals are increasingly being confronted with information presented in financial terms. This program provides students with an understanding of both manual and electronic accounting procedures and the ability to apply this knowledge to business situations. The Administrative Assistant Program provides students with a high level of computer skills. Graduates from this program are finding employment in a wide range of positions, including administrative, correspondence and executive secretary, office assistant and word processing specialist. Graduates are finding employment in positions such as: accounting clerks, data information processors, accounting assistants, junior bookkeepers, full-charge bookkeepers for small and medium-sized firms. The Program The Financial Program is a full time, ten-month program, offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in accounting, general office applications, and computer applications. Admission Requirements Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator prior to program admission to assess their suitability for the program. Program Content FIRST TERM BOT 100 Business English BOT 102 Keyboarding BOT 105 Administrative Procedures BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I BOT 110 Business Records BOT 111 Procedures & Systems OFTR 165 Typing Speed Development I WDPR 101 Language Skill Development Credits 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 15 18.0 SECOND TERM BOT 109 Accounting Procedures II OFTR 155 Business Writing OFTR 161 Microcomputer Business Applications OFTR 166 Typing Speed Development II OFTR 252 Interpersonal Skills I OTEC 108 Word Processing OTEC 109 Electronic Bookkeeping THIRD TERM (May/June) BOT 128 Computers in the Financial Office OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience I OFTR 301 Directed Work Experience II 4.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 3L0 18.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.5 The Program The Administrative Assistant Program is a full-time program offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in secretarial, word processing, and computer applications. Admission Requirements Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator to determine their suitability for the program. A minimum typing speed of 45 words per minute is required. Program Content FIRST TERM BOT 100 Business English BOT 102 Keyboarding BOT 105 Administrative Procedures BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I BOT 110 Business Records BOT 111 Procedures & Systems OTEC 108 Word Processing WDPR 101 Language Skill Development Credits 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 15 18.0 SECOND TERM OFTR 155 Business Writing OFTR 161 Micro Computer Business Applications OFTR 166 Typing Speed Development II OFTR 181 Machine Transcription OFTR 188 Word Processing II OFTR 252 Interpersonal Skills & Organizational Psychology I OFTR 253 Interpersonal Skills & Organizational Psychology II THIRD TERM (May/June) OFTR 167 Typing Speed development III OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience OFTR 301 Directed Work Experience II 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 15 16.5 1.5 1.5 15 4.5 Certificate Requirements: 39.0 credits Certificate Requirements: 40.5 credits Career/Vocational — Office Administration 191 ACCELERATED OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM OTEC 106 Introductory Microcomputer Applications 1_5 4.5 Certificate Requirements: 24.0 Credits Career Opportunities The Accelerated Office Technology Program is a full-time, six-month program which provides training in written communications, administrative procedures, accounting, and computer applications including word processing, spreadsheets, and database. The program also includes a two-week supervised work practicum. The program offers specialized training in accounting or secretarial skills. Graduates of the Financial program will have the necessary skills for an entry level position in the accounting field. Graduates of the Secretarial option will be trained for entry level secretarial positions. Secretarial Program FIRST TERM (January - April) BOT 102 Keyboarding BOT 105 Administrative Procedures BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I BOT 110 Business Records BOT 127 Business English 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 45 15.0 SECOND TERM (May & June) 3.0 OFTR 181 Introduction to Machine Transcription 1.5 OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience OTEC 106 Introductory Microcomputer Applications 15 6.0 Admission Requirements Certificate Requirements: 21.0 Students should be able to touch type at approximately 25 words per minute. Office Clerk Program Applicants are required to meet with the program coordinator prior to acceptance. The purpose of this interview is to familiarize the student with program curriculum and ensure that this program meets with the individual's career goals. This four-month certificate program is designed to train students in fundamental office skills including word processing. The program is offered at the Sechelt and Squamish campus. Telephone the College office in these areas for scheduling information. Graduate Requirements Admission Requirements In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office Technology Programs you must successfully complete the courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation and maintain a grade point average of 2.0. Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator to determine suitability for the program. A minimum typing speed of 25 words per minute is required. Special Fees and Expenses Program Content Cost of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly. Contact the office at 984-4959 for up to date information. BOT 100 BOT 102 BOT 105 BOT 110 Program Content Financial Program FIRST TERM (January - April) BOT 102 Keyboarding BOT 105 Administrative Procedures BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I BOT 109 Accounting Procedures II (March to June) BOT 110 Business Records BOT 127 Business English SECOND TERM (May & June) BOT 109 Accounting Procedures II (Continued) OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience OTEC 105 Electronic Bookkeeping Career/Vocational — Office Administration 192 Business English Keyboarding Administrative Procedures Business Records 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 Certificate Requirements: 10.5 credits Credits 3.0 1.5 3.0 4.5 3.0 45 19.5 1.5 1.5 Course Descriptions Business Office Training 100 Business English I (3) (4,0,0) (F) The course will familiarize students with business communications with emphasis on spelling, punctuation, and grammar. Memo writing will be covered. Business Office Training 102 Keyboarding (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) Students will learn the basic skills of keyboarding using correct techniques to acquire speed, accuracy and knowledge of basic formatting. The course is designed to instruct the student in current styles for the preparation of typewritten business materials as well as the correct methods to use in achieving these styles. Business Office Training 105 Administrative Procedures (1.5) (2,0,0) (F,S) Business Office Training 128 (1.5) Computers in the Financial Office - (2,0,0) (Su) The use of the computer to perform specialized business applications. Spreadsheets, their design and use, will be a major component of this course. Office Technology 105 Electronic Bookkeeping (1.5) (2,0,0) (Su) Introduce the student to basic office administrative procedure techniques associated with the modern business office. Define records and records management and present the student with the principles and practices used in records control in a modern business office. This course is designed to instruct the student in the use of accounting application programs for entering, storing and retrieving records, and producing standard financial reports. Business Office Training 108 Accounting Procedures I Office Technology 106 (1.5) Introductory Microcomputer Applications (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) This course introduces students to the theory of accounting and to tasks performed in the basic accounting cycle. Emphasis is placed on correct analysis, accuracy and thoroughness, as well as on attitudes of professionalism and independence. Business Office Training 109 Accounting Procedures II (4.5) (6,4,0) (S.Su) This course is a continuation of BOT 108 with an emphasis placed on accounting systems and procedures. Business simulations are used throughout the course. Business Office Training 110 Business Records (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) This course will provide the student with an introduction to business and the skills to correctly compute and record the necessary figures to accurately maintain basic business records. The student will also learn how to operate a tenkey electronic calculator with a minimum level of 100 key strokes per minute on a one minute timing. Business Office Training 111 Procedures & Systems (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Introduce students to vocabulary, developments and advances in office technology so that they are aware of the skills and knowledge they will need in order to function in the electronic office. Integrate information processing theory with office management practices. Business Office Training 127 Business English (4.5) (6,0,0) (S) This course is designed to train students in all aspects of business communications necessary for office workers. Emphasis will be placed on spelling, punctuation and grammar and techniques for preparing memorandums and business letters. (2,0,0) (Su) In this course, students will learn to use spreadsheets and database software for specialized office procedures including data entry, electronic filing, creation of forms, reports, and spreadsheets. Office Technology 108 Word Processing (1.5) (2,2,0) (F.S.Su) A hands-on course in the use of the microcomputer for word processing applications in the preparation of forms, documents and correspondence. Office Technology 109 Electronic Bookkeeping (3) (4,0,0) (S) Hands-on course to develop proficiency in the use of the computer for completing bookkeeping tasks, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll, general ledger, and inventory modules. Office Training 155 Business Writing (3) (4,2,0) (S) This course utilizes the computer to improve the student's quality of grammar, spelling and word usage, and to develop and/or improve his/her composition skills. Office Training 161 (3) Microcomputer Business Applications (4,0,0) (S) An introduction to the theoretical aspects of microcomputers and to a number of widely-used business programs; DOS, Spreadsheets and database. Office Training 165 (1.5) Typing Skill and Speed Development (2,0,0) (F) This course will build typing speed and accuracy by taking the student by planned progression from the point at which each is currently performing to appreciably higher stroking levels. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 193 Office Training 166 (1.5) Typing Skill and Speed Development II (2,0,0) (S) A continuation of OFTR 165. Office Training 167 (1.5) Typing Skill and Speed Development III (2,0,0) (Su) Office Training 301 (1.5) Directed Work Experience II (2,0,0) (Su) Emphasis will be placed on job search techniques. Students will be required to research employment opportunities, seek interviews with prospective employees, and produce progress reports at regular intervals. A continuation of OFTR 166. Maintenance or further development of typing speed and accuracy. WDPR 101 (1.5) Language Skill Development Office Training 181 (3) Machine Transcription This course will train students in language arts skills. Students will learn to apply correct techniques of written communications in their proofreading, verifying, and editing. (3,0,0) (S,Su) Development of transcription skills including special reviews of spelling, punctuation and grammar, to produce mailable business letters using the microcomputers. Office Training 188 Word Processing II (3) (4,6,0) (S) Career Opportunities A reinforcement of work procedures used in word processing by producing complex documents which require format, machine operation, and language skill decisions. Advanced features of WordPerfect will be used. Office Training 252 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology I This course will provide students with an understanding of interpersonal communication techniques that can positively influence performance on the job. This skill demonstration approach allows the student to practice inperson and telephone responding, customer service and issue resolution skills in a supportive setting. Office Training 253 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Interpersonal Skills & Organizational Psychology II This course identifies the positive administrative and supervisory skills that program graduates will need as they wish to assume additional career responsibility in the future. Topics include personality, motivation and handling conflict. The focus will continue in developing feedback and group leader skills. (2,0,30) (S,Su) This course involves both lectures and at least thirty hours of office experience in an industry placement in a field related to the students' program option. This will better qualify the student for employment in that area and/or enable the student to make an informed decision as to career choice. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 194 LEGAL SECRETARA I L PROGRAM Contact: 984-4959 Prerequisite: OTEC 108 or equivalent. Office Training 300 (1.5) Directed Work Experience (2,0,0) The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal secretaries. This very specialized program provides intense training in traditional secretarial skills as well as legal procedural courses including: Civil litigation, wills and probate, corporate law, and conveyancing and mortgaging. Upon completion of the program, students find employment in specialized, as well as general, law offices. Many graduates of the Legal Secretarial Program proceed to the Part Time Legal Assistant Option Program after graduation. The Legal Assistant Program requires Option students to have two-years working experience prior to enrolling in the first course, but Legal Secretarial Program graduates are required to have only one year working experience. This allows them to further their education in the evening while earning a salary and gaining valuable experience in the legal support field. The Program This eight-month vocational program covers four main areas of law which provide a fundamental understanding of the legal system in B.C. Students are trained in legal terminology and procedural rules. They will review relevant legislation, and acquire necessary skills in the formatting and handling of legal documents. Shorthand, typing, word processing, legal office procedures, and a two-week legal office work practicum are included in the curriculum. A Capilano College certificate is granted upon successful completion of the program. Students are admitted to the Program twice a year, in September and January, for two consecutive four-month terms of study. The second one is the Campney & Murphy Legal Secretarial Scholarship. This $350.00 scholarship, donated by the law firm of Campney & Murphy, will be awarded in the summer term to an outstanding student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial Program. Applications may be made at any time. To ensure your name is on the list for the Information Meetings held twice a year, call the Office Administration Department at 984-4959. Candidates for both scholarships must rank in the top four grade point average duringfirstterm and must demonstrate potential as professional, career-minded legal secretaries. Admission Procedures Interested applicants are invited to attend an information meeting. An evaluation of keyboarding speed, English language proficiency, and arithmetic skills will be conducted at this time. During the meeting, an appointment for a personal interview will be arranged. During your interview, you will have an opportunity to ask further questions, and discuss your qualifications and career goals. Your test results will be reviewed with you at this time. The objective of the personal interview is to assist in selecting applicants who will be most suited to the career of Legal Secretary. Admission Requirements 1. High school diploma or equivalent 2. English language proficiency 3. Keyboarding of 45 wpm Please submit the following material prior to or during the pre-admission interview: (a) A resume describing your education, skills, and work experience. (b) A transcript from the last educational institute you attended (c) A letter of recommendation from a former employer or teacher. Special Fees and Expenses In addition to registration and tuition fees, students can expect to spend approximately $800.00 on textbooks and supplies. Graduation Requirements A program completion certificate is awarded to students who have successfully completed 35.25 credits. Awards Two scholarships are awarded annually to students in the Legal Secretarial Program. The first one is the Davis & Company Legal Secretarial Scholarship. This $300.00 scholarship, donated by the law firm of Davis & Company, is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need. This scholarship is available in the Spring to a second term student in the Legal Secretarial Program. Program Content FIRST TERM Credits LGST 102 Beginning Shorthand 3.0 LGST 109 Basic Litigation 3.0 LGST 114 Wills & Probate Procedures 1.5 LGST 116 Introduction to the Legal System 1.5 LGST 123 Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer 3.0 CMNS 159 Communications for Legal Secretaries 3.0 15.0 SECOND TERM LGST 103 Shorthand Speed Development 1.5 LGST 105 Keyboarding Skill & Speed Development 1.5 LGST 107 Legal Machine Transcription 3.75 LGST 110 Corporate Procedures 3.0 LGST 112 Basic Conveyancing & Mortgage Procedures 3.0 LGST 117 Legal Office Procedures 3.0 LGST 119 Directed Work Experience 1.5 LGST 122 Computer Applications in the Legal Office 3.0 20.25 Total Program Credits: 35.25 Course Descriptions Legal Secretary 102 Beginning Shorthand (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) Beginning study of Forkner shorthand system with emphasis on application of theory and development of speed utilizing high frequency vocabulary. Successful students should be able to take dictation at 60 wpm after completing one term. This course requires an additional two hours of lab time per week. Legal Secretary 103 (1.5) Shorthand Speed Development (2,0,0) (S,Su) Prerequisite: LGST 102 or a shorthand speed of 60 wpm. Continuation of speed development, theory review, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar material aiming at 90% accuracy in transcription. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 195 Legal Secretary 105 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S,Su) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development profession and the rules of the Law Society relating to trust accounts, with added emphasis on legal vocabulary. Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy in keyboarding. Legal Secretary 117 (3) Legal Office Procedures Legal Secretary 107 (3.75) Legal Machine Transcription A course to prepare legal secretarial students for positions in law offices. Instruction in time keeping, diary systems, use of law library, ethical responsibilities, filing, and other procedures particular to the profession. Emphasis will be placed on the structure of a law office, the differences between large and small offices, and the office procedures unique to the practice of law. (5,2,0) (S.Su) After a review of basic transcription skills, students will develop skills in transcribing legal materials including: correspondence, accounts, legal forms, and documents in specialized areas of law. Mandatory two hour lab per week. Legal Secretary 109 Basic Litigation (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Introduction to court procedures in the Supreme Court of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pre-trial preparation, the preparation of documents, the use of precedents in the Supreme Court. Legal Secretary 110 (3) Corporate Procedures (4,0,0) (F,S) An examination of the B.C. Companies Act and the various documents that a legal secretary must be familiar with in order to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Records Office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registration, etc., will also be covered. Legal Secretary 112 (3) (4,0,0) (S.Su) Basic Conveyance & Mortgage Procedures This course covers the contract of purchase and sale, Land Title Act requirements for registration of title in B.C., search procedures, preparation of primary and secondary documents and forms involved in conveying title and registering charges. Emphasis will be on preparing documents acceptable to the Land Title Office, such as transfers, mortgages, and related forms for a residential conveyance. Legal Secretary 114 (1.5) Wills and Probate Procedures (2,0,0) (F.S) An examination of the Wills Act, and Estate Administration Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate in the Supreme Court of B.C. and be familiar with documentation required for issuance of Letters of Administration. Legal Secretary 116 (1.5) Introduction to the Legal System (2,0,0) (F,S) This course acquaints students with a working knowledge of the Canadian and B.C. Court System, ethics of the legal Career/Vocational — Office Administration 196 Legal Secretary 119 (1.5) Directed Work Experience (4,0,0) (S.Su) (2,0,30) (S.SU) Practicum work experience involving three lecture hours and at least 60 hours of related office experience in the legal field. Also covered is the resume, job application, cover letter and interview. Legal Secretary 122 (3) (4,2,0) (S.SU) Computer Applications in the Legal Office The student will learn to identify the components of office automation. The student will also require a practical knowledge and an understanding of basic spreadsheet and data base concepts. Legal Secretary 123 (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer Using WordPerfect software on an IBM compatible microcomputer, the student will be introduced to basic through advanced word processing concepts. Proficiency working with the program will be acquired through the production of various legal documents. MEDC I AL OFFICE ASSS I TANT PROGRAM Awards and Scholarships Contact: 984^4959 Career Opportunities The health care industry is one of the largest industries in Canada, and the Medical Office Assistant is a recognized member of the modern medical team. Graduates of this program have the specialized training required to work in a number of medical settings: receptionist or medical assistant in an office or clinic, or in a hospital as an admitting clerk or department stenographer. The Program This Medical Office Assistant program offers pre-service, specialized education for prospective students which includes: • • • • • • Medical terminology and anatomy and physiology Medical ethics Medical transcription Medical records management Aseptic techniques Preparation, assisting and follow up of patient for medical examinations • Specimen collection and basic office diagnostic procedures • Financial record keeping and computer medical billing • A two-week work practicum in industry Admission Requirements All applicants must meet with the Program Coordinator prior to registration to assess whether or not they have the personal qualities and clerical skills necessary to be a successful Medical Office Assistant. Prior to admission students must complete a St. John's Standard First Aid Certificate and achieve a 40 wpm keyboarding speed. Graduation Requirements Students completing 36 credits, as outlined in the above profile, will be awarded a Capilano College Program Completion Certificate. Special Fees and Expenses In addition to tuition and registration fees, students can expect to spend approximately $600.00 on textbooks and supplies. The Maureen Piekaar Bursary was established in memory of Maureen Piekaar, an instructor in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to a second-term M O A student based on a financial need and a satisfactory standing of 70% or better. Program Content FIRST T E R M Credits C M N S 110 Communications 3.0 M O A 100 Medical Document Processing I 3.0 M O A 105 Medical Administrative Procedures I 3.0 M O A 107 Introduction to Health Care 1.5 M O A 109 Anatomy & Related Physiology and Pathology I 3.0 M O A 111 Medical Terminology I 3.0 M O A 121 Medical Document Processing II 1.5 18.0 SECOND T E R M M O A 102 Keyboarding Skill & Speed Development 1.5 M O A 103 Medical Machine Transcription 3.0 M O A 106 Medical Administrative Procedures II 1.5 M O A 108 Introduction to Health Care II 3.0 M O A 110 Anatomy & Related Physiology and Pathology II 3.0 M O A 112 Medical Terminology II 3.0 M O A 115 Directed Work Experience 15 M O A 122 Computers in Health Care 15 18.0 Total Program Credits: 36 Course Descriptions Medical Office Assistant 100 (3) Medical Document Processing I (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: Keyboarding speed of 40 wpm Speed development and accuracy in keyboarding with emphasis on production, including display techniques, letter styles, and general business and medical reports on both the electronic typewriter and microcomputer. Medical Office Assistant 102 (1.5) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development (2,0,0) (S) Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy in medical keyboarding. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 197 Medical Office Assistant 103 (3) Medical Machine Transcription (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: MOA 100 & 111 Practice in transcribing medical consultation letters and hospital reports from dictation equipment. This course entails a mandatory two-hour lab. Medical Office Assistant 105 (3) Medical Administrative Procedures I (4,0,0) (F) (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: MOA 105 (1.5) (2..5.0) (F) Prerequisite: St. John's Standard First Aid Certificate Students will learn about clinical procedures pertinent to the doctor's office and the hospital setting. The course includes general information about physical and mental health; medications and health products. Students will learn how to use and maintain medical office equipment. Medical Office Assistant 108 Introduction to Health Care II (3) (4,.5,0) (S) Prerequisite: MOA 107 Continuation of MOA 107. Medical Office Assistant 109 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology A study of structure, function and interrelationships of the organic systems of the body. Common medical disorders, operative procedures and related terminology will be studied in conjunction with the systems. Medical Office Assistant 110 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology II Prerequisite: MOA 109 A continuation of MOA 109. Career/Vocational — Office Administration 198 (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots, and combining forms common to medical terminology. Medical Office Assistant 112 Medical Terminology II (3) (4,0,0) (3) Continuation, reinforcement of terminology in MOA 111. Medical Office Assistant 115 Directed Work Experience (1-5) (2,0,54) (S) Following successful completion of term two, a medical office/clinic or hospital work practicum is arranged for the student. Before the work placement, the student will be required to attend career preparation lectures which will include practice sessions for the employment interview. Continuation of MOA 105. Students will be able to performfinancialrecordkeeping for the medical office. Medical Office Assistant 107 Introduction to Health Care I (3) Prerequisite: MOA 111 Students will learn office procedures common to medical offices and hospitals. The students wall gain expertise in meeting the patient, making patient appointments, keeping patient records, maintaining a filing system, and processing patient accounts for submission to licensed carriers. Medical Office Assistant 106 (1.5) Medical Administrative Procedures II Medical Office Assistant 111 Medical Terminology I Medical Office Assistant 121 (1.5) Medical Document Processing II (2,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: MOA 100 This course will familiarize the student with intermediate word processing applications used in a medical and/or hospital environment. The student will produce form letters, mailing lists, standard paragraphs for recall, patient forms and medical manuscripts. Medical Office Assistant 122 Computers in Health Care (1.5) (2,1,0) (S) The student will acquire skills to use the microcomputer to accumulate patient demographic data, disease data, and accounts receivable data for claims submission and research purposes. Outdoor Recreation Management Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4947 Instructional Faculty D. BASHAM, Coordinator C. BONIFACE, B.Sc., P.G.C.E. (Birmingham), M.Sc.(SFU) L. BOWERING, B.Ed. (UBC) T. BRAAKSMA, Coordinator, Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Cap. Col.), Canoe Sport Instructor Cert., CANSI Level II Inst., Master Inst. CRCA & RCABC, CSA Tour Leader C. FISHER, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Management, (Cap. Col.), instructor WFASA S. FISHER, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Management, (Cap. Col.) J. HABERL, ALMA, FMCBC J. HATCHARD, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano), Canoe Sport (B.C.) Instructor Cert., CANSI Level II Inst., Master Inst. CRCA & BCRCA, CSA Tour Leader W. INGLIS, B.A., Dip. Marketing C. KILIAN, BA. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teachers' Cert. (Manitoba) Tourism Mgt. Cert. (Cap. Col.) B. REID, B.A. J. ROUSE, B.Sc. (Mt. Allison U.), Tourism Mgt. (Cert. Cap. Col.) D. STEVENS, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Cap), Canoe Sport Instructors Cert., St. John's Ambulance Instructors Cert., CANSI, CSA Tour Leaders Cert. D.TAIT G.TAYLOR, FMCBC B. WHITE, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (SFU), Coordinator OUTDOOR RECREATO I N MANAGEMENT TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA The College offers two programs: a two year diploma in Outdoor Recreation Management and a part-time certificate program in Wilderness Leadership. A new program, tentatively entitled Adventure Travel and Outfitting, is presently under development. Career Opportunities Capilano College's well-established Outdoor Recreation Management program provides excellent training for a wide range of careers in federal and provincial parks, resorts, social service agencies, adventure tourism, and environmental education. Careful practicum placements and an increasing variety of career opportunities ensure that graduates readily find employment in the field. The Program The curriculum includes several trips into B.C.'s wilderness areas, including backpacking experiences in the Coast Mountains, canoeing on coastal waterways, and nordic skiing in the Cariboo. Our program has earned an excellent reputation for its top-quality management and technical skills, wilderness leadership training, and employment contacts. Over the past two decades, we have expanded our network of practicum placements, keeping us in touch with the latest developments and providing access to career prospects. Admission Requirements Information meetings and interviews are scheduled in the fall and spring. Phone the department for dates and times. In order to be considered, applicants must be at least 19 years of age at the date of entry into the program, should have good reading and writing skills, have previous relevant outdoor experience, and must be physically and psychologically fit. Previous post-secondary education is an asset in this program. B.C.'s "super natural" environment is ideal for outdoor recreation, and with the growing tourism business and increase in leisure time for most people, the demand for qualified, well-trained managers in the field of recreation management is expanding rapidly. Note: Prior to admission, a doctor's certificate of health will be required. All students need to be well equipped with outdoor gear and must be prepared to pay additional costs for field trips. Nestled on the forested slope of the North Shore mountains, close to Whitewater rivers, wilderness lakes, ocean shoreline, and mountain back country, the College is ideally suited for the challenging two-year program. Admission Procedure The Outdoor Recreation Department is relaxed and informal; however, we set and maintain high academic and wilderness leadership performance standards. Students will appreciate the individual attention College faculty are able to provide. Please bring the following documentation to your interview: • At least two letters of reference • High school or post secondary education transcripts • A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 199 Program Content C r e d i t s / L a b hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST T E R M C M N S 150 Basic C o m m u n i c a t i o n s R E C 140 Recreation Delivery Systems R E C 152 Intro, to O u t d o o r Recreation R E C 156 Intro, to Environmental Studies »REC 157 Skills Development R E C 163 Wilderness First A i d I R E C 169 Landscape Interpretation T O U R 111 F r o m T o u r i s m to Tourist SECOND TERM C M N S 154 Communications i n Recreation R E C 141 O u t d o o r Rec P r o g r a m m i n g C o m p u t e r Lab R E C 151 T h e O u t d o o r Environment R E C 153 Leisure Issues * R E C 158 Skills Development R E C 164 N o r d i c Leadership I T O U R 112 Tourism Marketing 59.0 6J) 65.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 15 22.5 9.0 0 9.0 2.0 2.0 0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 15 18.0 3.0 2.0 0 5.0 Note: R E C 162 Canoe Leadership I is offered as an option at the end of the second term. THIRD TERM R E C 178 H u m a n Relations i n Recreation R E C 240 Recreation A d m i n i s t r a t i o n R E C 252 O u t d o o r Rec. Resource M g t . R E C 259 Skills Development R E C 261 Backpacking Leadership II R E C 293 H u m a n Services Applications T O U R 120 A d v e n t u r e & Eco-Tourism FOURTH TERM R E C 255 O u t d o o r Recreation Practicum 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 1.5 15 16.5 PART-TIME CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The Program This is a program for the adventurous! Students w i l l learn the skills necessary to become accomplished leaders i n the outdoors. Canoeing, nordic s k i i n g and mountain travel are the major activities, and safety is the emphasis. Emergency management, first a i d , and wilderness contingency planning are stressed. A l s o , ethical behaviour i n natural environments and the responsibility to pass these attitudes on to others is accentuated. Students learn through practical experience and are trained to certifiable skill levels. Level One, the C a p i l a n o College Skills A c q u i s i t i o n Certificate, is designed to provide the student w i t h a basic level o f activity skills. Level T w o , the Wilderness Leadership Certificate, c o m bines basic skills w i t h leadership training. Admission Requirements Students must be 19 years of age or older, have some outdoor experience, and possess personal outdoor equipment and clothing. Graduation Requirements Students w i l l enroll i n one course per term, and must obtain a B grade i n each course i n order to continue i n the program. Because outdoor leaders are responsible for people's lives a student receiving a C grade must repeat the course or show proficiency i n that activity d u r i n g the following term before continuing i n the program. T h i s must be arranged w i t h the consent of the Program Coordinator and the course instructor. 2£ 9.0 Note: R E C 263, Wilderness First A i d II is offered as an option i n the t h i r d or fourth term. WL IDERNESS LEADERSHP I PROGRAM Program Content Canoeing Option I. S K I L L S A C Q U I S I T I O N C E R T I F I C A T E FIRST Y E A R R E C 162 Canoe Leadership I R E C 163 Wilderness First A i d I SECOND YEAR R E C 262 Canoe Leadership II Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 II. W I L D E R N E S S L E A D E R S H I P C E R T I F I C A T E First Year R E C 165 R E C 162,163 Intro to Wilderness Leadership Second Year R E C 262 R E C 263 Wilderness First A i d II Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 200 6.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 (3,0,0) (F) Recreation 152 (3) Introduction to Outdoor Recreation Backpacking Option I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE FIRST YEAR REC 161 Backpacking Leadership I REC 163 Wilderness First Aid I Credits 3.0 3.0 SECOND YEAR REC 261 Backpacking Leadership II 3.0 II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE First Year REC 163,161 REC 165 Intro to Wilderness Leadership 6.0 1.5 Second Year REC 261 REC 263 Wilderness First Aid II 3.0 3.0 Nordic Skiing Option I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE FIRST YEAR REC 163 Wilderness First Aid I REC 164 Nordic Leadership I 3.0 3.0 SECOND YEAR REC 264 Nordic Leadership II 3.0 II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE First Year REC 163,164 REC 165 Intro to Wilderness Leadership 6.0 1.5 Second Year REC 263 Wilderness First Aid II REC 264 Nordic Leadership II 3.0 3.0 An overview of the development of outdoor recreation. Nature and scope of outdoor recreation in relation to modern leisure, nature of supply and demand, demand analysis as a planning tool, outdoor recreation resource perception, psychological nature of outdoor recreation, experience and behaviour, carrying capacities of wildlands, land use conflict, multiple use policies, inventory techniques, land use zoning. Recreation 153 Leisure Issues (3,0,0) (S) (3) Work and leisure in the human life cycle, adolescence, aging, special needs and leisure, cultural variations in leisure, leisure-related social problems, lifestyle-based variation in work and leisure, factors in lifestyle choice, consumerism and outdoor recreation, sociological perspectives on present and future trends. Recreation 156 (3) Introduction to Environmental Studies (3,2,2) (F) An introduction to ecological principles and their application to environmental issues. Local ecosystems and their indicator species will be examined through field work. Recreation 157 (3) Overland Travel Skills (3,0,0) (F) Overland travel, navigation, and trip planning. Note: This is a part-time program. Recreation 158 (1.5) Skills Development Course Descriptions Winter camping;, snowshoeing, fire suppression, search and rescue Recreation 140 (3) Outdoor Recreation Delivery Systems (3,0,5) The structure of delivery systems in British Columbia including non-profit/non-government organizations. Recreation 141 (3) Outdoor Recreation Program Planning (3,3,0) (S) Topics will include: the problems of planning programs in existing delivery systems, seeking ways to solve these present problems, new philosophies to consider in program planning. A lab introducing computer applications in Recreation is included in the course. Recreation 151 (3) The Outdoor Environment (3,2,0) (S) A concentration on the basics of weather and climate and how weather affects outdoor recreation activities. Mountain weather and personal forecasting will be dealt with in detail. Recreation 161 (3) Backpacking Leadership I (1.5,0, 0) (5) (3,0,0) (F) An introduction to the skills of alpine hiking and camp crafts in wilderness areas. Emphasis will be placed on leadership development in organization, safety and group assessment. Topics will include access to wilderness areas, equipment, clothing, navigation, trip planning and legal issues. Consideration will be given to the problems of working with groups, particularly in terms of budget limitations and improvising equipment. Recreation 162 (3) Canoe Leadership I (3,0,0) (F,Su) An introduction to the skills, techniques and knowledge of paddling in open canoes. This course includes instruction in proper handling of equipment; paddling skills in grades of water up to and including grade two, practice and rescue, tracking, lining, portaging, river reading, Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 201 canoe camping and teaching. Leadership techniques and canoeing skills will be stressed throughout the course. Upon completion of Canoe I students will be given the opportunity to take the Flat Water Instructors exam from BCRCA. Recreation 163 (3) Wilderness First Aid I (3,0,0) (F,S) This course incorporates the principles of First Aid with the specialized needs of the outdoor leader. This course is designed for leaders who can arrange for medical attention for a participant within 12 hours of suffering an injury. The course includes Basic Life Support (CPR) skills and improvised splinting techniques, in addition to the content of a standard first aid course. Special attention will be given to environmental injuries/illnesses. Successful students may apply for Basic Wilderness First Aid for Outdoor Leaders certification. Recreation 164 (3) Nordic Leadership I (3,0,0) (S) This is an introductory course designed to give students an initial exposure to winter environments on crosscountry skis. The course includes a lecture and field trip series with emphasis on outdoor activity. Lecture topics are: equipment, waxing, clothing, fitness, avalanche awareness, nutrition, and safety. Skill levels will reflect CANSI and CSA material content. Recreation 165 (3) Introduction to Wilderness Leadership (1.5,0,0) (S) This course will address topics which relate to Wilderness Leadership in general, regardless of the activity. Topics covered include navigation, woodsmanship, clothing, equipment, menu planning, fitness, leadership styles and legal issues. Recreation 169 (3) Landscape Interpretation (3,2,0) (F) Interpretation of mountain environments, local geology and landforms. The course will include field work. Recreation 178 (3) Human Relations in Recreation (3,0,0) (F) This course focuses on the development of interpersonal skills in the areas of leadership, motivation, communications and group dynamics. It also deals with human resource development including employee recruitment, selection, training and development, performance appraisal. Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 202 Recreation 240 (3) Outdoor Recreation Administration (3,0,0) (F) (Note: This course is open to recreation practitioners in the field.) A study of general business practices in the operation of outdoor recreation facilities, including: record keeping, budgeting, accounting, purchasing, advertising and concession agreements, liabilities, laws and statutes governing parks and recreation agencies. Recreation 252 (3) Outdoor Recreation Resource Management (3,0,0) (F) Parks planning and management, integrated resource management, recreation resource management concepts, interpretation techniques and skills, program planning and design. Recreation 255 (9) Outdoor Recreation Practicum (9,0,0) (S) The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory with working experience in the field. Students will arrange with the faculty supervisor to spend three-andone-half months in an acceptable agency placement and will be responsible to a specific agency supervisor. Students will be provided with terms of reference for the practicum experience. Student work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and agency supervisor, and students will make a major presentation to the department at the conclusion of the practicum. Recreation 259 (1.5) Skills Development (1.5,0,0) (F) The purpose of this course is to develop specialized visual arts skills related to the students' employment goals. Students will upgrade skills in wilderness photography, display design, brochure design, layout and graphic arts. Recreation 261 (3) Backpacking Leadership II (3,0,0) (Su) Prerequisite: Backpacking Leadership I The focus of this course is on expedition planning and leadership, safe travel on ice and snow, and safety on rocky terrain. Students will also be given instruction on route finding and navigation. An additional fee will be levied to cover field trip expenses. Recreation 262 (3) Canoe Leadership II (3,0,0) (Su) Prerequisite: Canoe Leadership I This course is a review and addition to the Canoeing I material. The additions include: canoe construction and repair, canoe history and evolution of the aboriginal canoes, tandem and solo moving-water skills, and canoe poling. The course is designed to further develop paddling skills, personal experience, teaching ability and leadership techniques. Where applicable the standards and instruction will be from BCRCA and the Canadian Recreational Canoeing Association. Recreation 263 (3) Wilderness First Aid II (3,0,0) (F) Reviews the material presented in Wilderness First Aid I with emphasis on increased proficiency under conditions of isolation, where medical assistance is distant and where evacuation may be delayed. Non-traumatic illnesses and medical problems are addressed. Emphasis on practical problem-solving and decision-making. Successful students may apply for Advanced Wilderness First Aid for Outdoor Leaders certification. (1.5,0,0) (S) Concepts and principles of marketing, market research, product pricing and costing, service as a primary product, advertising methods, targets marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction. Tourism 120 (1.5) Adventure and Eco-Tourism Prerequisite: Wilderness First Aid I Recreation 264 (3) Nordic Leadership II Tourism 112 (1.5) Tourism Marketing (1.5,0,0) (F) Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heli-skiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, organization and structure of the industry, ecotourism in the Pacific Rim, resource management issues, protecting resource areas. (3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: Nordic Skiing Leadership I or equivalent This course is designed to further experience, awareness, knowledge, and activity skills initiated in Wilderness Nordic Skiing I. Emphasis will be placed upon the acquisition of techniques for teaching the skills of cross-country skiing in a group situation and ski touring techniques for multi-day trips. This course will also deal with safe winter travel and winter survival. Recreation 293 (1.5) Human Services Applications (1.5,0,0) (F) A study of human service policies, statutory responsibilities, social services trends, outdoor recreation services for special populations, human growth and development methods utilizing recreation, appropriate leadership and programming applications. Tourism 111 (1.5) Tourism: An Industry Perspective (1.5,0,0) (F) An introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the economy, the scale, impact and major sectors of the tourism industry, tourism products in B.C., development potential, language and terminology used in the industry, tourism industry structure and organization, revenue and costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the industry, and will identify educational and professional career path opportunities in various industry sectors in the province. Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation 203 Tourism Management Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4947 Instructional Faculty D. BASHAM, Coordinator W. INGLIS, B.A. Dip. Marketing J. PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc., Teacher's Cert. (Manitoba), Tour. Mgt. Cert. (Capilano) E. SHERLOCK, B.A., M.A. (UBC) V. TIMMONS, Sr. Cert. Hospitality and Tourism Administration (B.C.I.T.), B.A. S. IBARAKI, Dip. Physics (Okanagan College) J. ROUSE, B.Sc. (UBC), Tour. Mgt. Cert., (Capilano College) G. FANE, B.Sc., M.B.A., R.I.A., S. STOCKFORD, B.A. (Trinity Western) B. WHITE, B.A., M.A., (SFU), Coordinator TOURS I M MANAGEMENT CO-OP DP I LOMA PROGRAM Capilano College's accelerated Tourism Management Coop program is on the leading edge of tourism education in B.C. Our mission is to train students in the management skills necessary for the successful operation of travel generators, including resorts, adventure tourism, attractions, conferences, and special events. Marketing, research and entrepreneurial skills in tourism business are also emphasized. Recognition of our curriculum by the Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism provides access to industry certification. Intensive technical skills courses, contact with the industry, and a four and a half month supervised co-op work term encourages a professional attitude to the industry. The program's pragmatic business approach combined with creative teaching promises a rewarding educational investment for students. The program should appeal to dynamic, outgoing individuals with previous post-secondary education experience and a successful work background in tourism or a related field. The program is also designed for people considering a career shift, since the accelerated co-op model is cost-effective and requires minimal time out of the workforce. Capilano College Tourism Management offers top quality faculty, a beautiful campus, and an exciting learning environment. If you are actively considering a career in tourism and think you have what it takes to be successful as a professional in the field, give us a call! Admission Requirements In order to be considered, applicants should be high school graduates, at least 19 years old with good reading and writing skills, and tourism industry work experience. Previous post-secondary education is a definite asset. Phone the Tourism Department for dates of the information meetings and follow-up interviews. Admission Procedure Please bring the following documentation to your interview: • At least two letters of reference • High school or post-secondary education transcripts • A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences Program Content Term #1 (January to April) Credits TOUR 111 Tourism: An Industry Perspective 1.5 TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing * 3.0 TOUR 114 Human Relations * 3.0 TOUR 116 Financial Planning in Tourism I 3.0 TOUR 118 Special Events 1.5 TOUR 120 Adventure and Eco-Tourism 1.5 TOUR 126 Conference Management 1.5 TOUR 128 Tourism Industry and Careers 3.0 TOUR 129 Computer Applications II* 3.0 TOTAL 21.0 Term #2 (May to September) TOUR 130 Co-op Work Term TOTAL Term #3 (September to December) TOUR 115 Supervisory Leadership * TOUR 119 The Japanese Tourism Market TOUR 121 Tourism Packaging TOUR 123 Advertising/Media Production TOUR 125 Financial Planning In Tourism II TOUR 127 Tourism Resource and Community Planning TOTAL 204 3.0 1.5 1.5 45 3.0 15 15.0 Term #4 (January to March) TOUR 213 Human Resource Development* TOUR 231 Tourism Research & Consultancy TOUR 232 International Tourism Policy & Planning TOUR 233 Cross Cultural Tourism TOTAL 3.0 1.5 12.0 PROGRAM TOTAL 60.0 * Tourism Supervisory Development Program Career/Vocational — Tourism 12.0 3.0 4.5 Course Descriptions Tourism 111 (1.5) Tourism: An Industry Perspective (1.5,0) (S) An introduction to the tourism industry: its role in the economy, its scale and impact, major sectors, tourism products in B.C., development potential, language and terminology, industry structure and organization, revenue and costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the industry. Tourism 112 (1.5) Tourism Marketing (3.0,0) (S) Concepts and principles of marketing, market research, product pricing and costing, service as a primary product, advertising methods, target marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction. Tourism 114 (1.5) Human Relations in Tourism (3.0,0) (S) Interpersonal communications skills for supervisors in the tourism industry: stress management, listening skills, time management, presentation methods, conflict resolution techniques, staff counselling interviews, non-verbal cues. Tourism 115 (3) Supervisory Leadership in Tourism (3.0,0) (F) Motivation techniques, leadership styles and development, group dynamics, role-modelling, team-building techniques, concepts of organizational culture, innovation support, dealing with organizational change. tations of Japanese tourists, acknowledgement of Japanese culture and traditions, Japanese beliefs and attitudes, dealing with the Japanese business community. Tourism 120 (1.5) Adventure and Eco-Tourism (1.5,0) (S) Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heli-skiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, insurance issues, organization and structure of the industry, licensing requirements for different activities, governments' role in area and activity management, resource management issues, protecting resource areas. Tourism 121 (1.5) Packaging in the Tourism Industry (1.5,0) (F) The components of packaging, costing, market research, dealing with tour wholesalers, researching the package components, selling the package. Tourism 123 (1.5) Advertising/Media Production Techniques (4.5,0) (F) The production of advertising materials for the tourism industry. Tourism 125 (3) Financial Planning in Tourism II (3.0,0) (F) Designing a business plan, financial planning techniques, financial goal setting for tourism managers. Tourism 126 (1.5) Conference Management (1.5,0) (S) Basic principles of conference management, client rela- Tourism 116 (3.0) (3.0,0) (S) Principles of Financial Controls in the Tourism Industry tions, pricing, program planning, staffing, venue selec- Financial control methods, inventory control, labour costs and controls, employee scheduling, payroll, loss prevention, reporting, accounting applications, financial statements, cash/credit transactions, basic financial planning. Tourism 127 (1.5) Tourism Resource and Community Planning Tourism 118 (1.5) Special Events as Tourism Generators Tourism resources in the nine tourism regions of B.C., infrastructure, access and resource potential, Tourism Resource Management Policy, design, operations, and management of community tourism resorts. (1.5,0) (S) Creating a special event or attraction, product choice, community fit, community resources, market analysis, sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media relations, management styles, B.C. case studies. Tourism 119 (1.5) The Japanese Tourism Market (1.5,0) (F) tion, and catering. Tourism 128 (3) Canada's Tourism Industry and its Careers (1.5,0) (F) (3.0,0) (S) An in-depth review of industry sectors and employment opportunities, practicum orientation, employment liaison, resume preparation, and an overview of the hospitality management sector, incorporates AHMA Tourism and the Hospitality Industry course. Basic phrases necessary to assist Japanese guests. Expec- Career/Vocational — Tourism 205 Tourism 129 (3.0) Computer Applications in Tourism II (3.0,0) (S) Tourism industry applications, including spreadsheets, data bases, word processing, future trends, and impacts on the tourism industry. Tourism 130 (12) Tourism Co-op Work Term (12.0,0) (Su) The co-op work term is designed to apply classroom theory through work experience. Students will spend four and one-half months in an acceptable industry placement and will be responsible to a specific industry supervisor. The goal is to develop high calibre graduates who are better able to assume productive jobs. Summer work placements are sought by the students, writh faculty co-op supervisors assisting them to find the placement that matches their career goals. Students apply for positions and are selected by the employees and the College. Students work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and industry supervisor. Upon completion of the co-op work term, each student will make a major presentation to the class and faculty at a department retreat. Tourism 213 (3) Human Resource Development in Tourism (3.0,0) (S) Recruiting, hiring, orientation, initiation, job training, designing job specifications, interviewing techniques, humanrightsguidelines, relevant legislation, employee incentive programs, performance appraisal. Tourism 231 (4.5) Tourism Research and Consultancy (4.5,0) (S) An introduction to research skills used by tourism consultants and researchers, including appropriate computer applications. The role of consultants in tourism, ethics, business planning, staffing, marketing,project proposals and reports, contracts, and client relations. Applications of spreadsheets and databases, processing, desktop publishing, and computer-based statistical analysis Tourism 232 (3) International Tourism Policy and Planning (3.0,0) (S) A geographical overview of the Asia-Pacific region including demographics, physiography, environmental issues, tourism destinations and travel patterns. A review of politics in tourism and Asia-Pacific region national tourism policies. Methodology and approach to tourism policy analysis, comparative tourism development case studies, regional tourism policy and planning. Role of development agencies and tourism organizations. Career/Vocational — Tourism 206 Tourism 233 (1.5) Cross Cultural Tourism (1.5,0) (S) An overview of cross-cultural issues in tourism, including guest services, employee-employer relations, and tourism business relations. The nature of racism and prejudice in the context of tourism. A partial review of religious and cultural observances in selected cultures, plus gender relationships, social custom, body language, and behaviour across cultures. Special Programs ASA I PACIFIC MANAGEMENT COOPERATV I E PROGRAM Contact Barbara Hankin, 984-4981, Fax 984-4992 Instructional Faculty Robert BAGSHAW, B. Comm., (UBC), M.A. (Colorado), Coop Coordinator Barbara HANKIN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.), Program Coordinator Toeti KAKIAILATU, B.A. (Indonesia), M.A. (UBC), Indonesian Language Francis KIEM, B.B.A., Ph.D. Ed. (Jakarta), Indonesian Language Scott MacLEOD, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Economic Geography Louise MAY, B.A. (Brock), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC), Pacific & Asian Studies Billie NG, B.A. (Int'l Christian Univ.), M.A. (London), Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong), Language Teach. Cert. (UBC), Chinese Language, Cross Cultural Communications, M.A. (London) Noriko OMAE, B.A., M.A., Teaching Cert., (Osaka U. of Foreign-Studies), Japanese Language Jim PLACZEK, B.A.(Windsor), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D (UBC) Thai Language Pontip PLACZEK, B.A. (Thammasat), Thai Language Charles PRIESTER, FCBA B.Comm.(Hons.), M.A.(UBC), Intern. Finance/Business Stephen TURNBULL, B.A., B.B.A. (SFU), Management Studies (UBC), International Trade and Marketing General Information This Diploma Program has been developed to offer training to Canadians who are considering international careers. It is a joint-venture in educational programming, bringing Canadian employers together with students and the College to form a unique blend of experiential and academic training. The emphasis is on Canada's relationships with PACIHC RIM COUNTRIES and our potential to extend our network through trade, business, applied technology and development projects. The Program Students who are interested in a career in the Pacific Rim will follow an integrated program of study which includes the historical, economic, political, cultural and business dynamics of the region. Trade and Finance. In addition, students will choose an Asian language such as Japanese, Chinese (Mandarin), Indonesian or Thai. Other Asian languages may be offered by special arrangement. After two terms of study, eligible students will complete a work placement. This co-op work term will normally be for twelve months. Students will be evaluated by the College and the employer, and this will become part of the student's record. Every effort will be made to secure co-op placements for students. Jobs will be sought in Asian countries and in international Canadian organizations. The work term will terminate with debriefing and re-entry sessions. Career targets of the current class include areas such as Finance, International Marketing, Trade, Tourism, Human Resources, Development, Education, Planning, Journalism, Urban Land Development, Government and NonGovernment organizations. Inquiries for admission should be directed to the Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program office, telephone 984-4981, FAX 984-4992. Admission Requirements Applications for admission are invited from: a) Those who have completed a degree in Arts, Sciences or a professional area such as Business Administration, Environmental Science, Agriculture, Engineering, Biotechnology, Forestry, or Computer Applications. b) Those who are currently employed and who are eligible for company sponsorship into this program. Sponsorship may come from a wide range of business and development organizations which have the common factor of wanting their employees trained for international work. * Admission maximum is 32 students per year. * Students are selected on the basis of their academic record, relevant experience, a written submission and an interview. * Successful applicants will have strong written and inter-personal communication skills. * Applicants who demonstrate proficiency in language acquisition and who have solid business experience will have preference. This is a full-time program which offers an intensive curriculum designed to serve the student in future international work. Each student will take the core courses in Pacific and Asian Studies and International Business Special Programs—Asia Pacific Management 207 Course Descriptions PASN 506 (2) Asia Pacific Perspectives I (7,0,3) (F) This series of courses is designed to introduce students to the historical and current social, political and cultural patterns of the Asia Pacific Region. Students will review and develop skills in cross-cultural communication. They will also develop skills in regional analysis that will help them understand relationships within Asia and with the West. PASN 507 (2) Asia Pacific Perspectives II (6,0,2) (F) (6,0,2) (S) This course is a continuation of PASN 507. PASN 509 (2) Asia Pacific Perspectives IV (5,0,1) (S) This course is a continuatin of PASN 508. (2.5,0,0) (F) PASN 511 (.75) International Finance I This series of courses will aim at providing students with an understanding of financial concepts and strategies that influence business in the conduct of international commerce. PASN 512 (.75) Introduction to Economic Thought if) This course is designed to expose the student to basic ideas of economic theory with a general understanding of the major disagreements between economists, and to learn to evaluate critically economic issues as presented by the media. It will touch specifically on the concepts of scarcity and economic surplus, theories of growth and development, the major components in the discussion of trade and the concepts in the discussions of the circular flow of income and its relevance to inflation and unemployment. PASN 513 (.75) International Business and Trade (2,5,0,0) (F) This series of courses familiarizes students with the business environment of Pacific Rim countries. Students learn how the international environment affects such areas as decision-making, the import-export process, the planning process and the role of corporate strategic policy. Emphasis is placed on integrating the student's Special Programs—Asia 208 PASN 515 (.5-3) Directed Studies (0,0,2.5) (F)(S) This course will allow students to explore areas of special interest or need and will include relevant literature review and a written paper or exam. PASN 521 (.75) International Finance II (2.5,0,0) (F) This course is a continuation of PASN 511. This course is a continuation of PASN 506. PASN 508 (2) Asia Pacific Perspectives III knowledge of environmental sensitivity with market planning in order to provide a cohesive approach to international business. Pacific Management PASN 522 (.75) Economic Georgraphy 1 (2.5,0,0) (F) This course will introduce students to new concepts in socio-economic analysis and will emphasize the spatial aspects of economics processes. Emphasis is on the dynamism of economic change and how this change interacts with local social, political and environmental matrices. The course will be issue oriented. There will be a mix of theoretical background and actual case studies. PASN 523 (.75) International Marketing (2.5,00) (F) This course is a continuation of PASN 513. PASN 524 (1.5) Business Plans (1,0,2) (F) (S) These are supervised team projects working with Vancouver-based companies. Business plans are prepared for Asian opportunities chosen by the companies. PASN 525 (2.0) Management Seminars (2,0,0) (F)(S) This course will generate awareness and understanding of some key management concepts related to managing people, know-how, strategy and multinational companies through a combination of lectures, field trips and visiting speakers. PASN 531 (.75) International Finance III (2,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of PASN 521. PASN 532 (.75) Economic Geography II This course is a continuation of PASN 522. (2,0,0) (S) PASN 533 (.75) Strategic Business (2,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation of PASN 523. PASN 545 (.75) International Case Studies (1.5,0,0) (S) Indonesian 110 (3) Intensive Indonesian This course develops basic oral and reading skills in Bahasa Indonesian through the study of grammar, vocabulary and culture. Indonesian 111 (3) Intensive Indonesian This course will be-concerned with the analysis of international business situations in multi-cultural environments, usually Asian. This course is a continuation of Indonesian 110. PASN 560 Workshops Japanese 110 (3) Intensive Japanese (3) (4,0,0) (F)(S) This series allows students to "customize" the program by selecting from a range of courses which offer an opportunity to develop special skills or to study special issues concerning Asia. Chinese 110 (3) Intensive Chinese (Mandarin) (4,1,1) (F) This course is designed to maximize the acquisition of oral fluency and comprehension. The course will lay the foundation for further understanding and study in an immersion environment. Chinese 111 (3) Intensive Chinese (Mandarin) This course is a continuation of Chinese 110. (4,1,1) (S) (4,1,1) (F) (4,1,1) (S) (5,0,1) (F) This course develops basic oral and written communicative skills in Japanese, through the study of vocabulary, grammar, culture and introduction to word processing. Japanese 111 (3) Intensive Japanese (5,0,1) (S) This course is a continuation of Japanese 110. Thai 100/101 Please see listing in the Academic section of the Calendar. These courses are also open to APMCP students. Non-Gredi EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Contact: 984-4901 Extension Courses The College offers a variety of cost recoverable courses and programs through its Extension Programs and Services Department. There are no prerequisites for admission to non-credit courses but occasionally a certain level of proficiency is recommended for admission. The majority of Extension offerings are an outgrowth of the College's academic and career/vocational programs whose faculties contribute to the high level of instructional competence of the programs. Courses and programs are drawn from the areas of arts, music, social sciences, natural sciences, career development, business, computer science, personal development, fashion, media, and modern languages. Educational study tours are also available through Extension Programs. Extension courses are not listed in the Calendar — they are advertised in seasonal brochures distributed throughout the community, in newspaper ads and by direct mail. Community Music School The Capilano College Community Music School offers courses and programs for both children and adults in Instrumental, Voice and Theory, at Capilano College and in other community locations. Private music instruction is also offered. The music school calendar is available by phoning 984-4901. Programs for adults are listed in the Extension Programs and Services calendar published twice yearly. Contract Education Extension Programs and Services draws on a wide range of educational resources to provide training for groups of any size in all aspects of business and professional development. Co-sponsorship of Educational Activities Organizations and societies are encouraged to co-sponsor their educational activities with Capilano College. The College can provide facilities, program design and administrative services and welcomes the opportunity to foster public understanding on social, business, artistic and technological issues. Eldercollege Eldercollege is a year-round educational community where men and women, 55 and older, can enjoy daytime study groups in a stimulating atmosphere and the companionship of peers. Non-Credit Programs and Courses 210 Eldercollege is a participatory program. Members of Eldercollege can lead study groups, serve on the Eldercollege Advisory Board and its committees, and be study group participants. To maintain a high quality offering at a minimal cost, our activities are both planned and operated by our members. For further information on Extension Programs and Services phone 984-4901 (lower mainland), 892-5322 (Howe Sound), or 885-9310 (Sunshine Coast). (For Extension Programs and Services tuition fee policy, please see page 21). CANADIAN JOB STRATEGIES These programs are wholly funded by Employment and Immigration Canada and provide training allowances for students. Some restrictions may apply. Automotive Job Entry 984-4982 Career Choices 984-1711 Deckhand Training 984-4901 Other E.I.C. funded programs are also available in Sechelt and Squamish. For information on occupational focus, call 984-4901. Note: These programs are offered subject to E.I.C. funding. ACHE I VEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE WORKSHOPS AND COURSES Contact: 984-4945 The Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) offers free workshops on learning skills for college success. Schedule and details are published separately each term. Workshop topics include: Concentration Exam Preparation Mind Mapping Learning from Texts Improving Comprehension Memory Training Notetaking Reading Efficiency Researching a Term Assignment Test Taking Strategies Time Management Introduction to Word Processing ARC 100 Strategies for Student Success A 3 credit course to develop strategies for effective study and time management. See page 41. ARC 110 Reading Dynamics A 3 credit course in which participants learn and practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading comprehension are also included. See page 41. For further information, call 984-4945 or come to the Achievement Resource Centre in B Building (accessed through the Library). ARC alsQ offers two 3 credit courses: Non-Credit Programs and Courses 211 Transfer Guide This transfer guide is provided as a convenience to the student and is correct at the time of printing. Information on any courses not listed can be obtained from the department concerned. Capilano College assumes no responsibility for articulation changes made at the universities which invalidate this guide. Students should be aware when using the guide that Capilano College, Simon Fraser University and the University of British Columbia are on a credit system. The University of Victoria is on a unit system. This accounts for the apparent discrepancy in transfer credits. NOTE: 11/2 units at UVic are equal to 3 or 4.5 Capilano College credit hours (see College Calendar under course description for correct credits). Similarly, if two Capilano College courses are required, 3 units at UVic could equal 6 or 9 credit hours at Capilano College. For example, Psychology 100 and 101 (three credit hours each) would equal 3 units at UVic. This transfer guide is accurate as of January, 1992. If further or updated information is required, please contact one of Capilano College's counsellors or the institution that you wish to transfer to. SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY Admissions Office Burnaby, B.C. V5A 1S6 291-3224 UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Registrar's Office #204-2075 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z2 228-2844 UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA Admissions Office P.O. Box 1700 Victoria, B.C. V8W 2Y2 721-7211 BRITISH COLUMBIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 3700 Willingdon Avenue Burnaby, B.C. V5G 3H2 434-5734 CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS 1555 West 8th Avenue Vancouver, B.C. V6J1Y5 732-1211 SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS 1575-650 West Georgia Street Vancouver, B.C. V6B 4W7 687-5891 Transfer Guide 212 INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS 1155 Melville Street Vancouver, B.C. V6E4C4 681-3264 (For information regarding transfer credit to any of the above, you may also contact the Business Management Department of Capilano College.) TRANSFER NOTES Simon Fraser University Faculty of Business Administration Expository writing courses equivalent to Simon Fraser University's ENGL 099 (or 010) do not count toward Faculty of Business Administration group requirements. The 45 semester hours of upper division credit required for the Bachelor of Business Administration degree normally must be completed in the last 60 semester hours of a student's degree program. Canadian Studies Incoming students who have taken transferable courses which do not receive assigned credit in Canadian Studies may apply to the Director of Canadian Studies to have such courses (1) count toward the major or minor or (2) exempt the student from lower division Canadian Studies courses. To qualify, the course(s) must cover sufficient Canadian subject material. School for the Contemporary Arts No more than 30 semester hours of studio credit may be transferred, of which 24 is the maximum allowed in any one of the discipline categories: dance, film, music, theatre and visual art. Students wishing transfer credit for Fine and Performing Arts courses of a directed studies nature should contact the Centre for the Arts for consideration of an individual basis. Transfer credit granted does not mean automatic advanced placement. Incoming students must contact the Centreforthe Arts at least one semester prior to their planned date of transfer to the University to arrangefora placement class, audition, or portfolio interview, after which they will be placed at an appropriate level. Computing Science Normally not more than nine semester hours of Type 2 (unassigned) credit will be awarded in Computing Science. Students completing more than nine credits are advised to contact the School directly. Students who have taken non-transferable Computing Science courses at a community college should also contact the School for an interview regarding appropriate placement. Transfer credit will be given for no more than one of CMPT 101,102, and 103. Students with credit for CMPT 101,102, or 103 may additionally be given credit for a more advanced language course as CMPT 104 (2). Alternatively, credit for a second introductory language course may be given as CMPT 111 (1), CMPT 112 (1), CMPT 113 (1), CMPT 114 (1) or CMPT 115 (1). Students may not receive credit for more than two of CMPT 111, 112,113,114, or 115. Language Courses Exemption from language courses usually will be determined by a placement test or other assessment procedure prior to registration. For further information on assessment consult individual language departments. All students (except native speakers or complete beginners) with prior knowledge of a language are required to consult the consult the language department concerned for a placement prior to or at registration. Native speakers or students who received their secondary education in a language taught at Simon Fraser University normally will not be admitted to a language course, in that particular language, numbered between 100 and 300 inclusive. Total transfer and course challenge credit in basic language courses may not exceed thefollowinglimits: French language: 13 semester hours German Language: 11 semester hours Russian language: 9 semester hours Spanish language: 11 semester hours Students interest in course challenge should contact the appropriate language department. Sociology and Anthropology Sociology and Anthropology courses at Simon Fraser University carry four semester hours credit, while college courses generally carry three. To facilitate entry to the program, the following exemptions will be granted to students transferring 60 credits from a college. • Completion of five Type 1 transfer courses in Sociology and Anthropology (15 credits) will be judged as satisfying the lower division Sociology and Anthropology requirement of five courses (20 credits), providing that program prerequisites have been fulfilled. • Completion of four Type 1 transfer courses in Sociology and Anthropology (12 credits) will be judged as completion offourSociology and Anthropology lower division courses (16 hours), providing that program prerequisites are being fulfilled. Such students will be required to take one additional lower division Sociology and Anthropology course at Simon Fraser University in order to complete lower division Sociology and Anthropology requirements. • Completion of three or fewer Type 1 transfer courses (nine credits or less) will warrant a department exemption of one credit per course. For further information consult the Department of Sociology and Anthropology. Women's Studies Incoming students who have taken transferable community college courses which do not receive Women's Studies transfer credit may petition, in writing, the Women's Studies Co-ordinating commitee to have such courses count toward the minor. A significant portion of the course work must concern women. Students may also petition the Committee to be exempted from Women's Studies 200 if they have covered the material in another Women's Studies course. University of British Columbia Fine Arts 1. Students planning to enter the program leading to a B.A. degree with a major in Fine Arts (Art History) should normally apply after 4 semesters. Where Art (History and/or Studio) courses are not available at the College attended, transfer following only 2 semesters would be advisable. 2. Transfer students intending to enter the B.F.A. (Studio Art) program or the B.A. program with a major in Studio Arts should note that registration in these programs takes place in third year. For the first two years such students register in the B. A. degree program. A. Students intending to enter either of these programs in their third year should normally apply to the University for admission into the B.A. degree program at the end of their first year with the equivalent of Fine Arts 181 (3) and six credits of art history since these are prerequisites for admission to second year Fine Arts courses. Permission to enrol in Fine Arts 281-290 depends upon assessment of a portfolio of work done in Fine Arts 181or its equivalent. In this connection applicants should contact the Department no later than March 31 prior to the Fall in which entry is desired. Late applicants may be considered if space is available. Transfer Guide 213 B. However, students who apply to transfer after two years at a post-secondary institution may be accepted into either program in the third year subject to an assessment of a portfolio of work and a transcript to determine transfer credit equivalent to 12 credits from Fine Arts 281-290 (including Fine Arts 281) with a minimum second-class mark in each. Arrangementsforthe portfolio review and if possible, an interview should be made with the Department of Fine Arts by March 31. Admission to both programs will depend on the space available and is at the discretion of the Department. Note: The maximum Studio Art transfer creditfora student who has completed one year will be six credits for Fine Arts 181. A student who does not intend to pursue the B.F.A. or the B.A. program in Studio Arts and who has completed second year may be allowed a further 12 credits in studio art courses based solely upon equivalents listed in the Transfer Guide. Acceptance into either the B.F.A. or the B.A. program in Studio Arts requires the standards and procedures outlined above. 214 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) AHIS100 FPA166(3) FINA125(6) withAHIS101 HA120(3) with AHIS101 AMIS 101 FPA167(3) FINA125(6) withAHIS100 HA120(3) with AHIS 100 AHIS104 FPA (3) Art HIST FINA100(6) withAHIS105 FA 100 lev (1.5) AHIS105 FPA (3) Art HIST FINA100(6) withAHIS104 FA 100 lev (1.5) AHIS106 FPA (3) VSAR HIST HA 100 lev (1.5) AHIS107 FPA (3) VSAR HIST HA 100 lev (1.5) AHIS210 FPA (3) VSAR HIST AHIS210&211 =SFU FPA 167(3)& FPA(3) FINAArtHistory(3) HA260(3) with AHIS211 \HIS211 FPA (3) VSAR HIST AHIS210&211 =SFUFPA167(3) &FPA(3) FINAArtHistory(3) HA260(3) with AHIS 210 GE(3)VSARHIST FINAArtHistory(3) precludes creditfor FINA 335 HA200lev(1.5) GE (3) VSAR HIST FINAArtHistory(3) precludes creditforFINA335 HA 200 lev (1.5) GE(3)VSAR FINAArtHistory(3) precludes creditforFINA 335 HA 200 lev (1.5) GE(3)VSAR FINAArtHistory (3) precludes creditforFINA 335 HA 200 lev (1.5) *NTH120 SA(3) ANTH120&121 =SFUSA101 (3)S SA(3).ANTH120 &WMST122= SA 101 (3)&SA(3) ANTH100(6) with ANTH121 ANTH100B(1.5) ANTH1204121=UVicANTH100B& ANTH 100 lev (1.5) \NTH121 SA(3) ANTH120&121=SFUSA101 (3)4 SA(3).ANTH121&WMST122=SA 101 (3)&SA(3) ANTH100(6) withANTH120 ANTH100B(1.5) ANTH1120&121=UVicANTH100B& ANTH 100 lev (1.5) ANTH123 ARCH101 (3) ANTH103(3) ANTH240(1.5) \NTH124 ARCH131(3) ANTH140(3) ANTH100A(1.5) \NTH200 SA 200 lev (3) ANTH (3) ANTH 200 lev (1.5) \NTH202 SA 200 lev (3) ANTH (3) ANTH 200 lev (1.5) \NTH204 SA203(3) ANTH (3) ANTH200lev(1.5) \NTH205 SA(3) ANTH/SOCI201(3) ANTH 200 lev (1.5) \NTH206 SA286(3) ANTH200(3) ANTH 200 lev (1.5) \NTH208 SA(3) ANTH (3) ANTH 200 lev (1.5) \NTH241 ARCH (6) ANTH (6) ANTH200lev(1.5) 4HIS220 \HIS221 WIS250 WIS251 University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) 1 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) ANTH 249 SA(3) ANTH (3) ANTH 200 lev (1.5) 1 ASPC150 - APSC 151 (3) - I ART150 FPA (2) VSAR Studio If credit received for ART 150 151,262,263,creditwillnotbe assigned (or ART152,154,164,184. FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART 100 lev (1.5) I ART 151 FPA(2) VSAR Studio If credit received for ART150, 151,262,263,creditwill not be assigned for ART152,154,164,184. FINA ANY2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART101 (1.5) I ART 152 FPA(2) VSAR Studio IfcreditreceivedforARTI 52, 154,164,184,creditwill notbe assignedforART150,151,262,263. FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA 181 (6) I ART 153 FPA (2) VSAR Studio I ART154 FPA(2)VSARStudio Ifcreditreceived for ART 152, 154,164,184,creditwill notbe assignedforART150,151,262,263. I ART156 — I ART157 — I ART158 - I ART160 — I ART163 - - FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses = FINA181(6) FINA Any 2 of Capi lano 100 level ART courses=FINA 181 (6) FINA Any 2of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA 181 (6) - FPA(2)VSARStudio IfcreditreceivedforARTI 52, 154,164,184,creditwill notbe assignedforART150,151,262,263 F NA Any 2 of Capi lano 100 level ART courses=FINA 181 (6) I ART 166 FPA (2) VSAR Studio FINA Any 2 of Capi lano 100 level ART courses = FINA 181 (6) I ART167 FPA(3) VSAR Studio FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) - - FPA (3) VSAR Studio FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) I ART 171 216 ART 100 lev (1.5) ART 100 lev (1.5) I ART164 I ART169 - FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART100lev(1.5) ART 100 lev (1.5) ART100lev(1.5) Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) ART172 FPA (3) VSAR Studio University of B.C. University of Victoria (credits) (units) FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses = FINA 181 (6) ART110(1.5) ART120(1.5) v ART 174 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses = FINA 181 (6) ART 178 — FINA — Any 2 oof Capilano 100 level ART courses = FINA 181 (6) ART182 — FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses = FINA181(6) ART 100 lev (1.5) ART183 — FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses = FINA 181 (6) ART130(1.5) ART184 FPA (2) VSAR Studio If credit received for ART152, 154,164,184,creditwillnotbe assignedforART150,151,262,263. FINA Any 2 of of Capilano 100 level ART courses=FINA181(6) ART185 ART 188 FPA(2)VSARStudio ART189 ART204 FINA Any 2 of Capilano 100 level ART courses = FINA 181 (6) ART 100 level (1.5) - - FINA ART100(1.5) Any 2 of Capi lano 100 level ART courses = FINA181(6) GE VSAR Studio (3) - t i ART206 GEVSARStudio(3) ART 216 GEVSARStudio(3) ART217 GE VSAR Studio (3) ART 250 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINAStudio(3) ART200lev(1.5) ART255 FPA (3) VSAR Studio FINAStudio(3) ART210(1.5) ART 257 FPA(3)VSARStudio FINAStudio(3) ART200lev(1.5) ART 262 FPA (2) VSAR Studio lfcreditreceivedforART262, 150,151,263,creditwill not be assigned for ART152,154,164,184 FINAStudio(3) ART 200 lev (1.5) ART263 FPA(2)VSARStudio If credit received for ART263, 150,151,262,credilwillnotbe assignedfor ART152.154,164,184. FINAStudio(3) ART200(1.5) ART265 FPA (3) VSAR Studio FINAStudio(3) ART220(1.5) ART 268 - - ART200lev(1.5) ART271 GE VSAR Studio (3) FINAStudio(3) ' — - - 217 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) ART272 GEVSARStudio(3) FINAStudio(3) — ART273 - - ART 200 lev (1.5) ART274 — FINAStudio(3) ART 200 lev (1.5) FINAStudio(3) ART232(1.5) FINAStudio(3) ART 200 lev (1.5) ART 282 ART283 - ART 284 — - ART200lev(1.5) ART300 FPA(6)VSARStudio - ART 200 lev (1.5) ART 301 - — ART 200 lev (1.5) BIOL104 BISC101 (3)' BIOL (6) with BIOL105. No credit in Life Science Departments. BIOL 100 lev (1.5) BIOL105 BIS 102 (3)' BIOL(6) withBIOLI 04.Nocreditin Life Science Departments. BIOL100lev(1.5) BIOL 108 BISC(3) BIOL108&111 =SFU BISC101 (3) & BISC102(3) BIOL101 (6)orBIOL102(6) withBIOL111 BIOL150A/B(3) withBIOL111.BIOL108only= UVic100lev(1.5) BIOL110 BISC101 (3)' BIOL101 (6)orBIOL102(6) withBIOL111. BIOL150A/B(3) withBIOL111 .BIOL110only= UVic100lev(1.5) BIOL11T BISC102(3)' BIOL101 (6)orB IOL102(6) when takenwith BIOL108or110. BIOL150A/B(3) withBIOL18or110; BIOL111 only=UVicBIOL100 lev (1.5) BIOL113 BISC(3) BIOL(3) No credit in the Life Science Departments. BIOL 100 lev (1.5) BIOL200 BISC202(3) BIOL(3) 2nd year; prec! udes credit for BIOL334. BIOL 200 lev (1.5) BIOL201 BISC(3) BIOL(3) 2nd year;precludes cred i t for BIOL335. BIOL200lev(1.5) students obtaining aC+or better in BIOL210/202 will be allowed to waive BIOL300 requirementfor major. BIOL 204 BISC204(3) BIOL (3) 2ndyear;precludescreditfor BIOL306(1.5) BIOL302. BIOL(3)orGEOG(3) meets Life Science 2n d year requirement GEOG200lev(1.5) - — • BIOL204(1.5) BISC306(3) BIOL205(3) BIOL206(1.5) BIOL206 GE0G215(3) BIOL210 BIOL212 218 University of B.C. (credits) Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) BIOL213 BISC316(3) BIOL204(3) BIOL207(1.5) BIOL214 BISC201 (3) BIOL200(3) BIOL200(1.5) BIOL215 BISC301 (3) BIOL201 (3) when accompanied by Organic Chemistry. BIOC200(1.5) BIOL220 BISC303(3)&BISC(3) withBIOL221 MICB200(6) withBIOL221 MICR200(3) withBIOL221. BIOL221 BISC303(3)&BISC(3) withBIOL220 MICB200(6) withBIOL220 MICR200(3) withBIOL220 - Stat100lev(1.5) University of Victoria (units) 1 'Students contemplating furtherworkinBiology should endeavourto take BIOL110&111. Credit will not be allowed for both BIOL104 & 110,orBIOL105&111. BSMG 171 — BSMG 178 BUS251 (3) with BSMG 179 BSMG 179 BUS251 (3) with BSMG 178 - BSMG 180 — — CSC100lev(1.5) CHEM 104 CHEM102(3)&115(0) CHEM103(6) withCHEM105 CHEM101(1.5)& CHEM102(1.5) withCHEM105.Bothmustbe taken,otherwiseCHEM100lev (1.5) each. Cgrade required forentryinto102,231,213. CHEM 105 CHEM105(3)&116(0) CHEM103(6) withCHEM104 CHEM101(1.5)& CHEM102(1.5) withCHEM104.Bothmustbe taken,otherwise,CHEM1 OOlev (1.5)each.Cgraderequired for entry into 102,231,213. CHEM 108 CHEM102(3)&115(0) CHEM110(6) with CHEM109;orCHEM120(6) withCHEM111. CHEM100(1.5) CHEM 109 CHEM103(3)8,119(0) CHEM110(6) withCHEM108 CHEM102(1.5) Only1ofCHEM109or111may betaken fortransfercredit. CHEM110 CHEM102(3)&115(0) CHEM 120 (6) withCHEM111 CHEM101(1.5) _ COM202(1.5) withBSMG179 COM202(1.5) withBSMG178 219 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) CHEM111 CHEM111(3)&119(0) CHEM120(6) withCHEM108or110 CHEM102(1.5) Only1ofCHEM109or111may betaken fortransfercredit. CHEM 200 CHEM150(3)8155(0) CHEM230(6) withCHEM201 CHEM231(1.5) CHEM201 CHEM250(3)&255(0) CHEM230(6) withCHEM200 CHEM232(1.5) May take 3rd yrorganic courses if 213taken as corequisiteinFal. CHEM 204 CHEM261 (3)4218(0) CHEM205(6) withCHEM205 CHEM200lev(1.5) CHEM205 CHEM232(3) CHEM205(6) with CHEM 204 CHEM200lev(1.5) consultdepartmentre placement CHIN100 CHIN100(3) CHIN100(6) withCHIN101 CHIN100A/B(3) withCHIN101 CHIN 101 CHIN101 (3) CHIN100(6) withCHIN100 CHIN100A/B(3) withCHIN100 CMNS 150 CMNS (3) withCMNS156 - ENGL100lev(1.5) - ENGL155(1.5) J CMNS 153 CMNS 156 CMNS 190 CMNS280 CMNS: 3; withCMNS150 - — CRWR(3) - CRWR(3) COMM290 — COMM290(4) ST AT < 00 lev; 1.5) COMM291 — COMM291 (4) ECON240(1.5) COMM292 BUS270(3) COM M 292 (4) COMM220(1.5) COMM293 BUS251 (3) COMM293(3) COMM202(1.5) COMM294 - COMM294(3) COMM210(1.5) COMM296 - COMM296(2) COMM297 - - COMM297(3) — COMP080 CMPT001 (3) CPSC100(3) CSC100(1.5) COMP 102 CMPT103(3) ,PSC114(3) CSC110(1.5) COMP110 CMPT101(4) CPSC118(3) CSC110(1.5) COMP111 CMPT105(3) - — 220 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) COMP 130 CMPT104(1) _ COMP 131 CMPT112(1) — COMP 132 CMPT(1) CPSC(1) COMP212 CMPT190(3) Tobedetermined Tobedetermined COMP 222 CMPT201 (4) CPSC210(3) CSC115(1.5) COMP223 CMPT205(3) CPSC220(3) MATH222(1.5) COMP231 Tobe determined Tobedetermined Tobedetermined CRIM101 CRIM101 (3) SOCI(3) SOCI100 lev(1.5) ECON 100 ECON 100(3) ECON (3) Referto transfer notes ECON100(1.5) &ECON100lev(1.5)with ECON101 ECON 101 ECON101 (3) ECON (3) Referto transfer notes ECON100(1.5) &ECON100lev(1.5)with ECON100 ECON 120 ECON150(3) ECON (3) Referto transfernotes ECON 100 lev (1.5) ECON 121 ECON152 (3) ECON (3) Refer to transfer notes ECON 100 lev (1.5) ECON 200 ECON205(3) ECON 100 (6) withECON201 ECON202(1.5) ECON 201 ECON200(3) ECON 100(6) withECON200 ECON201(1.5) ECON211 - ECON201 (3) ECON200lev(1.5) ECON212 — ECON202(3) ECON200lev(1.5) ENGL 010 GEENGL(3) — _ ENGL 100 ENGL199(3) ENGL112(3) ENGL115(1.5) ENGL 102 ENGL210(3) ENGL112(3) ENGL115(1.5) ENGL 103 ENGL (3) Creditmaybegivenfor ENGL101,102,or103 (Department'schoice) Tobedetermined ENGL100lev(1.5) ENGL 104 ENGL101 (3) Tobedetermined ENGL121 (1.5) ENGL 105 ENGL102(3) Tobedetermined ENGL122(1.5) & 100 lev (1.5) if ENGL106taken University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) — 221 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) ENGL 106 ENGL103(3) Tobedetermined ENGL122(1.5) & ENGL 100 lev if ENGL105 taken ENGL 190 ENGL (3) Students with assigned credit formorethanl Creative Writing coursewillrecieve GE CREATIVE WRITING (3) for subsequentcourses. CRWR202(6) withENGL191 .Refertotransfer notes. CW100(3) withENGL191 I ENGL 191 ENGL (3) Students with assigned credit formorethanl Creative Writing coursewillreceive GE CREATIVE WRITING (3) (or subsequentcourses. CRWR202(6) withENGL190.Refertotransfer notes. CW100(3) withENGL191 I ENGL 200 ENGL204(3) Student may requestcredit as ENGL205 (3) instead. ENGL201 (6) with ENG L201 ENGL200(3) withENGL201 1 ENGL 201 ENGL206(3) ENGL201 (6) withENGL200 ENGL200(3) with ENGL200 I ENGL 202 ENGL221 (3) ENGL202(6) with ENGL203. ENGL202(3) with ENGL203,or ENGL 200 l e v (1.5) 1 ENGL 203 ENGL221 (3) Ifcreditreceivedfor ENGL221 .creditwill be ENGL(3) ENGL202(6) withENGL202 ENGL202(3) withENGL202,orENGL 200lev(1.5) I ENGL 204 ENGL222(3) ENGL (3) ENGL203(3) withENGL205 ENGL 205 ENGL222(3) Ifcreditreeceivedfor ENGL222,creditwillbe ENGL (3) ENGL (3) ENGL203(3) withENGL204 1 ENGL 206 ENGL103(3) Ifcreditreceivedfor ENGL103,creditwillbe ENGL(3). ENGL (3) ENGL200lev(1.5) 1 ENGL 208 ENGL (3) ENGL207(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) 1 ENGL 209 ENGL (3) ENGL205(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) I ENGL 210 ENGL (3) ENGL206(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) I ENGL 211 ENGL (3) ENGL204(3) ENGL200lev(1.5) I ENGL 212 ENGL (3) ENGL (3) ENGL200lev(1.5) 1 ENGL 213 ENGL (3) ENGL (3) ENGL200lev(1.5) 1 ENGL 215 ENGL (3) ENGL (3) ENGL200lev(1.5) IENGI 216 ENGL102(3) If credit previoously received for ENGL102,creditwill be ENGL (3) ENGL (3) ENGL200lev(1.5) 222 I Capilano College | (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) 1 ENGL 290 ENGL (3) Students with unassigned credit formorethan 1 Creative Writing course will recieve GE CREATIVE WRITING (3) forsubsequent courses. CRWR(3) Refertotransfernotes CW210(partialcredit)(1.5) 1 ENGL 291 ENGL (3) CRWR(3) CW202(partialcredit)(1.5) Students withunassigned credit formorethan 1 CreativeWriting coursewillreceiveGECREATIVE WRITING (3) forsubsequent courses. Refertotransfernotes ENS 100 JENS no I ENS 135 ENS 140 I ENS 150 University of B.C. (credits) MUSC154(3) withENS150.Totalallowable transfer creditin large ensemble(MUSC150,152,153,154) will be limited to4 credits MUS180(1) withENS150 MUSC150(4) with ENS160.Totalallowable transfercreditin large ensemble(MUSC150,152,153,154) willbelimitedto4credits. MUS180(1) withENS160 MUSC162(2) withENS185,MUSC164maybe repeated forcreditatUBC — MUSC162(2) withENS190 MUSC154(3) withENS100.Totalallowable transfer creditinlarge ensemble(MUSC150,153,154)will be limited to4credits. I ENS 160 MUSC150(4) withENS110.Totalallowable transfercreditin large ensemble(MUSC150,153,154)will be limited to4credits. ENS 1 ENS I ENS 185 190 200 — MUSC164(2) with ENS135.MUSC164 may be repeated forcreditatUBC MUSC162(2) withENSHO MUSC154(3) withENS250.Totalallowable transfercreditin large ensembJe(MUSC150,153,154) will be limited to4credits. ENS 210 University of Victoria (units) MUS180(1) withhENS100 MUS180(1) withENSHO MUS280(1) withENS250 MUSC150(4) MUS280(1) withENS260.Totalallowable transfercreditin large ensemble(MUSC150,153,154)will belimited to4credits. withENS260 223 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) - ENS 235 University of Victoria (units) University of B.C. (credits) MUSC164(2) withENS285.MUSC164maybe — repeated forcredit at UBC. - ENS 240 ENS 250 ENS 260 - ENS 285 — MUSC162(2) withENS290 MUSC154(3) withENS200.Totalallowable transfer creitinlarge ensemble(MUSC150,153,154) will be limited to4credits. MUS280(1) withENS200 MUSC150(4) withENS210.Totalallowable transfercredit for large ensemble(MUSC150,153,154)will be limited to4credits. MUS280(1) withENS210 MUSC164(2) With ENS235. MUSC164 may be repeated forcreditatUBC. MUSC12(2) withENS240 ENS 290 FREN 100 FREN: 3: Refertotransfernotes FREN105(6) with FREN101 FREN100(3) with FREN101 FREN 101 Fren(3) Refertotransfernotes FREN105(6) withFREN100 FREN100(3) withFREN100 FREN 120 FREN (3) Refertotransfernotes FREN110(6) withFREN121 FREN160(3) with FREN121 FREN 121 FREN (3) Refertotransfernotes FREN110(6) with FREN120 FREN160(3) withFREN120 FREN 130 FREN (3) Refer to tranasfer notes FREN (6) with FREN131 FREN100(3) withFREN131 FREN 131 FREN (3) Refertotransfernotes FREN (6) withFREN130 FREN 170 FREN (3) Refertotransfernotes FREN120(6) with FREN171 FREN180I3) withFRENI 71 FREN 171 FREN (3) Refertotransfernotes FREN120(6) withFREN170 FREN180(3) withFRENI 70 FREN 190 FREN115(6) withFREN191 FREN160(3) withFRENI 91 FREN 191 — FREN115)6) withFREN190 FREN160(3) withFRENI 90 FREN 270 FREN (3) Refertotransfernotes FREN202(6) withFREN271 FREN291 (3) FREN 271 FREN (3) Refertotransfernotes FREN202(6) with FREN270 FREN292I3) 224 v FREN100(3) with FREN130 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) - FREN 290 FREN 291 — FREN215(6) withFREN290 — GEOG 100 GEOG 100(3) Tobedetermined GEOG101B(1.5) GEOG 101 GEOG102(3) GEOG210(3) GEOG100lev(1.5) GEOG 102 — GEOG (3) GEOG 106 GEOG265I3) GEOG (3) GEOG100lev(1.5) GEOG 108 GEOG162(3) GEOG190(3) GEOG 200 lev(1.5) GEOG 112 GEOG111(3) GEOG203A(1.5) GEOG 114 GEOG214I3) GEOG101(6) withGEOGIU GEOG101 (6) withGEOG112 GEOG 200 GEOG221(3) GEOG260(3) GEOG201A(1.5) GEOG 201 GEOG (3) GEOG (3) GEOG201B(1.5) GEOG 205 GEOG263(3) GEOG (3) GEOG 200 lev (1.5) GEOG 221 GEOG250(3) GEOG (3) GEOG 200 lev(1.5) GEOL 110 GEOG112(3) GEOL105(6) withGEOL111 EOS100(1.5) GEOL 111 G E G E O G (3) GEOL105(6) withGEOL110 EOS101 (1.5) GERM 100 GERM (3) Refertotransfernotes GERM100(6) withGERM101 GER100(3) with GERM101. Mustcomplete survey of German gram mar. GERM 101 GERM (3) Refertotransfernotes GERM100(6) withGERM100 GER100(3) with GERM1 OO.Mustcompplete survey of German gram mar. GERM 200 GERM (3) Refertotransfernotes GERM200(6) withGERM201 GER200(3) withGERM201.With less than aCcredit by interviewwith German Departmentonly. GERM 201 GERM (3) Refertotransfernotes GERM 200 (6) withGERM200 GER200(3) withGERM200. With less than a C credit by interviewwith German Departmentonly. HIST 100 HIST216(3) HIST(3) Precludes creditforClassical Studies 100 CLAS100lev(1.5) FREN215(6) with FREN291 GEOG203B(1.5) 225 University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) HIST 102 HIST223(3) HIST120(6) withHIST103 HIST240(3) withHIST103 HIST 103 HIST (3) (200 div) HIST120(6) withHIST102 HIST240(3) withHIST102,orHIST200 lev(1.5) HIST 108 HIST212(3) HIST(3) HIST210(3) withHIST109 HIST 109 HIST213(3) HIST(3) HIST210(3) withHIST108 HIST 110 HIST101 (3) HIST135(6) withHIST111 HIST130(3) withHIST111 HIST 111 HIST102(3) HIST135(6) withHISTHO HIST130(3) withHISTHO HIST 200 HIST (3) (200 div) HIST(3) HIST200 lev(1.5) HIST 201 HIST(3)(200div) HIST(3) HIST200lev(1.5) HIST 205 HIST (3) (200 div) HIST (3) HIST200lev(1.5) HIST 207 HIST(3)(200div) HIST (3) Precludescredit(orHIST101 HIST236(1.5) (partialcredit) HIST 208 HIST (3) HIST (3) HIST200lev(1.5) HIST 209 HIST(3) HIST (3) Precludescredi1forHIST302 HIST200lev(1.5) MaynottakeHIST358Cfor credit INDO 100 GEINDO(3) INDO102(6) withlNDO101 PAC1100 lev (1.5) INDO 101 GEINDO(3) INDO102(6) with IND0100 PACI100lev(1.5) JAPN 100 JAPN100(3) JAPN102(6) withJAPN101 JAPA100A/B(3) withJAPN101 JAPN 101 JAPN101(3) JAPN102(6) withJAPN100 JAPA100A/B(3) withJAPN100 JAPN 110 JAPN100(3) JAPN100(6) with JAPN111 JAPA100A/B(3) with JAPN111 ;or JAPA149 (3) withJAPN111. JAPN 111 JAPN101(3) JAPN100(6) withJAPNUO JAPA100A/B(3) withJAPN110;orJAPA149(3) withJAPNUO. KIN 142 KIN142(3) PHED163(3) P.E. 100 lev (1.5) KIN 143 KIN143(3) PHED103(3) P.E. 100 lev (1.5) 226 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) LGAS 150 POL151 (3) — LGAS 151 GECRIM(3) — — LGAS 258 GELEGALSTUD IES(3) — — LGAS 268 CRIM(3) - - LSP 100 ECON (3) LSP 101 ECON (3) — — LSP 140 HIST203(3) LSP 142 HIST (3) LSP 170 — University of B.C. (credits) - University of Victoria (units) HIST200lev(1.5) HIST200lev(1.5) ENGL100lev(1.5) MATH 010 MATH100(3) withMATH011&012 - MATH 011 MATH100(3) withMATH010&012 - MATH 012 MATH100(3) wifhMATH010&011 - MATH 101 STAT101 (3) STAT203(3) ST AT 100 lev (1.5) Not for Faculty of Science or Mathematics studentsOR FRST131 (3)withMATH102 MATH 102 STAT302(3) FRST131 (3) withMATH101;orSTAT(3)2nd year(notforcreditin Faculty ofScience). STAT250(1.5) MATH 103 MATH100(3) Creditis permitted for onlyoneofMATH100and110 MATH111 (6) with MATH108 or 110,(3 credits only forScience programs). MATH012(0) MATH 105 MATH100(3) Creditis permitted for onlyoneofMATH100and110 MATH111 (6) with M ATH108 or 110. (3credits only for Science programs). MATH012(0) MATH 107 MATH110(3) Credit is permitted for onlyoneofMATH100and110 MATH111(6) with M ATH108 or 110, (3 credits onlyfor Science programs MATH012(0) MATH 108 MATH157(3) Credit is permitted for onlyoneofMATH151or157 MATH140(3) OrMATH111 (6)withMATH103or 105or 107.(3 credits only for Science programs). MATH102(1.5) MATH 109 MATH158(3) Creditis permitted for onlyoneofMATH158or152 MATH141 (3) Not for Faculty of Science orMathematicsstudents. MATH 200 lev (1.5) MATH 110 MATH151 (3) Creditis permitted for onlyoneofMATH151 or157 MATH100(3)&MATH(3) Not for Faculty ofScience orMathematicsstudents. MATH100(1.5) CapilanoMATH110&111 = UVic MATH100(1.5)4101 (1.5)&MATH100 lev(1) MATH012(0) withMATH011&012 MATH012(0) withMATH010&012 MATH012(0) withMATH010&011 227 University of Victoria (units) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) MATH152(3)&MATH(1) Credit is permitted for onlyoneo(MATH152or158 MATH101 (3) MATH101(1.5) CapilanoMATH110&111 =UVic MATH100(1.5)8.101 (1.5)&MATH 100 lev(1) MATH 152 MATH232I3) MATH152I3) Forstudents in Faculty of Applied Science MATH133(1.5) MATH 200 MATH232I3) MATH221 (3) MATH233A(1.5) MATH 205 STAT270(3) STAT241 (3) STAT254(1.5)or STAT 200 lev (1.5) MATH 215 MATH242I3) MATH220(3) MATH200lev(1) MATH 230 MATH251 (3) MATH200(3) MATH 200 lev (1.5) MATH 231 MATH252(3) MATH201 (3) MATH 200 lev (1) MATH 235 MATH310(3) MATH255or315(3) MATH201(1.5) MDIA 053 GEFILMStudio(3) - MDIA 075 GEFILMStudio(2) MDIA 153 GEFILM(3) MDIA 171 GECMNS(3) withMDIA271 — MDIA 181 CMNS258(3) withMDIA182 — MDIA 182 CMNS258(3) withMDIA181 — MDIA 253 GEFILMStudio(3) MDIA 271 GECMNS(3) withMDIA171 MJS 100 MUS 101 Capilano College (credits) MATH 111 - — — - — Tobe determined Tobedetermined Tobedetermined Tobedetermined Tobedetermined Tobedetermined MUS 102 Tobedetermmed Tobedetermined Tobedetermined MUS 105 GE MUSIC (1) - - MUS 107 FPA(1)MUSICStudio - MUS 110 GEMUSICStudio(3) MUSC102(2) withMUS111 MUS 200 ev( 1.5) withMUS111 MUS 111 GE MUSIC Studio (3) MUSC102(2) withMUSHO MUS 200 lev (1.5) withMUSHO 228 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) MUS 112 FPA(1)MUSICStudio ForMUS112,113,211and213, credit will be FPA104 (3), FPA(3)MUSICStudio. MUSC105(2) withMUS113 MUS170(1) withMUS113 MUS 113 FPA(1)MUSICStudio ForMUS112,113,212and213, creditwillbeFPAl 04(3), FPA(3)MUSICStudio. MUSC105{2) withMUS112 MUS170(1) withMUS112 MUS 114 GEMUSICStudio(l) MUSC14K2) withMUS115 MUS236(1.5) withMUS115 MUS 115 GEMUSICStudio(l) MUSC141 (2) withMUS114 MUS286(1.5) wilhMUS114 MUS 120 FPA(3)MUSICHistory lfMUS120,121,220and221are completed.creditwill be FPA143 (3) & MUSIC History (9) MUSC120(3) MUS MUS1208,1218220&221 = UVicMUS110(3)&MUS100lev (3), or 100 lev (1) each MUS 121 FPA(3)MUSICHislory lfMUS120,121,220and221are completed.creditwill be FPA143 (3) & MUSIC History (9) MUSC121 (3) MUS MUS1208,12182208221 = UVicMUS110(3)&MUS100lev (3),or100lev(1)each. MUS 134 GEMUSICStudio(l) MUS 135 GEMUSICStudio(l) 170 - - MUS - MUS 180 GEMUSICStudio(l) — MUS 100 lev (1) withMUS181 MUS 181 GEMUSICStudio(l) - MUS 164 FPAMUSICStudio(l) If MUS184 & 185arecompleted, creditwillbeFPA141(3)& FPA(3)MUSICStudio. MUS170(1) withMUS185 MUS 185 FPAMUSICStudio(l) If MUS 184 & 185 are com pleted, creditwillbeFPA141 (2)& FPA(3)MUSICStudio MUS170(1) withMUS184 MUS 194 GEMUSICStudio(3) — MUS 195 GEMUSICStudio(3) - MUS 200 FPA(3)MUSIC MUSC200(2) MUS201 (2) withMUS201 MUS 201 FPA (3) MUSIC MUSC201 (2) MUS201 (2) withMUS200 MUS 205 GEMUSIC(1) - MUS 206 FPA(1)MUSIC Studio — MUS 100 lev (1.5) MUS 100 lev (1) withMUS180 MUS181 (1) withMUS195 MUS161 (1) withMUS194 - 229 University of B.C. (credits) Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) MUS 210 GEMUSICStudio(3) MUSC122(2) withMUS211 MUS200lev(1.5) withMUS211 MUS 211 GEMUSICStudio(3) MUSC122(2) withMUS210 MUS 200 lev (1.5) withMUS210 MUS 212 FPA(1)MUSICStudio ForMUS112,113,212and213, creditwill be FPA104(3),FPA (3) MUSIC Studio. MUSC205(2) withMUS213 MUS270(1) wilhMUS213 MUS 213 FPA(1 (MUSIC Studio ForMUS112,113,212and213, creditwill be FPA104(3),FPA (3)MUSICStudio MUSC205(2) withMUS212 MUS270(1) withMUS212 MUS 214 GEMUSICStudio(l) MUSC241 (2) withMUS215 MUS236(1.5) withMUS215 MUS 215 GEMUSICStudio(l) MUSC241 (2) withMUS214 MUS236(1.5) withMUS214 MUS 220 FPA(3)MUSICHistory If MUS120,121,2204221 are completed,credit will be FPA143(3)&FPA(9)MUSIC History. MUSC220(3) MUS MUS120&121 &220&221 = UVicMUS110(3)&MUS100 Iev(3),or100lev(1)each MUS 221 FPA(3)MUSICHistory If MUS120,121,2204221 are completed,creditwill be FPA143(3) & FPA (9) MUSIC History. MUSC221 (3) MUS MUS120&121 &220&221 = UVicMUS110(3)&MUS100 lev (3),or 100 lev (1) each MUS 234 GEMUSICStudio(l) MUS 235 GEMUSICStudio(l) MUS 280 GEMUSICStudio(3) MUS 281 GEMUSICStudio(3) MUS 284 GEMUSICStudio(3) MUS 285 GE MUSIC Studio (3) - - MUS 294 GEMUSICStudio — MUS181 (1) withMUS295 MUS 295 GEMUSICStudio(3) - MUS 360 — MUS 361 PHED 110 PHED 161 230 KIN (3) - - University of Victoria (units) — — — — - MUS181 (1) withMUS294 MUED(2) Precludes creditfor MUED336 ME350(1.5) MUED(2) Precludes creditfor MUED335 ME400B(1.5) PHED110(3) P.E.100lev(1.5) PHED161 (3) P.E.100lev(1.5l Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) PHED 164 KIN (3) PHED164(3) P.E.245(1.5) PHIL 101 PHIL100(3) PH IL101 &210=SFU PH IL100(3) &PHIL(3) PHIL100(6) withPHIL102 PHIL100(3) withPHIL102 PHIL 102 PHIL120(3) PHIL10(6) withPHIL101 PHIL100(3) withPHIL101 PHIL 110 PHIL001 (3) PHIL102(3)4103(3) with PHIL120 PHIL100lev(1.5) PHIL 120 PHIL (3) PHIL102(3)&103(3) PHIL200 lev(1.5) PHIL 130 PHIL244(3) PHIL(3) PHIL220(1.5) PHIL 140 CRIM135(3) PHIL(3) PHIL 100 lev (1.5) PHIL 141 CRIM131 (3) PHIL(3) PHIL100lev(1.5) PHIL 200 PHIL(3) PHIL201 (6) withPHIL201 PHIL200lev(1.5) PHIL 201 PHIL220(3) PHIL201 (6) withPHIL200 PHIL200lev(1.5) PHIL 202 PHIL210(3) PHIL302(3) PHIL203(1.5) PHIL 207 PHIL(3) PHIL(3) PHIL200lev(1.5) MaynottakePHIL333or ES314forcredit. PHIL 208 PHIL(3) PHIL(3) PHIL200lev(1.5) MaynottakePHIL333or ES314forcredit. PHIL 209 Tobedetermined PHIL (3) PHIL200lev(1.5) PHIL 210 PHIL100(3) PHIL210&101 =SFUPHIL 100 (3) & PHIL(3) PHIL250(6) withPHIL211 PHIL200lev(1.5) PHIL 211 PHIL203(3) PHIL250(6) withPHIL210 PHIL200lev(1.5) PHIL 220 PHIL241 (3) PHIL (3) PHIL238(1.5) PHIL 221 PHIL(3) PHIL (3) PHIL200 lev(1.5) PHIL 222 PHIL242(3) PHIL (3) PHIL100lev(1.5) PHYS 104 PHYS100(3) PHYS (3) NocreditforFaculty ofScience. PHYS100lev(1.5) PHYS 108 PHYS101(3)&PHYS(1) PHYS110(6) withPHYS111 or115 PHYS102(3) withPHYS111 PHYS 110 PHYS101 (3) PHYS110&111,exemption PHYS 130(0) PHYS110(6) withPHYS111 or115 PHYS102(3) withPHYS111 231 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) PHYS 111 PHYS102(3) PHYS110&111, exemption PHYS130(0) PHYS110I6) with PHYS108,or110,or 114 PHYS102(3) withPHYS108or110 PHYS 114 PHYS120(3) PHYS114&115,exemption PHYS233(0) PHYS115(6) withPHYS115,orPHYS110(6) withPHYS111 Tobedetermined PHYS 115 PHYS121 (3) PHYS115&114,exemption PHYS233(0) PHYS115(6) wilhPHYS114;orPHYS110(6) withPHYS108or110 Tobedetermined PHYS 116 Tobedetermined PHYS115(6)&170(3) withPHYS114and115 Tobedetermined PHYS 200 PHYS (3) PHYS213(4) withPHYS210 PHYS217(1.5) withPHYS210 PHYS 201 PHYS221 (3) PHYS215(4) WITHPHYS211 PHYS216(1.5) WithPHYS211 .CONTACTDepartment rePHYS214waiver. PHYS 210 PHYS(1) PHYS210&211 =SFUPHYS234(2) PHYS213(4) withPHYS200 PHYS217(1.5) withPHYS200 PHYS 211 PHYS(1) PHYS210&211 =SFUPHYS234(2) PHYS215(4) withPHYS201 PHYS216(1.5) with PHYS201 .ContactDepartment rePHYS214waiver. PHYS 220 PHYS (3) PHYS216(4)+(2) withPHYS221 PHYS120(1.5) PHYS 221 PHYS21K3) Students who have com pleted PHYS200.201,210,211,2204221 will be prepared to enter 3rd year PHYS ICS courses at SFU. PHYS216(4)+(2) withPHYS220 PHYS220(1.5) MUSIC MUSIC Credit for PMI courses to be confirmed by exam ination for B. MUS. Formoreinformationsee theBCTransferGuide available in Advising or theOfficeofthe Registrar. ActualcreditforPMI courseswill be determined by Admissionsand Auditioning Committee.Formoreinformation seethe BC Tranfser Guide available in Advisingod theOfficeofthe Registrar. PMI POL 100 POL(3) POLI(3) POLI100lev(1.5) POL 101 POL210(3) POLI240I3) POLI202(1.5) POL 102 POL231 (3) POLI220(3) POLI210(1.5) POL 103 POL100(3) POLI(3) POLI200lev(1.5) POL 104 POL221 (3) POLI200(3) POLI200lev(1.5) POL 201 POL241 (3) POLI260(3)&POLI(3) withPOL203 POLI200lev(1.5) 232 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) POL 202 POL (3) POLI(3) POL 203 POL (3) POLI260(3)&POLI(3) withPOL201 POLI240(1.5) POL 206 POL211(3) POLI(3) POLI200lev(1.5) POL 207 POL210(3) POLI240(3) POL200lev(1.5) PSYC University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) Psychology Maximumadvance credit permittedin Psychology is 18 credits. PSYC 100 PSYC (3) PSYC100&101 =SFU PSYC100(3) «PSYC102(3) PSYC100(6) with 1 of PSYC101,200,201, 204,205 PSYC100(3) withPSYC101,orPSYC204;or 100lev(1.5) PSYC 101 PSYC (3) PSYC101 &100=SFU PS YC100(3) &PSYC102(3) PSYC100(6) withPSYC100 PSYC100(3) withPSYC100;or100lev(1.5) PSYC 200 PSYC360(3) PSYC100(6) withPSYC100;orPSYC(3). PrecludescreditforPSYC308 PSYC200lev(1.5) PSYC 201 PSYC (3) PSYC100(6) withPSYC100;orPSYC(3). PrecludescreditforPSYC308. PSYC200lev(1.5) PSYC 203 Tobedetermined PSYC (3) Precludes creditfor PSYC312. PS YC210(1.5)(partial credit) Satisfies UVicPSYC210requirement. PSYC 204 PSYC351 (3) PSYC100(6) withPSYC100;orPSYC(3). Precludes creditfor PSYC301. PSYC100(3) withPSYC100;or100lev(1.5) PSYC 205 PSYC357(3) PSYC100(6) withPSYC100 PSYC200lev(1.5) PSYC 206 PSYC355(3) PSYC (3) PSYC200lev(1.5) PSYC 220 PSYC370(3) PSYC203(3) PSYC200lev(1.5) PSYC222 PSYC340(3) PSYC204(3) PSYC200lev(1.5) SOC 100 S.A. 150(3) Refertotransfernotes. SOCI100(6) wirhSOC101 SOCI100(1.5) SOC 101 S.A.250(3) Refertotransfernotes. SOCI100(6) withSOC100 SOCI210(1.5) SOC 200 S.A. 100 (3) SOCI21 (6) withSOC201 SOCI203(1.5) SOC 201 SA(3) SOCI210(6) withSOC200 SOCI200lev(1.5) SOC 210 SA(3)SOCI SOC 1(3) SOCI200lev(1.5) Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) Reler. to transfer notes. SOCI 200 lev (1.5) SOC 211 S A 2 6 3 (3) Refer to transfer notes. SOCI (3) 222 SA(3) SOCI(3) SOC1100 lev (1.5) SOC 223 CMNS230(3) SOCI (3) SOC1100 lev (1.5) SOC SPAN 100 SPAN (3) Refertotransfernotes SPAN 100(6) withSPAN101 SPAN100(3) withSPAN101 SPAN 101 SPAN (3) Refertotranasfernotes. SPAN100(6) withSPAN100 SPAN100(3) withSPAN100 SPAN 200 SPAN (3) Refer tptransfernotes. SPAN200(6) withSPAAN201 SPAN260(3) withSPAN201 SPAN 201 SPAN (3) Refertotransfernotes. SPAN200(6) withSPAN200 SPAN260(3) with SPAN200;with less than C+consult Deptre credit and placement. 100 GETHAI(3) ASLA300(6) with THAU 01 PAC1100 lev (1.5) THAI 101 GETHAI(3) ASLA300(6) with THAU 00 PAC1100 lev (1.5) THAI 100 FPA(1)THTRStudio with THTR101 = SFU FPA151 (3) THTR160(6) withTHTR101 THEA100lev(1.5) THTR 101 FPA(1)THTRStudio withTHTR100=SFUFPA151(3) THTR160(6) withTHTR100 THEA100lev(1.5) THTR 105 FPA(3)DANCEStudio THTR (3) withTHTR107.Precludes credit THEA225(1.5) THTR forTHTR363. THTR 107 FPA(2)THTRStudio THTR (3) withTHTR105.Precludes credit THEA223(1.5) forTHTR363. THTR 120 FPA (3)THTR HIST THTR120&121 =SFUFPA150(3)& FPA(3)THTRHIST. THTR120(6) withTHTR121 THEA110(3) withTHTR121 THTR 121 FPA(3)THTRHIST THTR120&121=SFUFPA150{3)& FPA(3) THTR HIST. THTR120(6) withTHTR120 THEA110(3) withTHTR120 THTR 150 — THTR150(6) withTHTR151 THEA105(3) withTHTRI 51 THTR 151 — THTR150(6) withTHTR150 THEA105(3) withTHTRI 50 THTR 200 FPA To be evaluated on an Individual THTR (3) THEA200lev(1.5) 234 Capilano College (credits) Simon Fraser University (credits) University of B.C. (credits) University of Victoria (units) basis. T H T R 201 FPA To be evaluated on an indivi dual basis. THTR (3) WMST 100 WS100(3) ARTS (3) PrecludescreditforWomen's Studies 222. WS200B (1.5) WMST 104 WS(3)200div ARTS (3) WS100lev(1.5)' WMST 106 WS(3)200div ARTS (3) WS100lev(1.5)* WMST 110 WS203(3) PSYC (3) PrecludescreditforPSYC320 WS100LEV(1.5)* WMST 121 WS(3) WMST 122 WS200(3) WMST122&ANTH120or121 =SFU SA101 (3)&WMST2200(3).Students may requestcreditasSAI 01 (3)& SA(3) instead. ANTH(3) WS100lev(1.5)' WMST 130 WS(3)200div Tobedetermined HA262(1.5)(partial credit) WMST 140 WS204(3) ARTS (3) WS100lev(1.5)* WMST 220 WS(3)200div Students may requestcredit as HIST(3) instead. HIST(3) WS 200 lev (1.5) Will be accepted in lieu of WS200A/B as prerequisite for 300levelWScourseformajor orminor. THEA 200 lev (1.5) — * Any 2 of the above (*) may be usedas prerequisite to Women's Studies 300 and in lieuo(200A/Bformajoror minor. 235 Public Administration Event Management A ACADEMIC ADVISING 22 ACADEMIC POLICIES: Grades 17 Transcripts 17 Diplomas and Certificates 18 ACADEMIC S C H E D U L E 10 ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER 48 For Individual subjects see Course Descriptions ACHIEVEMENT R E S O U R C E CENTRE: Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish 22 Credit/Non-Credit Courses 41,211 149 149 c CAFETERIAS 25 CANADIAN J O B STRATEGIES 210 CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY 50 CANASEAN INTERNATIONAL PROJECT 26 "CAP CORNER" - See Student Store CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE 24 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS: General Information 133 CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS 18 CHALLENGING C O U R S E S 15 ADDING C O U R S E S 14 C H A N G E O F NAME O R A D D R E S S 15 A D D R E S S E S & PHONE NUMBERS O F CHANGING REGISTRATION S T A T U S 14 CAMPUSES 1 CHEATING & PLAGIARISM 20 ADMINISTRATION 239 C O L L E G E BOARD & ADMISSION: ADMINISTRATION 238 General Requirements 11 C O L L E G E FOUNDATION 32 Application Procedure 11 COMMUNICATIONS 158 International Applicants 11 C O M P U T E R S Y S T E M MISUSE 20 Howe Sound & Sunshine Coast 14 COPYRIGHT POLICY 20 Dates - Career & Vocational 14 COUNSELLING 24 ADMISSIONS ADVISING 22 C O U R S E CHALLENGE ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ PROCEDURE 15 FOUNDATIONS 42 C O U R S E DESCRIPTION ADVISING C E N T R E & HOTLINE 22 CODE 16, 48. 133 ALTERNATIVE C A R E E R TRAINING ....46 C O U R S E DESCRIPTIONS: APPEAL O F G R A D E S 17 A.R.C 41 APPLIED INFORMATION T E C H 134 Adult Basic Education 42 ART PROGRAMS: Anthropology 53 General Information 54 Applied Information Technology 134 Studio Art Program 56 Art 54 Art Institute 60 Art History 69 Clay & Textile Arts 61 Asia Pacific Management Co-op 207 Crafts Instructor Training 64 Biology 72 Graphic Design and Illustration 64 Business Management 140 ASIA PACIFIC MANAGEMENT Chemistry 75 CO-OP 207 Chinese 76 ATHLETICS 23 Commerce 77 ATTENDANCE 16 Communications 158 AUDIT S T A T U S 16 Computing Science 78 AWARDS - See Financial Aid Criminology 80 Early Childhood Education 160 Economics 81 Engineering 82 BOOKSTORE 24 English 84 B.C. STUDENT ASSISTANCE 30 English as a Second Language 47 BURSARIES 31 Environmental Science 87 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Fish Culture 165 PROGRAMS: French 88 General Information 140 Geography 90 Administrative Management 142 Geology 92 Financial Management 142 German 93 Marketing Management 143 History 94 Merchandising Management 143 Japanese 95 Business Computing 144 Kinesiology 96 Accelerated Programs 144 Labour Studies 97 International Business 147 Landscape Horticulture 170 Part-Time Evening Certificate Legal Assistant 172 Programs 147 Legal Secretary 195 CGA, CA, CMA Transfer 148 B INDEX 236 Long Term Care Aide Mathematics Media Resources Medical Office Assistant Merchandising Management Music Music Therapy Office Technology Outdoor Recreation Personal Care Attendant Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Studies Psychology Sociology Spanish Thai Theatre Tourism Management Women's Studies COURSE OVERLOAD C O U R S E VERIFICATION CREDIT F R E E C O U R S E S - See Extension Programs & Services CRIMINOLOGY 167 99 176 197 143 103 181 190 199 168 117 120 121 123 124 126 128 129 129 204 132 15 15 80 D DEAN'S LIST DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS DISABLED S T U D E N T S E R V I C E S DISTANCE EDUCATION Open Learning Agency Knowledge Network DROPPING C O U R S E S 31 18 24 25 25 14 E EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION .... 160 E.C.E. Post Basic Program 162 ELDERCOLLEGE 210 ENGINEERING 82 ENGLISH A S A S E C O N D LANGUAGE 47 ENGLISH E N T R A N C E REQUIREMENTS English Diagnostic Test 49 For International Students 12 English Proficiency 13 Ethnic/Cross-Cultural Relations 50 EXAMINATION PERIOD 20 EXEMPTION STANDING 133 EXTENSION P R O G R A M S AND SERVICES: General Information 210 Community Music School 210 Fees Policy 21 Contract Education 210 Co-sponsorship of Activities 210 Eldercollege 210 F FACULTY - See specific programs/courses FEES Tuition Fees International Student Fees Conditions of Registration Fee Waivers for Seniors Refunds Fees Policy, Extension Programs FINANCIAL AID FISH C U L T U R E FIRST AID AND HEALTH FITNESS & RECREATION FOOD SERVICES 21 21 21 21 21 21 30 165 25 28 25 G G E N E R A L C O U R S E INFORMATION .. 16 GRADES 17 G R A D E POINT A V E R A G E 17 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 18 GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION 64 H HANDICAPPED S T U D E N T SERVICES - See Disabled Student Services HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS I 15 209 22 11 25 27 27 ?07 J 167 28 1 M MATH LEARNING C E N T R E 23 MEDIA R E S O U R C E S P R O G R A M 176 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM 197 MERCHANDISING MANAGEMENT ... 143 MERIT LIST 32 MISSION AND V A L U E S 9 MUSIC PROGRAMS: General Information 103 Jazz Studies/Commercial Music 103 Bachelor of Music Transfer 109 Music Therapy 181 NEWSPAPER, STUDENT NON-CREDIT P R O G R A M S 29 210 0 P PARKING PHYSICAL EDUCATION PLAGIARISM & CHEATING PREPARATORY P R O G R A M S PRIORITY S E Q U E N C E FOR REGISTRATION PURE & APPLIED SCIENCE DIVISION 96 L 97 READMISSION RECORDS, STUDENT RECREATION & FITNESS REFUND O F F E E S REGISTRATION: How & When to Register Dates REPEATING A C O U R S E s SCHOLARSHIPS 31 SCHOLASTIC AWARDS 31 SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION 51 SECHELT CAMPUS ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER 1 S E L F STUDY C O U R S E S 40 SENIOR CITIZEN F E E WAIVERS 21 SERVICES 22 S E X U A L HARASSMENT 20 SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION 48 SPECIAL N E E D S SERVICES 23 SPECIAL P R O G R A M S 207 S P O R T S - See Athletics SPORTSPLEX 28 SQUAMISH C A M P U S A D D R E S S & P H O N E NUMBER 1 S T U D E N T EMPLOYMENT C E N T R E ... 28 STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD 15 S T U D E N T LOANS 30 STUDENT NEWSPAPER 29 S T U D E N T NUMBER 15 STUDENT RECORDS 20 S T U D E N T SERVICES 22 STUDENT STORE 29 STUDENT SOCIETY 29 SUNSHINE C O A S T - See Sechelt T OFFICE ADMINISTRATION: General Information 190 Office Technology Program 190 Accelerated Office Training 192 Legal Secretarial Program 195 Medical Office Assistant 197 O U T D O O R RECREATION MANAGEMENT General Information 199 Wilderness Leadership 200 OVERLOAD OF COURSES 15 28 120 20 40 THAI TOURISM MANAGEMENT PROGRAM TOWING TRANSCRIPTS T R A N S F E R GUIDE T R A N S E R T O AND FROM O T H E R INSTITUTIONS: Academic Career TUITION - See Fees 129 204 28 17 212 48 133 u UNIVERSITY TRANSFER/ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 48 UNIVERSITY T R A N F E R GUIDE 212 13 V 48 VISITORS VISUAL AND PERFORMING A R T S DIVISION R K LABOUR STUDIES P R O G R A M LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE PROGRAM 27 17 J O B P L A C E M E N T - See Student Employment KINESIOLOGY 172 195 N Long Term Care Aide 167 Personal Care Attendant for the Disabled 168 HEALTH S E R V I C E S & FIRST AID 25 HIGH S C H O O L EQUIVALENCY - See Adult Basic Education HOLIDAYS IN 1992/93 10 HORTICULTURE 170 HOWE S O U N D C E N T R E - See Squamish Campus HUMANITIES DIVISION 48 •I" G R A D E S IDENTIFICATION C A R D INDONESIAN INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION Application for Admission General Information International Exchanges International Projects Asia Pacific Management Co-op LEGAL ASSISTANT P R O G R A M LEGAL S E C R E T A R Y P R O G R A M LIBRARY Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish LOANS - See Financial Aid LONG T E R M C A R E L O S T AND FOUND LYNNMOUR C A M P U S : Address & Phone 13 20 28 21 13 14 17 16 48 w WAIT LISTS WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP - See Outdoor Recreation WITHDRAWING FROM A C O U R S E WOMEN'S STUDIES SPECIALTY WRITING C E N T R E 14 14 .132 23 170 INDEX 237 Governance and Administration Capilano College Board The Board of the College, established in conformity with the College and Institute Act, consists of 12 members appointed by the Minister of Advanced Education, Training, and Technology. These members serve as trustees of the College. The Board is responsible for governing the College, and in that capacity determines the policy by which the College operates and reviews the performance of the College and its component parts. Traditionally, the Board meets monthly to fulfill its statutory responsibilities and to conduct its general business. Board Representatives: A representative from the OTEU (Local 378) Valerie Cochran, Faculty Association (CCFA) Plus two representatives named by the Student Society Nancy Farley, Chairman Patricia Arthur Linda Carney June Collins Graham Crockart Bob Curry Dan Devlin Allen LaCroix Jack McKeown Peter Meredith Arthur Tinker Robin Wilson governance and Administration 238 Administration David Brewer, R.C.P.P.; Director of Supplies & Services Randi Duke, B. A., M. A.; Director of Resource Development Donna Gallagher, Manager of Financial Systems Steve Gallagher, BA.; Manager, Computer Services Franklin C. Gelin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Vice President, Academic Studies William Gibson, B.A., Ph.D., M.Sc., Dip. Ed; Dean, Academic Studies Beverley A. Harnett, B.A. Bus. Ec, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Dean, Career/Vocational Programs Geoff Holter, B.A., M.A.; Director of Employee Relations Ken Hughes, Director of Buildings & Grounds Joseph Iacobellis, B.P.E., M.P.E.; Sportsplex Manager Douglas K. Jardine, B.A.Sc. (Hons.) Ph.D.; President Jon L. Jessiman, B.A., LL.B., Dip. Int. Law, LL.M., LL.D., D.Sc. Jur.; Dean, Student and Instructional Services Marie Jessup, C.G.A.; Bursar Louise Krohn, M.A.Ed, B.Ed.; Director of Extension Programs & Contract Services Greg F. Lee, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.; Vice President, Career/Vocational Programs Janet E.M. Morris, Dip. Management; Administrator, Bursar's Office Marleen Morris, B.A.; Director of Public Relations Alan Ng, B.Sc., C.G.A.; Comptroller Steve O'Grady, Acting Assistant Director of Buildings & Grounds John Potts, B.A., M.P.A.; Dean, Career/Vocational Programs Barb Robertson, B.Ed.; Associate Registrar Ian Robertson, Acting Director of Buildings & Grounds Cindy Rogers, Manager of Personnel Services Alan P.D. Smith, B.A., M.A.; Director of Planning Robert W. Turner, B.A., B.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D.; Vice President, Student and Instructional Services John Waters, B.A. (Hons.), M.A.; Dean, Academic Studies Frieda Wiebe, B.A. (Hons.), M.L.S., M.B.A.; Head Librarian David Woolley, B.Sc.; Registrar Governance and Administration 1 240